Title:   HISTORY OF ANIMALS

Subject:  

Author:   by Aristotle

Keywords:  

Creator:  

PDF Version:   1.2



Contents:

Page No 1

Page No 2

Page No 3

Page No 4

Page No 5

Page No 6

Page No 7

Page No 8

Page No 9

Page No 10

Page No 11

Page No 12

Page No 13

Page No 14

Page No 15

Page No 16

Page No 17

Page No 18

Page No 19

Page No 20

Page No 21

Page No 22

Page No 23

Page No 24

Page No 25

Page No 26

Page No 27

Page No 28

Page No 29

Page No 30

Page No 31

Page No 32

Page No 33

Page No 34

Page No 35

Page No 36

Page No 37

Page No 38

Page No 39

Page No 40

Page No 41

Page No 42

Page No 43

Page No 44

Page No 45

Page No 46

Page No 47

Page No 48

Page No 49

Page No 50

Page No 51

Page No 52

Page No 53

Page No 54

Page No 55

Page No 56

Page No 57

Page No 58

Page No 59

Page No 60

Page No 61

Page No 62

Page No 63

Page No 64

Page No 65

Page No 66

Page No 67

Page No 68

Page No 69

Page No 70

Page No 71

Page No 72

Page No 73

Page No 74

Page No 75

Page No 76

Page No 77

Page No 78

Page No 79

Page No 80

Page No 81

Page No 82

Page No 83

Page No 84

Page No 85

Page No 86

Page No 87

Page No 88

Page No 89

Page No 90

Page No 91

Page No 92

Page No 93

Page No 94

Page No 95

Page No 96

Page No 97

Page No 98

Page No 99

Page No 100

Page No 101

Page No 102

Page No 103

Page No 104

Page No 105

Page No 106

Page No 107

Page No 108

Page No 109

Page No 110

Page No 111

Page No 112

Page No 113

Page No 114

Page No 115

Page No 116

Page No 117

Page No 118

Page No 119

Page No 120

Page No 121

Page No 122

Page No 123

Page No 124

Page No 125

Page No 126

Page No 127

Page No 128

Page No 129

Page No 130

Page No 131

Page No 132

Page No 133

Page No 134

Page No 135

Page No 136

Page No 137

Page No 138

Page No 139

Page No 140

Page No 141

Page No 142

Page No 143

Page No 144

Page No 145

Page No 146

Page No 147

Page No 148

Page No 149

Page No 150

Page No 151

Page No 152

Page No 153

Page No 154

Page No 155

Page No 156

Page No 157

Page No 158

Page No 159

Page No 160

Page No 161

Page No 162

Page No 163

Page No 164

Page No 165

Page No 166

Page No 167

Page No 168

Page No 169

Page No 170

Page No 171

Page No 172

Page No 173

Page No 174

Page No 175

Page No 176

Page No 177

Page No 178

Page No 179

Page No 180

Page No 181

Page No 182

Page No 183

Bookmarks





Page No 1


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

by Aristotle



Top




Page No 2


Table of Contents

HISTORY OF ANIMALS ..................................................................................................................................1

by Aristotle..............................................................................................................................................1

Book I ...................................................................................................................................................................6

1..............................................................................................................................................................6

2..............................................................................................................................................................9

3............................................................................................................................................................10

4............................................................................................................................................................10

5............................................................................................................................................................10

6............................................................................................................................................................12

7............................................................................................................................................................13

8............................................................................................................................................................13

9............................................................................................................................................................14

10..........................................................................................................................................................14

11..........................................................................................................................................................14

12..........................................................................................................................................................16

13..........................................................................................................................................................16

14..........................................................................................................................................................16

15..........................................................................................................................................................17

16..........................................................................................................................................................18

17..........................................................................................................................................................19

Book II...............................................................................................................................................................21

1............................................................................................................................................................21

2............................................................................................................................................................26

3............................................................................................................................................................26

4............................................................................................................................................................26

5............................................................................................................................................................26

6............................................................................................................................................................26

7............................................................................................................................................................27

8............................................................................................................................................................27

9............................................................................................................................................................27

10..........................................................................................................................................................28

11..........................................................................................................................................................28

12..........................................................................................................................................................29

13..........................................................................................................................................................30

14..........................................................................................................................................................31

15..........................................................................................................................................................31

16..........................................................................................................................................................32

17..........................................................................................................................................................33

Book III ..............................................................................................................................................................35

1............................................................................................................................................................35

2............................................................................................................................................................38

3............................................................................................................................................................39

4............................................................................................................................................................41

5............................................................................................................................................................43

6............................................................................................................................................................43

7............................................................................................................................................................44

8............................................................................................................................................................45

9............................................................................................................................................................45


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

i



Top




Page No 3


Table of Contents

10..........................................................................................................................................................45

11..........................................................................................................................................................46

12..........................................................................................................................................................47

13..........................................................................................................................................................48

14..........................................................................................................................................................48

15..........................................................................................................................................................48

16..........................................................................................................................................................49

17..........................................................................................................................................................49

18..........................................................................................................................................................49

19..........................................................................................................................................................50

20..........................................................................................................................................................51

21..........................................................................................................................................................52

22..........................................................................................................................................................53

Book IV ..............................................................................................................................................................53

1............................................................................................................................................................53

2............................................................................................................................................................55

3............................................................................................................................................................58

4............................................................................................................................................................58

5............................................................................................................................................................61

6............................................................................................................................................................61

7............................................................................................................................................................62

8............................................................................................................................................................64

9............................................................................................................................................................66

10..........................................................................................................................................................68

11..........................................................................................................................................................69

Book V...............................................................................................................................................................70

1............................................................................................................................................................70

2............................................................................................................................................................71

3............................................................................................................................................................71

4............................................................................................................................................................71

5............................................................................................................................................................72

6............................................................................................................................................................73

7............................................................................................................................................................73

8............................................................................................................................................................73

9............................................................................................................................................................74

10..........................................................................................................................................................75

11..........................................................................................................................................................75

12..........................................................................................................................................................76

13..........................................................................................................................................................76

14..........................................................................................................................................................77

15..........................................................................................................................................................79

16..........................................................................................................................................................81

17..........................................................................................................................................................82

18..........................................................................................................................................................83

19..........................................................................................................................................................84

20..........................................................................................................................................................86

21..........................................................................................................................................................87

22..........................................................................................................................................................87


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

ii



Top




Page No 4


Table of Contents

23..........................................................................................................................................................89

24..........................................................................................................................................................89

25..........................................................................................................................................................89

26..........................................................................................................................................................89

27..........................................................................................................................................................89

28..........................................................................................................................................................90

29..........................................................................................................................................................90

30..........................................................................................................................................................90

31..........................................................................................................................................................91

32..........................................................................................................................................................92

33..........................................................................................................................................................92

34..........................................................................................................................................................93

Book VI ..............................................................................................................................................................93

1............................................................................................................................................................93

2............................................................................................................................................................94

3............................................................................................................................................................95

4............................................................................................................................................................97

5............................................................................................................................................................97

6............................................................................................................................................................98

7............................................................................................................................................................98

8............................................................................................................................................................99

9............................................................................................................................................................99

10..........................................................................................................................................................99

11........................................................................................................................................................101

12........................................................................................................................................................101

13........................................................................................................................................................102

14........................................................................................................................................................103

15........................................................................................................................................................104

16........................................................................................................................................................105

17........................................................................................................................................................106

18........................................................................................................................................................107

19........................................................................................................................................................109

20........................................................................................................................................................110

21........................................................................................................................................................111

22........................................................................................................................................................111

23........................................................................................................................................................113

24........................................................................................................................................................113

25........................................................................................................................................................114

26........................................................................................................................................................114

27........................................................................................................................................................114

28........................................................................................................................................................114

29........................................................................................................................................................115

30........................................................................................................................................................115

31........................................................................................................................................................116

32........................................................................................................................................................116

33........................................................................................................................................................116

34........................................................................................................................................................116

35........................................................................................................................................................117


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

iii



Top




Page No 5


Table of Contents

36........................................................................................................................................................117

37........................................................................................................................................................117

Book VII..........................................................................................................................................................118

1..........................................................................................................................................................118

2..........................................................................................................................................................119

3..........................................................................................................................................................120

4..........................................................................................................................................................121

5..........................................................................................................................................................123

6..........................................................................................................................................................123

7..........................................................................................................................................................124

8..........................................................................................................................................................124

9..........................................................................................................................................................125

10........................................................................................................................................................125

11........................................................................................................................................................126

12........................................................................................................................................................126

Book VIII.........................................................................................................................................................127

1..........................................................................................................................................................127

2..........................................................................................................................................................128

3..........................................................................................................................................................131

4..........................................................................................................................................................133

5..........................................................................................................................................................133

6..........................................................................................................................................................134

7..........................................................................................................................................................134

8..........................................................................................................................................................135

9..........................................................................................................................................................135

10........................................................................................................................................................135

11........................................................................................................................................................136

12........................................................................................................................................................136

13........................................................................................................................................................137

14........................................................................................................................................................139

15........................................................................................................................................................139

16........................................................................................................................................................140

17........................................................................................................................................................140

18........................................................................................................................................................141

19........................................................................................................................................................141

20........................................................................................................................................................143

21........................................................................................................................................................143

22........................................................................................................................................................144

23........................................................................................................................................................144

24........................................................................................................................................................144

25........................................................................................................................................................145

26........................................................................................................................................................145

27........................................................................................................................................................145

28........................................................................................................................................................146

29........................................................................................................................................................147

30........................................................................................................................................................147

Book IX ............................................................................................................................................................148

1..........................................................................................................................................................148


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

iv



Top




Page No 6


Table of Contents

2..........................................................................................................................................................151

3..........................................................................................................................................................151

4..........................................................................................................................................................152

5..........................................................................................................................................................152

6..........................................................................................................................................................153

7..........................................................................................................................................................154

8..........................................................................................................................................................154

9..........................................................................................................................................................155

10........................................................................................................................................................156

11........................................................................................................................................................156

12........................................................................................................................................................156

13........................................................................................................................................................157

14........................................................................................................................................................157

15........................................................................................................................................................158

16........................................................................................................................................................158

17........................................................................................................................................................158

18........................................................................................................................................................158

19........................................................................................................................................................158

20........................................................................................................................................................159

21........................................................................................................................................................159

22........................................................................................................................................................159

23........................................................................................................................................................159

24........................................................................................................................................................159

25........................................................................................................................................................159

26........................................................................................................................................................160

27........................................................................................................................................................160

28........................................................................................................................................................160

29........................................................................................................................................................160

30........................................................................................................................................................160

31........................................................................................................................................................161

32........................................................................................................................................................161

33........................................................................................................................................................162

34........................................................................................................................................................162

35........................................................................................................................................................162

36........................................................................................................................................................162

37........................................................................................................................................................163

38........................................................................................................................................................165

39........................................................................................................................................................165

40........................................................................................................................................................166

41........................................................................................................................................................170

42........................................................................................................................................................171

43........................................................................................................................................................172

44........................................................................................................................................................172

45........................................................................................................................................................173

46........................................................................................................................................................173

47........................................................................................................................................................173

48........................................................................................................................................................174

49........................................................................................................................................................174


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

v



Top




Page No 7


Table of Contents

50........................................................................................................................................................174

49B ......................................................................................................................................................175


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

vi



Top




Page No 8


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

by Aristotle

translated by D'Arcy Wentworth Thompson

Book I  

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17  

Book II  

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17  

Book III  

1 

2  

HISTORY OF ANIMALS 1



Top




Page No 9


3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22  

Book IV  

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11  

Book V  

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18  


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

HISTORY OF ANIMALS 2



Top




Page No 10


19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 

32 

33 

34  

Book VI  

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 

32 

33 

34  


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

HISTORY OF ANIMALS 3



Top




Page No 11


35 

36 

37  

Book VII  

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12  

Book VIII  

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30  

Book IX  

1 

2 

3  


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

HISTORY OF ANIMALS 4



Top




Page No 12


4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 

32 

33 

34 

35 

36 

37 

38 

39 

40 

41 

42 

43 

44 

45 

46 

47 

48 

49 

50 

49B  


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

HISTORY OF ANIMALS 5



Top




Page No 13


Book I

1

OF the parts of animals some are simple: to wit, all such as  divide into parts uniform with themselves, as

flesh into flesh; others  are composite, such as divide into parts not uniform with  themselves,  as, for instance,

the hand does not divide into hands  nor the face  into faces. 

And of such as these, some are called not parts merely, but limbs  or members. Such are those parts that, while

entire in themselves,  have within themselves other diverse parts: as for instance, the head,  foot, hand, the arm

as a whole, the chest; for these are all in  themselves entire parts, and there are other diverse parts belonging  to

them. 

All those parts that do not subdivide into parts uniform with  themselves are composed of parts that do so

subdivide, for instance,  hand is composed of flesh, sinews, and bones. Of animals, some  resemble one

another in all their parts, while others have parts  wherein they differ. Sometimes the parts are identical in

form or  species, as, for instance, one man's nose or eye resembles another  man's nose or eye, flesh flesh, and

bone bone; and in like manner with  a horse, and with all other animals which we reckon to be of one and  the

same species: for as the whole is to the whole, so each to each  are the parts severally. In other cases the parts

are identical,  save  only for a difference in the way of excess or defect, as is the  case  in such animals as are of

one and the same genus. By 'genus' I  mean,  for instance, Bird or Fish, for each of these is subject to

difference  in respect of its genus, and there are many species of  fishes and of  birds. 

Within the limits of genera, most of the parts as a rule  exhibit  differences through contrast of the property or

accident, such  as  colour and shape, to which they are subject: in that some are  more and  some in a less degree

the subject of the same property or  accident;  and also in the way of multitude or fewness, magnitude or

parvitude,  in short in the way of excess or defect. Thus in some the  texture of  the flesh is soft, in others firm;

some have a long bill,  others a  short one; some have abundance of feathers, others have  only a small  quantity.

It happens further that some have parts that  others have  not: for instance, some have spurs and others not,

some  have crests  and others not; but as a general rule, most parts and  those that go to  make up the bulk of the

body are either identical  with one another, or  differ from one another in the way of contrast  and of excess and

defect. For 'the more' and 'the less' may be  represented as 'excess'  or 'defect'. 

Once again, we may have to do with animals whose parts are  neither  identical in form nor yet identical save

for differences in  the way of  excess or defect: but they are the same only in the way  of analogy,  as, for

instance, bone is only analogous to fishbone,  nail to hoof,  hand to claw, and scale to feather; for what the

feather  is in a bird,  the scale is in a fish. 

The parts, then, which animals severally possess are diverse  from,  or identical with, one another in the

fashion above described.  And  they are so furthermore in the way of local disposition: for  many  animals have

identical organs that differ in position; for  instance,  some have teats in the breast, others close to the thighs. 

Of the substances that are composed of parts uniform (or  homogeneous) with themselves, some are soft and

moist, others are  dry  and solid. The soft and moist are such either absolutely or so  long as  they are in their

natural conditions, as, for instance, blood,  serum,  lard, suet, marrow, sperm, gall, milk in such as have it  flesh

and the  like; and also, in a different way, the superfluities,  as phlegm and  the excretions of the belly and the

bladder. The dry and  solid are  such as sinew, skin, vein, hair, bone, gristle, nail, horn  (a term  which as

applied to the part involves an ambiguity, since  the whole  also by virtue of its form is designated horn), and

such  parts as  present an analogy to these. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

Book I 6



Top




Page No 14


Animals differ from one another in their modes of subsistence,  in  their actions, in their habits, and in their

parts. Concerning  these  differences we shall first speak in broad and general terms, and  subsequently we shall

treat of the same with close reference to each  particular genus. 

Differences are manifested in modes of subsistence, in habits, in  actions performed. For instance, some

animals live in water and others  on land. And of those that live in water some do so in one way, and  some in

another: that is to say, some live and feed in the water, take  in and emit water, and cannot live if deprived of

water, as is the  case with the great majority of fishes; others get their food and  spend their days in the water,

but do not take in water but air, nor  do they bring forth in the water. Many of these creatures are  furnished

with feet, as the otter, the beaver, and the crocodile; some  are furnished with wings, as the diver and the

grebe; some are  destitute of feet, as the watersnake. Some creatures get their living  in the water and cannot

exist outside it: but for all that do not take  in either air or water, as, for instance, the seanettle and the  oyster.

And of creatures that live in the water some live in the  sea,  some in rivers, some in lakes, and some in

marshes, as the frog  and  the newt. 

Of animals that live on dry land some take in air and emit it,  which phenomena are termed 'inhalation' and

'exhalation'; as, for  instance, man and all such land animals as are furnished with lungs.  Others, again, do not

inhale air, yet live and find their sustenance  on dry land; as, for instance, the wasp, the bee, and all other

insects. And by 'insects' I mean such creatures as have nicks or  notches on their bodies, either on their bellies

or on both backs  and  bellies. 

And of land animals many, as has been said, derive their  subsistence from the water; but of creatures that live

in and inhale  water not a single one derives its subsistence from dry land. 

Some animals at first live in water, and by and by change their  shape and live out of water, as is the case with

river worms, for  out  of these the gadfly develops. 

Furthermore, some animals are stationary, and some are erratic.  Stationary animals are found in water, but no

such creature is found  on dry land. In the water are many creatures that live in close  adhesion to an external

object, as is the case with several kinds of  oyster. And, by the way, the sponge appears to be endowed with a

certain sensibility: as a proof of which it is alleged that the  difficulty in detaching it from its moorings is

increased if the  movement to detach it be not covertly applied. 

Other creatures adhere at one time to an object and detach  themselves from it at other times, as is the case

with a species of  the socalled seanettle; for some of these creatures seek their  food  in the nighttime loose

and unattached. 

Many creatures are unattached but motionless, as is the case with  oysters and the socalled holothuria. Some

can swim, as, for instance,  fishes, molluscs, and crustaceans, such as the crawfish. But some of  these last

move by walking, as the crab, for it is the nature of the  creature, though it lives in water, to move by walking. 

Of land animals some are furnished with wings, such as birds  and  bees, and these are so furnished in different

ways one from  another;  others are furnished with feet. Of the animals that are  furnished with  feet some walk,

some creep, and some wriggle. But no  creature is able  only to move by flying, as the fish is able only to

swim, for the  animals with leathern wings can walk; the bat has feet  and the seal  has imperfect feet. 

Some birds have feet of little power, and are therefore called  Apodes. This little bird is powerful on the wing;

and, as a rule,  birds that resemble it are weakfooted and strong winged, such as  the  swallow and the

drepanis or (?) Alpine swift; for all these  birds  resemble one another in their habits and in their plumage, and

may  easily be mistaken one for another. (The apus is to be seen at all  seasons, but the drepanis only after

rainy weather in summer; for this  is the time when it is seen and captured, though, as a general rule,  it is a


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

Book I 7



Top




Page No 15


rare bird.) 

Again, some animals move by walking on the ground as well as by  swimming in water. 

Furthermore, the following differences are manifest in their  modes  of living and in their actions. Some are

gregarious, some are  solitary, whether they be furnished with feet or wings or be fitted  for a life in the water;

and some partake of both characters, the  solitary and the gregarious. And of the gregarious, some are

disposed  to combine for social purposes, others to live each for its  own self. 

Gregarious creatures are, among birds, such as the pigeon, the  crane, and the swan; and, by the way, no bird

furnished with crooked  talons is gregarious. Of creatures that live in water many kinds of  fishes are

gregarious, such as the socalled migrants, the tunny,  the  pelamys, and the bonito. 

Man, by the way, presents a mixture of the two characters, the  gregarious and the solitary. 

Social creatures are such as have some one common object in view;  and this property is not common to all

creatures that are  gregarious.  Such social creatures are man, the bee, the wasp, the ant,  and the  crane. 

Again, of these social creatures some submit to a ruler, others  are subject to no governance: as, for instance,

the crane and the  several sorts of bee submit to a ruler, whereas ants and numerous  other creatures are every

one his own master. 

And again, both of gregarious and of solitary animals, some are  attached to a fixed home and others are

erratic or nomad. 

Also, some are carnivorous, some graminivorous, some omnivorous:  whilst some feed on a peculiar diet, as

for instance the bees and  the  spiders, for the bee lives on honey and certain other sweets,  and the  spider lives

by catching flies; and some creatures live on  fish.  Again, some creatures catch their food, others treasure it

up;  whereas  others do not so. 

Some creatures provide themselves with a dwelling, others go  without one: of the former kind are the mole,

the mouse, the ant,  the  bee; of the latter kind are many insects and quadrupeds.  Further, in  respect to locality

of dwelling place, some creatures  dwell under  ground, as the lizard and the snake; others live on the  surface

of the  ground, as the horse and the dog. make to themselves  holes, others do  not 

Some are nocturnal, as the owl and the bat; others live in the  daylight. 

Moreover, some creatures are tame and some are wild: some are  at  all times tame, as man and the mule;

others are at all times  savage,  as the leopard and the wolf; and some creatures can be rapidly  tamed,  as the

elephant. 

Again, we may regard animals in another light. For, whenever a  race of animals is found domesticated, the

same is always to be  found  in a wild condition; as we find to be the case with horses,  kine,  swine, (men),

sheep, goats, and dogs. 

Further, some animals emit sound while others are mute, and  some  are endowed with voice: of these latter

some have articulate  speech,  while others are inarticulate; some are given to continual  chirping  and twittering

some are prone to silence; some are musical,  and some  unmusical; but all animals without exception exercise

their  power of  singing or chattering chiefly in connexion with the  intercourse of the  sexes. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

Book I 8



Top




Page No 16


Again, some creatures live in the fields, as the cushat; some  on  the mountains, as the hoopoe; some frequent

the abodes of men, as  the  pigeon. 

Some, again, are peculiarly salacious, as the partridge, the  barndoor cock and their congeners; others are

inclined to chastity,  as the whole tribe of crows, for birds of this kind indulge but rarely  in sexual intercourse. 

Of marine animals, again, some live in the open seas, some near  the shore, some on rocks. 

Furthermore, some are combative under offence; others are  provident for defence. Of the former kind are

such as act as  aggressors upon others or retaliate when subjected to ill usage, and  of the latter kind are such as

merely have some means of guarding  themselves against attack. 

Animals also differ from one another in regard to character in  the  following respects. Some are

goodtempered, sluggish, and little  prone  to ferocity, as the ox; others are quick tempered, ferocious and

unteachable, as the wild boar; some are intelligent and timid, as  the  stag and the hare; others are mean and

treacherous, as the  snake;  others are noble and courageous and highbred, as the lion;  others are

thoroughbred and wild and treacherous, as the wolf: for,  by the way,  an animal is highbred if it come from a

noble stock, and  an animal is  thoroughbred if it does not deflect from its racial  characteristics. 

Further, some are crafty and mischievous, as the fox; some are  spirited and affectionate and fawning, as the

dog; others are  easytempered and easily domesticated, as the elephant; others are  cautious and watchful, as

the goose; others are jealous and  selfconceited, as the peacock. But of all animals man alone is  capable of

deliberation. 

Many animals have memory, and are capable of instruction; but no  other creature except man can recall the

past at will. 

With regard to the several genera of animals, particulars as to  their habits of life and modes of existence will

be discussed more  fully by and by. 

2

Common to all animals are the organs whereby they take food and  the organs where into they take it; and

these are either identical  with one another, or are diverse in the ways above specified: to  wit,  either identical

in form, or varying in respect of excess or  defect,  or resembling one another analogically, or differing in

position. 

Furthermore, the great majority of animals have other organs  besides these in common, whereby they

discharge the residuum of  their  food: I say, the great majority, for this statement does not  apply to  all. And,

by the way, the organ whereby food is taken in is  called the  mouth, and the organ whereinto it is taken, the

belly;  the remainder  of the alimentary system has a great variety of names. 

Now the residuum of food is twofold in kind, wet and dry, and  such  creatures as have organs receptive of wet

residuum are invariably  found with organs receptive of dry residuum; but such as have organs  receptive of

dry residuum need not possess organs receptive of wet  residuum. In other words, an animal has a bowel or

intestine if it  have a bladder; but an animal may have a bowel and be without a  bladder. And, by the way, I

may here remark that the organ receptive  of wet residuum is termed 'bladder', and the organ receptive of dry

residuum 'intestine or 'bowel'. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

2 9



Top




Page No 17


3

Of animals otherwise, a great many have, besides the organs  abovementioned, an organ for excretion of the

sperm: and of animals  capable of generation one secretes into another, and the other into  itself. The latter is

termed 'female', and the former 'male'; but some  animals have neither male nor female. Consequently, the

organs  connected with this function differ in form, for some animals have a  womb and others an organ

analogous thereto.  The abovementioned  organs, then, are the most indispensable parts  of animals; and with

some of them all animals without exception, and  with others animals  for the most part, must needs be

provided. 

One sense, and one alone, is common to all animalsthe sense of  touch. Consequently, there is no special

name for the organ in which  it has its seat; for in some groups of animals the organ is identical,  in others it is

only analogous. 

4

Every animal is supplied with moisture, and, if the animal be  deprived of the same by natural causes or

artificial means, death  ensues: further, every animal has another part in which the moisture  is contained.

These parts are blood and vein, and in other animals  there is something to correspond; but in these latter the

parts are  imperfect, being merely fibre and serum or lymph. 

Touch has its seat in a part uniform and homogeneous, as in the  flesh or something of the kind, and generally,

with animals supplied  with blood, in the parts charged with blood. In other animals it has  its seat in parts

analogous to the parts charged with blood; but in  all cases it is seated in parts that in their texture are

homogeneous. 

The active faculties, on the contrary, are seated in the parts  that are heterogeneous: as, for instance, the

business of preparing  the food is seated in the mouth, and the office of locomotion in the  feet, the wings, or in

organs to correspond. 

Again, some animals are supplied with blood, as man, the horse,  and all such animals as are, when

fullgrown, either destitute of  feet, or twofooted, or fourfooted; other animals are bloodless, such  as the

bee and the wasp, and, of marine animals, the cuttlefish,  the  crawfish, and all such animals as have more

than four feet. 

5

Again, some animals are viviparous, others oviparous, others  vermiparous or 'grubbearing'. Some are

viviparous, such as man, the  horse, the seal, and all other animals that are haircoated, and, of  marine

animals, the cetaceans, as the dolphin, and the socalled  Selachia. (Of these latter animals, some have a

tubular airpassage  and no gills, as the dolphin and the whale: the dolphin with the  airpassage going

through its back, the whale with the airpassage  in  its forehead; others have uncovered gills, as the Selachia,

the  sharks  and rays.) 

What we term an egg is a certain completed result of conception  out of which the animal that is to be

develops, and in such a way that  in respect to its primitive germ it comes from part only of the egg,  while the

rest serves for food as the germ develops. A 'grub' on the  other hand is a thing out of which in its entirety the

animal in its  entirety develops, by differentiation and growth of the embryo. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

3 10



Top




Page No 18


Of viviparous animals, some hatch eggs in their own interior,  as  creatures of the shark kind; others engender

in their interior a  live  foetus, as man and the horse. When the result of conception is  perfected, with some

animals a living creature is brought forth,  with  others an egg is brought to light, with others a grub. Of the

eggs,  some have eggshells and are of two different colours within,  such as  birds' eggs; others are

softskinned and of uniform colour, as  the  eggs of animals of the shark kind. Of the grubs, some are from the

first capable of movement, others are motionless. However, with regard  to these phenomena we shall speak

precisely hereafter when we come  to  treat of Generation. 

Furthermore, some animals have feet and some are destitute  thereof. Of such as have feet some animals have

two, as is the case  with men and birds, and with men and birds only; some have four, as  the lizard and the

dog; some have more, as the centipede and the  bee;  but allsoever that have feet have an even number of them. 

Of swimming creatures that are destitute of feet, some have  winglets or fins, as fishes: and of these some

have four fins, two  above on the back, two below on the belly, as the gilthead and the  basse; some have two

only,to wit, such as are exceedingly long and  smooth, as the eel and the conger; some have none at all, as

the  muraena, but use the sea just as snakes use dry groundand by the way,  snakes swim in water in just the

same way. Of the sharkkind some have  no fins, such as those that are flat and longtailed, as the ray and  the

stingray, but these fishes swim actually by the undulatory motion  of their flat bodies; the fishing frog,

however, has fins, and so  likewise have all such fishes as have not their flat surfaces  thinned  off to a sharp

edge. 

Of those swimming creatures that appear to have feet, as is the  case with the molluscs, these creatures swim

by the aid of their  feet  and their fins as well, and they swim most rapidly backwards in  the  direction of the

trunk, as is the case with the cuttlefish or  sepia  and the calamary; and, by the way, neither of these latter can

walk as  the poulpe or octopus can. 

The hardskinned or crustaceous animals, like the crawfish,  swim  by the instrumentality of their tailparts;

and they swim most  rapidly  tail foremost, by the aid of the fins developed upon that  member. The  newt

swims by means of its feet and tail; and its tail  resembles that  of the sheatfish, to compare little with great. 

Of animals that can fly some are furnished with feathered wings,  as the eagle and the hawk; some are

furnished with membranous wings,  as the bee and the cockchafer; others are furnished with leathern  wings,

as the flying fox and the bat. All flying creatures possessed  of blood have feathered wings or leathern wings;

the bloodless  creatures have membranous wings, as insects. The creatures that have  feathered wings or

leathern wings have either two feet or no feet at  all: for there are said to be certain flying serpents in Ethiopia

that  are destitute of feet. 

Creatures that have feathered wings are classed as a genus  under  the name of 'bird'; the other two genera, the

leathernwinged  and  membranewinged, are as yet without a generic title. 

Of creatures that can fly and are bloodless some are coleopterous  or sheathwinged, for they have their wings

in a sheath or shard, like  the cockchafer and the dungbeetle; others are sheathless, and of  these latter some

are dipterous and some tetrapterous: tetrapterous,  such as are comparatively large or have their stings in the

tail,  dipterous, such as are comparatively small or have their stings in  front. The coleoptera are, without

exception, devoid of stings; the  diptera have the sting in front, as the fly, the horsefly, the gadfly,  and the

gnat. 

Bloodless animals as a general rule are inferior in point of size  to blooded animals; though, by the way, there

are found in the sea  some few bloodless creatures of abnormal size, as in the case of  certain molluscs. And of

these bloodless genera, those are the largest  that dwell in milder climates, and those that inhabit the sea are

larger than those living on dry land or in fresh water. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

3 11



Top




Page No 19


All creatures that are capable of motion move with four or more  points of motion; the blooded animals with

four only: as, for  instance, man with two hands and two feet, birds with two wings and  two feet, quadrupeds

and fishes severally with four feet and four  fins. Creatures that have two winglets or fins, or that have none at

all like serpents, move all the same with not less than four points of  motion; for there are four bends in their

bodies as they move, or  two  bends together with their fins. Bloodless and many footed animals,  whether

furnished with wings or feet, move with more than four  points  of motion; as, for instance, the dayfly moves

with four feet  and four  wings: and, I may observe in passing, this creature is  exceptional not  only in regard to

the duration of its existence,  whence it receives  its name, but also because though a quadruped it  has wings

also. 

All animals move alike, fourfooted and manyfooted; in other  words, they all move crosscornerwise.

And animals in general have  two feet in advance; the crab alone has four. 

6

Very extensive genera of animals, into which other subdivisions  fall, are the following: one, of birds; one, of

fishes; and another,  of cetaceans. Now all these creatures are blooded. 

There is another genus of the hardshell kind, which is called  oyster; another of the softshell kind, not as yet

designated by a  single term, such as the spiny crawfish and the various kinds of crabs  and lobsters; and

another of molluscs, as the two kinds of calamary  and the cuttlefish; that of insects is different. All these

latter  creatures are bloodless, and such of them as have feet have a goodly  number of them; and of the insects

some have wings as well as feet. 

Of the other animals the genera are not extensive. For in them  one  species does not comprehend many

species; but in one case, as man,  the  species is simple, admitting of no differentiation, while other  cases  admit

of differentiation, but the forms lack particular  designations. 

So, for instance, creatures that are qudapedal and unprovided  with  wings are blooded without exception, but

some of them are  viviparous,  and some oviparous. Such as are viviparous are  haircoated, and such  as are

oviparous are covered with a kind of  tessellated hard  substance; and the tessellated bits of this substance  are,

as it were,  similar in regard to position to a scale. 

An animal that is blooded and capable of movement on dry land,  but  is naturally unprovided with feet,

belongs to the serpent genus;  and  animals of this genus are coated with the tessellated horny  substance.

Serpents in general are oviparous; the adder, an  exceptional case, is  viviparous: for not all viviparous animals

are  haircoated, and some  fishes also are viviparous. 

All animals, however, that are haircoated are viviparous. For,  by  the way, one must regard as a kind of hair

such prickly hairs as  hedgehogs and porcupines carry; for these spines perform the office of  hair, and not of

feet as is the case with similar parts of  seaurchins. 

In the genus that combines all viviparous quadrupeds are many  species, but under no common appellation.

They are only named as it  were one by one, as we say man, lion, stag, horse, dog, and so on;  though, by the

way, there is a sort of genus that embraces all  creatures that have bushy manes and bushy tails, such as the

horse,  the ass, the mule, the jennet, and the animals that are called Hemioni  in Syria,from their externally

resembling mules, though they are  not  strictly of the same species. And that they are not so is proved  by  the

fact that they mate with and breed from one another.  For all  these reasons, we must take animals species by

species, and discuss  their peculiarities severally' 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

6 12



Top




Page No 20


These preceding statements, then, have been put forward thus in a  general way, as a kind of foretaste of the

number of subjects and of  the properties that we have to consider in order that we may first get  a clear notion

of distinctive character and common properties. By  and  by we shall discuss these matters with greater

minuteness. 

After this we shall pass on to the discussion of causes. For to do  this when the investigation of the details is

complete is the proper  and natural method, and that whereby the subjects and the premisses of  our argument

will afterwards be rendered plain. 

In the first place we must look to the constituent parts of  animals. For it is in a way relative to these parts,

first and  foremost, that animals in their entirety differ from one another:  either in the fact that some have this

or that, while they have not  that or this; or by peculiarities of position or of arrangement; or by  the differences

that have been previously mentioned, depending upon  diversity of form, or excess or defect in this or that

particular,  on  analogy, or on contrasts of the accidental qualities. 

To begin with, we must take into consideration the parts of  Man.  For, just as each nation is wont to reckon by

that monetary  standard  with which it is most familiar, so must we do in other  matters. And,  of course, man is

the animal with which we are all of us  the most  familiar. 

Now the parts are obvious enough to physical perception. However,  with the view of observing due order and

sequence and of combining  rational notions with physical perception, we shall proceed to  enumerate the

parts: firstly, the organic, and afterwards the simple  or noncomposite. 

7

The chief parts into which the body as a whole is subdivided,  are  the head, the neck, the trunk (extending

from the neck to the  privy  parts), which is called the thorax, two arms and two legs. 

Of the parts of which the head is composed the haircovered  portion is called the 'skull'. The front portion of

it is termed  'bregma' or 'sinciput', developed after birthfor it is the last of  all the bones in the body to acquire

solidity,the hinder part is  termed the 'occiput', and the part intervening between the sinciput  and the occiput

is the 'crown'. The brain lies underneath the  sinciput; the occiput is hollow. The skull consists entirely of thin

bone, rounded in shape, and contained within a wrapper of fleshless  skin. 

The skull has sutures: one, of circular form, in the case of  women; in the case of men, as a general rule, three

meeting at a  point. Instances have been known of a man's skull devoid of suture  altogether. In the skull the

middle line, where the hair parts, is  called the crown or vertex. In some cases the parting is double;  that  is to

say, some men are double crowned, not in regard to the bony  skull, but in consequence of the double fall or

set of the hair. 

8

The part that lies under the skull is called the 'face': but in  the case of man only, for the term is not applied to

a fish or to an  ox. In the face the part below the sinciput and between the eyes is  termed the forehead. When

men have large foreheads, they are slow to  move; when they have small ones, they are fickle; when they have

broad  ones, they are apt to be distraught; when they have foreheads  rounded  or bulging out, they are

quicktempered. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

7 13



Top




Page No 21


9

Underneath the forehead are two eyebrows. Straight eyebrows are  a  sign of softness of disposition; such as

curve in towards the  nose, of  harshness; such as curve out towards the temples, of humour  and  dissimulation;

such as are drawn in towards one another, of  jealousy. 

Under the eyebrows come the eyes. These are naturally two in  number. Each of them has an upper and a

lower eyelid, and the hairs on  the edges of these are termed 'eyelashes'. The central part of the eye  includes

the moist part whereby vision is effected, termed the  'pupil', and the part surrounding it called the 'black'; the

part  outside this is the 'white'. A part common to the upper and lower  eyelid is a pair of nicks or corners, one

in the direction of the  nose, and the other in the direction of the temples. When these are  long they are a sign

of bad disposition; if the side toward the  nostril be fleshy and comblike, they are a sign of dishonesty. 

All animals, as a general rule, are provided with eyes, excepting  the ostracoderms and other imperfect

creatures; at all events, all  viviparous animals have eyes, with the exception of the mole. And  yet  one might

assert that, though the mole has not eyes in the full  sense,  yet it has eyes in a kind of a way. For in point of

absolute  fact it  cannot see, and has no eyes visible externally; but when the  outer  skin is removed, it is found

to have the place where eyes are  usually  situated, and the black parts of the eyes rightly situated,  and all  the

place that is usually devoted on the outside to eyes:  showing that  the parts are stunted in development, and

the skin  allowed to grow  over. 

10

Of the eye the white is pretty much the same in all creatures; but  what is called the black differs in various

animals. Some have the rim  black, some distinctly blue, some greyishblue, some greenish; and  this last

colour is the sign of an excellent disposition, and is  particularly well adapted for sharpness of vision. Man is

the only, or  nearly the only, creature, that has eyes of diverse colours.  Animals,  as a rule, have eyes of one

colour only. Some horses have  blue eyes. 

Of eyes, some are large, some small, some mediumsized; of these,  the mediumsized are the best.

Moreover, eyes sometimes protrude,  sometimes recede, sometimes are neither protruding nor receding. Of

these, the receding eye is in all animals the most acute; but the last  kind are the sign of the best disposition.

Again, eyes are sometimes  inclined to wink under observation, sometimes to remain open and  staring, and

sometimes are disposed neither to wink nor stare. The  last kind are the sign of the best nature, and of the

others, the  latter kind indicates impudence, and the former indecision. 

11

Furthermore, there is a portion of the head, whereby an animal  hears, a part incapable of breathing, the 'ear'. I

say 'incapable of  breathing', for Alcmaeon is mistaken when he says that goats inspire  through their ears. Of

the ear one part is unnamed, the other part  is  called the 'lobe'; and it is entirely composed of gristle and  flesh.

The ear is constructed internally like the trumpetshell, and  the  innermost bone is like the ear itself, and into

it at the end  the  sound makes its way, as into the bottom of a jar. This  receptacle does  not communicate by

any passage with the brain, but  does so with the  palate, and a vein extends from the brain towards it.  The eyes

also  are connected with the brain, and each of them lies at  the end of a  little vein. Of animals possessed of

ears man is the only  one that  cannot move this organ. Of creatures possessed of hearing,  some have  ears,

whilst others have none, but merely have the  passages for ears  visible, as, for example, feathered animals or

animals coated with  horny tessellates. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

9 14



Top




Page No 22


Viviparous animals, with the exception of the seal, the dolphin,  and those others which after a similar fashion

to these are cetaceans,  are all provided with ears; for, by the way, the sharkkind are also  viviparous. Now,

the seal has the passages visible whereby it hears;  but the dolphin can hear, but has no ears, nor yet any

passages  visible. But man alone is unable to move his ears, and all other  animals can move them. And the

ears lie, with man, in the same  horizontal plane with the eyes, and not in a plane above them as is  the case

with some quadrupeds. Of ears, some are fine, some are  coarse, and some are of medium texture; the last kind

are best for  hearing, but they serve in no way to indicate character. Some ears are  large, some small, some

mediumsized; again, some stand out far,  some  lie in close and tight, and some take up a medium position; of

these  such as are of medium size and of medium position are  indications of  the best disposition, while the

large and outstanding  ones indicate a  tendency to irrelevant talk or chattering. The part  intercepted  between

the eye, the ear, and the crown is termed the  'temple'. Again,  there is a part of the countenance that serves as a

passage for the  breath, the 'nose'. For a man inhales and exhales by  this organ, and  sneezing is effected by its

means: which last is an  outward rush of  collected breath, and is the only mode of breath  used as an omen and

regarded as supernatural. Both inhalation and  exhalation go right on  from the nose towards the chest; and

with the  nostrils alone and  separately it is impossible to inhale or exhale,  owing to the fact  that the inspiration

and respiration take place from  the chest along  the windpipe, and not by any portion connected with  the head;

and  indeed it is possible for a creature to live without  using this  process of nasal respiration. 

Again, smelling takes place by means of the nose,smelling, or the  sensible discrimination of odour. And the

nostril admits of easy  motion, and is not, like the ear, intrinsically immovable. A part of  it, composed of

gristle, constitutes, a septum or partition, and  part  is an open passage; for the nostril consists of two separate

channels.  The nostril (or nose) of the elephant is long and strong,  and the  animal uses it like a hand; for by

means of this organ it  draws  objects towards it, and takes hold of them, and introduces its  food  into its mouth,

whether liquid or dry food, and it is the only  living  creature that does so. 

Furthermore, there are two jaws; the front part of them  constitutes the chin, and the hinder part the cheek. All

animals  move  the lower jaw, with the exception of the river crocodile; this  creature moves the upper jaw

only. 

Next after the nose come two lips, composed of flesh, and  facile  of motion. The mouth lies inside the jaws

and lips. Parts of  the mouth  are the roof or palate and the pharynx. 

The part that is sensible of taste is the tongue. The sensation  has its seat at the tip of the tongue; if the object

to be tasted be  placed on the flat surface of the organ, the taste is less sensibly  experienced. The tongue is

sensitive in all other ways wherein flesh  in general is so: that is, it can appreciate hardness, or warmth and

cold, in any part of it, just as it can appreciate taste. The tongue  is sometimes broad, sometimes narrow, and

sometimes of medium width;  the last kind is the best and the clearest in its discrimination of  taste. Moreover,

the tongue is sometimes loosely hung, and sometimes  fastened: as in the case of those who mumble and who

lisp. 

The tongue consists of flesh, soft and spongy, and the socalled  'epiglottis' is a part of this organ. 

That part of the mouth that splits into two bits is called the  'tonsils'; that part that splits into many bits, the

'gums'. Both  the  tonsils and the gums are composed of flesh. In the gums are teeth,  composed of bone. 

Inside the mouth is another part, shaped like a bunch of  grapes, a  pillar streaked with veins. If this pillar gets

relaxed  and inflamed  it is called 'uvula' or 'bunch of grapes', and it then  has a tendency  to bring about

suffocation. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

9 15



Top




Page No 23


12

The neck is the part between the face and the trunk. Of this the  front part is the larynx land the back part the

ur The front part,  composed of gristle, through which respiration and speech is effected,  is termed the

'windpipe'; the part that is fleshy is the oesophagus,  inside just in front of the chine. The part to the back of

the neck is  the epomis, or 'shoulderpoint'. 

These then are the parts to be met with before you come to the  thorax. 

To the trunk there is a front part and a back part. Next after  the  neck in the front part is the chest, with a pair

of breasts. To  each  of the breasts is attached a teat or nipple, through which in the  case  of females the milk

percolates; and the breast is of a spongy  texture.  Milk, by the way, is found at times in the male; but with the

male the  flesh of the breast is tough, with the female it is soft  and porous. 

13

Next after the thorax and in front comes the 'belly', and its root  the 'navel'. Underneath this root the bilateral

part is the 'flank':  the undivided part below the navel, the 'abdomen', the extremity of  which is the region of

the 'pubes'; above the navel the  'hypochondrium'; the cavity common to the hypochondrium and the  flank  is

the gutcavity. 

Serving as a brace girdle to the hinder parts is the pelvis,  and  hence it gets its name (osphus), for it is

symmetrical  (isophues) in  appearance; of the fundament the part for resting on  is termed the  'rump', and the

part whereon the thigh pivots is  termed the 'socket'  (or acetabulum). 

The 'womb' is a part peculiar to the female; and the 'penis' is  peculiar to the male. This latter organ is external

and situated at  the extremity of the trunk; it is composed of two separate parts: of  which the extreme part is

fleshy, does not alter in size, and is  called the glans; and round about it is a skin devoid of any  specific  title,

which integument if it be cut asunder never grows  together  again, any more than does the jaw or the eyelid.

And the  connexion  between the latter and the glans is called the frenum. The  remaining  part of the penis is

composed of gristle; it is easily  susceptible of  enlargement; and it protrudes and recedes in the  reverse

directions to  what is observable in the identical organ in  cats. Underneath the  penis are two 'testicles', and the

integument  of these is a skin that  is termed the 'scrotum'. 

Testicles are not identical with flesh, and are not altogether  diverse from it. But by and by we shall treat in an

exhaustive way  regarding all such parts. 

14

The privy part of the female is in character opposite to that of  the male. In other words, the part under the

pubes is hollow or  receding, and not, like the male organ, protruding. Further, there  is  an 'urethra' outside the

womb; which organ serves as a passage  for the  sperm of the male, and as an outlet for liquid excretion to  both

sexes). 

The part common to the neck and chest is the 'throat'; the  'armpit' is common to side, arm, and shoulder; and

the 'groin' is  common to thigh and abdomen. The part inside the thigh and buttocks is  the 'perineum', and the

part outside the thigh and buttocks is the  'hypoglutis'. 

The front parts of the trunk have now been enumerated. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

12 16



Top




Page No 24


The part behind the chest is termed the 'back'. 

15

Parts of the back are a pair of 'shoulderblades', the  'backbone',  and, underneath on a level with the belly in

the trunk,  the 'loins'.  Common to the upper and lower part of the trunk are the  'ribs', eight  on either side, for as

to the socalled sevenribbed  Ligyans we have  not received any trustworthy evidence. 

Man, then, has an upper and a lower part, a front and a back  part,  a right and a left side. Now the right and the

left side are  pretty  well alike in their parts and identical throughout, except that  the  left side is the weaker of

the two; but the back parts do not  resemble  the front ones, neither do the lower ones the upper: only  that these

upper and lower parts may be said to resemble one another  thus far,  that, if the face be plump or meagre, the

abdomen is plump  or meagre  to correspond; and that the legs correspond to the arms, and  where the  upper

arm is short the thigh is usually short also, and  where the feet  are small the hands are small correspondingly. 

Of the limbs, one set, forming a pair, is 'arms'. To the arm  belong the 'shoulder', 'upperarm', 'elbow',

'forearm', and 'hand'.  To the hand belong the 'palm', and the five 'fingers'. The part of the  finger that bends is

termed 'knuckle', the part that is inflexible  is  termed the 'phalanx'. The big finger or thumb is singlejointed,

the  other fingers are double jointed. The bending both of the arm  and of  the finger takes place from without

inwards in all cases; and  the arm  bends at the elbow. The inner part of the hand is termed the  palm',  and is

fleshy and divided by joints or lines: in the case of  longlived people by one or two extending right across, in

the case of  the shortlived by two, not so extending. The joint between hand and  arm is termed the 'wrist'.

The outside or back of the hand is  sinewy,  and has no specific designation. 

There is another duplicate limb, the 'leg'. Of this limb the  doubleknobbed part is termed the 'thighbone', the

sliding part of  the 'kneecap', the doubleboned part the 'leg'; the front part of this  latter is termed the 'shin',

and the part behind it the 'calf',  wherein the flesh is sinewy and venous, in some cases drawn upwards

towards the hollow behind the knee, as in the case of people with  large hips, and in other cases drawn

downwards. The lower extremity of  the shin is the 'ankle', duplicate in either leg. The part of the limb  that

contains a multiplicity of bones is the 'foot'. The hinder part  of the foot is the 'heel'; at the front of it the

divided part  consists of 'toes', five in number; the fleshy part underneath is  the  'ball'; the upper part or back of

the foot is sinewy and has no  particular appellation; of the toe, one portion is the 'nail' and  another the 'joint',

and the nail is in all cases at the extremity;  and toes are without exception single jointed. Men that have the

inside or sole of the foot clumsy and not arched, that is, that walk  resting on the entire undersurface of their

feet, are prone to  roguery. The joint common to thigh and shin is the 'knee'. 

These, then, are the parts common to the male and the female sex.  The relative position of the parts as to up

and down, or to front  and  back, or to right and left, all this as regards externals might  safely  be left to mere

ordinary perception. But for all that, we  must treat  of them for the same reason as the one previously brought

forward;  that is to say, we must refer to them in order that a due and  regular  sequence may be observed in our

exposition, and in order  that by the  enumeration of these obvious facts due attention may be  subsequently

given to those parts in men and other animals that are  diverse in any  way from one another. 

In man, above all other animals, the terms 'upper' and 'lower'  are  used in harmony with their natural positions;

for in him, upper  and  lower have the same meaning as when they are applied to the  universe  as a whole. In

like manner the terms, 'in front', 'behind',  'right'  and 'left', are used in accordance with their natural sense.  But

in  regard to other animals, in some cases these distinctions do  not  exist, and in others they do so, but in a

vague way. For instance,  the  head with all animals is up and above in respect to their  bodies; but  man alone,

as has been said, has, in maturity, this part  uppermost in  respect to the material universe. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

15 17



Top




Page No 25


Next after the head comes the neck, and then the chest and the  back: the one in front and the other behind.

Next after these come the  belly, the loins, the sexual parts, and the haunches; then the thigh  and shin; and,

lastly, the feet. 

The legs bend frontwards, in the direction of actual progression,  and frontwards also lies that part of the foot

which is the most  effective of motion, and the flexure of that part; but the heel lies  at the back, and the

anklebones lie laterally, earwise. The arms are  situated to right and left, and bend inwards: so that the

convexities  formed by bent arms and legs are practically face to  face with one  another in the case of man. 

As for the senses and for the organs of sensation, the eyes,  the  nostrils, and the tongue, all alike are situated

frontwards; the  sense  of hearing, and the organ of hearing, the ear, is situated  sideways,  on the same

horizontal plane with the eyes. The eyes in  man are, in  proportion to his size, nearer to one another than in

any other  animal. 

Of the senses man has the sense of touch more refined than any  animal, and so also, but in less degree, the

sense of taste; in the  development of the other senses he is surpassed by a great number of  animals. 

16

The parts, then, that are externally visible are arranged in the  way above stated, and as a rule have their

special designations, and  from use and wont are known familiarly to all; but this is not the  case with the inner

parts. For the fact is that the inner parts of man  are to a very great extent unknown, and the consequence is

that we  must have recourse to an examination of the inner parts of other  animals whose nature in any way

resembles that of man. 

In the first place then, the brain lies in the front part of the  head. And this holds alike with all animals

possessed of a brain;  and  all blooded animals are possessed thereof, and, by the way,  molluscs  as well. But,

taking size for size of animal, the largest  brain, and  the moistest, is that of man. Two membranes enclose it:

the  stronger  one near the bone of the skull; the inner one, round the  brain itself,  is finer. The brain in all cases

is bilateral. Behind  this, right at  the back, comes what is termed the 'cerebellum',  differing in form  from the

brain as we may both feel and see. 

The back of the head is with all animals empty and hollow,  whatever be its size in the different animals. For

some creatures have  big heads while the face below is small in proportion, as is the  case  with roundfaced

animals; some have little heads and long jaws,  as is  the case, without exception, among animals of the

maneandtail  species. 

The brain in all animals is bloodless, devoid of veins, and  naturally cold to the touch; in the great majority of

animals it has a  small hollow in its centre. The braincaul around it is reticulated  with veins; and this

braincaul is that skinlike membrane which  closely surrounds the brain. Above the brain is the thinnest and

weakest bone of the head, which is termed or 'sinciput'. 

From the eye there go three ducts to the brain: the largest and  the mediumsized to the cerebellum, the least

to the brain itself; and  the least is the one situated nearest to the nostril. The two  largest  ones, then, run side

by side and do not meet; the mediumsized  ones  meetand this is particularly visible in fishes,for they lie

nearer  than the large ones to the brain; the smallest pair are the  most  widely separate from one another, and

do not meet. 

Inside the neck is what is termed the oesophagus (whose other  name  is derived oesophagus from its length

and narrowness), and the  windpipe. The windpipe is situated in front of the oesophagus in all  animals that


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

16 18



Top




Page No 26


have a windpipe, and all animals have one that are  furnished with lungs. The windpipe is made up of gristle,

is sparingly  supplied with blood, and is streaked all round with numerous minute  veins; it is situated, in its

upper part, near the mouth, below the  aperture formed by the nostrils into the mouthan aperture through

which, when men, in drinking, inhale any of the liquid, this liquid  finds its way out through the nostrils. In

betwixt the two openings  comes the socalled epiglottis, an organ capable of being drawn over  and covering

the orifice of the windpipe communicating with the mouth;  the end of the tongue is attached to the epiglottis.

In the other  direction the windpipe extends to the interval between the lungs,  and  hereupon bifurcates into

each of the two divisions of the lung;  for  the lung in all animals possessed of the organ has a tendency to  be

double. In viviparous animals, however, the duplication is not so  plainly discernible as in other species, and

the duplication is  least  discernible in man. And in man the organ is not split into  many parts,  as is the case

with some vivipara, neither is it smooth,  but its  surface is uneven. 

In the case of the ovipara, such as birds and oviparous  quadrupeds, the two parts of the organ are separated to

a distance  from one another, so that the creatures appear to be furnished with  a  pair of lungs; and from the

windpipe, itself single, there branch  off  two separate parts extending to each of the two divisions of the  lung.

It is attached also to the great vein and to what is  designated the  'aorta'. When the windpipe is charged with

air, the air  passes on to  the hollow parts of the lung. These parts have divisions,  composed of  gristle, which

meet at an acute angle; from the  divisions run passages  through the entire lung, giving off smaller and  smaller

ramifications.  The heart also is attached to the windpipe,  by connexions of fat,  gristle, and sinew; and at the

point of juncture  there is a hollow.  When the windpipe is charged with air, the entrance  of the air into  the

heart, though imperceptible in some animals, is  perceptible enough  in the larger ones. Such are the properties

of  the windpipe, and it  takes in and throws out air only, and takes in  nothing else either dry  or liquid, or else it

causes you pain until  you shall have coughed up  whatever may have gone down. 

The oesophagus communicates at the top with the mouth, close to  the windpipe, and is attached to the

backbone and the windpipe by  membranous ligaments, and at last finds its way through the midriff  into the

belly. It is composed of fleshlike substance, and is elastic  both lengthways and breadthways. 

The stomach of man resembles that of a dog; for it is not much  bigger than the bowel, but is somewhat like a

bowel of more than usual  width; then comes the bowel, single, convoluted, moderately wide.  The  lower part

of the gut is like that of a pig; for it is broad,  and the  part from it to the buttocks is thick and short. The caul,

or great  omentum, is attached to the middle of the stomach, and  consists of a  fatty membrane, as is the case

with all other animals  whose stomachs  are single and which have teeth in both jaws. 

The mesentery is over the bowels; this also is membranous and  broad, and turns to fat. It is attached to the

great vein and the  aorta, and there run through it a number of veins closely packed  together, extending

towards the region of the bowels, beginning  above  and ending below. 

So much for the properties of the oesophagus, the windpipe, and  the stomach. 

17

The heart has three cavities, and is situated above the lung at  the division of the windpipe, and is provided

with a fatty and thick  membrane where it fastens on to the great vein and the aorta. It  lies  with its tapering

portion upon the aorta, and this portion is  similarly situated in relation to the chest in all animals that have a

chest. In all animals alike, in those that have a chest and in those  that have none, the apex of the heart points

forwards, although this  fact might possibly escape notice by a change of position under  dissection. The

rounded end of the heart is at the top. The apex is to  a great extent fleshy and close in texture, and in the

cavities of the  heart are sinews. As a rule the heart is situated in the middle of the  chest in animals that have a

chest, and in man it is situated a little  to the lefthand side, leaning a little way from the division of the


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

17 19



Top




Page No 27


breasts towards the left breast in the upper part of the chest. 

The heart is not large, and in its general shape it is not  elongated; in fact, it is somewhat round in form: only,

be it  remembered, it is sharppointed at the bottom. It has three  cavities,  as has been said: the righthand one

the largest of the  three, the  lefthand one the least, and the middle one intermediate in  size. All  these cavities,

even the two small ones, are connected by  passages  with the lung, and this fact is rendered quite plain in one

of the  cavities. And below, at the point of attachment, in the largest  cavity  there is a connexion with the great

vein (near which the  mesentery  lies); and in the middle one there is a connexion with the  aorta. 

Canals lead from the heart into the lung, and branch off just  as  the windpipe does, running all over the lung

parallel with the  passages from the windpipe. The canals from the heart are uppermost;  and there is no

common passage, but the passages through their  having  a common wall receive the breath and pass it on to

the heart;  and one  of the passages conveys it to the right cavity, and the  other to the  left. 

With regard to the great vein and the aorta we shall, by and  by,  treat of them together in a discussion devoted

to them and to them  alone. In all animals that are furnished with a lung, and that are  both internally and

externally viviparous, the lung is of all organs  the most richly supplied with blood; for the lung is throughout

spongy  in texture, and along by every single pore in it go branches from  the  great vein. Those who imagine it

to be empty are altogether  mistaken;  and they are led into their error by their observation of  lungs  removed

from animals under dissection, out of which organs the  blood  had all escaped immediately after death. 

Of the other internal organs the heart alone contains blood.  And  the lung has blood not in itself but in its

veins, but the heart  has  blood in itself; for in each of its three cavities it has blood,  but  the thinnest blood is

what it has in its central cavity. 

Under the lung comes the thoracic diaphragm or midriff,  attached  to the ribs, the hypochondria and the

backbone, with a thin  membrane  in the middle of it. It has veins running through it; and the  diaphragm in the

case of man is thicker in proportion to the size of  his frame than in other animals. 

Under the diaphragm on the righthand side lies the 'liver',  and  on the lefthand side the 'spleen', alike in all

animals that  are  provided with these organs in an ordinary and not preternatural  way;  for, be it observed, in

some quadrupeds these organs have been  found  in a transposed position. These organs are connected with the

stomach  by the caul. 

To outward view the spleen of man is narrow and long,  resembling  the selfsame organ in the pig. The liver

in the great  majority of  animals is not provided with a 'gallbladder'; but the  latter is  present in some. The

liver of a man is roundshaped, and  resembles the  same organ in the ox. And, by the way, the absence above

referred to  of a gallbladder is at times met with in the practice  of augury. For  instance, in a certain district of

the Chalcidic  settlement in Euboea  the sheep are devoid of gallbladders; and in  Naxos nearly all the

quadrupeds have one so large that foreigners when  they offer sacrifice  with such victims are bewildered with

fright,  under the impression  that the phenomenon is not due to natural causes,  but bodes some  mischief to the

individual offerers of the sacrifice. 

Again, the liver is attached to the great vein, but it has no  communication with the aorta; for the vein that

goes off from the  great vein goes right through the liver, at a point where are the  socalled 'portals' of the

liver. The spleen also is connected only  with the great vein, for a vein extends to the spleen off from it. 

After these organs come the 'kidneys', and these are placed close  to the backbone, and resemble in character

the same organ in kine.  In  all animals that are provided with this organ, the right kidney  is  situated higher up

than the other. It has also less fatty substance  than the lefthand one and is less moist. And this phenomenon

also  is  observable in all the other animals alike. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

17 20



Top




Page No 28


Furthermore, passages or ducts lead into the kidneys both from  the  great vein and from the aorta, only not

into the cavity. For, by  the  way, there is a cavity in the middle of the kidney, bigger in some  creatures and

less in others; but there is none in the case of the  seal. This latter animal has kidneys resembling in shape the

identical  organ in kine, but in its case the organs are more solid than in any  other known creature. The ducts

that lead into the kidneys lose  themselves in the substance of the kidneys themselves; and the proof  that they

extend no farther rests on the fact that they contain no  blood, nor is any clot found therein. The kidneys,

however, have, as  has been said, a small cavity. From this cavity in the kidney there  lead two considerable

ducts or ureters into the bladder; and others  spring from the aorta, strong and continuous. And to the middle

of  each of the two kidneys is attached a hollow sinewy vein, stretching  right along the spine through the

narrows; by and by these veins are  lost in either loin, and again become visible extending to the  flank.  And

these offbranchings of the veins terminate in the bladder.  For  the bladder lies at the extremity, and is held in

position by  the  ducts stretching from the kidneys, along the stalk that extends to  the  urethra; and pretty well

all round it is fastened by fine sinewy  membranes, that resemble to some extent the thoracic diaphragm. The

bladder in man is, proportionately to his size, tolerably large. 

To the stalk of the bladder the private part is attached, the  external orifices coalescing; but a little lower

down, one of the  openings communicates with the testicles and the other with the  bladder. The penis is gristly

and sinewy in its texture. With it are  connected the testicles in male animals, and the properties of these

organs we shall discuss in our general account of the said organ. 

All these organs are similar in the female; for there is no  difference in regard to the internal organs, except in

respect to  the  womb, and with reference to the appearance of this organ I must  refer  the reader to diagrams in

my 'Anatomy'. The womb, however, is  situated  over the bowel, and the bladder lies over the womb. But we

must treat  by and by in our pages of the womb of all female animals  viewed  generally. For the wombs of all

female animals are not  identical,  neither do their local dispositions coincide. 

These are the organs, internal and external, of man, and such  is  their nature and such their local disposition. 

Book II

1

With regard to animals in general, some parts or organs are  common  to all, as has been said, and some are

common only to  particular  genera; the parts, moreover, are identical with or  different from one  another on the

lines already repeatedly laid  down. For as a general  rule all animals that are generically  distinct have the

majority of  their parts or organs different in  form or species; and some of them  they have only analogically

similar and diverse in kind or genus,  while they have others that  are alike in kind but specifically  diverse; and

many parts or organs  exist in some animals, but not in  others. 

For instance, viviparous quadrupeds have all a head and a neck,  and all the parts or organs of the head, but

they differ each from  other in the shapes of the parts. The lion has its neck composed of  one single bone

instead of vertebrae; but, when dissected, the  animal  is found in all internal characters to resemble the dog. 

The quadrupedal vivipara instead of arms have forelegs. This is  true of all quadrupeds, but such of them as

have toes have,  practically speaking, organs analogous to hands; at all events, they  use these forelimbs for

many purposes as hands. And they have the  limbs on the lefthand side less distinct from those on the right

than  man. 

The forelimbs then serve more or less the purpose of hands in  quadrupeds, with the exception of the

elephant. This latter animal has  its toes somewhat indistinctly defined, and its front legs are much  bigger than


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

Book II 21



Top




Page No 29


its hinder ones; it is fivetoed, and has short ankles  to  its hind feet. But it has a nose such in properties and

such in  size  as to allow of its using the same for a hand. For it eats and  drinks  by lifting up its food with the

aid of this organ into its  mouth, and  with the same organ it lifts up articles to the driver on  its back;  with this

organ it can pluck up trees by the roots, and when  walking  through water it spouts the water up by means of

it; and  this organ is  capable of being crooked or coiled at the tip, but not  of flexing like  a joint, for it is

composed of gristle. 

Of all animals man alone can learn to make equal use of both  hands. 

All animals have a part analogous to the chest in man, but not  similar to his; for the chest in man is broad, but

that of all other  animals is narrow. Moreover, no other animal but man has breasts in  front; the elephant,

certainly, has two breasts, not however in the  chest, but near it. 

Moreover, also, animals have the flexions of their fore and  hind  limbs in directions opposite to one another,

and in directions  the  reverse of those observed in the arms and legs of man; with the  exception of the

elephant. In other words, with the viviparous  quadrupeds the front legs bend forwards and the hind ones

backwards,  and the concavities of the two pairs of limbs thus face one another. 

The elephant does not sleep standing, as some were wont to  assert,  but it bends its legs and settles down; only

that in  consequence of  its weight it cannot bend its leg on both sides  simultaneously, but  falls into a

recumbent position on one side or the  other, and in this  position it goes to sleep. And it bends its hind  legs

just as a man  bends his legs. 

In the case of the ovipara, as the crocodile and the lizard and  the like, both pairs of legs, fore and hind, bend

forwards, with a  slight swerve on one side. The flexion is similar in the case of the  multipeds; only that the

legs in between the extreme ends always  move  in a manner intermediate between that of those in front and

those  behind, and accordingly bend sideways rather than backwards or  forwards. But man bends his arms and

his legs towards the same  point,  and therefore in opposite ways: that is to say, he bends his  arms  backwards,

with just a slight inclination inwards, and his legs  frontwards. No animal bends both its forelimbs and

hindlimbs  backwards; but in the case of all animals the flexion of the shoulders  is in the opposite direction

to that of the elbows or the joints of  the forelegs, and the flexure in the hips to that of the knees of  the

hindlegs: so that since man differs from other animals in  flexion,  those animals that possess such parts as

these move them  contrariwise  to man. 

Birds have the flexions of their limbs like those of the  quadrupeds; for, although bipeds, they bend their legs

backwards,  and  instead of arms or front legs have wings which bend frontwards. 

The seal is a kind of imperfect or crippled quadruped; for just  behind the shoulderblade its front feet are

placed, resembling hands,  like the front paws of the bear; for they are furnished with five  toes, and each of

the toes has three flexions and a nail of  inconsiderable size. The hind feet are also furnished with five  toes;  in

their flexions and nails they resemble the front feet, and in  shape  they resemble a fish's tail. 

The movements of animals, quadruped and multiped, are crosswise,  or in diagonals, and their equilibrium in

standing posture is  maintained crosswise; and it is always the limb on the righthand side  that is the first to

move. The lion, however, and the two species of  camels, both the Bactrian and the Arabian, progress by an

amble; and  the action so called is when the animal never overpasses the right  with the left, but always follows

close upon it. 

Whatever parts men have in front, these parts quadrupeds have  below, in or on the belly; and whatever parts

men have behind, these  parts quadrupeds have above on their backs. Most quadrupeds have a  tail; for even

the seal has a tiny one resembling that of the stag.  Regarding the tails of the pithecoids we must give their


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

Book II 22



Top




Page No 30


distinctive  properties by and by animal 

All viviparous quadrupeds are haircoated, whereas man has only a  few short hairs excepting on the head,

but, so far as the head is  concerned, he is hairier than any other animal. Further, of  haircoated animals, the

back is hairier than the belly, which  latter  is either comparatively void of hair or smooth and void of hair

altogether. With man the reverse is the case. 

Man also has upper and lower eyelashes, and hair under the  armpits  and on the pubes. No other animal has

hair in either of  these  localities, or has an under eyelash; though in the case of  some  animals a few straggling

hairs grow under the eyelid. 

Of haircoated quadrupeds some are hairy all over the body, as  the  pig, the bear, and the dog; others are

especially hairy on the  neck  and all round about it, as is the case with animals that have a  shaggy  mane, such

as the lion; others again are especially hairy on  the upper  surface of the neck from the head as far as the

withers,  namely, such  as have a crested mane, as in the case with the horse,  the mule, and,  among the

undomesticated horned animals, the bison. 

The socalled hippelaphus also has a mane on its withers, and the  animal called pardion, in either case a thin

mane extending from the  head to the withers; the hippelaphus has, exceptionally, a beard by  the larynx. Both

these animals have horns and are clovenfooted; the  female, however, of the hippelaphus has no horns. This

latter animal  resembles the stag in size; it is found in the territory of the  Arachotae, where the wild cattle also

are found. Wild cattle differ  from their domesticated congeners just as the wild boar differs from  the

domesticated one. That is to say they are black, strong looking,  with a hooknosed muzzle, and with horns

lying more over the back. The  horns of the hippelaphus resemble those of the gazelle. 

The elephant, by the way, is the least hairy of all quadrupeds.  With animals, as a general rule, the tail

corresponds with the body as  regards thickness or thinness of haircoating; that is, with animals  that have

long tails, for some creatures have tails of altogether  insignificant size. 

Camels have an exceptional organ wherein they differ from all  other animals, and that is the socalled 'hump'

on their back. The  Bactrian camel differs from the Arabian; for the former has two  humps  and the latter only

one, though it has, by the way, a kind of  a hump  below like the one above, on which, when it kneels, the

weight of the  whole body rests. The camel has four teats like the cow,  a tail like  that of an ass, and the privy

parts of the male are  directed  backwards. It has one knee in each leg, and the flexures of  the limb  are not

manifold, as some say, although they appear to be  so from the  constricted shape of the region of the belly. It

has a  hucklebone  like that of kine, but meagre and small in proportion to  its bulk. It  is clovenfooted, and

has not got teeth in both jaws; and  it is cloven  footed in the following way: at the back there is a  slight cleft

extending as far up as the second joint of the toes;  and in front  there are small hooves on the tip of the first

joint of  the toes; and  a sort of web passes across the cleft, as in geese.  The foot is fleshy  underneath, like that

of the bear; so that, when  the animal goes to  war, they protect its feet, when they get sore,  with sandals. 

The legs of all quadrupeds are bony, sinewy, and fleshless; and  in  point of fact such is the case with all

animals that are  furnished  with feet, with the exception of man. They are also  unfurnished with  buttocks; and

this last point is plain in an especial  degree in birds.  It is the reverse with man; for there is scarcely any  part

of the body  in which man is so fleshy as in the buttock, the  thigh, and the calf;  for the part of the leg called

gastroenemia or is  fleshy. 

Of blooded and viviparous quadrupeds some have the foot cloven  into many parts, as is the case with the

hands and feet of man (for  some animals, by the way, are manytoed, as the lion, the dog, and the  pard);

others have feet cloven in twain, and instead of nails have  hooves, as the sheep, the goat, the deer, and the

hippopotamus; others  are uncloven of foot, such for instance as the solidhooved animals,  the horse and the


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

Book II 23



Top




Page No 31


mule. Swine are either clovenfooted or  unclovenfooted; for there are in Illyria and in Paeonia and

elsewhere  solidhooved swine. The clovenfooted animals have two clefts  behind;  in the solidhooved this

part is continuous and undivided. 

Furthermore, of animals some are horned, and some are not so.  The  great majority of the horned animals are

clovenfooted, as the ox,  the  stag, the goat; and a solidhooved animal with a pair of horns has  never yet

been met with. But a few animals are known to be  singledhorned and singlehooved, as the Indian ass; and

one, to wit  the oryx, is single horned and clovenhooved. 

Of all solidhooved animals the Indian ass alone has an astragalus  or hucklebone; for the pig, as was said

above, is either solidhooved  or clovenfooted, and consequently has no wellformed hucklebone.  Of  the

cloven footed many are provided with a hucklebone. Of the  manyfingered or manytoed, no single one has

been observed to have  a  hucklebone, none of the others any more than man. The lynx,  however,  has

something like a hemiastragal, and the lion something  resembling  the sculptor's 'labyrinth'. All the animals

that have a  hucklebone  have it in the hinder legs. They have also the bone placed  straight up  in the joint; the

upper part, outside; the lower part,  inside; the  sides called Coa turned towards one another, the sides  called

Chia  outside, and the keraiae or 'horns' on the top. This,  then, is the  position of the hucklebone in the case of

all animals  provided with  the part. 

Some animals are, at one and the same time, furnished with a mane  and furnished also with a pair of horns

bent in towards one another,  as is the bison (or aurochs), which is found in Paeonia and Maedica.  But all

animals that are horned are quadrupedal, except in cases where  a creature is said metaphorically, or by a

figure of speech, to have  horns; just as the Egyptians describe the serpents found in the  neighbourhood of

Thebes, while in point of fact the creatures have  merely protuberances on the head sufficiently large to

suggest such an  epithet. 

Of horned animals the deer alone has a horn, or antler, hard  and  solid throughout. The horns of other animals

are hollow for a  certain  distance, and solid towards the extremity. The hollow part  is derived  from the skin,

but the core round which this is wrappedthe  hard  partis derived from the bones; as is the case with the

horns  of oxen.  The deer is the only animal that sheds its horns, and it does  so  annually, after reaching the age

of two years, and again renews  them.  All other animals retain their horns permanently, unless the  horns be

damaged by accident. 

Again, with regard to the breasts and the generative organs,  animals differ widely from one another and from

man. For instance, the  breasts of some animals are situated in front, either in the chest  or  near to it, and there

are in such cases two breasts and two  teats, as  is the case with man and the elephant, as previously stated.  For

the  elephant has two breasts in the region of the axillae; and the  female  elephant has two breasts insignificant

in size and in no way  proportionate to the bulk of the entire frame, in fact, so  insignificant as to be invisible in

a sideways view; the males also  have breasts, like the females, exceedingly small. The shebear has  four

breasts. Some animals have two breasts, but situated near the  thighs, and teats, likewise two in number, as the

sheep; others have  four teats, as the cow. Some have breasts neither in the chest nor  at  the thighs, but in the

belly, as the dog and pig; and they have a  considerable number of breasts or dugs, but not all of equal size.

Thus the shepard has four dugs in the belly, the lioness two, and  others more. The shecamel, also, has two

dugs and four teats, like  the cow. Of solidhooved animals the males have no dugs, excepting  in  the case of

males that take after the mother, which phenomenon is  observable in horses. 

Of male animals the genitals of some are external, as is the case  with man, the horse, and most other

creatures; some are internal, as  with the dolphin. With those that have the organ externally placed,  the organ

in some cases is situated in front, as in the cases  already  mentioned, and of these some have the organ

detached, both  penis and  testicles, as man; others have penis and testicles closely  attached to  the belly, some

more closely, some less; for this organ is  not  detached in the wild boar nor in the horse. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

Book II 24



Top




Page No 32


The penis of the elephant resembles that of the horse; compared  with the size of the animal it is

disproportionately small; the  testicles are not visible, but are concealed inside in the vicinity of  the kidneys;

and for this reason the male speedily gives over in the  act of intercourse. The genitals of the female are

situated where  the  udder is in sheep; when she is in heat, she draws the organ back  and  exposes it externally,

to facilitate the act of intercourse for  the  male; and the organ opens out to a considerable extent. 

With most animals the genitals have the position above  assigned;  but some animals discharge their urine

backwards, as the  lynx, the  lion, the camel, and the hare. Male animals differ from  one another,  as has been

said, in this particular, but all female  animals are  retromingent: even the female elephant like other animals,

though she  has the privy part below the thighs. 

In the male organ itself there is a great diversity. For in some  cases the organ is composed of flesh and gristle,

as in man; in such  cases, the fleshy part does not become inflated, but the gristly  part  is subject to

enlargement. In other cases, the organ is  composed of  fibrous tissue, as with the camel and the deer; in other

cases it is  bony, as with the fox, the wolf, the marten, and the  weasel; for this  organ in the weasel has a bone. 

When man has arrived at maturity, his upper part is smaller  than  the lower one, but with all other blooded

animals the reverse  holds  good. By the 'upper' part we mean all extending from the head  down to  the parts

used for excretion of residuum, and by the 'lower'  part  else. With animals that have feet the hind legs are to be

rated  as the  lower part in our comparison of magnitudes, and with animals  devoid of  feet, the tail, and the

like. 

When animals arrive at maturity, their properties are as above  stated; but they differ greatly from one another

in their growth  towards maturity. For instance, man, when young, has his upper part  larger than the lower, but

in course of growth he comes to reverse  this condition; and it is owing to this circumstance thatan

exceptional instance, by the wayhe does not progress in early life as  he does at maturity, but in infancy

creeps on all fours; but some  animals, in growth, retain the relative proportion of the parts, as  the dog. Some

animals at first have the upper part smaller and the  lower part larger, and in course of growth the upper part

gets to be  the larger, as is the case with the bushytailed animals such as the  horse; for in their case there is

never, subsequently to birth, any  increase in the part extending from the hoof to the haunch. 

Again, in respect to the teeth, animals differ greatly both  from  one another and from man. All animals that are

quadrupedal,  blooded  and viviparous, are furnished with teeth; but, to begin  with, some are  doubletoothed

(or fully furnished with teeth in both  jaws), and some  are not. For instance, horned quadrupeds are not

doubletoothed; for  they have not got the front teeth in the upper  jaw; and some hornless  animals, also, are

not double toothed, as the  camel. Some animals have  tusks, like the boar, and some have not.  Further, some

animals are  sawtoothed, such as the lion, the pard, and  the dog; and some have  teeth that do not interlock

but have flat  opposing crowns, as the  horse and the ox; and by 'sawtoothed' we mean  such animals as

interlock the sharppointed teeth in one jaw between  the sharppointed  ones in the other. No animal is there

that possesses  both tusks and  horns, nor yet do either of these structures exist in  any animal  possessed of

'sawteeth'. The front teeth are usually  sharp, and the  back ones blunt. The seal is sawtoothed throughout,

inasmuch as he is  a sort of link with the class of fishes; for  fishes are almost all  sawtoothed. 

No animal of these genera is provided with double rows of  teeth.  There is, however, an animal of the sort, if

we are to  believe  Ctesias. He assures us that the Indian wild beast called the  'martichoras' has a triple row of

teeth in both upper and lower jaw;  that it is as big as a lion and equally hairy, and that its feet  resemble those

of the lion; that it resembles man in its face and  ears; that its eyes are blue, and its colour vermilion; that its

tail  is like that of the landscorpion; that it has a sting in the  tail,  and has the faculty of shooting off

arrowwise the spines that  are  attached to the tail; that the sound of its voice is a something  between the

sound of a panpipe and that of a trumpet; that it can run  as swiftly as deer, and that it is savage and a

maneater. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

Book II 25



Top




Page No 33


Man sheds his teeth, and so do other animals, as the horse, the  mule, and the ass. And man sheds his front

teeth; but there is no  instance of an animal that sheds its molars. The pig sheds none of its  teeth at all. 

2

With regard to dogs some doubts are entertained, as some contend  that they shed no teeth whatever, and

others that they shed the  canines, but those alone; the fact being, that they do shed their  teeth like man, but

that the circumstance escapes observation, owing  to the fact that they never shed them until equivalent teeth

have  grown within the gums to take the place of the shed ones. We shall  be  justified in supposing that the

case is similar with wild beasts in  general; for they are said to shed their canines only. Dogs can be

distinguished from one another, the young from the old, by their  teeth; for the teeth in young dogs are white

and sharppointed; in old  dogs, black and blunt. 

3

In this particular, the horse differs entirely from animals in  general: for, generally speaking, as animals grow

older their teeth  get blacker, but the horse's teeth grow whiter with age. 

The socalled 'canines' come in between the sharp teeth and the  broad or blunt ones, partaking of the form of

both kinds; for they are  broad at the base and sharp at the tip. 

Males have more teeth than females in the case of men, sheep,  goats, and swine; in the case of other animals

observations have not  yet been made: but the more teeth they have the more longlived are  they, as a rule,

while those are shortlived in proportion that have  teeth fewer in number and thinly set. 

4

The last teeth to come in man are molars called 'wisdomteeth',  which come at the age of twenty years, in the

case of both sexes.  Cases have been known in women upwards. of eighty years old where at  the very close of

life the wisdomteeth have come up, causing great  pain in their coming; and cases have been known of the

like phenomenon  in men too. This happens, when it does happen, in the case of people  where the

wisdomteeth have not come up in early years. 

5

The elephant has four teeth on either side, by which it munches  its food, grinding it like so much

barleymeal, and, quite apart  from  these, it has its great teeth, or tusks, two in number. In the  male  these

tusks are comparatively large and curved upwards; in the  female,  they are comparatively small and point in

the opposite  direction; that  is, they look downwards towards the ground. The  elephant is furnished  with teeth

at birth, but the tusks are not  then visible. 

6

The tongue of the elephant is exceedingly small, and situated  far  back in the mouth, so that it is difficult to

get a sight of it. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

2 26



Top




Page No 34


7

Furthermore, animals differ from one another in the relative size  of their mouths. In some animals the mouth

opens wide, as is the  case  with the dog, the lion, and with all the sawtoothed animals;  other  animals have

small mouths, as man; and others have mouths of  medium  capacity, as the pig and his congeners. 

(The Egyptian hippopotamus has a mane like a horse, is  clovenfooted like an ox, and is snubnosed. It has a

hucklebone like  clovenfooted animals, and tusks just visible; it has the tail of a  pig, the neigh of a horse,

and the dimensions of an ass. The hide is  so thick that spears are made out of it. In its internal organs it

resembles the horse and the ass.) 

8

Some animals share the properties of man and the quadrupeds, as  the ape, the monkey, and the baboon. The

monkey is a tailed ape. The  baboon resembles the ape in form, only that it is bigger and stronger,  more like a

dog in face, and is more savage in its habits, and its  teeth are more doglike and more powerful. 

Apes are hairy on the back in keeping with their quadrupedal  nature, and hairy on the belly in keeping with

their human formfor,  as was said above, this characteristic is reversed in man and the  quadrupedonly that

the hair is coarse, so that the ape is thickly  coated both on the belly and on the back. Its face resembles that of

man in many respects; in other words, it has similar nostrils and  ears, and teeth like those of man, both front

teeth and molars.  Further, whereas quadrupeds in general are not furnished with lashes  on one of the two

eyelids, this creature has them on both, only very  thinly set, especially the under ones; in fact they are very

insignificant indeed. And we must bear in mind that all other  quadrupeds have no under eyelash at all. 

The ape has also in its chest two teats upon poorly developed  breasts. It has also arms like man, only covered

with hair, and it  bends these legs like man, with the convexities of both limbs facing  one another. In addition,

it has hands and fingers and nails like man,  only that all these parts are somewhat more beastlike in

appearance.  Its feet are exceptional in kind. That is, they are like  large hands,  and the toes are like fingers,

with the middle one the  longest of all,  and the under part of the foot is like a hand except  for its length,  and

stretches out towards the extremities like the  palm of the hand;  and this palm at the after end is unusually

hard,  and in a clumsy  obscure kind of way resembles a heel. The creature  uses its feet  either as hands or feet,

and doubles them up as one  doubles a fist.  Its upperarm and thigh are short in proportion to the  forearm and

the  shin. It has no projecting navel, but only a  hardness in the ordinary  locality of the navel. Its upper part is

much  larger than its lower  part, as is the case with quadrupeds; in fact,  the proportion of the  former to the

latter is about as five to  three. Owing to this  circumstance and to the fact that its feet  resemble hands and are

composed in a manner of hand and of foot: of  foot in the heel  extremity, of the hand in all elsefor even the

toes have what is  called a 'palm':for these reasons the animal is  oftener to be found  on all fours than upright.

It has neither hips,  inasmuch as it is a  quadruped, nor yet a tail, inasmuch as it is a  biped, except nor yet a  tal

by the way that it has a tail as small  as small can be, just a  sort of indication of a tail. The genitals  of the

female resemble  those of the female in the human species; those  of the male are more  like those of a dog than

are those of a man. 

9

The monkey, as has been observed, is furnished with a tail. In  all  such creatures the internal organs are found

under dissection to  correspond to those of man. 

So much then for the properties of the organs of such animals  as  bring forth their young into the world alive. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

7 27



Top




Page No 35


10

Oviparous and blooded quadrupedsand, by the way, no terrestrial  blooded animal is oviparous unless it is

quadrupedal or is devoid of  feet altogetherare furnished with a head, a neck, a back, upper and  under parts,

the front legs and hind legs, and the part analogous to  the chest, all as in the case of viviparous quadrupeds,

and with a  tail, usually large, in exceptional cases small. And all these  creatures are manytoed, and the

several toes are cloven apart.  Furthermore, they all have the ordinary organs of sensation, including  a tongue,

with the exception of the Egyptian crocodile. 

This latter animal, by the way, resembles certain fishes. For, as  a general rule, fishes have a prickly tongue,

not free in its  movements; though there are some fishes that present a smooth  undifferentiated surface where

the tongue should be, until you open  their mouths wide and make a close inspection. 

Again, oviparous blooded quadrupeds are unprovided with ears, but  possess only the passage for hearing;

neither have they breasts, nor a  copulatory organ, nor external testicles, but internal ones only;  neither are

they hair coated, but are in all cases covered with  scaly  plates. Moreover, they are without exception

sawtoothed. 

River crocodiles have pigs' eyes, large teeth and tusks, and  strong nails, and an impenetrable skin composed

of scaly plates.  They  see but poorly under water, but above the surface of it with  remarkable acuteness. As a

rule, they pass the daytime on land and  the nighttime in the water; for the temperature of the water is at

nighttime more genial than that of the open air. 

11

The chameleon resembles the lizard in the general configuration of  its body, but the ribs stretch downwards

and meet together under the  belly as is the case with fishes, and the spine sticks up as with  the  fish. Its face

resembles that of the baboon. Its tail is  exceedingly  long, terminates in a sharp point, and is for the most  part

coiled up,  like a strap of leather. It stands higher off the  ground than the  lizard, but the flexure of the legs is

the same in  both creatures.  Each of its feet is divided into two parts, which bear  the same  relation to one

another that the thumb and the rest of the  hand bear  to one another in man. Each of these parts is for a short

distance  divided after a fashion into toes; on the front feet the  inside part  is divided into three and the outside

into two, on the  hind feet the  inside part into two and the outside into three; it  has claws also on  these parts

resembling those of birds of prey. Its  body is rough all  over, like that of the crocodile. Its eyes are  situated in

a hollow  recess, and are very large and round, and are  enveloped in a skin  resembling that which covers the

entire body;  and in the middle a  slight aperture is left for vision, through  which the animal sees, for  it never

covers up this aperture with the  cutaneous envelope. It keeps  twisting its eyes round and shifting  its line of

vision in every  direction, and thus contrives to get a  sight of any object that it  wants to see. The change in its

colour  takes place when it is inflated  with air; it is then black, not unlike  the crocodile, or green like  the lizard

but blackspotted like the  pard. This change of colour  takes place over the whole body alike, for  the eyes and

the tail come  alike under its influence. In its movements  it is very sluggish, like  the tortoise. It assumes a

greenish hue in  dying, and retains this hue  after death. It resembles the lizard in  the position of the

oesophagus  and the windpipe. It has no flesh  anywhere except a few scraps of  flesh on the head and on the

jaws  and near to the root of the tail. It  has blood only round about the  heart, the eyes, the region above the

heart, and in all the veins  extending from these parts; and in all  these there is but little blood  after all. The

brain is situated a  little above the eyes, but  connected with them. When the outer skin is  drawn aside from off

the  eye, a something is found surrounding the  eye, that gleams through  like a thin ring of copper. Membranes

extend  well nigh over its entire  frame, numerous and strong, and surpassing  in respect of number and  relative

strength those found in any other  animal. After being cut  open along its entire length it continues to  breathe

for a  considerable time; a very slight motion goes on in the  region of the  heart, and, while contraction is


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

10 28



Top




Page No 36


especially manifested  in the  neighbourhood of the ribs, a similar motion is more or less  discernible over the

whole body. It has no spleen visible. It  hibernates, like the lizard. 

12

Birds also in some parts resemble the above mentioned animals;  that is to say, they have in all cases a head, a

neck, a back, a  belly, and what is analogous to the chest. The bird is remarkable  among animals as having

two feet, like man; only, by the way, it bends  them backwards as quadrupeds bend their hind legs, as was

noticed  previously. It has neither hands nor front feet, but wingsan  exceptional structure as compared with

other animals. Its  haunchbone  is long, like a thigh, and is attached to the body as  far as the  middle of the

belly; so like to a thigh is it that when  viewed  separately it looks like a real one, while the real thigh is  a

separate structure betwixt it and the shin. Of all birds those  that  have crooked talons have the biggest thighs

and the strongest  breasts.  All birds are furnished with many claws, and all have the  toes  separated more or

less asunder; that is to say, in the greater  part  the toes are clearly distinct from one another, for even the

swimming  birds, although they are webfooted, have still their claws  fully  articulated and distinctly

differentiated from one another.  Birds that  fly high in air are in all cases fourtoed: that is, the  greater part

have three toes in front and one behind in place of a  heel; some few  have two in front and two behind, as the

wryneck. 

This latter bird is somewhat bigger than the chaffinch, and is  mottled in appearance. It is peculiar in the

arrangement of its  toes,  and resembles the snake in the structure of its tongue; for  the  creature can protrude its

tongue to the extent of four  fingerbreadths, and then draw it back again. Moreover, it can twist  its head

backwards while keeping all the rest of its body still,  like  the serpent. It has big claws, somewhat resembling

those of the  woodpecker. Its note is a shrill chirp. 

Birds are furnished with a mouth, but with an exceptional one,  for  they have neither lips nor teeth, but a beak.

Neither have they  ears  nor a nose, but only passages for the sensations connected with  these  organs: that for

the nostrils in the beak, and that for  hearing in the  head. Like all other animals they all have two eyes,  and

these are  devoid of lashes. The heavybodied (or gallinaceous)  birds close the  eye by means of the lower lid,

and all birds blink  by means of a skin  extending over the eye from the inner corner; the  owl and its  congeners

also close the eye by means of the upper lid.  The same  phenomenon is observable in the animals that are

protected by  horny  scutes, as in the lizard and its congeners; for they all without  exception close the eye with

the lower lid, but they do not blink like  birds. Further, birds have neither scutes nor hair, but feathers;  and  the

feathers are invariably furnished with quills. They have no  tail,  but a rump with tailfeathers, short in such as

are  longlegged and  webfooted, large in others. These latter kinds of  birds fly with  their feet tucked up

close to the belly; but the  small rumped or  shorttailed birds fly with their legs stretched out  at full length.

All are furnished with a tongue, but the organ is  variable, being long  in some birds and broad in others.

Certain  species of birds above all  other animals, and next after man,  possess the faculty of uttering  articulate

sounds; and this faculty is  chiefly developed in  broadtongued birds. No oviparous creature has an  epiglottis

over the  windpipe, but these animals so manage the  opening and shutting of the  windpipe as not to allow any

solid  substance to get down into the  lung. 

Some species of birds are furnished additionally with spurs,  but  no bird with crooked talons is found so

provided. The birds with  talons are among those that fly well, but those that have spurs are  among the

heavybodied. 

Again, some birds have a crest. As a general rule the crest sticks  up, and is composed of feathers only; but the

crest of the barndoor  cock is exceptional in kind, for, whereas it is not just exactly  flesh, at the same time it

is not easy to say what else it is. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

12 29



Top




Page No 37


13

Of water animals the genus of fishes constitutes a single group  apart from the rest, and including many

diverse forms. 

In the first place, the fish has a head, a back, a belly, in the  neighbourhood of which last are placed the

stomach and viscera; and  behind it has a tail of continuous, undivided shape, but not, by the  way, in all cases

alike. No fish has a neck, or any limb, or testicles  at all, within or without, or breasts. But, by the way this

absence of  breasts may predicated of all nonviviparous animals; and in point  of  fact viviparous animals are

not in all cases provided with the  organ,  excepting such as are directly viviparous without being first

oviparous. Thus the dolphin is directly viviparous, and accordingly we  find it furnished with two breasts, not

situated high up, but in the  neighbourhood of the genitals. And this creature is not provided, like  quadrupeds,

with visible teats, but has two vents, one on each  flank,  from which the milk flows; and its young have to

follow after  it to  get suckled, and this phenomenon has been actually witnessed. 

Fishes, then, as has been observed, have no breasts and no  passage  for the genitals visible externally. But they

have an  exceptional  organ in the gills, whereby, after taking the water in the  mouth, they  discharge it again;

and in the fins, of which the  greater part have  four, and the lanky ones two, as, for instance,  the eel, and these

two  situated near to the gills. In like manner  the grey mulletas, for  instance, the mullet found in the lake at

Siphaehave only two fins;  and the same is the case with the fish  called Ribbonfish. Some of the  lanky

fishes have no fins at all, such  as the muraena, nor gills  articulated like those of other fish. 

And of those fish that are provided with gills, some have  coverings for this organ, whereas all the selachians

have the organ  unprotected by a cover. And those fishes that have coverings or  opercula for the gills have in

all cases their gills placed  sideways;  whereas, among selachians, the broad ones have the gills  down below on

the belly, as the torpedo and the ray, while the lanky  ones have the  organ placed sideways, as is the case in all

the  dogfish. 

The fishingfrog has gills placed sideways, and covered not  with a  spiny operculum, as in all but the

selachian fishes, but with  one of  skin. 

Morever, with fishes furnished with gills, the gills in some  cases  are simple in others duplicate; and the last

gill in the  direction of  the body is always simple. And, again, some fishes have  few gills, and  others have a

great number; but all alike have the same  number on both  sides. Those that have the least number have one

gill  on either side,  and this one duplicate, like the boarfish; others  have two on either  side, one simple and

the other duplicate, like  the conger and the  scarus; others have four on either side, simple, as  the elops, the

synagris, the muraena, and the eel; others have four,  all, with the  exception of the hindmost one, in double

rows, as the  wrasse, the  perch, the sheatfish, and the carp. The dogfish have all  their gills  double, five on a

side; and the swordfish has eight  double gills. So  much for the number of gills as found in fishes. 

Again, fishes differ from other animals in more ways than as  regards the gills. For they are not covered with

hairs as are  viviparous land animals, nor, as is the case with certain oviparous  quadrupeds, with tessellated

scutes, nor, like birds, with feathers;  but for the most part they are covered with scales. Some few are

roughskinned, while the smoothskinned are very few indeed. Of the  Selachia some are roughskinned and

some smoothskinned; and among the  smoothskinned fishes are included the conger, the eel, and the tunny. 

All fishes are sawtoothed excepting the scarus; and the teeth in  all cases are sharp and set in many rows, and

in some cases are placed  on the tongue. The tongue is hard and spiny, and so firmly attached  that fishes in

many instances seem to be devoid of the organ  altogether. The mouth in some cases is widestretched, as it is

with  some viviparous quadrupeds.... 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

13 30



Top




Page No 38


With regard to organs of sense, all save eyes, fishes possess  none  of them, neither the organs nor their

passages, neither ears  nor  nostrils; but all fishes are furnished with eyes, and the eyes  devoid  of lids, though

the eyes are not hard; with regard to the  organs  connected with the other senses, hearing and smell, they are

devoid  alike of the organs themselves and of passages indicative of  them. 

Fishes without exception are supplied with blood. Some of them are  oviparous, and some viviparous; scaly

fish are invariably oviparous,  but cartilaginous fishes are all viviparous, with the single exception  of the

fishingfrog. 

14

Of blooded animals there now remains the serpent genus. This genus  is common to both elements, for, while

most species comprehended  therein are land animals, a small minority, to wit the aquatic  species, pass their

lives in fresh water. There are also seaserpents,  in shape to a great extent resembling their congeners of the

land,  with this exception that the head in their case is somewhat like the  head of the conger; and there are

several kinds of seaserpent, and  the different kinds differ in colour; these animals are not found in  very deep

water. Serpents, like fish, are devoid of feet. 

There are also seascolopendras, resembling in shape their land  congeners, but somewhat less in regard to

magnitude. These creatures  are found in the neighbourhood of rocks; as compared with their land  congeners

they are redder in colour, are furnished with feet in  greater numbers and with legs of more delicate structure.

And the same  remark applies to them as to the seaserpents, that they are not found  in very deep water. 

Of fishes whose habitat is in the vicinity of rocks there is a  tiny one, which some call the Echeneis, or

'shipholder', and which is  by some people used as a charm to bring luck in affairs of law and  love. The

creature is unfit for eating. Some people assert that it has  feet, but this is not the case: it appears, however, to

be furnished  with feet from the fact that its fins resemble those organs. 

So much, then, for the external parts of blooded animals, as  regards their numbers, their properties, and their

relative  diversities. 

15

As for the properties of the internal organs, these we must first  discuss in the case of the animals that are

supplied with blood. For  the principal genera differ from the rest of animals, in that the  former are supplied

with blood and the latter are not; and the  former  include man, viviparous and oviparous quadrupeds, birds,

fishes,  cetaceans, and all the others that come under no general  designation  by reason of their not forming

genera, but groups of which  simply the  specific name is predicable, as when we say 'the  serpent,' the

'crocodile'. 

All viviparous quadrupeds, then, are furnished with an oesophagus  and a windpipe, situated as in man; the

same statement is applicable  to oviparous quadrupeds and to birds, only that the latter present  diversities in

the shapes of these organs. As a general rule, all  animals that take up air and breathe it in and out are

furnished  with  a lung, a windpipe, and an oesophagus, with the windpipe and  oesophagus not admitting of

diversity in situation but admitting of  diversity in properties, and with the lung admitting of diversity in  both

these respects. Further, all blooded animals have a heart and a  diaphragm or midriff; but in small animals the

existence of the latter  organ is not so obvious owing to its delicacy and minute size. 

In regard to the heart there is an exceptional phenomenon  observable in oxen. In other words, there is one

species of ox  where,  though not in all cases, a bone is found inside the heart. And,  by the  way, the horse's


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

14 31



Top




Page No 39


heart also has a bone inside it. 

The genera referred to above are not in all cases furnished  with a  lung: for instance, the fish is devoid of the

organ, as is also  every  animal furnished with gills. All blooded animals are furnished  with a  liver. As a

general rule blooded animals are furnished with a  spleen;  but with the great majority of nonviviparous but

oviparous  animals  the spleen is so small as all but to escape observation; and  this is  the case with almost all

birds, as with the pigeon, the  kite, the  falcon, the owl: in point of fact, the aegocephalus is  devoid of the  organ

altogether. With oviparous quadrupeds the case  is much the same  as with the viviparous; that is to say, they

also  have the spleen  exceedingly minute, as the tortoise, the freshwater  tortoise, the  toad, the lizard, the

crocodile, and the frog. 

Some animals have a gallbladder close to the liver, and others  have not. Of viviparous quadrupeds the deer

is without the organ, as  also the roe, the horse, the mule, the ass, the seal, and some kinds  of pigs. Of deer

those that are called Achainae appear to have gall in  their tail, but what is so called does resemble gall in

colour, though  it is not so completely fluid, and the organ internally resembles a  spleen. 

However, without any exception, stags are found to have maggots  living inside the head, and the habitat of

these creatures is in the  hollow underneath the root of the tongue and in the neighbourhood of  the vertebra to

which the head is attached. These creatures are as  large as the largest grubs; they grow all together in a

cluster, and  they are usually about twenty in number. 

Deer then, as has been observed, are without a gallbladder;  their  gut, however, is so bitter that even hounds

refuse to eat it  unless  the animal is exceptionally fat. With the elephant also the  liver is  unfurnished with a

gallbladder, but when the animal is cut  in the  region where the organ is found in animals furnished with it,

there  oozes out a fluid resembling gall, in greater or less  quantities. Of  animals that take in seawater and are

furnished with a  lung, the  dolphin is unprovided with a gallbladder. Birds and  fishes all have  the organ, as

also oviparous quadrupeds, all to a  greater or a lesser  extent. But of fishes some have the organ close to  the

liver, as the  dogfishes, the sheatfish, the rhine or  angelfish, the smooth skate,  the torpedo, and, of the lanky

fishes,  the eel, the pipefish, and the  hammerheaded shark. The  callionymus, also, has the gallbladder

close  to the liver, and in  no other fish does the organ attain so great a  relative size. Other  fishes have the

organ close to the gut, attached  to the liver by  certain extremely fine ducts. The bonito has the  gallbladder

stretched alongside the gut and equalling it in length,  and often a  double fold of it. others have the organ in

the region of  the gut;  in some cases far off, in others near; as the fishingfrog,  the elops,  the synagris, the

muraena, and the swordfish. Often  animals of the  same species show this diversity of position; as, for

instance, some  congers are found with the organ attached close to the  liver, and  others with it detached from

and below it. The case is much  the same  with birds: that is, some have the gallbladder close to the  stomach,

and others close to the gut, as the pigeon, the raven, the  quail, the swallow, and the sparrow; some have it

near at once to  the  liver and to the stomach as the aegocephalus; others have it  near at  once to the liver and

the gut, as the falcon and the kite. 

16

Again, all viviparous quadrupeds are furnished with kidneys and  a  bladder. Of the ovipara that are not

quadrupedal there is no  instance  known of an animal, whether fish or bird, provided with these  organs.  Of the

ovipara that are quadrupedal, the turtle alone is  provided with  these organs of a magnitude to correspond with

the other  organs of the  animal. In the turtle the kidney resembles the same  organ in the ox;  that is to say, it

looks one single organ composed of  a number of  small ones. (The bison also resembles the ox in all its

internal  parts). 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

16 32



Top




Page No 40


17

With all animals that are furnished with these parts, the parts  are similarly situated, and with the exception of

man, the heart is in  the middle; in man, however, as has been observed, the heart is placed  a little to the

lefthand side. In all animals the pointed end of  the  heart turns frontwards; only in fish it would at first sight

seem  otherwise, for the pointed end is turned not towards the  breast, but  towards the head and the mouth.

And (in fish) the apex  is attached to  a tube just where the right and left gills meet  together. There are  other

ducts extending from the heart to each of  the gills, greater in  the greater fish, lesser in the lesser; but in  the

large fishes the  duct at the pointed end of the heart is a tube,  whitecoloured and  exceedingly thick. Fishes in

some few cases have an  oesophagus, as the  conger and the eel; and in these the organ is  small. 

In fishes that are furnished with an undivided liver, the organ  lies entirely on the right side; where the liver is

cloven from the  root, the larger half of the organ is on the right side: for in some  fishes the two parts are

detached from one another, without any  coalescence at the root, as is the case with the dogfish. And there is

also a species of hare in what is named the Fig district, near Lake  Bolbe, and elsewhere, which animal might

be taken to have two livers  owing to the length of the connecting ducts, similar to the  structure  in the lung of

birds. 

The spleen in all cases, when normally placed, is on the  lefthand  side, and the kidneys also lie in the same

position in all  creatures  that possess them. There have been known instances of  quadrupeds under  dissection,

where the spleen was on the right hand  and the liver on  the left; but all such cases are regarded as

supernatural. 

In all animals the windpipe extends to the lung, and the  manner  how, we shall discuss hereafter; and the

oesophagus, in all  that have  the organ, extends through the midriff into the stomach.  For, by the  way, as has

been observed, most fishes have no oesophagus,  but the  stomach is united directly with the mouth, so that in

some  cases when  big fish are pursuing little ones, the stomach tumbles  forward into  the mouth. 

All the aforementioned animals have a stomach, and one  similarly  situated, that is to say, situated directly

under the  midriff; and  they have a gut connected therewith and closing at the  outlet of the  residuum and at

what is termed the 'rectum'. However,  animals present  diversities in the structure of their stomachs. In the

first place, of  the viviparous quadrupeds, such of the horned  animals as are not  equally furnished with teeth in

both jaws are  furnished with four such  chambers. These animals, by the way, are  those that are said to chew

the cud. In these animals the oesophagus  extends from the mouth  downwards along the lung, from the midriff

to  the big stomach (or  paunch); and this stomach is rough inside and  semipartitioned. And  connected with it

near to the entry of the  oesophagus is what from its  appearance is termed the 'reticulum' (or  honeycomb bag);

for outside  it is like the stomach, but inside it  resembles a netted cap; and the  reticulum is a great deal smaller

than  the stomach. Connected with  this is the 'echinus' (or manyplies),  rough inside and laminated, and  of

about the same size as the  reticulum. Next after this comes what is  called the 'enystrum' (or  abomasum),

larger an longer than the  echinus, furnished inside with  numerous folds or ridges, large and  smooth. After all

this comes the  gut. 

Such is the stomach of those quadrupeds that are horned and have  an unsymmetrical dentition; and these

animals differ one from  another  in the shape and size of the parts, and in the fact of the  oesophagus  reaching

the stomach centralwise in some cases and sideways  in others.  Animals that are furnished equally with teeth

in both  jaws have one  stomach; as man, the pig, the dog, the bear, the lion,  the wolf. (The  Thos, by the by,

has all its internal organs similar to  the wolf's.) 

All these, then have a single stomach, and after that the gut;  but  the stomach in some is comparatively large,

as in the pig and  bear,  and the stomach of the pig has a few smooth folds or ridges;  others  have a much


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

17 33



Top




Page No 41


smaller stomach, not much bigger than the gut, as  the  lion, the dog, and man. In the other animals the shape

of the  stomach  varies in the direction of one or other of those already  mentioned;  that is, the stomach in some

animals resembles that of  the pig; in  others that of the dog, alike with the larger animals  and the smaller  ones.

In all these animals diversities occur in regard  to the size,  the shape, the thickness or the thinness of the

stomach, and also in  regard to the place where the oesophagus opens  into it. 

There is also a difference in structure in the gut of the two  groups of animals above mentioned (those with

unsymmetrical and  those  with symmetrical dentition) in size, in thickness, and in  foldings. 

The intestines in those animals whose jaws are unequally  furnished  with teeth are in all cases the larger, for

the animals  themselves are  larger than those in the other category; for very few  of them are  small, and no

single one of the horned animals is very  small. And some  possess appendages (or caeca) to the gut, but no

animal that has not  incisors in both jaws has a straight gut. 

The elephant has a gut constricted into chambers, so constructed  that the animal appears to have four

stomachs; in it the food is  found, but there is no distinct and separate receptacle. Its viscera  resemble those of

the pig, only that the liver is four times the  size  of that of the ox, and the other viscera in like proportion,

while the  spleen is comparatively small. 

Much the same may be predicated of the properties of the  stomach  and the gut in oviparous quadrupeds, as in

the land  tortoise, the  turtle, the lizard, both crocodiles, and, in fact, in  all animals of  the like kind; that is to

say, their stomach is one and  simple,  resembling in some cases that of the pig, and in other cases  that of  the

dog. 

The serpent genus is similar and in almost all respects furnished  similarly to the saurians among land animals,

if one could only  imagine these saurians to be increased in length and to be devoid of  legs. That is to say, the

serpent is coated with tessellated scutes,  and resembles the saurian in its back and belly; only, by the way,  it

has no testicles, but, like fishes, has two ducts converging into  one,  and an ovary long and bifurcate. The rest

of its internal  organs are  identical with those of the saurians, except that, owing to  the  narrowness and length

of the animal, the viscera are  correspondingly  narrow and elongated, so that they are apt to escape  recognition

from  the similarities in shape. Thus, the windpipe of  the creature is  exceptionally long, and the oesophagus is

longer  still, and the  windpipe commences so close to the mouth that the  tongue appears to be  underneath it;

and the windpipe seems to  project over the tongue,  owing to the fact that the tongue draws  back into a sheath

and does  not remain in its place as in other  animals. The tongue, moreover, is  thin and long and black, and

can  be protruded to a great distance. And  both serpents and saurians  have this altogether exceptional property

in the tongue, that it is  forked at the outer extremity, and this  property is the more marked in  the serpent, for

the tips of his tongue  are as thin as hairs. The  seal, also, by the way, has a split tongue. 

The stomach of the serpent is like a more spacious gut,  resembling  the stomach of the dog; then comes the

gut, long, narrow,  and single  to the end. The heart is situated close to the pharynx,  small and  kidneyshaped;

and for this reason the organ might in some  cases  appear not to have the pointed end turned towards the

breast.  Then  comes the lung, single, and articulated with a membranous  passage,  very long, and quite

detached from the heart. The liver is  long and  simple; the spleen is short and round: as is the case in both

respects  with the saurians. Its gall resembles that of the fish; the  watersnakes have it beside the liver, and the

other snakes have it  usually beside the gut. These creatures are all sawtoothed. Their  ribs are as numerous as

the days of the month; in other words, they  are thirty in number. 

Some affirm that the same phenomenon is observable with  serpents  as with swallow chicks; in other words,

they say that if  you prick out  a serpent's eyes they will grow again. And further,  the tails of  saurians and of

serpents, if they be cut off, will grow  again. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

17 34



Top




Page No 42


With fishes the properties of the gut and stomach are similar;  that is, they have a stomach single and simple,

but variable in  shape  according to species. For in some cases the stomach is  gutshaped, as  with the scarus,

or parrotfish; which fish, by the  way, appears to be  the only fish that chews the cud. And the whole  length

of the gut is  simple, and if it have a reduplication or kink it  loosens out again  into a simple form. 

An exceptional property in fishes and in birds for the most  part  is the being furnished with gutappendages or

caeca. Birds have  them  low down and few in number. Fishes have them high up about the  stomach, and

sometimes numerous, as in the goby, the galeos, the  perch, the scorpaena, the citharus, the red mullet, and the

sparus;  the cestreus or grey mullet has several of them on one side of the  belly, and on the other side only

one. Some fish possess these  appendages but only in small numbers, as the hepatus and the  glaucus;  and, by

the way, they are few also in the dorado. These  fishes differ  also from one another within the same species,

for in  the dorado one  individual has many and another few. Some fishes are  entirely without  the part, as the

majority of the selachians. As for  all the rest, some  of them have a few and some a great many. And in  all

cases where the  gutappendages are found in fish, they are found  close up to the  stomach. 

In regard to their internal parts birds differ from other animals  and from one another. Some birds, for

instance, have a crop in front  of the stomach, as the barndoor cock, the cushat, the pigeon, and the  partridge;

and the crop consists of a large hollow skin, into which  the food first enters and where it lies ingested. Just

where the  crop  leaves the oesophagus it is somewhat narrow; by and by it  broadens  out, but where it

communicates with the stomach it narrows  down again.  The stomach (or gizzard) in most birds is fleshy and

hard,  and inside  is a strong skin which comes away from the fleshy part.  Other birds  have no crop, but instead

of it an oesophagus wide and  roomy, either  all the way or in the part leading to the stomach, as  with the daw,

the raven, and the carrioncrow. The quail also has  the oesophagus  widened out at the lower extremity, and

in the  aegocephalus and the  owl the organ is slightly broader at the bottom  than at the top. The  duck, the

goose, the gull, the catarrhactes,  and the great bustard  have the oesophagus wide and roomy from one  end to

the other, and the  same applies to a great many other birds. In  some birds there is a  portion of the stomach

that resembles a crop, as  in the kestrel. In  the case of small birds like the swallow and the  sparrow neither the

oesophagus nor the crop is wide, but the stomach  is long. Some few  have neither a crop nor a dilated

oesophagus, but  the latter is  exceedingly long, as in long necked birds, such as the  porphyrio, and,  by the

way, in the case of all these birds the  excrement is unusually  moist. The quail is exceptional in regard to  these

organs, as compared  with other birds; in other words, it has a  crop, and at the same time  its oesophagus is

wide and spacious in  front of the stomach, and the  crop is at some distance, relatively  to its size, from the

oesophagus  at that part. 

Further, in most birds, the gut is thin, and simple when loosened  out. The gutappendages or caeca in birds,

as has been observed, are  few in number, and are not situated high up, as in fishes, but low  down towards the

extremity of the gut. Birds, then, have caecanot  all, but the greater part of them, such as the barndoor cock,

the  partridge, the duck, the nightraven, (the localus,) the ascalaphus,  the goose, the swan, the great bustard,

and the owl. Some of the  little birds also have these appendages; but the caeca in their case  are exceedingly

minute, as in the sparrow. 

Book III

1

Now that we have stated the magnitudes, the properties, and the  relative differences of the other internal

organs, it remains for us  to treat of the organs that contribute to generation. These organs  in  the female are in

all cases internal; in the male they present  numerous diversities. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

Book III 35



Top




Page No 43


In the blooded animals some males are altogether devoid of  testicles, and some have the organ but situated

internally; and of  those males that have the organ internally situated, some have it  close to the loin in the

neighbourhood of the kidney and others  close  to the belly. Other males have the organ situated externally. In

the  case of these last, the penis is in some cases attached to the  belly,  whilst in others it is loosely suspended,

as is the case also  with the  testicles; and, in the cases where the penis is attached to  the belly,  the attachment

varies accordingly as the animal is  emprosthuretic or  opisthuretic. 

No fish is furnished with testicles, nor any other creature  that  has gills, nor any serpent whatever: nor, in

short, any animal  devoid  of feet, save such only as are viviparous within themselves.  Birds are  furnished with

testicles, but these are internally situated,  close to  the loin. The case is similar with oviparous quadrupeds,

such  as the  lizard, the tortoise and the crocodile; and among the  viviparous  animals this peculiarity is found

in the hedgehog. Others  among those  creatures that have the organ internally situated have  it close to the

belly, as is the case with the dolphin amongst animals  devoid of feet,  and with the elephant among viviparous

quadrupeds.  In other cases  these organs are externally conspicuous. 

We have already alluded to the diversities observed in the  attachment of these organs to the belly and the

adjacent region; in  other words, we have stated that in some cases the testicles are  tightly fastened back, as in

the pig and its allies, and that in  others they are freely suspended, as in man. 

Fishes, then, are devoid of testicles, as has been stated, and  serpents also. They are furnished, however, with

two ducts connected  with the midriff and running on to either side of the backbone,  coalescing into a single

duct above the outlet of the residuum, and by  'above' the outlet I mean the region near to the spine. These

ducts in  the rutting season get filled with the genital fluid, and, if the  ducts be squeezed, the sperm oozes out

white in colour. As to the  differences observed in male fishes of diverse species, the reader  should consult my

treatise on Anatomy, and the subject will be  hereafter more fully discussed when we describe the specific

character  in each case. 

The males of oviparous animals, whether biped or quadruped, are  in  all cases furnished with testicles close to

the loin underneath the  midriff. With some animals the organ is whitish, in others somewhat of  a sallow hue;

in all cases it is entirely enveloped with minute and  delicate veins. From each of the two testicles extends a

duct, and, as  in the case of fishes, the two ducts coalesce into one above the  outlet of the residuum. This

constitutes the penis, which organ in the  case of small ovipara is inconspicuous; but in the case of the  larger

ovipara, as in the goose and the like, the organ becomes  quite visible  just after copulation. 

The ducts in the case of fishes and in biped and quadruped  ovipara  are attached to the loin under the stomach

and the gut, in  betwixt  them and the great vein, from which ducts or bloodvessels  extend, one  to each of the

two testicles. And just as with fishes  the male sperm  is found in the seminal ducts, and the ducts become

plainly visible at  the rutting season and in some instances become  invisible after the  season is passed, so also

is it with the testicles  of birds; before  the breeding season the organ is small in some  birds and quite  invisible

in others, but during the season the organ  in all cases is  greatly enlarged. This phenomenon is remarkably

illustrated in the  ringdove and the partridge, so much so that some  people are actually  of opinion that these

birds are devoid of the  organ in the  wintertime. 

Of male animals that have their testicles placed frontwards, some  have them inside, close to the belly, as the

dolphin; some have them  outside, exposed to view, close to the lower extremity of the belly.  These animals

resemble one another thus far in respect to this  organ;  but they differ from one another in this fact, that some

of  them have  their testicles situated separately by themselves, while  others, which  have the organ situated

externally, have them  enveloped in what is  termed the scrotum. 

Again, in all viviparous animals furnished with feet the  following  properties are observed in the testicles

themselves. From  the aorta  there extend veinlike ducts to the head of each of the  testicles, and  another two


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

Book III 36



Top




Page No 44


from the kidneys; these two from the  kidneys are supplied  with blood, while the two from the aorta are

devoid of it. From the  head of the testicle alongside of the  testicle itself is a duct,  thicker and more sinewy

than the other just  alluded toa duct that  bends back again at the end of the testicle  to its head; and from the

head of each of the two testicles the two  ducts extend until they  coalesce in front at the penis. The duct  that

bends back again and  that which is in contact with the testicle  are enveloped in one and  the same membrane,

so that, until you draw  aside the membrane, they  present all the appearance of being a  single undifferentiated

duct.  Further, the duct in contact with the  testicle has its moist content  qualified by blood, but to a

comparatively less extent than in the  case of the ducts higher up  which are connected with the aorta; in the

ducts that bend back  towards the tube of the penis, the liquid is  whitecoloured. There  also runs a duct from

the bladder, opening into  the upper part of  the canal, around which lies, sheathwise, what is  called the 'penis'. 

All these descriptive particulars may be regarded by the light of  the accompanying diagram; wherein the

letter A marks the  startingpoint of the ducts that extend from the aorta; the letters KK  mark the heads of the

testicles and the ducts descending thereunto;  the ducts extending from these along the testicles are marked

MM; the  ducts turning back, in which is the white fluid, are marked BB; the  penis D; the bladder E; and the

testicles XX. 

(By the way, when the testicles are cut off or removed, the ducts  draw upwards by contraction. Moreover,

when male animals are young,  their owner sometimes destroys the organ in them by attrition;  sometimes they

castrate them at a later period. And I may here add,  that a bull has been known to serve a cow immediately

after  castration, and actually to impregnate her.) 

So much then for the properties of testicles in male animals. 

In female animals furnished with a womb, the womb is not in all  cases the same in form or endowed with the

same properties, but both  in the vivipara and the ovipara great diversities present  themselves.  In all creatures

that have the womb close to the genitals,  the womb is  twohorned, and one horn lies to the righthand side

and  the other to  the left; its commencement, however, is single, and so is  the orifice,  resembling in the case of

the most numerous and largest  animals a tube  composed of much flesh and gristle. Of these parts  one is

termed the  hystera or delphys, whence is derived the word  adelphos, and the other  part, the tube or orifice, is

termed metra. In  all biped or quadruped  vivipara the womb is in all cases below the  midriff, as in man, the

dog, the pig, the horse, and the ox; the  same is the case also in all  horned animals. At the extremity of the

socalled ceratia, or horns,  the wombs of most animals have a twist or  convolution. 

In the case of those ovipara that lay eggs externally, the wombs  are not in all cases similarly situated. Thus

the wombs of birds are  close to the midriff, and the wombs of fishes down below, just like  the wombs of

biped and quadruped vivipara, only that, in the case of  the fish, the wombs are delicately formed,

membranous, and  elongated;  so much so that in extremely small fish, each of the two  bifurcated  parts looks

like a single egg, and those fishes whose egg  is described  as crumbling would appear to have inside them a

pair of  eggs, whereas  in reality each of the two sides consists not of one but  of many eggs,  and this accounts

for their breaking up into so many  particles. 

The womb of birds has the lower and tubular portion fleshy and  firm, and the part close to the midriff

membranous and exceedingly  thin and fine: so thin and fine that the eggs might seem to be outside  the womb

altogether. In the larger birds the membrane is more  distinctly visible, and, if inflated through the tube, lifts

and  swells out; in the smaller birds all these parts are more indistinct. 

The properties of the womb are similar in oviparous quadrupeds, as  the tortoise, the lizard, the frog and the

like; for the tube below is  single and fleshy, and the cleft portion with the eggs is at the top  close to the

midriff. With animals devoid of feet that are  internally  oviparous and viviparous externally, as is the case

with  the dogfish  and the other socalled Selachians (and by this title we  designate  such creatures destitute of


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

Book III 37



Top




Page No 45


feet and furnished with gills as  are  viviparous), with these animals the womb is bifurcate, and  beginning

down below it extends as far as the midriff, as in the  case of birds.  There is also a narrow part between the

two horns  running up as far as  the midriff, and the eggs are engendered here and  above at the origin  of the

midriff; afterwards they pass into the  wider space and turn  from eggs into young animals. However, the

differences in respect to  the wombs of these fishes as compared with  others of their own species  or with

fishes in general, would be more  satisfactorily studied in  their various forms in specimens under  dissection. 

The members of the serpent genus also present divergencies either  when compared with the

abovementioned creatures or with one  another.  Serpents as a rule are oviparous, the viper being the only

viviparous  member of the genus. The viper is, previously to external  parturition,  oviparous internally; and

owing to this perculiarity  the properties of  the womb in the viper are similar to those of the  womb in the

selachians. The womb of the serpent is long, in keeping  with the body,  and starting below from a single duct

extends  continuously on both  sides of the spine, so as to give the  impression of thus being a  separate duct on

each side of the spine,  until it reaches the midriff,  where the eggs are engendered in a  row; and these eggs are

laid not  one by one, but all strung  together. (And all animals that are  viviparous both internally and  externally

have the womb situated above  the stomach, and all the  ovipara underneath, near to the loin. Animals  that are

viviparous  externally and internally oviparous present an  intermediate  arrangement; for the underneath

portion of the womb, in  which the eggs  are, is placed near to the loin, but the part about the  orifice is  above

the gut.) 

Further, there is the following diversity observable in wombs as  compared with one another: namely that the

females of horned  nonambidental animals are furnished with cotyledons in the womb when  they are pregnant,

and such is the case, among ambidentals, with the  hare, the mouse, and the bat; whereas all other animals that

are  ambidental, viviparous, and furnished with feet, have the womb quite  smooth, and in their case the

attachment of the embryo is to the  womb  itself and not to any cotyledon inside it. 

The parts, then, in animals that are not homogeneous with  themselves and uniform in their texture, both parts

external and parts  internal, have the properties above assigned to them. 

2

In sanguineous animals the homogeneous or uniform part most  universally found is the blood, and its habitat

the vein; next in  degree of universality, their analogues, lymph and fibre, and, that  which chiefly constitutes

the frame of animals, flesh and whatsoever  in the several parts is analogous to flesh; then bone, and parts  that

are analogous to bone, as fishbone and gristle; and then, again,  skin, membrane, sinew, hair, nails, and

whatever corresponds to these;  and, furthermore, fat, suet, and the excretions: and the excretions  are dung,

phlegm, yellow bile, and black bile. 

Now, as the nature of blood and the nature of the veins have  all  the appearance of being primitive, we must

discuss their  properties  first of all, and all the more as some previous writers  have treated  them very

unsatisfactorily. And the cause of the  ignorance thus  manifested is the extreme difficulty experienced in the

way of  observation. For in the dead bodies of animals the nature of  the chief  veins is undiscoverable, owing

to the fact that they  collapse at once  when the blood leaves them; for the blood pours out  of them in a  stream,

like liquid out of a vessel, since there is no  blood  separately situated by itself, except a little in the heart, but  it

is  all lodged in the veins. In living animals it is impossible to  inspect  these parts, for of their very nature they

are situated inside  the  body and out of sight. For this reason anatomists who have carried  on  their

investigations on dead bodies in the dissecting room have  failed  to discover the chief roots of the veins, while

those who  have  narrowly inspected bodies of living men reduced to extreme  attenuation  have arrived at

conclusions regarding the origin of the  veins from the  manifestations visible externally. Of these

investigators, Syennesis,  the physician of Cyprus, writes as follows: 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

2 38



Top




Page No 46


'The big veins run thus:from the navel across the loins, along  the back, past the lung, in under the breasts;

one from right to left,  and the other from left to right; that from the left, through the  liver to the kidney and

the testicle, that from the right, to the  spleen and kidney and testicle, and from thence to the penis.'  Diogenes

of Apollonia writes thus: 

'The veins in man are as follows:There are two veins  preeminent  in magnitude. These extend through the

belly along the  backbone, one  to right, one to left; either one to the leg on its  own side, and  upwards to the

head, past the collar bones, through  the throat. From  these, veins extend all over the body, from that on  the

right hand to  the right side and from that on the left hand to the  left side; the  most important ones, two in

number, to the heart in the  region of the  backbone; other two a little higher up through the chest  in underneath

the armpit, each to the hand on its side: of these  two, one being  termed the vein splenitis, and the other the

vein  hepatitis. Each of  the pair splits at its extremity; the one  branches in the direction of  the thumb and the

other in the  direction of the palm; and from these  run off a number of minute veins  branching off to the

fingers and to  all parts of the hand. Other  veins, more minute, extend from the main  veins; from that on the

right  towards the liver, from that on the left  towards the spleen and the  kidneys. The veins that run to the legs

split at the juncture of the  legs with the trunk and extend right down  the thigh. The largest of  these goes down

the thigh at the back of it,  and can be discerned  and traced as a big one; the second one runs  inside the thigh,

not  quite as big as the one just mentioned. After  this they pass on  along the knee to the shin and the foot (as

the  upper veins were  described as passing towards the hands), and arrive  at the sole of the  foot, and from

thence continue to the toes.  Moreover, many delicate  veins separate off from the great veins  towards the

stomach and  towards the ribs. 

'The veins that run through the throat to the head can be  discerned and traced in the neck as large ones; and

from each one of  the two, where it terminates, there branch off a number of veins to  the head; some from the

right side towards the left, and some from the  left side towards the right; and the two veins terminate near to

each  of the two ears. There is another pair of veins in the neck  running  along the big vein on either side,

slightly less in size  than the pair  just spoken of, and with these the greater part of the  veins in the  head are

connected. This other pair runs through the  throat inside;  and from either one of the two there extend veins in

underneath the  shoulder blade and towards the hands; and these  appear alongside the  veins splenitis and

hepatitis as another pair  of veins smaller in  size. When there is a pain near the surface of the  body, the

physician  lances these two latter veins; but when the pain  is within and in the  region of the stomach he lances

the veins  splenitis and hepatitis. And  from these, other veins depart to run  below the breasts. 

'There is also another pair running on each side through the  spinal marrow to the testicles, thin and delicate.

There is,  further,  a pair running a little underneath the cuticle through the  flesh to  the kidneys, and these with

men terminate at the testicle,  and with  women at the womb. These veins are termed the spermatic  veins. The

veins that leave the stomach are comparatively broad just  as they  leave; but they become gradually thinner,

until they change  over from  right to left and from left to right. 

'Blood is thickest when it is imbibed by the fleshy parts; when  it  is transmitted to the organs

abovementioned, it becomes thin,  warm,  and frothy.' 

3

Such are the accounts given by Syennesis and Diogenes. Polybus  writes to the following effect: 

'There are four pairs of veins. The first extends from the back of  the head, through the neck on the outside,

past the backbone on either  side, until it reaches the loins and passes on to the legs, after  which it goes on

through the shins to the outer side of the ankles and  on to the feet. And it is on this account that surgeons, for

pains  in  the back and loin, bleed in the ham and in the outer side of the  ankle. Another pair of veins runs from


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

3 39



Top




Page No 47


the head, past ears, through  the neck; which veins are termed the jugular veins. This pair goes  on  inside along

the backbone, past the muscles of the loins, on to the  testicles, and onwards to the thighs, and through the

inside of the  hams and through the shins down to the inside of the ankles and to the  feet; and for this reason,

surgeons, for pains in the muscles of the  loins and in the testicles, bleed on the hams and the inner side of  the

ankles. The third pair extends from the temples, through the neck,  in underneath the shoulderblades, into the

lung; those from right  to  left going in underneath the breast and on to the spleen and the  kidney; those from

left to right running from the lung in underneath  the breast and into the liver and the kidney; and both

terminate in  the fundament. The fourth pair extend from the front part of the  head  and the eyes in underneath

the neck and the collarbones; from  thence  they stretch on through the upper part of the upper arms to the

elbows  and then through the forearms on to the wrists and the  jointings of  the fingers, and also through the

lower part of the  upperarms to the  armpits, and so on, keeping above the ribs, until  one of the pair  reaches

the spleen and the other reaches the liver;  and after this  they both pass over the stomach and terminate at the

penis.' 

The above quotations sum up pretty well the statements of all  previous writers. Furthermore, there are some

writers on Natural  History who have not ventured to lay down the law in such precise  terms as regards the

veins, but who all alike agree in assigning the  head and the brain as the startingpoint of the veins. And in

this  opinion they are mistaken. 

The investigation of such a subject, as has been remarked, is one  fraught with difficulties; but, if any one be

keenly interested in the  matter, his best plan will be to allow his animals to starve to  emaciation, then to

strangle them on a sudden, and thereupon to  prosecute his investigations. 

We now proceed to give particulars regarding the properties and  functions of the veins. There are two

bloodvessels in the thorax by  the backbone, and lying to its inner side; and of these two the larger  one is

situated to the front, and the lesser one is to the rear of it;  and the larger is situated rather to the right hand

side of the  body,  and the lesser one to the left; and by some this vein is  termed the  'aorta', from the fact that

even in dead bodies part of  it is observed  to be full of air. These bloodvessels have their  origins in the  heart,

for they traverse the other viscera, in whatever  direction they  happen to run, without in any way losing their

distinctive  characteristic as bloodvessels, whereas the heart is as  it were a  part of them (and that too more in

respect to the  frontward and larger  one of the two), owing to the fact that these two  veins are above and

below, with the heart lying midway. 

The heart in all animals has cavities inside it. In the case of  the smaller animals even the largest of the

chambers is scarcely  discernible; the second larger is scarcely discernible in animals of  medium size; but in

the largest animals all three chambers are  distinctly seen. In the heart then (with its pointed end directed

frontwards, as has been observed) the largest of the three chambers is  on the righthand side and highest up;

the least one is on the  lefthand side; and the mediumsized one lies in betwixt the other  two; and the largest

one of the three chambers is a great deal  larger  than either of the two others. All three, however, are

connected with  passages leading in the direction of the lung, but  all these  communications are indistinctly

discernible by reason of  their  minuteness, except one. 

The great bloodvessel, then, is attached to the biggest of the  three chambers, the one that lies uppermost and

on the righthand  side; it then extends right through the chamber, coming out as  bloodvessel again; just as

though the cavity of the heart were a part  of the vessel, in which the blood broadens its channel as a river that

widens out in a lake. The aorta is attached to the middle chamber;  only, by the way, it is connected with it by

much narrower pipe. 

The great bloodvessel then passes through the heart (and runs  from the heart into the aorta). The great vessel

looks as though  made  of membrane or skin, while the aorta is narrower than it, and  is very  sinewy; and as it

stretches away to the head and to the  lower parts it  becomes exceedingly narrow and sinewy. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

3 40



Top




Page No 48


First of all, then, upwards from the heart there stretches a  part  of the great bloodvessel towards the lung and

the attachment  of the  aorta, a part consisting of a large undivided vessel. But there  split  off from it two parts;

one towards the lung and the other  towards the  backbone and the last vertebra of the neck. 

The vessel, then, that extends to the lung, as the lung itself  is  duplicate, divides at first into two; and then

extends along by  every  pipe and every perforation, greater along the greater ones,  lesser  along the less, so

continuously that it is impossible to  discern a  single part wherein there is not perforation and vein; for  the

extremities are indistinguishable from their minuteness, and in  point  of fact the whole lung appears to be

filled with blood. 

The branches of the bloodvessels lie above the tubes that  extend  from the windpipe. And that vessel which

extends to the  vertebra of  the neck and the backbone, stretches back again along  the backbone; as  Homer

represents in the lines: 

(Antilochus, as Thoon turned him round),

Transpierc'd his back with a dishonest wound;

The hollow vein that to the neck extends,

Along the chine, the eager javelin rends.

From this vessel there extend small bloodvessels at each rib  and  each vertebra; and at the vertebra above the

kidneys the vessel  bifurcates. And in the above way the parts branch off from the great  bloodvessel. 

But up above all these, from that part which is connected with the  heart, the entire vein branches off in two

directions. For its  branches extend to the sides and to the collarbones, and then pass on,  in men through the

armpits to the arms, in quadrupeds to the forelegs,  in birds to the wings, and in fishes to the upper or pectoral

fins.  (See diagram.) The trunks of these veins, where they first branch  off, are called the 'jugular' veins; and,

where they branch off to  the neck the great vein run alongside the windpipe; and,  occasionally, if these veins

are pressed externally, men, though not  actually choked, become insensible, shut their eyes, and fall flat on

the ground. Extending in the way described and keeping the windpipe  in betwixt them, they pass on until they

reach the ears at the  junction of the lower jaw with the skull. Hence again they branch off  into four veins, of

which one bends back and descends through the  neck and the shoulder, and meets the previous branching off

of the  vein at the bend of the arm, while the rest of it terminates at the  hand and fingers. (See diagram.) 

Each vein of the other pair stretches from the region of the ear  to the brain, and branches off in a number of

fine and delicate  veins  into the socalled meninx, or membrane, which surrounds the  brain. The  brain itself in

all animals is destitute of blood, and no  vein, great  or small, holds its course therein. But of the remaining

veins that  branch off from the last mentioned vein some envelop the  head, others  close their courses in the

organs of sense and at the  roots of the  teeth in veins exceedingly fine and minute. 

4

And in like manner the parts of the lesser one of the two chief  bloodvessels, designated the aorta, branch

off, accompanying the  branches from the big vein; only that, in regard to the aorta, the  passages are less in

size, and the branches very considerably less  than are those of the great vein. So much for the veins as

observed in  the regions above the heart. 

The part of the great vein that lies underneath the heart  extends,  freely suspended, right through the midriff,

and is united  both to the  aorta and the backbone by slack membranous communications.  From it one  vein,

short and wide, extends through the liver, and  from it a number  of minute veins branch off into the liver and

disappear. From the vein  that passes through the liver two branches  separate off, of which one  terminates in

the diaphragm or socalled  midriff, and the other runs  up again through the armpit into the right  arm and


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

4 41



Top




Page No 49


unites with the  other veins at the inside of the bend of the  arm; and it is in  consequence of this local

connexion that, when the  surgeon opens this  vein in the forearm, the patient is relieved of  certain pains in the

liver; and from the lefthand side of it there  extends a short but  thick vein to the spleen and the little veins

branching off it  disappear in that organ. Another part branches off  from the lefthand  side of the great vein,

and ascends, by a course  similar to the course  recently described, into the left arm; only that  the ascending

vein in  the one case is the vein that traverses the  liver, while in this case  it is distinct from the vein that runs

into the spleen. Again, other  veins branch off from the big vein;  one to the omentum, and another to  the

pancreas, from which vein run a  number of veins through the  mesentery. All these veins coalesce in a  single

large vein, along the  entire gut and stomach to the oesophagus;  about these parts there is a  great ramification

of branch veins. 

As far as the kidneys, each of the two remaining undivided, the  aorta and the big vein extend; and here they

get more closely attached  to the backbone, and branch off, each of the two, into a A shape,  and  the big vein

gets to the rear of the aorta. But the chief  attachment  of the aorta to the backbone takes place in the region of

the heart;  and the attachment is effected by means of minute and  sinewy vessels.  The aorta, just as it draws

off from the heart, is a  tube of  considerable volume, but, as it advances in its course, it  gets  narrower and

more sinewy. And from the aorta there extend veins  to the  mesentery just like the veins that extend thither

from the  big vein,  only that the branches in the case of the aorta are  considerably less  in magnitude; they are,

indeed, narrow and  fibrillar, and they end in  delicate hollow fibrelike veinlets. 

There is no vessel that runs from the aorta into the liver or  the  spleen. 

From each of the two great bloodvessels there extend branches  to  each of the two flanks, and both branches

fasten on to the bone.  Vessels also extend to the kidneys from the big vein and the aorta;  only that they do not

open into the cavity of the organ, but their  ramifications penetrate into its substance. From the aorta run two

other ducts to the bladder, firm and continuous; and there are other  ducts from the hollow of the kidneys, in

no way communicating with the  big vein. From the centre of each of the two kidneys springs a  hollow  sinewy

vein, running along the backbone right through the  loins; by  and by each of the two veins first disappears in

its own  flank, and  soon afterwards reappears stretching in the direction of  the flank.  The extremities of these

attach to the bladder, and also in  the male  to the penis and in the female to the womb. From the big vein  no

vein  extends to the womb, but the organ is connected with the aorta  by  veins numerous and closely packed. 

Furthermore, from the aorta and the great vein at the points of  divarication there branch off other veins. Some

of these run to the  groinslarge hollow veinsand then pass on down through the legs and  terminate in the

feet and toes. And, again, another set run through  the groins and the thighs crossgarter fashion, from right to

left and  from left to right, and unite in the hams with the other veins. 

In the above description we have thrown light upon the course of  the veins and their points of departure. 

In all sanguineous animals the case stands as here set forth in  regard to the points of departure and the courses

of the chief  veins.  But the description does not hold equally good for the entire  veinsystem in all these

animals. For, in point of fact, the organs  are not identically situated in them all; and, what is more, some

animals are furnished with organs of which other animals are  destitute. At the same time, while the

description so far holds  good,  the proof of its accuracy is not equally easy in all cases,  but is  easiest in the

case of animals of considerable magnitude and  supplied  abundantly with blood. For in little animals and

those  scantily  supplied with blood, either from natural and inherent  causes or from a  prevalence of fat in the

body, thorough accuracy in  investigation is  not equally attainable; for in the latter of these  creatures the

passages get clogged, like waterchannels choked with  slush; and the  others have a few minute fibres to

serve instead of  veins. But in all  cases the big vein is plainly discernible, even in  creatures of  insignificant

size. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

4 42



Top




Page No 50


5

The sinews of animals have the following properties. For these  also the point of origin is the heart; for the

heart has sinews within  itself in the largest of its three chambers, and the aorta is a  sinewlike vein; in fact, at

its extremity it is actually a sinew, for  it is there no longer hollow, and is stretched like the sinews where  they

terminate at the jointings of the bones. Be it remembered,  however, that the sinews do not proceed in

unbroken sequence from  one  point of origin, as do the bloodvessels. 

For the veins have the shape of the entire body, like a sketch  of  a mannikin; in such a way that the whole

frame seems to be filled  up  with little veins in attenuated subjectsfor the space occupied  by  flesh in fat

individuals is filled with little veins in thin  oneswhereas the sinews are distributed about the joints and the

flexures of the bones. Now, if the sinews were derived in unbroken  sequence from a common point of

departure, this continuity would be  discernible in attenuated specimens. 

In the ham, or the part of the frame brought into full play in the  effort of leaping, is an important system of

sinews; and another  sinew, a double one, is that called 'the tendon', and others are those  brought into play

when a great effort of physical strength is  required; that is to say, the epitonos or backstay and the

shouldersinews. Other sinews, devoid of specific designation, are  situated in the region of the flexures of the

bones; for all the bones  that are attached to one another are bound together by sinews, and a  great quantity of

sinews are placed in the neighbourhood of all the  bones. Only, by the way, in the head there is no sinew; but

the head  is held together by the sutures of the bones. 

Sinew is fissile lengthwise, but crosswise it is not easily  broken, but admits of a considerable amount of hard

tension. In  connexion with sinews a liquid mucus is developed, white and  glutinous, and the organ, in fact, is

sustained by it and appears to  be substantially composed of it. Now, vein may be submitted to the  actual

cautery, but sinew, when submitted to such action, shrivels  up  altogether; and, if sinews be cut asunder, the

severed parts will  not  again cohere. A feeling of numbness is incidental only to parts of  the  frame where

sinew is situated. 

There is a very extensive system of sinews connected severally  with the feet, the hands, the ribs, the

shoulderblades, the neck, and  the arms. 

All animals supplied with blood are furnished with sinews; but  in  the case of animals that have no flexures to

their limbs, but  are, in  fact, destitute of either feet or hands, the sinews are fine  and  inconspicuous; and so, as

might have been anticipated, the  sinews in  the fish are chiefly discernible in connexion with the fin. 

6

The ines (or fibrous connective tissue) are a something  intermediate between sinew and vein. Some of them

are supplied with  fluid, the lymph; and they pass from sinew to vein and from vein to  sinew. There is another

kind of ines or fibre that is found in  blood,  but not in the blood of all animals alike. If this fibre be  left in  the

blood, the blood will coagulate; if it be removed or  extracted,  the blood is found to be incapable of

coagulation. While,  however,  this fibrous matter is found in the blood of the great  majority of  animals, it is

not found in all. For instance, we fail  to find it in  the blood of the deer, the roe, the antelope, and some  other

animals;  and, owing to this deficiency of the fibrous tissue,  the blood of  these animals does not coagulate to

the extent observed  in the blood  of other animals. The blood of the deer coagulates to  about the same  extent

as that of the hare: that is to the blood in  either case  coagulates, but not into a stiff or jellylike  substance,

like the  blood of ordinary animals, but only into a flaccid  consistency like  that of milk which is not subjected

to the action  of rennet. The blood  of the antelope admits of a firmer consistency in  coagulation; for in  this

respect it resembles, or only comes a  little short of, the blood  of sheep. Such are the properties of  vein, sinew,


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

5 43



Top




Page No 51


and fibrous tissue. 

7

The bones in animals are all connected with one single bone, and  are interconnected, like the veins, in one

unbroken sequence; and  there is no instance of a bone standing apart by itself. In all  animals furnished with

bones, the spine or backbone is the point of  origin for the entire osseous system. The spine is composed of

vertebrae, and it extends from the head down to the loins. The  vertebrae are all perforated, and, above, the

bony portion of the head  is connected with the topmost vertebrae, and is designated the  'skull'. And the

serrated lines on the skull are termed 'sutures'. 

The skull is not formed alike in all animals. In some animals  the  skull consists of one single undivided bone,

as in the case of the  dog; in others it is composite in structure, as in man; and in the  human species the suture

is circular in the female, while in the  male  it is made up of three separate sutures, uniting above in

threecorner  fashion; and instances have been known of a man's skull  being devoid  of suture altogether. The

skull is composed not of four  bones, but of  six; two of these are in the region of the ears, small  in comparison

with the other four. From the skull extend the jaws,  constituted of  bone. (Animals in general move the lower

jaw; the river  crocodile is  the only animal that moves the upper one.) In the jaws is  the  toothsystem; and the

teeth are constituted of bone, and are  halfway  perforated; and the bone in question is the only kind of bone

which it  is found impossible to grave with a graving tool. 

On the upper part of the course of the backbone are the  collarbones and the ribs. The chest rests on ribs; and

these ribs  meet together, whereas the others do not; for no animal has bone in  the region of the stomach. Then

come the shoulderbones, or  bladebones, and the armbones connected with these, and the bones  in  the

hands connected with the bones of the arms. With animals that  have  forelegs, the osseous system of the

foreleg resembles that of the  arm  in man. 

Below the level of the backbone, after the haunchbone, comes  the  hipsocket; then the legbones, those in

the thighs and those in  the  shins, which are termed colenes or limbbones, a part of which  is the  ankle, while

a part of the same is the socalled 'plectrum'  in those  creatures that have an ankle; and connected with these

bones are the  bones in the feet. 

Now, with all animals that are supplied with blood and furnished  with feet, and are at the same time

viviparous, the bones do not  differ greatly one from another, but only in the way of relative  hardness,

softness, or magnitude. A further difference, by the way, is  that in one and the same animal certain bones are

supplied with  marrow, while others are destitute of it. Some animals might on casual  observation appear to

have no marrow whatsoever in their bones: as  is  the case with the lion, owing to his having marrow only in

small  amount, poor and thin, and in very few bones; for marrow is found in  his thigh and armbones. The

bones of the lion are exceptionally  hard;  so hard, in fact, that if they are rubbed hard against one  another  they

emit sparks like flintstones. The dolphin has bones, and  not  fishspine. 

Of the other animals supplied with blood, some differ but  little,  as is the case with birds; others have systems

analogous, as  fishes;  for viviparous fishes, such as the cartilaginous species,  are  gristlespined, while the

ovipara have a spine which corresponds  to  the backbone in quadrupeds. This exceptional property has been

observed in fishes, that in some of them there are found delicate  spines scattered here and there throughout

the fleshy parts. The  serpent is similarly constructed to the fish; in other words, his  backbone is spinous. With

oviparous quadrupeds, the skeleton of the  larger ones is more or less osseous; of the smaller ones, more or

less  spinous. But all sanguineous animals have a backbone of either one  kind or other: that is, composed

either of bone or of spine. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

7 44



Top




Page No 52


The other portions of the skeleton are found in some animals and  not found in others, but the presence or the

absence of this and  that  part carries with it, as a matter of course, the presence or  the  absence of the bones or

the spines corresponding to this or that  part.  For animals that are destitute of arms and legs cannot be

furnished  with limbbones: and in like manner with animals that have  the same  parts, but yet have them

unlike in form; for in these animals  the  corresponding bones differ from one another in the way of relative

excess or relative defect, or in the way of analogy taking the place  of identity. So much for the osseous or

spinous systems in animals. 

8

Gristle is of the same nature as bone, but differs from it in  the  way of relative excess or relative defect. And

just like bone,  cartilage also, if cut, does not grow again. In terrestrial viviparous  sanguinea the gristle

formations are unperforated, and there is no  marrow in them as there is in bones; in the selachia,

howeverfor, be  it observed, they are gristlespinedthere is found in the case of  the flat space in the

region of the backbone, a gristlelike substance  analogous to bone, and in this gristlelike substance there is

a  liquid resembling marrow. In viviparous animals furnished with feet,  gristle formations are found in the

region of the ears, in the  nostrils, and around certain extremities of the bones. 

9

Furthermore, there are parts of other kinds, neither identical  with, nor altogether diverse from, the parts above

enumerated: such as  nails, hooves, claws, and horns; and also, by the way, beaks, such  as  birds are furnished

withall in the several animals that are  furnished  therewithal. All these parts are flexible and fissile; but  bone

is  neither flexible nor fissile, but frangible. 

And the colours of horns and nails and claw and hoof follow the  colour of the skin and the hair. For

according as the skin of an  animal is black, or white, or of medium hue, so are the horns, the  claws, or the

hooves, as the case may be, of hue to match. And it is  the same with nails. The teeth, however, follow after

the bones.  Thus  in black men, such as the Aethiopians and the like, the teeth and  bones are white, but the

nails are black, like the whole of the skin. 

Horns in general are hollow at their point of attachment to the  bone which juts out from the head inside the

horn, but they have a  solid portion at the tip, and they are simple and undivided in  structure. In the case of the

stag alone of all animals the horns  are  solid throughout, and ramify into branches (or antlers). And,  whereas

no other animal is known to shed its horns, the deer sheds its  horns  annually, unless it has been castrated; and

with regard to the  effects  of castration in animals we shall have much to say  hereafter. Horns  attach rather to

the skin than to the bone; which  will account for the  fact that there are found in Phrygia and  elsewhere cattle

that can  move their horns as freely as their ears. 

Of animals furnished with nailsand, by the way, all animals  have  nails that have toes, and toes that have

feet, except the  elephant;  and the elephant has toes undivided and slightly  articulated, but has  no nails

whatsoeverof animals furnished with  nails, some are  straightnailed, like man; others are crooked  nailed,

as the lion  among animals that walk, and the eagle among  animals that fly. 

10

The following are the properties of hair and of parts analogous to  hair, and of skin or hide. All viviparous

animals furnished with  feet  have hair; all oviparous animals furnished with feet have  hornlike  tessellates;

fishes, and fishes only, have scalesthat is,  such  oviparous fishes as have the crumbling egg or roe. For of the

lanky  fishes, the conger has no such egg, nor the muraena, and the eel  has  no egg at all. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

8 45



Top




Page No 53


The hair differs in the way of thickness and fineness, and of  length, according to the locality of the part in

which it is found,  and according to the quality of skin or hide on which it grows. For,  as a general rule, the

thicker the hide, the harder and the thicker is  the hair; and the hair is inclined to grow in abundance and to a

great  length in localities of the bodies hollow and moist, if the localities  be fitted for the growth of hair at all.

The facts are similar in  the  case of animals whether coated with scales or with tessellates.  With  softhaired

animals the hair gets harder with good feeding, and  with  hardhaired or bristly animals it gets softer and

scantier from  the  same cause. Hair differs in quality also according to the relative  heat or warmth of the

locality: just as the hair in man is hard in  warm places and soft in cold ones. Again, straight hair is inclined to

be soft, and curly hair to be bristly. 

11

Hair is naturally fissile, and in this respect it differs in  degree in diverse animals. In some animals the hair

goes on  gradually  hardening into bristle until it no longer resembles hair but  spine, as  in the case of the

hedgehog. And in like manner with the  nails; for in  some animals the nail differs as regards solidity in  no

way from bone. 

Of all animals man has the most delicate skin: that is, if we take  into consideration his relative size. In the

skin or hide of all  animals there is a mucous liquid, scanty in some animals and plentiful  in others, as, for

instance, in the hide of the ox; for men  manufacture glue out of it. (And, by the way, in some cases glue is

manufactured from fishes also.) The skin, when cut, is in itself  devoid of sensation; and this is especially the

case with the skin  on  the head, owing to there being no flesh between it and the skull.  And  wherever the skin

is quite by itself, if it be cut asunder, it  does  not grow together again, as is seen in the thin part of the  jaw, in

the prepuce, and the eyelid. In all animals the skin is one of  the  parts that extends continuous and unbroken,

and it comes to a stop  only where the natural ducts pour out their contents, and at the mouth  and nails. 

All sanguineous animals, then, have skin; but not all such animals  have hair, save only under the

circumstances described above. The hair  changes its colour as animals grow old, and in man it turns white or

grey. With animals, in general, the change takes place, but not very  obviously, or not so obviously as in the

case of the horse. Hair turns  grey from the point backwards to the roots. But, in the majority of  cases, grey

hairs are white from the beginning; and this is a proof  that greyness of hair does not, as some believe to be the

case,  imply  withering or decrepitude, for no part is brought into  existence in a  withered or decrepit condition. 

In the eruptive malady called the whitesickness all the hairs get  grey; and instances have been known where

the hair became grey while  the patients were ill of the malady, whereas the grey hairs shed off  and black ones

replaced them on their recovery. (Hair is more apt to  turn grey when it is kept covered than when exposed to

the action of  the outer air.) In men, the hair over the temples is the first to turn  grey, and the hair in the front

grows grey sooner than the hair at the  back; and the hair on the pubes is the last to change colour. 

Some hairs are congenital, others grow after the maturity of the  animal; but this occurs in man only. The

congenital hairs are on the  head, the eyelids, and the eyebrows; of the later growths the hairs on  the pubes are

the first to come, then those under the armpits, and,  thirdly, those on the chin; for, singularly enough, the

regions  where  congenital growths and the subsequent growths are found are  equal in  number. The hair on the

head grows scanty and sheds out to  a greater  extent and sooner than all the rest. But this remark applies  only

to  hair in front; for no man ever gets bald at the back of his  head.  Smoothness on the top of the head is termed

'baldness', but  smoothness  on the eyebrows is denoted by a special term which means  'foreheadbaldness';

and neither of these conditions of baldness  supervenes in a man until he shall have come under the influence

of  sexual passion. For no boy ever gets bald, no woman, and no  castrated  man. In fact, if a man be castrated

before reaching puberty,  the later  growths of hair never come at all; and, if the operation  take place

subsequently, the aftergrowths, and these only, shed off;  or, rather,  two of the growths shed off, but not that


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

11 46



Top




Page No 54


on the pubes. 

Women do not grow hairs on the chin; except that a scanty beard  grows on some women after the monthly

courses have stopped; and  similar phenomenon is observed at times in priestesses in Caria, but  these cases are

looked upon as portentous with regard to coming  events. The other aftergrowths are found in women, but

more scanty  and sparse. Men and women are at times born constitutionally and  congenitally incapable of the

aftergrowths; and individuals that  are  destitute even of the growth upon the pubes are constitutionally

impotent. 

Hair as a rule grows more or less in length as the wearer grows in  age; chiefly the hair on the head, then that

in the beard, and fine  hair grows longest of all. With some people as they grow old the  eyebrows grow

thicker, to such an extent that they have to be cut off;  and this growth is owing to the fact that the eyebrows

are situated at  a conjuncture of bones, and these bones, as age comes on, draw apart  and exude a gradual

increase of moisture or rheum. The eyelashes do  not grow in size, but they shed when the wearer comes first

under  the  influence of sexual feelings, and shed all the quicker as this  influence is the more powerful; and

these are the last hairs to grow  grey. 

Hairs if plucked out before maturity grow again; but they do not  grow again if plucked out afterwards. Every

hair is supplied with a  mucous moisture at its root, and immediately after being plucked out  it can lift light

articles if it touch them with this mucus. 

Animals that admit of diversity of colour in the hair admit of a  similar diversity to start with in the skin and in

the cuticle of  the  tongue. 

In some cases among men the upper lip and the chin is thickly  covered with hair, and in other cases these

parts are smooth and the  cheeks are hairy; and, by the way, smoothchinned men are less  inclined than

bearded men to baldness. 

The hair is inclined to grow in certain diseases, especially in  consumption, and in old age, and after death;

and under these  circumstances the hair hardens concomitantly with its growth, and  the  same duplicate

phenomenon is observable in respect of the nails. 

In the case of men of strong sexual passions the congenital  hairs  shed the sooner, while the hairs of the

aftergrowths are the  quicker  to come. When men are afflicted with varicose veins they are  less  inclined to

take on baldness; and if they be bald when they  become  thus afflicted, they have a tendency to get their hair

again. 

If a hair be cut, it does not grow at the point of section; but it  gets longer by growing upward from below. In

fishes the scales grow  harder and thicker with age, and when the amimal gets emaciated or  is  growing old the

scales grow harder. In quadrupeds as they grow  old the  hair in some and the wool in others gets deeper but

scantier  in  amount: and the hooves or claws get larger in size; and the same is  the case with the beaks of

birds. The claws also increase in size,  as  do also the nails. 

12

With regard to winged animals, such as birds, no creature is  liable to change of colour by reason of age,

excepting the crane.  The  wings of this bird are ashcoloured at first, but as it grows  old the  wings get black.

Again, owing to special climatic  influences, as when  unusual frost prevails, a change is sometimes  observed

to take place  in birds whose plumage is of one uniform  colour; thus, birds that have  dusky or downright black

plumage turn  white or grey, as the raven, the  sparrow, and the swallow; but no case  has ever yet been known


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

12 47



Top




Page No 55


of a  change of colour from white to black.  (Further, most birds change the  colour of their plumage at different

seasons of the year, so much so  that a man ignorant of their habits  might be mistaken as to their  identity.)

Some animals change the  colour of their hair with a change  in their drinkingwater, for in  some countries the

same species of  animal is found white in one  district and black in another. And in  regard to the commerce of

the  sexes, water in many places is of such  peculiar quality that rams,  if they have intercourse with the female

after drinking it, beget  black lambs, as is the case with the water of  the Psychrus  (socalled from its

coldness), a river in the district of  Assyritis in  the Chalcidic Peninsula, on the coast of Thrace; and in

Antandria  there are two rivers of which one makes the lambs white and  the  other black. The river Scamander

also has the reputation of making  lambs yellow, and that is the reason, they say, why Homer designates  it the

'Yellow River.' Animals as a general rule have no hair on their  internal surfaces, and, in regard to their

extremities, they have hair  on the upper, but not on the lower side. 

The hare, or dasypod, is the only animal known to have hair inside  its mouth and underneath its feet. Further,

the socalled mousewhale  instead of teeth has hairs in its mouth resembling pigs' bristles. 

Hairs after being cut grow at the bottom but not at the top; if  feathers be cut off, they grow neither at top nor

bottom, but shed and  fall out. Further, the bee's wing will not grow again after being  plucked off, nor will the

wing of any creature that has undivided  wings. Neither will the sting grow again if the bee lose it, but the

creature will die of the loss. 

13

In all sanguineous animals membranes are found. And membrane  resembles a thin closetextured skin, but

its qualities are different,  as it admits neither of cleavage nor of extension. Membrane envelops  each one of

the bones and each one of the viscera, both in the  larger  and the smaller animals; though in the smaller

animals the  membranes  are indiscernible from their extreme tenuity and minuteness.  The  largest of all the

membranes are the two that surround the  brain, and  of these two the one that lines the bony skull is  stronger

and thicker  than the one that envelops the brain; next in  order of magnitude comes  the membrane that

encloses the heart. If  membrane be bared and cut  asunder it will not grow together again, and  the bone thus

stripped of  its membrane mortifies. 

14

The omentum or caul, by the way, is membrane. All sanguineous  animals are furnished with this organ; but

in some animals the organ  is supplied with fat, and in others it is devoid of it. The omentum  has both its

startingpoint and its attachment, with ambidental  vivipara, in the centre of the stomach, where the stomach

has a kind  of suture; in nonambidental vivipara it has its startingpoint and  attachment in the chief of the

ruminating stomachs. 

15

The bladder also is of the nature of membrane, but of membrane  peculiar in kind, for it is extensile. The

organ is not common to  all  animals, but, while it is found in all the vivipara, the  tortoise is  the only oviparous

animal that is furnished therewithal.  The bladder,  like ordinary membrane, if cut asunder will not grow

together again,  unless the section be just at the commencement of  the urethra: except  indeed in very rare

cases, for instances of  healing have been known to  occur. After death, the organ passes no  liquid excretion;

but in life,  in addition to the normal liquid  excretion, it passes at times dry  excretion also, which turns into

stones in the case of sufferers from  that malady. Indeed, instances  have been known of concretions in the

bladder so shaped as closely  to resemble cockleshells. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

13 48



Top




Page No 56


Such are the properties, then, of vein, sinew and skin, of fibre  and membrane, of hair, nail, claw and hoof, of

horns, of teeth, of  beak, of gristle, of bones, and of parts that are analogous to any  of  the parts here

enumerated. 

16

Flesh, and that which is by nature akin to it in sanguineous  animals, is in all cases situated in between the

skin and the bone, or  the substance analogous to bone; for just as spine is a counterpart of  bone, so is the

fleshlike substance of animals that are constructed a  spinous system the counterpart of the flesh of animals

constructed  on  an osseous one. 

Flesh can be divided asunder in any direction, not lengthwise only  as is the case with sinew and vein. When

animals are subjected to  emaciation the flesh disappears, and the creatures become a mass of  veins and fibres;

when they are over fed, fat takes the place of  flesh. Where the flesh is abundant in an animal, its veins are

somewhat small and the blood abnormally red; the viscera also and  the  stomach are diminutive; whereas with

animals whose veins are large  the  blood is somewhat black, the viscera and the stomach are large,  and  the

flesh is somewhat scanty. And animals with small stomachs  are  disposed to take on flesh. 

17

Again, fat and suet differ from one another. Suet is frangible  in  all directions and congeals if subjected to

extreme cold, whereas  fat  can melt but cannot freeze or congeal; and soups made of the flesh  of  animals

supplied with fat do not congeal or coagulate, as is  found  with horseflesh and pork; but soups made from the

flesh of  animals  supplied with suet do coagulate, as is seen with mutton and  goat's  flesh. Further, fat and suet

differ as to their localities: for  fat is  found between the skin and flesh, but suet is found only at the  limit  of the

fleshy parts. Also, in animals supplied with fat the  omentum or  caul is supplied with fat, and it is supplied

with suet  in animals  supplied with suet. Moreover, ambidental animals are  supplied with  fat, and

nonambidentals with suet. 

Of the viscera the liver in some animals becomes fatty, as,  among  fishes, is the case with the selachia, by the

melting of whose  livers  an oil is manufactured. These cartilaginous fish themselves  have no  free fat at all in

connexion with the flesh or with the  stomach. The  suet in fish is fatty, and does not solidify or  congeal. All

animals  are furnished with fat, either intermingled  with their flesh, or  apart. Such as have no free or separate

fat are  less fat than others  in stomach and omentum, as the eel; for it has  only a scanty supply of  suet about

the omentum. Most animals take on  fat in the belly,  especially such animals as are little in motion. 

The brains of animals supplied with fat are oily, as in the pig;  of animals supplied with suet, parched and dry.

But it is about the  kidneys more than any other viscera that animals are inclined to  take  on fat; and the right

kidney is always less supplied with fat  than the  left kidney, and, be the two kidneys ever so fat, there is

always a  space devoid of fat in between the two. Animals supplied with  suet are  specially apt to have it about

the kidneys, and especially  the sheep;  for this animal is apt to die from its kidneys being  entirely  enveloped.

Fat or suet about the kidney is superinduced by  overfeeding, as is found at Leontini in Sicily; and

consequently in  this district they defer driving out sheep to pasture until the day is  well on, with the view of

limiting their food by curtailment of the  hours of pasture. 

18

The part around the pupil of the eye is fatty in all animals,  and  this part resembles suet in all animals that

possess such a part  and  that are not furnished with hard eyes. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

16 49



Top




Page No 57


Fat animals, whether male or female, are more or less unfitted for  breeding purposes. Animals are disposed to

take on fat more when old  than when young, and especially when they have attained their full  breadth and

their full length and are beginning to grow depthways. 

19

And now to proceed to the consideration of the blood. In  sanguineous animals blood is the most universal and

the most  indispensable part; and it is not an acquired or adventitious part,  but it is a consubstantial part of all

animals that are not corrupt or  moribund. All blood is contained in a vascular system, to wit, the  veins, and is

found nowhere else, excepting in the heart. Blood is not  sensitive to touch in any animal, any more than the

excretions of  the  stomach; and the case is similar with the brain and the marrow.  When  flesh is lacerated,

blood exudes, if the animal be alive and  unless  the flesh be gangrened. Blood in a healthy condition is

naturally  sweet to the taste, and red in colour, blood that  deteriorates from  natural decay or from disease more

or less black.  Blood at its best,  before it undergoes deterioration from either  natural decay or from  disease, is

neither very thick nor very thin. In  the living animal it  is always liquid and warm, but, on issuing from  the

body, it  coagulates in all cases except in the case of the deer,  the roe, and  the like animals; for, as a general

rule, blood  coagulates unless the  fibres be extracted. Bull's blood is the  quickest to coagulate. 

Animals that are internally and externally viviparous are more  abundantly supplied with blood than the

sanguineous ovipara. Animals  that are in good condition, either from natural causes or from their  health

having been attended to, have the blood neither too abundantas  creatures just after drinking have the liquid

inside them in  abundancenor again very scanty, as is the case with animals when  exceedingly fat. For

animals in this condition have pure blood, but  very little of it, and the fatter an animal gets the less becomes

its  supply of blood; for whatsoever is fat is destitute of blood. 

A fat substance is incorruptible, but blood and all things  containing it corrupt rapidly, and this property

characterizes  especially all parts connected with the bones. Blood is finest and  purest in man; and thickest

and blackest in the bull and the ass, of  all vivipara. In the lower and the higher parts of the body blood is

thicker and blacker than in the central parts. 

Blood beats or palpitates in the veins of all animals alike all  over their bodies, and blood is the only liquid

that permeates the  entire frames of living animals, without exception and at all times,  as long as life lasts.

Blood is developed first of all in the heart of  animals before the body is differentiated as a whole. If blood be

removed or if it escape in any considerable quantity, animals fall  into a faint or swoon; if it be removed or if

it escape in an  exceedingly large quantity they die. If the blood get exceedingly  liquid, animals fall sick; for

the blood then turns into something  like ichor, or a liquid so thin that it at times has been known to  exude

through the pores like sweat. In some cases blood, when  issuing  from the veins, does not coagulate at all, or

only here and  there.  Whilst animals are sleeping the blood is less abundantly  supplied near  the exterior

surfaces, so that, if the sleeping creature  be pricked  with a pin, the blood does not issue as copiously as it

would if the  creature were awake. Blood is developed out of ichor by  coction, and  fat in like manner out of

blood. If the blood get  diseased,  haemorrhoids may ensue in the nostril or at the anus, or the  veins may

become varicose. Blood, if it corrupt in the body, has a  tendency to  turn into pus, and pus may turn into a

solid concretion. 

Blood in the female differs from that in the male, for,  supposing  the male and female to be on a par as regards

age and  general health,  the blood in the female is thicker and blacker than in  the male; and  with the female

there is a comparative superabundance of  it in the  interior. Of all female animals the female in man is the

most richly  supplied with blood, and of all female animals the  menstruous  discharges are the most copious in

woman. The blood of  these  discharges under disease turns into flux. Apart from the  menstrual  discharges, the

female in the human species is less  subject to  diseases of the blood than the male. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

19 50



Top




Page No 58


Women are seldom afflicted with varicose veins, with haemorrhoids,  or with bleeding at the nose, and, if any

of these maladies supervene,  the menses are imperfectly discharged. 

Blood differs in quantity and appearance according to age; in very  young animals it resembles ichor and is

abundant, in the old it is  thick and black and scarce, and in middleaged animals its qualities  are

intermediate. In old animals the blood coagulates rapidly, even  blood at the surface of the body; but this is

not the case with  young  animals. Ichor is, in fact, nothing else but unconcocted  blood: either  blood that has

not yet been concocted, or that has  become fluid again. 

20

We now proceed to discuss the properties of marrow; for this is  one of the liquids found in certain

sanguineous animals. All the  natural liquids of the body are contained in vessels: as blood in  veins, marrow in

bones other moistures in membranous structures of the  skin 

In young animals the marrow is exceedingly sanguineous, but, as  animals grow old, it becomes fatty in

animals supplied with fat, and  suetlike in animals with suet. All bones, however, are not supplied  with

marrow, but only the hollow ones, and not all of these. For of  the bones in the lion some contain no marrow

at all, and some are only  scantily supplied therewith; and that accounts, as was previously  observed, for the

statement made by certain writers that the lion is  marrowless. In the bones of pigs it is found in small

quantities;  and  in the bones of certain animals of this species it is not found at  all. 

These liquids, then, are nearly always congenital in animals,  but  milk and sperm come at a later time. Of

these latter, that  which,  whensoever it is present, is secreted in all cases  readymade, is the  milk; sperm, on

the other hand, is not secreted out  in all cases, but  in some only, as in the case of what are  designated thori in

fishes. 

Whatever animals have milk, have it in their breasts. All  animals  have breasts that are internally and

externally viviparous, as  for  instance all animals that have hair, as man and the horse; and the  cetaceans, as

the dolphin, the porpoise, and the whalefor these  animals have breasts and are supplied with milk. Animals

that are  oviparous or only externally viviparous have neither breasts nor milk,  as the fish and the bird. 

All milk is composed of a watery serum called 'whey', and a  consistent substance called curd (or cheese); and

the thicker the  milk, the more abundant the curd. The milk, then, of nonambidentals  coagulates, and that is

why cheese is made of the milk of such animals  under domestication; but the milk of ambidentals does not

coagulate,  nor their fat either, and the milk is thin and sweet. Now the  camel's  milk is the thinnest, and that of

the human species next after  it, and  that of the ass next again, but cow's milk is the thickest.  Milk does  not

coagulate under the influence of cold, but rather runs  to whey;  but under the influence of heat it coagulates

and thickens.  As a  general rule milk only comes to animals in pregnancy. When the  animal  is pregnant milk

is found, but for a while it is unfit for use,  and  then after an interval of usefulness it becomes unfit for use

again.  In the case of female animals not pregnant a small quantity  of milk  has been procured by the

employment of special food, and cases  have  been actually known where women advanced in years on being

submitted  to the process of milking have produced milk, and in some  cases have  produced it in sufficient

quantities to enable them to  suckle an  infant. 

The people that live on and about Mount Oeta take such shegoats  as decline the male and rub their udders

hard with nettles to cause an  irritation amounting to pain; hereupon they milk the animals,  procuring at first a

liquid resembling blood, then a liquid mixed with  purulent matter, and eventually milk, as freely as from

females  submitting to the male. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

20 51



Top




Page No 59


As a general rule, milk is not found in the male of man or of  any  other animal, though from time to time it has

been found in a  male;  for instance, once in Lemnos a hegoat was milked by its dugs  (for it  has, by the way,

two dugs close to the penis), and was  milked to such  effect that cheese was made of the produce, and the

same phenomenon  was repeated in a male of its own begetting. Such  occurrences,  however, are regarded as

supernatural and fraught with  omen as to  futurity, and in point of fact when the Lemnian owner of  the animal

inquired of the oracle, the god informed him that the  portent  foreshadowed the acquisition of a fortune. With

some men,  after  puberty, milk can be produced by squeezing the breasts; cases  have  been known where on

their being subjected to a prolonged  milking  process a considerable quantity of milk has been educed. 

In milk there is a fatty element, which in clotted milk gets to  resemble oil. Goat's milk is mixed with sheep's

milk in Sicily, and  wherever sheep's milk is abundant. The best milk for clotting is not  only that where the

cheese is most abundant, but that also where the  cheese is driest. 

Now some animals produce not only enough milk to rear their young,  but a superfluous amount for general

use, for cheesemaking and for  storage. This is especially the case with the sheep and the goat,  and  next in

degree with the cow. Mare's milk, by the way, and milk  of the  sheass are mixed in with Phrygian cheese.

And there is more  cheese in  cow's milk than in goat's milk; for graziers tell us that  from nine  gallons of goat's

milk they can get nineteen cheeses at an  obol  apiece, and from the same amount of cow's milk, thirty. Other

animals  give only enough of milk to rear their young withal, and no  superfluous amount and none fitted for

cheesemaking, as is the case  with all animals that have more than two breasts or dugs; for with  none of such

animals is milk produced in superabundance or used for  the manufacture of cheese. 

The juice of the fig and rennet are employed to curdle milk. The  figjuice is first squeezed out into wool; the

wool is then washed and  rinsed, and the rinsing put into a little milk, and if this be mixed  with other milk it

curdles Rennet is a kind of milk, for it is found  in the stomach of the animal while it is yet suckling. 

21

Rennet then consists of milk with an admixture of fire, which  comes from the natural heat of the animal, as

the milk is concocted.  All ruminating animals produce rennet, and, of ambidentals, the  hare.  Rennet improves

in quality the longer it is kept; and cow's  rennet,  after being kept a good while, and also hare's rennet, is good

for  diarrhoea, and the best of all rennet is that of the young deer. 

In milkproducing animals the comparative amount of the yield  varies with the size of the animal and the

diversities of pasturage.  For instance, there are in Phasis small cattle that in all cases  give  a copious supply of

milk, and the large cows in Epirus yield each  one  daily some nine gallons of milk, and half of this from each

pair  of  teats, and the milker has to stand erect, stooping forward a  little,  as otherwise, if he were seated, he

would be unable to reach  up to the  teats. But, with the exception of the ass, all the  quadrupeds in  Epirus are of

large size, and relatively, the cattle and  the dogs are  the largest. Now large animals require abundant  pasture,

and this  country supplies just such pasturage, and also  supplies diverse  pasture grounds to suit the diverse

seasons of the  year. The cattle  are particularly large, and likewise the sheep of the  socalled  Pyrrhic breed,

the name being given in honour of King  Pyrrhus. 

Some pasture quenches milk, as Median grass or lucerne, and that  especially in ruminants; other feeding

renders it copious, as  cytisus  and vetch; only, by the way, cytisus in flower is not  recommended, as  it has

burning properties, and vetch is not good for  pregnant kine, as  it causes increased difficulty in parturition.

However, beasts that  have access to good feeding, as they are  benefited thereby in regard  to pregnancy, so

also being well nourished  produce milk in plenty.  Some of the leguminous plants bring milk in  abundance, as

for  instance, a large feed of beans with the ewe, the  common shegoat, the  cow, and the small shegoat; for

this feeding  makes them drop their  udders. And, by the way, the pointing of the  udder to the ground  before


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

21 52



Top




Page No 60


parturition is a sign of there being plenty  of milk coming. 

Milk remains for a long time in the female, if she be kept from  the male and be properly fed, and, of

quadrupeds, this is especially  true of the ewe; for the ewe can be milked for eight months. As a  general rule,

ruminating animals give milk in abundance, and milk  fitted for cheese manufacture. In the neighbourhood of

Torone cows run  dry for a few days before calving, and have milk all the rest of the  time. In women, milk of

a livid colour is better than white for  nursing purposes; and swarthy women give healthier milk than fair  ones.

Milk that is richest in cheese is the most nutritious, but  milk  with a scanty supply of cheese is the more

wholesome for  children. 

22

All sanguineous animals eject sperm. As to what, and how, it  contributes to generation, these questions will

be discussed in  another treatise. Taking the size of his body into account, man  emits  more sperm than any

other animal. In hairycoated animals the  sperm is  sticky, but in other animals it is not so. It is white in all

cases,  and Herodotus is under a misapprehension when he states that  the  Aethiopians eject black sperm. 

Sperm issues from the body white and consistent, if it be healthy,  and after quitting the body becomes thin

and black. In frosty  weather  it does not coagulate, but gets exceedingly thin and watery  both in  colour and

consistency; but it coagulates and thickens under  the  influence of heat. If it be long in the womb before

issuing out,  it  comes more than usually thick; and sometimes it comes out dry and  compact. Sperm capable of

impregnating or of fructification sinks in  water; sperm incapable Of producing that result dissolves away. But

there is no truth in what Ctesias has written about the sperm of the  elephant. 

Book IV

1

We have now treated, in regard to blooded animals of the parts  they have in common and of the parts peculiar

to this genus or that,  and of the parts both composite and simple, whether without or within.  We now proceed

to treat of animals devoid of blood. These animals  are  divided into several genera. 

One genus consists of socalled 'molluscs'; and by the term  'mollusc' we mean an animal that, being devoid

of blood, has its  fleshlike substance outside, and any hard structure it may happen  to  have, insidein this

respect resembling the redblooded animals,  such  as the genus of the cuttlefish. 

Another genus is that of the malacostraca. These are animals  that  have their hard structure outside, and their

soft or fleshlike  substance inside, and the hard substance belonging to them has to be  crushed rather than

shattered; and to this genus belongs the  crawfish  and the crab. 

A third genus is that of the ostracoderms or 'testaceans'. These  are animals that have their hard substance

outside and their  fleshlike substance within, and their hard substance can be shattered  but not crushed; and

to this genus belong the snail and the oyster. 

The fourth genus is that of insects; and this genus comprehends  numerous and dissimilar species. Insects are

creatures that, as the  name implies, have nicks either on the belly or on the back, or on  both belly and back,

and have no one part distinctly osseous and no  one part distinctly fleshy, but are throughout a something

intermediate between bone and flesh; that is to say, their body is  hard all through, inside and outside. Some

insects are wingless,  such  as the iulus and the centipede; some are winged, as the bee,  the  cockchafer, and the

wasp; and the same kind is in some cases  both  winged and wingless, as the ant and the glowworm. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

22 53



Top




Page No 61


In molluscs the external parts are as follows: in the first place,  the socalled feet; secondly, and attached to

these, the head;  thirdly, the mantlesac, containing the internal parts, and  incorrectly designated by some

writers the head; and, fourthly, fins  round about the sac. (See diagram.) In all molluscs the head is found  to be

between the feet and the belly. All molluscs are furnished with  eight feet, and in all cases these feet are

severally furnished with  a double row of suckers, with the exception of one single species of  poulpe or

octopus. The sepia, the small calamary and the large  calamary have an exceptional organ in a pair of long

arms or  tentacles, having at their extremities a portion rendered rough by  the presence of two rows of suckers;

and with these arms or tentacles  they apprehend their food and draw it into their mouths, and in  stormy

weather they cling by them to a rock and sway about in the  rough water like ships lying at anchor. They swim

by the aid of the  fins that they have about the sac. In all cases their feet are  furnished with suckers. 

The octopus, by the way, uses his feelers either as feet or hands;  with the two which stand over his mouth he

draws in food, and the last  of his feelers he employs in the act of copulation; and this last one,  by the way, is

extremely sharp, is exceptional as being of a whitish  colour, and at its extremity is bifurcate; that is to say, it

has an  additional something on the rachis, and by rachis is meant the  smooth  surface or edge of the arm on

the far side from the suckers.  (See  diagram.) 

In front of the sac and over the feelers they have a hollow  tube,  by means of which they discharge any

seawater that they may  have  taken into the sac of the body in the act of receiving food by  the  mouth. They

can shift the tube from side to side, and by means  of it  they discharge the black liquid peculiar to the animal. 

Stretching out its feet, it swims obliquely in the direction of  the socalled head, and by this mode of

swimming it can see in  front,  for its eyes are at the top, and in this attitude it has its  mouth at  the rear. The

'head', while the creature is alive, is hard,  and looks  as though it were inflated. It apprehends and retains

objects by means  of the undersurface of its arms, and the membrane in  between its feet  is kept at full

tension; if the animal get on to  the sand it can no  longer retain its hold. 

There is a difference between the octopus and the other molluscs  above mentioned: the body of the octopus is

small, and his feet are  long, whereas in the others the body is large and the feet short; so  short, in fact, that

they cannot walk on them. Compared with one  another, the teuthis, or calamary, is longshaped, and the

sepia  flatshaped; and of the calamaries the socalled teuthus is much  bigger than the teuthis; for teuthi have

been found as much as five  ells long. Some sepiae attain a length of two ells, and the feelers of  the octopus

are sometimes as long, or even longer. The species teuthus  is not a numerous one; the teuthus differs from the

teuthis in  shape;  that is, the sharp extremity of the teuthus is broader than  that of  the other, and, further, the

encircling fin goes all round the  trunk,  whereas it is in part lacking in the teuthis; both animals  are  pelagic. 

In all cases the head comes after the feet, in the middle of the  feet that are called arms or feelers. There is here

situated a  mouth,  and two teeth in the mouth; and above these two large eyes, and  betwixt the eyes a small

cartilage enclosing a small brain; and within  the mouth it has a minute organ of a fleshy nature, and this it

uses  as a tongue, for no other tongue does it possess. Next after this,  on  the outside, is what looks like a sac;

the flesh of which it is  made  is divisible, not in long straight strips, but in annular flakes;  and  all molluscs

have a cuticle around this flesh. Next after or at  the  back of the mouth comes a long and narrow oesophagus,

and close  after  that a crop or craw, large and spherical, like that of a bird;  then  comes the stomach, like the

fourth stomach in ruminants; and  the shape  of it resembles the spiral convolution in the trumpetshell;  from

the  stomach there goes back again, in the direction of the mouth,  thin  gut, and the gut is thicker than the

oesophagus. (See diagram.) 

Molluscs have no viscera, but they have what is called a  mytis,  and on it a vessel containing a thick black

juice; in the sepia  or  cuttlefish this vessel is the largest, and this juice is most  abundant. All molluscs, when

frightened, discharge such a juice, but  the discharge is most copious in the cuttlefish. The mytis, then,  is

situated under the mouth, and the oesophagus runs through it; and  down  below at the point to which the gut


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

22 54



Top




Page No 62


extends is the vesicle of the  black juice, and the animal has the vesicle and the gut enveloped in  one and the

same membrane, and by the same membrane, same orifice  discharges both the black juice and the residuum.

The animals have  also certain hairlike or furry growths in their bodies. 

In the sepia, the teuthis, and the teuthus the hard parts are  within, towards the back of the body; those parts

are called in one  the sepium, and in the other the 'sword'. They differ from one  another, for the sepium in the

cuttlefish and teuthus is hard and  flat, being a substance intermediate between bone and fishbone, with  (in

part) a crumbling, spongy texture, but in the teuthis the part  is  thin and somewhat gristly. These parts differ

from one another in  shape, as do also the bodies of the animals. The octopus has nothing  hard of this kind in

its interior, but it has a gristly substance  round the head, which, if the animal grows old, becomes hard. 

The females differ from the males. The males have a duct in  under  the oesophagus, extending from the

mantlecavity to the lower  portion  of the sac, and there is an organ to which it attaches,  resembling a  breast;

(see diagram) in the female there are two of  these organs,  situated higher up; (see diagram) with both sexes

there  are underneath  these organs certain red formations. The egg of the  octopus is single,  uneven on its

surface, and of large size; the  fluid substance within  is all uniform in colour, smooth, and in  colour white; the

size of the  egg is so great as to fill a vessel  larger than the creature's head.  The sepia has two sacs, and inside

them a number of eggs, like in  appearance to white hailstones. For  the disposition of these parts I  must refer

to my anatomical  diagrams. 

The males of all these animals differ from the females, and the  difference between the sexes is most marked

in the sepia; for the back  of the trunk, which is blacker than the belly, is rougher in the  male  than in the

female, and in the male the back is striped, and  the rump  is more sharply pointed. 

There are several species of the octopus. One keeps close to the  surface, and is the largest of them all, and

near the shore the size  is larger than in deep water; and there are others, small,  variegated  in colour, which are

not articles of food. There are two  others, one  called the heledone, which differs from its congeners in  the

length of  its legs and in having one row of suckersall the rest  of the molluscs  having two,the other

nicknamed variously the  bolitaina or the  'onion,' and the ozolis or the 'stinkard'. 

There are two others found in shells resembling those of the  testaceans. One of them is nicknamed by some

persons the nautilus or  the pontilus, or by others the 'polypus' egg'; and the shell of this  creature is something

like a separate valve of a deep scallopshell.  This polypus lives very often near to the shore, and is apt to be

thrown up high and dry on the beach; under these circumstances it is  found with its shell detached, and dies

by and by on dry land. These  polypods are small, and are shaped, as regards the form of their  bodies, like the

bolbidia. There is another polypus that is placed  within a shell like a snail; it never comes out of the shell, but

lives inside the shell like the snail, and from time to time protrudes  its feelers. 

So much for molluscs. 

2

With regard to the Malacostraca or crustaceans, one species is  that of the crawfish, and a second, resembling

the first, is that of  the lobster; the lobster differing from the crawfish in having  claws,  and in a few other

respects as well. Another species is that of  the  carid, and another is that of the crab, and there are many kinds

both  of carid and of crab. 

Of carids there are the socalled cyphae, or 'hunchbacks', the  crangons, or squillae, and the little kind, or

shrimps, and the little  kind do not develop into a larger kind. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

2 55



Top




Page No 63


Of the crab, the varieties are indefinite and incalculable. The  largest of all crabs is one nicknamed Maia, a

second variety is the  pagarus and the crab of Heracleotis, and a third variety is the  freshwater crab; the other

varieties are smaller in size and  destitute of special designations. In the neighbourhood of Phoenice  there are

found on the beach certain crabs that are nicknamed the  'horsemen', from their running with such speed that it

is difficult to  overtake them; these crabs, when opened, are usually found empty,  and  this emptiness may be

put down to insufficiency of nutriment.  (There  is another variety, small like the crab, but resembling in  shape

the  lobster.) All these animals, as has been stated, have  their hard and  shelly part outside, where the skin is in

other  animals, and the  fleshy part inside; and the belly is more or less  provided with  lamellae, or little flaps,

and the female here  deposits her spawn. 

The crawfishes have five feet on either side, including the  claws  at the end; and in like manner the crabs have

ten feet in all,  including the claws. Of the carids, the hunchbacked, or prawns,  have  five feet on either side,

which are sharppointedthose towards  the  head; and five others on either side in the region of the belly,

with  their extremities flat; they are devoid of flaps on the under  side  such as the crawfish has, but on the back

they resemble the  crawfish.  (See diagram.)It is very different with the crangon, or  squilla; it  has four front

legs on either side, then three thin ones  close behind  on either side, and the rest of the body is for the most

part devoid  of feet. (See diagram.) Of all these animals the feet  bend out  obliquely, as is the case with insects;

and the claws, where  claws are  found, turn inwards. The crawfish has a tail, and five fins  on it; and  the

roundbacked carid has a tail and four fins; the  squilla also has  fins at the tail on either side. In the case of

both  the humpbacked  carid and the squilla the middle art of the tail is  spinous: only that  in the squilla the

part is flattened and in the  carid it is  sharppointed. Of all animals of this genus the crab is  the only one

devoid of a rump; and, while the body of the carid and  the crawfish is  elongated, that of the crab is rotund. 

In the crawfish the male differs from the female: in the female  the first foot is bifurcate, in the male it is

undivided; the  bellyfins in the female are large and overlapping on the neck,  while  in the male they are

smaller and do not overlap; and, further,  on the  last feet of the male there are spurlike projections, large  and

sharp, which projections in the female are small and smooth.  Both male  and female have two antennae in

front of the eyes, large and  rough,  and other antennae underneath, small and smooth. The eyes of  all these

creatures are hard and beady, and can move either to the  inner or to  the outer side. The eyes of most crabs

have a similar  facility of  movement, or rather, in the crab this facility is  developed in a  higher degree. (See

diagram.) 

The lobster is all over greycoloured, with a mottling of black.  Its under or hinder feet, up to the big feet or

claws, are eight in  number; then come the big feet, far larger and flatter at the tips  than the same organs in the

crawfish; and these big feet or claws  are  exceptional in their structure, for the right claw has the extreme  flat

surface long and thin, while the left claw has the  corresponding  surface thick and round. Each of the two

claws,  divided at the end  like a pair of jaws, has both below and above a set  of teeth: only  that in the right

claw they are all small and  sawshaped, while in the  left claw those at the apex are sawshaped  and those

within are  molarshaped, these latter being, in the under  part of the cleft claw,  four teeth close together, and

in the upper  part three teeth, not  close together. Both right and left claws have  the upper part mobile,  and

bring it to bear against the lower one, and  both are curved like  bandylegs, being thereby adapted for

apprehension and constriction.  Above the two large claws come two  others, covered with hair, a little

underneath the mouth; and  underneath these the gilllike formations in  the region of the  mouth, hairy and

numerous. These organs the animal  keeps in  perpetual motion; and the two hairy feet it bends and draws  in

towards  its mouth. The feet near the mouth are furnished also with  delicate  outgrowing appendages. Like the

crawfish, the lobster has two  teeth,  or mandibles, and above these teeth are its antennae, long, but  shorter and

finer by far than those of the crawfish, and then four  other antennae similar in shape, but shorter and finer

than the  others. Over these antennae come the eyes, small and short, not  large  like the eyes of the crawfish.

Over the eyes is a peaky rough  projection like a forehead, larger than the same part in the crawfish;  in fact,

the frontal part is more pointed and the thorax is much  broader in the lobster than in the crawfish, and the

body in general  is smoother and more full of flesh. Of the eight feet, four are  bifurcate at the extremities, and


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

2 56



Top




Page No 64


four are undivided. The region of  the socalled neck is outwardly divided into five divisions, and  sixthly

comes the flattened portion at the end, and this portion has  five flaps, or tailfins; and the inner or under

parts, into which the  female drops her spawn, are four in number and hairy, and on each of  the aforesaid parts

is a spine turned outwards, short and straight.  The body in general and the region of the thorax in particular

are  smooth, not rough as in the crawfish; but on the large claws the outer  portion has larger spines. There is

no apparent difference between the  male and female, for they both have one claw, whichever it may be,  larger

than the other, and neither male nor female is ever found  with  both claws of the same size. 

All crustaceans take in water close by the mouth. The crab  discharges it, closing up, as it does so, a small

portion of the same,  and the crawfish discharges it by way of the gills; and, by the way,  the gillshaped

organs in the crawfish are very numerous. 

The following properties are common to all crustaceans: they  have  in all cases two teeth, or mandibles (for

the front teeth in  the  crawfish are two in number), and in all cases there is in the  mouth a  small fleshy

structure serving for a tongue; and the stomach  is close  to the mouth, only that the crawfish has a little

oesophagus in front  of the stomach, and there is a straight gut  attached to it. This gut,  in the crawfish and its

congeners, and in  the carids, extends in a  straight line to the tail, and terminates  where the animal discharges

the residuum, and where the female  deposits her spawn; in the crab it  terminates where the flap is  situated,

and in the centre of the flap.  (And by the way, in all these  animals the spawn is deposited outside.)  Further,

the female has the  place for the spawn running along the gut.  And, again, all these  animals have, more or less,

an organ termed the  'mytis', or  'poppyjuice'. 

We must now proceed to review their several differentiae. 

The crawfish then, as has been said, has two teeth, large and  hollow, in which is contained a juice resembling

the mytis, and in  between the teeth is a fleshy substance, shaped like a tongue. After  the mouth comes a short

oesophagus, and then a membranous stomach  attached to the oesophagus, and at the orifice Of the stomach

are  three teeth, two facing one another and a third standing by itself  underneath. Coming off at a bend from

the stomach is a gut, simple and  of equal thickness throughout the entire length of the body until it  reaches

the anal vent. 

These are all common properties of the crawfish, the carid, and  the crab; for the crab, be it remembered, has

two teeth. 

Again, the crawfish has a duct attached all the way from the chest  to the anal vent; and this duct is connected

with the ovary in the  female, and with the seminal ducts in the male. This passage is  attached to the concave

surface of the flesh in such a way that the  flesh is in betwixt the duct and the gut; for the gut is related to  the

convexity and this duct to the concavity, pretty much as is  observed in quadrupeds. And the duct is identical

in both the sexes;  that is to say, the duct in both is thin and white, and charged with a  sallowcoloured

moisture, and is attached to the chest. 

(The following are the properties of the egg and of the convolutes  in the carid.) 

The male, by the way, differs from the female in regard to its  flesh, in having in connexion with the chest two

separate and distinct  white substances, resembling in colour and conformation the  tentacles  of the cuttlefish,

and they are convoluted like the 'poppy'  or  quasiliver of the trumpetshell. These organs have their

startingpoint in 'cotyledons' or papillae, which are situated under  the hindmost feet; and hereabouts the flesh

is red and bloodcoloured,  but is slippery to the touch and in so far unlike flesh. Off from  the  convolute

organ at the chest branches off another coil about as  thick  as ordinary twine; and underneath there are two

granular seminal  bodies in juxtaposition with the gut. These are the organs of the  male. The female has

redcoloured eggs, which are adjacent to the  stomach and to each side of the gut all along to the fleshy parts,


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

2 57



Top




Page No 65


being enveloped in a thin membrane. 

Such are the parts, internal and external, of the carid. 

3

The inner organs of sanguineous animals happen to have specific  designations; for these animals have in all

cases the inner viscera,  but this is not the case with the bloodless animals, but what they  have in common

with redblooded animals is the stomach, the  oesophagus, and the gut. 

With regard to the crab, it has already been stated that it has  claws and feet, and their position has been set

forth; furthermore,  for the most part they have the right claw bigger and stronger than  the left. It has also been

stated' that in general the eyes of the  crab look sideways. Further, the trunk of the crab's body is single  and

undivided, including its head and any other part it may possess.  Some crabs have eyes placed sideways on the

upper part, immediately  under the back, and standing a long way apart, and some have their  eyes in the centre

and close together, like the crabs of Heracleotis  and the socalled 'grannies'. The mouth lies underneath the

eyes,  and  inside it there are two teeth, as is the case with the crawfish,  only  that in the crab the teeth are not

rounded but long; and over the  teeth are two lids, and in betwixt them are structures such as the  crawfish has

besides its teeth. The crab takes in water near by the  mouth, using the lids as a check to the inflow, and

discharges the  water by two passages above the mouth, closing by means of the lids  the way by which it

entered; and the two passageways are underneath  the eyes. When it has taken in water it closes its mouth by

means of  both lids, and ejects the water in the way above described. Next after  the teeth comes the

oesophagus, very short, so short in fact that  the  stomach seems to come straightway after the mouth. Next

after  the  oesophagus comes the stomach, twohorned, to the centre of which  is  attached a simple and delicate

gut; and the gut terminates  outwards,  at the operculum, as has been previously stated. (The crab  has the  parts

in between the lids in the neighbourhood of the teeth  similar to  the same parts in the crawfish.) Inside the

trunk is a  sallow juice  and some few little bodies, long and white, and others  spotted red.  The male differs

from the female in size and breadth, and  in respect  of the ventral flap; for this is larger in the female  than in

the  male, and stands out further from the trunk, and is more  hairy (as is  the case also with the female in the

crawfish). 

So much, then, for the organs of the malacostraca or crustacea. 

4

With the ostracoderma, or testaceans, such as the landsnails  and  the seasnails, and all the 'oysters'

socalled, and also with the  seaurchin genus, the fleshy part, in such as have flesh, is similarly  situated to

the fleshy part in the crustaceans; in other words, it  is  inside the animal, and the shell is outside, and there is

no hard  substance in the interior. As compared with one another the testaceans  present many diversities both

in regard to their shells and to the  flesh within. Some of them have no flesh at all, as the seaurchin;  others

have flesh, but it is inside and wholly hidden, except the  head, as in the landsnails, and the socalled

cocalia, and, among  pelagic animals, in the purple murex, the ceryx or trumpetshell,  the  seasnail, and the

spiralshaped testaceans in general. Of the  rest,  some are bivalved and some univalved; and by 'bivalves' I

mean  such as  are enclosed within two shells, and by 'univalved' such as are  enclosed within a single shell, and

in these last the fleshy part is  exposed, as in the case of the limpet. Of the bivalves, some can  open  out, like

the scallop and the mussel; for all such shells are  grown  together on one side and are separate on the other, so

as to  open and  shut. Other bivalves are closed on both sides alike, like the  solen or  razorfish. Some

testaceans there are, that are entirely  enveloped in  shell and expose no portion of their flesh outside, as  the

tethya or  ascidians. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

3 58



Top




Page No 66


Again, in regard to the shells themselves, the testaceans  present  differences when compared with one another.

Some are  smoothshelled,  like the solen, the mussel, and some clams, viz. those  that are  nicknamed

'milkshells', while others are roughshelled,  such as the  pooloyster or edible oyster, the pinna, and certain

species of  cockles, and the trumpet shells; and of these some are  ribbed, such as  the scallop and a certain kind

of clam or cockle,  and some are devoid  of ribs, as the pinna and another species of clam.  Testaceans also

differ from one another in regard to the thickness  or thinness of  their shell, both as regards the shell in its

entirety and as regards  specific parts of the shell, for instance, the  lips; for some have  thinlipped shells, like

the mussel, and others  have thicklipped  shells, like the oyster. A property common to the  above mentioned,

and, in fact, to all testaceans, is the smoothness of  their shells  inside. Some also are capable of motion, like

the  scallop, and indeed  some aver that scallops can actually fly, owing to  the circumstance  that they often

jump right out of the apparatus by  means of which they  are caught; others are incapable of motion and are

attached fast to  some external object, as is the case with the  pinna. All the  spiralshaped testaceans can move

and creep, and even  the limpet  relaxes its hold to go in quest of food. In the case of the  univalves  and the

bivalves, the fleshy substance adheres to the  shell so  tenaciously that it can only be removed by an effort; in

the case of  the stromboids, it is more loosely attached. And a  peculiarity of all  the stromboids is the spiral

twist of the shell  in the part farthest  away from the head; they are also furnished  from birth with an

operculum. And, further, all stromboid testaceans  have their shells on  the right hand side, and move not in the

direction of the spire, but  the opposite way. Such are the diversities  observed in the external  parts of these

animals. 

The internal structure is almost the same in all these  creatures,  and in the stromboids especially; for it is in

size that  these latter  differ from one another, and in accidents of the nature  of excess or  defect. And there is

not much difference between most  of the univalves  and bivalves; but, while those that open and shut  differ

from one  another but slightly, they differ considerably from  such as are  incapable of motion. And this will be

illustrated more  satisfactorily  hereafter. 

The spiralshaped testaceans are all similarly constructed, but  differ from one another, as has been said, in

the way of excess or  defect (for the larger species have larger and more conspicuous  organs, and the smaller

have smaller and less conspicuous), and,  furthermore, in relative hardness or softness, and in other such

accidents or properties. All the stromboids, for instance, have the  flesh that extrudes from the mouth of the

shell, hard and stiff;  some  more, and some less. From the middle of this protrudes the head  and  two horns,

and these horns are large in the large species, but  exceedingly minute in the smaller ones. The head protrudes

from them  all in the same way; and, if the animal be alarmed, the head draws  in  again. Some of these

creatures have a mouth and teeth, as the  snail;  teeth sharp, and small, and delicate. They have also a  proboscis

just  like that of the fly; and the proboscis is  tongueshaped. The ceryx  and the purple murex have this organ

firm and  solid; and just as the  myops, or horsefly, and the oestrus, or  gadfly, can pierce the skin  of a

quadruped, so is that proboscis  proportionately stronger in these  testaceans; for they bore right  through the

shells of other shellfish  on which they prey. The stomach  follows close upon the mouth, and, by  the way,

this organ in the snail  resembles a bird's crop. Underneath  come two white firm formations,  mastoid or

papillary in form; and  similar formations are found in  the cuttlefish also, only that they  are of a firmer

consistency in  the cuttlefish. After the stomach  comes an oesophagus, simple and  long, extending to the

poppy or  quasiliver, which is in the innermost  recess of the shell. All these  statements may be verified in the

case of the purple murex and the  ceryx by observation within the whorl  of the shell. What comes next to  the

oesophagus is the gut; in fact,  the gut is continuous with the  oesophagus, and runs its whole length

uncomplicated to the outlet of  the residuum. The gut has its point  of origin in the region of the  coil of the

mecon, or socalled  'poppy', and is wider hereabouts (for  remember, the mecon is for the  most part a sort of

excretion in all  testaceans); it then takes a bend  and runs up again towards the fleshy  part, and terminates by

the  side of the head, where the animal  discharges its residuum; and this  holds good in the case of all

stromboid testaceans, whether  terrestrial or marine. From the stomach  there is drawn in a parallel  direction

with the oesophagus, in the  larger snails, a long white duct  enveloped in a membrane, resembling  in colour

the mastoid formations  higher up; and in it are nicks or  interruptions, as in the eggmass of  the crawfish,


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

3 59



Top




Page No 67


only, by the way,  the duct of which we are treating is  white and the eggmass of the  crawfish is red. This

formation has no  outlet nor duct, but is  enveloped in a thin membrane with a narrow  cavity in its interior.

And  from the gut downward extend black and  rough formations, in close  connexion, something like the

formations in  the tortoise, only not so  black. Marine snails, also, have these  formations, and the white ones,

only that the formations are smaller  in the smaller species. 

The nonspiral univalves and bivalves are in some respect  similar  in construction, and in some respects

dissimilar, to the  spiral  testaceans. They all have a head and horns, and a mouth, and  the organ  resembling a

tongue; but these organs, in the smaller  species, are  indiscernible owing to the minuteness of these animals,

and some are  indiscernible even in the larger species when dead, or  when at rest  and motionless. They all

have the mecon, or poppy, but  not all in the  same place, nor of equal size, nor similarly open to  observation;

thus, the limpets have this organ deep down in the bottom  of the  shell, and the bivalves at the hinge

connecting the two valves.  They  also have in all cases the hairy growths or beards, in a circular  form, as in

the scallops. And, with regard to the socalled 'egg',  in  those that have it, when they have it, it is situated in

one of the  semicircles of the periphery, as is the case with the white formation  in the snail; for this white

formation in the snail corresponds to the  socalled egg of which we are speaking. But all these organs, as has

been stated, are distinctly traceable in the larger species, while  in  the small ones they are in some cases

almost, and in others  altogether, indiscernible. Hence they are most plainly visible in  the  large scallops; and

these are the bivalves that have one valve  flatshaped, like the lid of a pot. The outlet of the excretion is  in  all

these animals (save for the exception to be afterwards related)  on  one side; for there is a passage whereby the

excretion passes  out.  (And, remember, the mecon or poppy, as has been stated, is an  excretion in all these

animalsan excretion enveloped in a  membrane.)  The socalled egg has no outlet in any of these  creatures,

but is  merely an excrescence in the fleshy mass; and it  is not situated in  the same region with the gut, but the

'egg' is  situated on the  righthand side and the gut on the left. Such are  the relations of the  anal vent in most

of these animals; but in the  case of the wild limpet  (called by some the 'seaear'), the residuum  issues beneath

the shell,  for the shell is perforated to give an  outlet. In this particular  limpet the stomach is seen coming after

the  mouth, and the eggshaped  formations are discernible. But for the  relative positions of these  parts you are

referred to my Treatise on  Anatomy. 

The socalled carcinium or hermit crab is in a way intermediate  between the crustaceans and the testaceans.

In its nature it resembles  the crawfish kind, and it is born simple of itself, but by its habit  of introducing itself

into a shell and living there it resembles the  testaceans, and so appears to partake of the characters of both

kinds.  In shape, to give a simple illustration, it resembles a spider, only  that the part below the head and

thorax is larger in this creature  than in the spider. It has two thin red horns, and underneath these  horns two

long eyes, not retreating inwards, nor turning sideways like  the eyes of the crab, but protruding straight out;

and underneath  these eyes the mouth, and round about the mouth several hairlike  growths, and next after

these two bifurcate legs or claws, whereby  it  draws in objects towards itself, and two other legs on either side,

and a third small one. All below the thorax is soft, and when opened  in dissection is found to be

sallowcoloured within. From the mouth  there runs a single passage right on to the stomach, but the passage

for the excretions is not discernible. The legs and the thorax are  hard, but not so hard as the legs and the

thorax of the crab. It  does  not adhere to its shell like the purple murex and the ceryx,  but can  easily slip out of

it. It is longer when found in the shell of  the  stromboids than when found in the shell of the neritae. 

And, by the way, the animal found in the shell of the neritae is a  separate species, like to the other in most

respects; but of its  bifurcate feet or claws, the righthand one is small and the lefthand  one is large, and it

progresses chiefly by the aid of this latter  and  larger one. (In the shells of these animals, and in certain  others,

there is found a parasite whose mode of attachment is similar.  The  particular one which we have just

described is named the  cyllarus.) 

The nerites has a smooth large round shell, and resembles the  ceryx in shape, only the poppyjuice is, in its

case, not black but  red. It clings with great force near the middle. In calm weather,  then, they go free afield,


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

3 60



Top




Page No 68


but when the wind blows the carcinia take  shelter against the rocks: the neritae themselves cling fast like

limpets; and the same is the case with the haemorrhoid or aporrhaid  and all others of the like kind. And, by

the way, they cling to the  rock, when they turn back their operculum, for this operculum seems  like a lid; in

fact this structure represents the one part, in the  stromboids, of that which in the bivalves is a duplicate shell.

The  interior of the animal is fleshy, and the mouth is inside. And it is  the same with the haemorrhoid, the

purple murex, and all suchlike  animals. 

Such of the little crabs as have the left foot or claw the  bigger  of the two are found in the neritae, but not in

the stromboids.  are  some snailshells which have inside them creatures resembling  those  little crayfish that

are also found in fresh water. These  creatures,  however, differ in having the part inside the shells But as  to the

characters, you are referred to my Treatise on Anatomy. 

5

The urchins are devoid of flesh, and this is a character  peculiar  to them; and while they are in all cases empty

and devoid  of any flesh  within, they are in all cases furnished with the black  formations.  There are several

species of the urchin, and one of  these is that  which is made use of for food; this is the kind in which  are

found the  socalled eggs, large and edible, in the larger and  smaller specimens  alike; for even when as yet

very small they are  provided with them.  There are two other species, the spatangus, and  the socalled

bryssus,  these animals are pelagic and scarce.  Further, there are the  echinometrae, or 'motherurchins', the

largest in size of all the  species. In addition to these there is  another species, small in size,  but furnished with

large hard  spines; it lives in the sea at a depth  of several fathoms; and is used  by some people as a specific for

cases  of strangury. In the  neighbourhood of Torone there are seaurchins of  a white colour,  shells, spines,

eggs and all, and that are longer than  the ordinary  seaurchin. The spine in this species is not large nor

strong, but  rather limp; and the black formations in connexion with  the mouth  are more than usually

numerous, and communicate with the  external  duct, but not with one another; in point of fact, the animal  is in

a  manner divided up by them. The edible urchin moves with  greatest  freedom and most often; and this is

indicated by the fact  that these  urchins have always something or other on their spines. 

All urchins are supplied with eggs, but in some of the species the  eggs are exceedingly small and unfit for

food. Singularly enough,  the  urchin has what we may call its head and mouth down below, and a  place  for the

issue of the residuum up above; (and this same  property is  common to all stromboids and to limpets). For the

food  on which the  creature lives lies down below; consequently the mouth  has a position  well adapted for

getting at the food, and the excretion  is above, near  to the back of the shell. The urchin has, also, five  hollow

teeth  inside, and in the middle of these teeth a fleshy  substance serving  the office of a tongue. Next to this

comes the  oesophagus, and then  the stomach, divided into five parts, and  filled with excretion, all  the five

parts uniting at the anal vent,  where the shell is perforated  for an outlet. Underneath the stomach,  in another

membrane, are the  socalled eggs, identical in number in  all cases, and that number is  always an odd number,

to wit five. Up  above, the black formations are  attached to the startingpoint of  the teeth, and they are bitter

to  the taste, and unfit for food. A  similar or at least an analogous  formation is found in many animals;  as, for

instance, in the tortoise,  the toad, the frog, the stromboids,  and, generally, in the molluscs;  but the formation

varies here and  there in colour, and in all cases is  altogether uneatable, or more  or less unpalatable. In reality

the  mouthapparatus of the urchin is  continuous from one end to the other,  but to outward appearance it  is

not so, but looks like a horn lantern  with the panes of horn left  out. The urchin uses its spines as feet;  for it

rests its weight on  these, and then moving shifts from place to  place. 

6

The socalled tethyum or ascidian has of all these animals the  most remarkable characteristics. It is the only

mollusc that has its  entire body concealed within its shell, and the shell is a substance  intermediate between


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

5 61



Top




Page No 69


hide and shell, so that it cuts like a piece of  hard leather. It is attached to rocks by its shell, and is provided

with two passages placed at a distance from one another, very minute  and hard to see, whereby it admits and

discharges the seawater; for  it has no visible excretion (whereas of shell fish in general some  resemble the

urchin in this matter of excretion, and others are  provided with the socalled mecon, or poppyjuice). If the

animal be  opened, it is found to have, in the first place, a tendinous  membrane  running round inside the

shelllike substance, and within  this  membrane is the fleshlike substance of the ascidian, not  resembling

that in other molluscs; but this flesh, to which I now  allude, is the  same in all ascidia. And this substance is

attached  in two places to  the membrane and the skin, obliquely; and at the  point of attachment  the space is

narrowed from side to side, where the  fleshy substance  stretches towards the passages that lead outwards

through the shell;  and here it discharges and admits food and liquid  matter, just as it  would if one of the

passages were a mouth and the  other an anal vent;  and one of the passages is somewhat wider than the  other

Inside it has  a pair of cavities, one on either side, a small  partition separating  them; and one of these two

cavities contains  the liquid. The creature  has no other organ whether motor or  sensory, nor, as was said in the

case of the others, is it furnished  with any organ connected with  excretion, as other shellfish are.  The colour

of the ascidian is in  some cases sallow, and in other cases  red. 

There is, furthermore, the genus of the seanettles, peculiar in  its way. The seanettle, or seaanemone,

clings to rocks like  certain  of the testaceans, but at times relaxes its hold. It has no  shell, but  its entire body is

fleshy. It is sensitive to touch, and,  if you put  your hand to it, it will seize and cling to it, as the  cuttlefish

would do with its feelers, and in such a way as to make the  flesh of  your hand swell up. Its mouth is in the

centre of its body,  and it  lives adhering to the rock as an oyster to its shell. If any  little  fish come up against it

it it clings to it; in fact, just as  I  described it above as doing to your hand, so it does to anything  edible that

comes in its way; and it feeds upon seaurchins and  scallops. Another species of the seanettle roams freely

abroad. The  seanettle appears to be devoid altogether of excretion, and in this  respect it resembles a plant. 

Of seanettles there are two species, the lesser and more  edible,  and the large hard ones, such as are found in

the  neighbourhood of  Chalcis. In winter time their flesh is firm, and  accordingly they are  sought after as

articles of food, but in summer  weather they are  worthless, for they become thin and watery, and if  you catch

at them  they break at once into bits, and cannot be taken  off the rocks  entire; and being oppressed by the heat

they tend to  slip back into  the crevices of the rocks. 

So much for the external and the internal organs of molluscs,  crustaceans, and testaceans. 

7

We now proceed to treat of insects in like manner. This genus  comprises many species, and, though several

kinds are clearly  related  to one another, these are not classified under one common  designation,  as in the case

of the bee, the drone, the wasp, and all  such insects,  and again as in the case of those that have their  wings in

a sheath or  shard, like the cockchafer, the carabus or  stagbeetle, the cantharis  or blisterbeetle, and the like. 

Insects have three parts common to them all; the head, the trunk  containing the stomach, and a third part in

betwixt these two,  corresponding to what in other creatures embraces chest and back. In  the majority of

insects this intermediate part is single; but in the  long and multipedal insects it has practically the same

number of  segments as of nicks. 

All insects when cut in two continue to live, excepting such as  are naturally cold by nature, or such as from

their minute size  chill  rapidly; though, by the way, wasps notwithstanding their small  size  continue living

after severance. In conjunction with the middle  portion either the head or the stomach can live, but the head

cannot  live by itself. Insects that are long in shape and manyfooted can  live for a long while after being cut

in twain, and the severed  portions can move in either direction, backwards or forwards; thus,  the hinder


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

7 62



Top




Page No 70


portion, if cut off, can crawl either in the direction of  the section or in the direction of the tail, as is observed

in the  scolopendra. 

All insects have eyes, but no other organ of sense discernible,  except that some insects have a kind of a

tongue corresponding to a  similar organ common to all testaceans; and by this organ such insects  taste and

imbibe their food. In some insects this organ is soft; in  other insects it is firm; as it is, by the way, in the

purplefish,  among testaceans. In the horsefly and the gadfly this organ is hard,  and indeed it is hard in most

insects. In point of fact, such  insects  as have no sting in the rear use this organ as a weapon, (and,  by the  way,

such insects as are provided with this organ are  unprovided with  teeth, with the exception of a few insects);

the fly  by a touch can  draw blood with this organ, and the gnat can prick or  sting with it. 

Certain insects are furnished with prickers or stings. Some  insects have the sting inside, as the bee and the

wasp, others  outside, as the scorpion; and, by the way, this is the only insect  furnished with a long tail. And,

further, the scorpion is furnished  with claws, as is also the creature resembling a scorpion found within  the

pages of books. 

In addition to their other organs, flying insects are furnished  with wings. Some insects are dipterous or

doublewinged, as the fly;  others are tetrapterous or furnished with four wings, as the bee; and,  by the way,

no insect with only two wings has a sting in the rear.  Again, some winged insects have a sheath or shard for

their wings,  as  the cockchafer; whereas in others the wings are unsheathed, as in  the  bee. But in the case of all

alike, flight is in no way modified by  tailsteerage, and the wing is devoid of quillstructure or division  of

any kind. 

Again, some insects have antennae in front of their eyes, as the  butterfly and the horned beetle. Such of them

as have the power of  jumping have the hinder legs the longer; and these long hindlegs  whereby they jump

bend backwards like the hindlegs of quadrupeds. All  insects have the belly different from the back; as, in

fact, is the  case with all animals. The flesh of an insect's body is neither  shelllike nor is it like the internal

substance of shellcovered  animals, nor is it like flesh in the ordinary sense of the term; but  it is a something

intermediate in quality. Wherefore they have nor  spine, nor bone, nor sepiabone, nor enveloping shell; but

their  body  by its hardness is its own protection and requires no  extraneous  support. However, insects have a

skin; but the skin is  exceedingly  thin. These and suchlike are the external organs of  insects. 

Internally, next after the mouth, comes a gut, in the majority  of  cases straight and simple down to the outlet

of the residuum: but  in a  few cases the gut is coiled. No insect is provided with any  viscera,  or is supplied

with fat; and these statements apply to all  animals  devoid of blood. Some have a stomach also, and attached

to  this the  rest of the gut, either simple or convoluted as in the case  of the  acris or grasshopper. 

The tettix or cicada, alone of such creatures (and, in fact, alone  of all creatures), is unprovided with a mouth,

but it is provided with  the tonguelike formation found in insects furnished with frontward  stings; and this

formation in the cicada is long, continuous, and  devoid of any split; and by the aid of this the creature feeds

on dew,  and on dew only, and in its stomach no excretion is ever found. Of the  cicada there are several kinds,

and they differ from one another in  relative magnitude, and in this respect that the achetes or chirper is

provided with a cleft or aperture under the hypozoma and has in it a  membrane quite discernible, whilst the

membrane is indiscernible in  the tettigonia. 

Furthermore, there are some strange creatures to be found in the  sea, which from their rarity we are unable to

classify. Experienced  fishermen affirm, some that they have at times seen in the sea animals  like sticks, black,

rounded, and of the same thickness throughout;  others that they have seen creatures resembling shields, red in

colour, and furnished with fins packed close together; and others that  they have seen creatures resembling the

male organ in shape and  size,  with a pair of fins in the place of the testicles, and they aver  that  on one

occasion a creature of this description was brought up  on the  end of a nightline. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

7 63



Top




Page No 71


So much then for the parts, external and internal, exceptional and  common, of all animals. 

8

We now proceed to treat of the senses; for there are diversities  in animals with regard to the senses, seeing

that some animals have  the use of all the senses, and others the use of a limited number of  them. The total

number of the senses (for we have no experience of any  special sense not here included), is five: sight,

hearing, smell,  taste, and touch. 

Man, then, and all vivipara that have feet, and, further, all  redblooded ovipara, appear to have the use of all

the five senses,  except where some isolated species has been subjected to mutilation,  as in the case of the

mole. For this animal is deprived of sight; it  has no eyes visible, but if the skina thick one, by the waybe

stripped off the head, about the place in the exterior where eyes  usually are, the eyes are found inside in a

stunted condition,  furnished with all the parts found in ordinary eyes; that is to say,  we find there the black

rim, and the fatty part surrounding it; but  all these parts are smaller than the same parts in ordinary visible

eyes. There is no external sign of the existence of these organs in  the mole, owing to the thickness of the skin

drawn over them, so  that  it would seem that the natural course of development were  congenitally  arrested;

(for extending from the brain at its junction  with the  marrow are two strong sinewy ducts running past the

sockets  of the  eyes, and terminating at the upper eyeteeth). All the other  animals  of the kinds above

mentioned have a perception of colour and  of sound,  and the senses of smell and taste; the fifth sense, that,

namely, of  touch, is common to all animals whatsoever. 

In some animals the organs of sense are plainly discernible; and  this is especially the case with the eyes. For

animals have a  special  locality for the eyes, and also a special locality for  hearing: that  is to say, some

animals have ears, while others have the  passage for  sound discernible. It is the same with the sense of smell;

that is to  say, some animals have nostrils, and others have only the  passages for  smell, such as birds. It is the

same also with the  organ of taste, the  tongue. Of aquatic redblooded animals, fishes  possess the organ of

taste, namely the tongue, but it is in an  imperfect and amorphous  form, in other words it is osseous and

undetached. In some fish the  palate is fleshy, as in the freshwater  carp, so that by an  inattentive observer it

might be mistaken for a  tongue. 

There is no doubt but that fishes have the sense of taste, for a  great number of them delight in special

flavours; and fishes freely  take the hook if it be baited with a piece of flesh from a tunny or  from any fat fish,

obviously enjoying the taste and the eating of food  of this kind. Fishes have no visible organs for hearing or

for  smell;  for what might appear to indicate an organ for smell in the  region of  the nostril has no

communication with the brain. These  indications, in  fact, in some cases lead nowhere, like blind alleys,  and

in other  cases lead only to the gills; but for all this fishes  undoubtedly hear  and smell. For they are observed

to run away from any  loud noise, such  as would be made by the rowing of a galley, so as  to become easy of

capture in their holes; for, by the way, though a  sound be very slight  in the open air, it has a loud and

alarming  resonance to creatures  that hear under water. And this is shown in the  capture of the  dolphin; for

when the hunters have enclosed a shoal  of these fishes  with a ring of their canoes, they set up from inside  the

canoes a loud  splashing in the water, and by so doing induce the  creatures to run in  a shoal high and dry up

on the beach, and so  capture them while  stupefied with the noise. And yet, for all this,  the dolphin has no

organ of hearing discernible. Furthermore, when  engaged in their  craft, fishermen are particularly careful to

make  no noise with oar or  net; and after they have spied a shoal, they  let down their nets at a  spot so far off

that they count upon no noise  being likely to reach  the shoal, occasioned either by oar or by the  surging of

their boats  through the water; and the crews are strictly  enjoined to preserve  silence until the shoal has been

surrounded. And,  at times, when they  want the fish to crowd together, they adopt the  stratagem of the

dolphinhunter; in other words they clatter stones  together, that the  fish may, in their fright, gather close into

one  spot, and so they  envelop them within their nets. (Before  surrounding them, then, they  preserve silence,


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

8 64



Top




Page No 72


as was said; but, after  hemming the shoal in, they  call on every man to shout out aloud and  make any kind of

noise; for  on hearing the noise and hubbub the fish  are sure to tumble into the  nets from sheer fright.) Further,

when  fishermen see a shoal of fish  feeding at a distance, disporting  themselves in calm bright weather on  the

surface of the water, if they  are anxious to descry the size of  the fish and to learn what kind of a  fish it is, they

may succeed in  coming upon the shoal whilst yet  basking at the surface if they sail  up without the slightest

noise,  but if any man make a noise  previously, the shoal will be seen to  scurry away in alarm. Again,  there is

a small riverfish called the  cottus or bullhead; this  creature burrows under a rock, and fishers  catch it by

clattering  stones against the rock, and the fish,  bewildered at the noise, darts  out of its hidingplace. From

these  facts it is quite obvious that  fishes can hear; and indeed some  people, from living near the sea and

frequently witnessing such  phenomena, affirm that of all living  creatures the fish is the  quickest of hearing.

And, by the way, of all  fishes the quickest of  hearing are the cestreus or mullet, the  chremps, the labrax or

basse, the salpe or saupe, the chromis or  sciaena, and such like.  Other fishes are less quick of hearing, and,  as

might be expected, are  more apt to be found living at the bottom of  the sea. 

The case is similar in regard to the sense of smell. Thus, as a  rule, fishes will not touch a bait that is not fresh,

neither are they  all caught by one and the same bait, but they are severally caught  by  baits suited to their

several likings, and these baits they  distinguish by their sense of smell; and, by the way, some fishes  are

attracted by malodorous baits, as the saupe, for instance, is  attracted by excrement. Again, a number of fishes

live in caves; and  accordingly fishermen, when they want to entice them out, smear the  mouth of a cave with

strongsmelling pickles, and the fish are Soon  attracted to the smell. And the eel is caught in a similar way;

for  the fisherman lays down an earthen pot that has held pickles, after  inserting a 'weel' in the neck thereof.

As a general rule, fishes  are  especially attracted by savoury smells. For this reason, fishermen  roast the fleshy

parts of the cuttlefish and use it as bait on  account of its smell, for fish are peculiarly attracted by it; they

also bake the octopus and bait their fishbaskets or weels with it,  entirely, as they say, on account of its

smell. Furthermore,  gregarious fishes, if fish washings or bilgewater be thrown  overboard, are observed to

scud off to a distance, from apparent  dislike of the smell. And it is asserted that they can at once  detect  by

smell the presence of their own blood; and this faculty is  manifested by their hurrying off to a great distance

whenever  fishblood is spilt in the sea. And, as a general rule, if you bait  your weel with a stinking bait, the

fish refuse to enter the weel or  even to draw near; but if you bait the weel with a fresh and savoury  bait, they

come at once from long distances and swim into it. And  all  this is particularly manifest in the dolphin; for, as

was  stated, it  has no visible organ of hearing, and yet it is captured  when stupefied  with noise; and so, while it

has no visible organ for  smell, it has  the sense of smell remarkably keen. It is manifest,  then, that the  animals

above mentioned are in possession of all the  five senses. 

All other animals may, with very few exceptions, be comprehended  within four genera: to wit, molluscs,

crustaceans, testaceans, and  insects. Of these four genera, the mollusc, the crustacean, and the  insect have all

the senses: at all events, they have sight, smell, and  taste. As for insects, both winged and wingless, they can

detect the  presence of scented objects afar off, as for instance bees and  snipes  detect the presence of honey at

a distance; and do so  recognizing it  by smell. Many insects are killed by the smell of  brimstone; ants, if  the

apertures to their dwellings be smeared with  powdered origanum and  brimstone, quit their nests; and most

insects  may be banished with  burnt hart's horn, or better still by the burning  of the gum styrax.  The

cuttlefish, the octopus, and the crawfish  may be caught by bait.  The octopus, in fact, clings so tightly to  the

rocks that it cannot be  pulled off, but remains attached even when  the knife is employed to  sever it; and yet, if

you apply fleabane to  the creature, it drops off  at the very smell of it. The facts are  similar in regard to taste.

For  the food that insects go in quest of  is of diverse kinds, and they do  not all delight in the same flavours:  for

instance, the bee never  settles on a withered or wilted flower,  but on fresh and sweet ones;  and the conops or

gnat settles only on  acrid substances and not on  sweet. The sense of touch, by the way,  as has been remarked,

is common  to all animals. Testaceans have the  senses of smell and taste. With  regard to their possession of

the  sense of smell, that is proved by  the use of baits, e.g. in the case  of the purplefish; for this  creature is

enticed by baits of rancid  meat, which it perceives and is  attracted to from a great distance.  The proof that it

possesses a  sense of taste hangs by the proof of its  sense of smell; for whenever  an animal is attracted to a


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

8 65



Top




Page No 73


thing by  perceiving its smell, it is sure  to like the taste of it. Further, all  animals furnished with a mouth

derive pleasure or pain from the  touch of sapid juices. 

With regard to sight and hearing, we cannot make statements with  thorough confidence or on irrefutable

evidence. However, the solen  or  razorfish, if you make a noise, appears to burrow in the sand, and  to  hide

himself deeper when he hears the approach of the iron rod (for  the animal, be it observed, juts a little out of

its hole, while the  greater part of the body remains within),and scallops, if you present  your finger near their

open valves, close them tight again as though  they could see what you were doing. Furthermore, when

fishermen are  laying bait for neritae, they always get to leeward of them, and never  speak a word while so

engaged, under the firm impression that the  animal can smell and hear; and they assure us that, if any one

speaks  aloud, the creature makes efforts to escape. With regard to  testaceans, of the walking or creeping

species the urchin appears to  have the least developed sense of smell; and, of the stationary  species, the

ascidian and the barnacle. 

So much for the organs of sense in the general run of animals.  We  now proceed to treat of voice. 

9

Voice and sound are different from one another; and language  differs from voice and sound. The fact is that

no animal can give  utterance to voice except by the action of the pharynx, and  consequently such animals as

are devoid of lung have no voice; and  language is the articulation of vocal sounds by the instrumentality of

the tongue. Thus, the voice and larynx can emit vocal or vowel sounds;  nonvocal or consonantal sounds are

made by the tongue and the lips;  and out of these vocal and nonvocal sounds language is composed.

Consequently, animals that have no tongue at all or that have a tongue  not freely detached, have neither voice

nor language; although, by the  way, they may be enabled to make noises or sounds by other organs than  the

tongue. 

Insects, for instance, have no voice and no language, but they can  emit sound by internal air or wind, though

not by the emission of  air  or wind; for no insects are capable of respiration. But some of  them  make a

humming noise, like the bee and the other winged  insects; and  others are said to sing, as the cicada. And all

these  latter insects  make their special noises by means of the membrane that  is underneath  the

'hypozoma'those insects, that is to say, whose body  is thus  divided; as for instance, one species of cicada,

which makes  the sound  by means of the friction of the air. Flies and bees, and the  like,  produce their special

noise by opening and shutting their  wings in the  act of flying; for the noise made is by the friction of  air

between  the wings when in motion. The noise made by grasshoppers  is produced  by rubbing or reverberating

with their long hindlegs. 

No mollusc or crustacean can produce any natural voice or sound.  Fishes can produce no voice, for they have

no lungs, nor windpipe  and  pharynx; but they emit certain inarticulate sounds and squeaks,  which  is what is

called their 'voice', as the lyra or gurnard, and the  sciaena (for these fishes make a grunting kind of noise) and

the  caprus or boarfish in the river Achelous, and the chalcis and the  cuckoofish; for the chalcis makes a

sort piping sound, and the  cuckoofish makes a sound greatly like the cry of the cuckoo, and is  nicknamed

from the circumstance. The apparent voice in all these  fishes is a sound caused in some cases by a rubbing

motion of their  gills, which by the way are prickly, or in other cases by internal  parts about their bellies; for

they all have air or wind inside  them,  by rubbing and moving which they produce the sounds. Some

cartilaginous fish seem to squeak. 

But in these cases the term 'voice' is inappropriate; the more  correct expression would be 'sound'. For the

scallop, when it goes  along supporting itself on the water, which is technically called  'flying', makes a

whizzing sound; and so does the seaswallow or  flyingfish: for this fish flies in the air, clean out of the


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

9 66



Top




Page No 74


water,  being furnished with fins broad and long. Just then as in the flight  of birds the sound made by their

wings is obviously not voice, so is  it in the case of all these other creatures. 

The dolphin, when taken out of the water, gives a squeak and moans  in the air, but these noises do not

resemble those above mentioned.  For this creature has a voice (and can therefore utter vocal or  vowel

sounds), for it is furnished with a lung and a windpipe; but its  tongue is not loose, nor has it lips, so as to give

utterance to an  articulate sound (or a sound of vowel and consonant in combination.) 

Of animals which are furnished with tongue and lung, the oviparous  quadrupeds produce a voice, but a feeble

one; in some cases, a  shrill  piping sound, like the serpent; in others, a thin faint cry; in  others, a low hiss, like

the tortoise. The formation of the tongue  in  the frog is exceptional. The front part of the tongue, which in

other  animals is detached, is tightly fixed in the frog as it is in  all  fishes; but the part towards the pharynx is

freely detached, and  may,  so to speak, be spat outwards, and it is with this that it  makes its  peculiar croak.

The croaking that goes on in the marsh is  the call of  the males to the females at rutting time; and, by the way,

all animals  have a special cry for the like end at the like season, as  is observed  in the case of goats, swine, and

sheep. (The bullfrog  makes its  croaking noise by putting its under jaw on a level with  the surface of  the

water and extending its upper jaw to its utmost  capacity. The  tension is so great that the upper jaw becomes

transparent, and the  animal's eyes shine through the jaw like lamps;  for, by the way, the  commerce of the

sexes takes place usually in  the night time.) Birds  can utter vocal sounds; and such of them can  articulate best

as have  the tongue moderately flat, and also such as  have thin delicate  tongues. In some cases, the male and

the female  utter the same note;  in other cases, different notes. The smaller  birds are more vocal and  given to

chirping than the larger ones; but  in the pairing season  every species of bird becomes particularly  vocal.

Some of them call  when fighting, as the quail, others cry or  crow when challenging to  combat, as the

partridge, or when victorious,  as the barndoor cock.  In some cases cockbirds and hens sing alike,  as is

observed in the  nightingale, only that the hen stops singing  when brooding or rearing  her young; in other

birds, the cocks sing  more than the hens; in fact,  with barndoor fowls and quails, the cock  sings and the hen

does not. 

Viviparous quadrupeds utter vocal sounds of different kinds, but  they have no power of converse. In fact, this

power, or language, is  peculiar to man. For while the capability of talking implies the  capability of uttering

vocal sounds, the converse does not hold  good.  Men that are born deaf are in all cases also dumb; that is, they

can  make vocal sounds, but they cannot speak. Children, just as they  have  no control over other parts, so have

no control, at first, over  the  tongue; but it is so far imperfect, and only frees and detaches  itself  by degrees, so

that in the interval children for the most  part lisp  and stutter. 

Vocal sounds and modes of language differ according to locality.  Vocal sounds are characterized chiefly by

their pitch, whether high or  low, and the kinds of sound capable of being produced are identical  within the

limits of one and the same species; but articulate sound,  that one might reasonably designate 'language',

differs both in  various animals, and also in the same species according to diversity  of locality; as for instance,

some partridges cackle, and some make  a  shrill twittering noise. Of little birds, some sing a different note

from the parent birds, if they have been removed from the nest and  have heard other birds singing; and a

mothernightingale has been  observed to give lessons in singing to a young bird, from which  spectacle we

might obviously infer that the song of the bird was not  equally congenital with mere voice, but was

something capable of  modification and of improvement. Men have the same voice or vocal  sounds, but they

differ from one another in speech or language. 

The elephant makes a vocal sound of a windlike sort by the mouth  alone, unaided by the trunk, just like the

sound of a man panting or  sighing; but, if it employ the trunk as well, the sound produced is  like that of a

hoarse trumpet. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

9 67



Top




Page No 75


10

With regard to the sleeping and waking of animals, all creatures  that are redblooded and provided with legs

give sensible proof that  they go to sleep and that they waken up from sleep; for, as a matter  of fact, all

animals that are furnished with eyelids shut them up when  they go to sleep. Furthermore, it would appear that

not only do men  dream, but horses also, and dogs, and oxen; aye, and sheep, and goats,  and all viviparous

quadrupeds; and dogs show their dreaming by barking  in their sleep. With regard to oviparous animals we

cannot be sure  that they dream, but most undoubtedly they sleep. And the same may  be  said of water animals,

such as fishes, molluscs, crustaceans, to  wit  crawfish and the like. These animals sleep without doubt,

although  their sleep is of very short duration. The proof of their sleeping  cannot be got from the condition of

their eyesfor none of these  creatures are furnished with eyelidsbut can be obtained only from  their

motionless repose. 

Apart from the irritation caused by lice and what are nicknamed  fleas, fish are met with in a state so

motionless that one might  easily catch them by hand; and, as a matter of fact, these little  creatures, if the fish

remain long in one position, will attack them  in myriads and devour them. For these parasites are found in the

depths of the sea, and are so numerous that they devour any bait  made  of fish's flesh if it be left long on the

ground at the bottom;  and  fishermen often draw up a cluster of them, all clinging on to  the  bait. 

But it is from the following facts that we may more reasonably  infer that fishes sleep. Very often it is possible

to take a fish  off  its guard so far as to catch hold of it or to give it a blow  unawares;  and all the while that you

are preparing to catch or  strike it, the  fish is quite still but for a slight motion of the  tail. And it is  quite

obvious that the animal is sleeping, from its  movements if any  disturbance be made during its repose; for it

moves  just as you would  expect in a creature suddenly awakened. Further,  owing to their being  asleep, fish

may be captured by torchlight. The  watchmen in the  tunnyfishery often take advantage of the fish being

asleep to envelop  them in a circle of nets; and it is quite obvious  that they were thus  sleeping by their lying

still and allowing the  glistening underparts  of their bodies to become visible, while the  capture is taking

Place.  They sleep in the nighttime more than during  the day; and so soundly  at night that you may cast the

net without  making them stir. Fish, as  a general rule, sleep close to the  ground, or to the sand or to a  stone at

the bottom, or after  concealing themselves under a rock or  the ground. Flat fish go to  sleep in the sand; and

they can be  distinguished by the outlines of  their shapes in the sand, and are  caught in this position by being

speared with pronged instruments. The  basse, the chrysophrys or  gilthead, the mullet, and fish of the like

sort are often caught in  the daytime by the prong owing to their  having been surprised when  sleeping; for it is

scarcely probable that  fish could be pronged while  awake. Cartilaginous fish sleep at times  so soundly that

they may be  caught by hand. The dolphin and the whale,  and all such as are  furnished with a blowhole,

sleep with the  blowhole over the  surface of the water, and breathe through the  blowhole while they  keep

up a quiet flapping of their fins; indeed,  some mariners assure  us that they have actually heard the dolphin

snoring. 

Molluscs sleep like fishes, and crustaceans also. It is plain also  that insects sleep; for there can be no

mistaking their condition of  motionless repose. In the bee the fact of its being asleep is very  obvious; for at

nighttime bees are at rest and cease to hum. But  the  fact that insects sleep may be very well seen in the case

of  common  everyday creatures; for not only do they rest at nighttime  from  dimness of vision (and, by the

way, all hardeyed creatures see  but  indistinctly), but even if a lighted candle be presented they  continue

sleeping quite as soundly. 

Of all animals man is most given to dreaming. Children and infants  do not dream, but in most cases dreaming

comes on at the age of four  or five years. Instances have been known of fullgrown men and women  that

have never dreamed at all; in exceptional cases of this kind,  it  has been observed that when a dream occurs in

advanced life it  prognosticates either actual dissolution or a general breakup of  the  system. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

10 68



Top




Page No 76


So much then for sensation and for the phenomena of sleeping and  of awakening. 

11

With regard to sex, some animals are divided into male and female,  but others are not so divided but can only

be said in a comparative  way to bring forth young and to be pregnant. In animals that live  confined to one

spot there is no duality of sex; nor is there such, in  fact, in any testaceans. In molluscs and in crustaceans we

find male  and female: and, indeed, in all animals furnished with feet, biped  or  quadruped; in short, in all such

as by copulation engender either  live  young or egg or grub. In the several genera, with however certain

exceptions, there either absolutely is or absolutely is not a  duality  of sex. Thus, in quadrupeds the duality is

universal, while  the  absence of such duality is universal in testaceans, and of these  creatures, as with plants,

some individuals are fruitful and some  are  not their lying still 

But among insects and fishes, some cases are found wholly devoid  of this duality of sex. For instance, the eel

is neither male nor  female, and can engender nothing. In fact, those who assert that  eels  are at times found

with hairlike or wormlike progeny  attached, make  only random assertions from not having carefully

noticed the locality  of such attachments. For no eel nor animal of  this kind is ever  viviparous unless

previously oviparous; and no eel  was ever yet seen  with an egg. And animals that are viviparous have  their

young in the  womb and closely attached, and not in the belly;  for, if the embryo  were kept in the belly, it

would be subjected to  the process of  digestion like ordinary food. When people rest  duality of sex in the  eel

on the assertion that the head of the male  is bigger and longer,  and the head of the female smaller and more

snubbed, they are taking  diversity of species for diversity of sex. 

There are certain fish that are nicknamed the epitragiae, or  caponfish, and, by the way, fish of this

description are found in  fresh water, as the carp and the balagrus. This sort of fish never has  either roe or milt;

but they are hard and fat all over, and are  furnished with a small gut; and these fish are regarded as of

superexcellent quality. 

Again, just as in testaceans and in plants there is what bears and  engenders, but not what impregnates, so is it,

among fishes, with  the  psetta, the erythrinus, and the channe; for these fish are in  all  cases found furnished

with eggs. 

As a general rule, in redblooded animals furnished with feet  and  not oviparous, the male is larger and

longerlived than the female  (except with the mule, where the female is longerlived and bigger  than the

male); whereas in oviparous and vermiparous creatures, as  in  fishes and in insects, the female is larger than

the male; as,  for  instance, with the serpent, the phalangium or venomspider, the  gecko,  and the frog. The

same difference in size of the sexes is found  in  fishes, as, for instance, in the smaller cartilaginous fishes, in

the  greater part of the gregarious species, and in all that live in  and  about rocks. The fact that the female is

longerlived than the  male is  inferred from the fact that female fishes are caught older  than males.

Furthermore, in all animals the upper and front parts  are better,  stronger, and more thoroughly equipped in

the male than in  the female,  whereas in the female those parts are the better that  may be termed  hinderparts

or underparts. And this statement is  applicable to man  and to all vivipara that have feet. Again, the  female is

less muscular  and less compactly jointed, and more thin  and delicate in the  hairthat is, where hair is found;

and, where  there is no hair, less  strongly furnished in some analogous substance.  And the female is more

flaccid in texture of flesh, and more  knockkneed, and the shinbones  are thinner; and the feet are more

arched and hollow in such animals  as are furnished with feet. And with  regard to voice, the female in  all

animals that are vocal has a  thinner and sharper voice than the  male; except, by the way, with  kine, for the

lowing and bellowing of  the cow has a deeper note than  that of the bull. With regard to organs  of defence and

offence, such  as teeth, tusks, horns, spurs, and the  like, these in some species the  male possesses and the

female does  not; as, for instance, the hind has  no horns, and where the cockbird  has a spur the hen is entirely


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

11 69



Top




Page No 77


destitute of the organ; and in like  manner the sow is devoid of tusks.  In other species such organs are  found in

both sexes, but are more  perfectly developed in the male; as,  for instance, the horn of the  bull is more

powerful than the horn of  the cow. 

Book V

1

As to the parts internal and external that all animals are  furnished withal, and further as to the senses, to

voice, and sleep,  and the duality sex, all these topics have now been touched upon. It  now remains for us to

discuss, duly and in order, their several  modes  of propagation. 

These modes are many and diverse, and in some respects are like,  and in other respects are unlike to one

another. As we carried on  our  previous discussion genus by genus, so we must attempt to follow  the  same

divisions in our present argument; only that whereas in the  former case we started with a consideration of the

parts of man, in  the present case it behoves us to treat of man last of all because  he  involves most discussion.

We shall commence, then, with testaceans,  and then proceed to crustaceans, and then to the other genera in

due  order; and these other genera are, severally, molluscs, and insects,  then fishes viviparous and fishes

oviparous, and next birds; and  afterwards we shall treat of animals provided with feet, both such  as  are

oviparous and such as are viviparous, and we may observe that  some  quadrupeds are viviparous, but that the

only viviparous biped  is man. 

Now there is one property that animals are found to have in common  with plants. For some plants are

generated from the seed of plants,  whilst other plants are selfgenerated through the formation of some

elemental principle similar to a seed; and of these latter plants some  derive their nutriment from the ground,

whilst others grow inside  other plants, as is mentioned, by the way, in my treatise on Botany.  So with

animals, some spring from parent animals according to their  kind, whilst others grow spontaneously and not

from kindred stock; and  of these instances of spontaneous generation some come from putrefying  earth or

vegetable matter, as is the case with a number of insects,  while others are spontaneously generated in the

inside of animals  out  of the secretions of their several organs. 

In animals where generation goes by heredity, wherever there is  duality of sex generation is due to

copulation. In the group of  fishes, however, there are some that are neither male nor female,  and  these, while

they are identical generically with other fish,  differ  from them specifically; but there are others that stand

altogether  isolated and apart by themselves. Other fishes there are  that are  always female and never male, and

from them are conceived  what  correspond to the windeggs in birds. Such eggs, by the way, in  birds  are all

unfruitful; but it is their nature to be independently  capable  of generation up to the eggstage, unless indeed

there be some  other  mode than the one familiar to us of intercourse with the male;  but  concerning these topics

we shall treat more precisely later on. In  the  case of certain fishes, however, after they have spontaneously

generated eggs, these eggs develop into living animals; only that in  certain of these cases development is

spontaneous, and in others is  not independent of the male; and the method of proceeding in regard to  these

matters will set forth by and by, for the method is somewhat  like to the method followed in the case of birds.

But whensoever  creatures are spontaneously generated, either in other animals, in the  soil, or on plants, or in

the parts of these, and when such are  generated male and female, then from the copulation of such

spontaneously generated males and females there is generated a  somethinga something never identical in

shape with the parents, but a  something imperfect. For instance, the issue of copulation in lice  is  nits; in flies,

grubs; in fleas, grubs egglike in shape; and  from  these issues the parentspecies is never reproduced, nor is

any  animal  produced at all, but the like nondescripts only. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

Book V 70



Top




Page No 78


First, then, we must proceed to treat of 'covering' in regard to  such animals as cover and are covered; and then

after this to treat in  due order of other matters, both the exceptional and those of  general  occurrence. 

2

Those animals, then, cover and are covered in which there is a  duality of sex, and the modes of covering in

such animals are not in  all cases similar nor analogous. For the redblooded animals that  are  viviparous and

furnished with feet have in all cases organs  adapted  for procreation, but the sexes do not in all cases come

together in  like manner. Thus, opisthuretic animals copulate with a  rearward  presentment, as is the case with

the lion, the hare, and  the lynx;  though, by the way, in the case of the hare, the female is  often  observed to

cover the male. 

The case is similar in most other such animals; that is to say,  the majority of quadrupeds copulate as best they

can, the male  mounting the female; and this is the only method of copulating adopted  by birds, though there

are certain diversities of method observed even  in birds. For in some cases the female squats on the ground

and the  male mounts on top of her, as is the case with the cock and hen  bustard, and the barndoor cock and

hen; in other cases, the male  mounts without the female squatting, as with the male and female  crane; for,

with these birds, the male mounts on to the back of the  female and covers her, and like the cocksparrow

consumes but very  little time in the operation. Of quadrupeds, bears perform the  operation lying prone on one

another, in the same way as other  quadrupeds do while standing up; that is to say, with the belly of the  male

pressed to the back of the female. Hedgehogs copulate erect,  belly to belly. 

With regard to largesized vivipara, the hind only very rarely  sustains the mounting of the stag to the full

conclusion of the  operation, and the same is the case with the cow as regards the  bull,  owing to the rigidity of

the penis of the bull. In point of  fact, the  females of these animals elicit the sperm of the male in the  act of

withdrawing from underneath him; and, by the way, this  phenomenon has  been observed in the case of the

stag and hind,  domesticated, of  course. Covering with the wolf is the same as with  the dog. Cats do  not

copulate with a rearward presentment on the  part of the female,  but the male stands erect and the female puts

herself underneath him;  and, by the way, the female cat is  peculiarly lecherous, and wheedles  the male on to

sexual commerce, and  caterwauls during the operation.  Camels copulate with the female in  a sitting posture,

and the male  straddles over and covers her, not  with the hinder presentment on the  female's part but like the

other  quadrupeds mentioned above, and they  pass the whole day long in the  operation; when thus engaged

they  retire to lonely spots, and none but  their keeper dare approach them.  And, be it observed, the penis of the

camel is so sinewy that  bowstrings are manufactured out of it.  Elephants, also, copulate in  lonely places,

and especially by  riversides in their usual haunts;  the female squats down, and  straddles with her legs, and

the male  mounts and covers her. The  seal covers like all opisthuretic animals,  and in this species the

copulation extends over a lengthened time, as  is the case with the dog  and bitch; and the penis in the male

seal is  exceptionally large. 

3

Oviparous quadrupeds cover one another in the same way. That is to  say, in some cases the male mounts the

female precisely as in the  viviparous animals, as is observed in both the land and the sea  tortoise....And these

creatures have an organ in which the ducts  converge, and with which they perform the act of copulation, as is

also observed in the toad, the frog, and all other animals of the same  group. 

4

Long animals devoid of feet, like serpents and muraenae,  intertwine in coition, belly to belly. And, in fact,

serpents coil  round one another so tightly as to present the appearance of a  single  serpent with a pair of heads.


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

2 71



Top




Page No 79


The same mode is followed by  the  saurians; that is to say, they coil round one another in the act  of  coition. 

5

All fishes, with the exception of the flat selachians, lie down  side by side, and copulate belly to belly. Fishes,

however, that are  flat and furnished with tailsas the ray, the trygon, and the  likecopulate not only in this

way, but also, where the tail from  its  thinness is no impediment, by mounting of the male upon the  female,

belly to back. But the rhina or angelfish, and other like  fishes  where the tail is large, copulate only by

rubbing against one  another  sideways, belly to belly. Some men assure us that they have  seen some  of the

selachia copulating hindways, dog and bitch. In the  cartilaginous species the female is larger than the male;

and the same  is the case with other fishes for the most part. And among  cartilaginous fishes are included,

besides those already named, the  bos, the lamia, the aetos, the narce or torpedo, the fishingfrog, and  all the

galeodes or sharks and dogfish. Cartilaginous fishes, then, of  all kinds, have in many instances been observed

copulating in the  way  above mentioned; for, by the way, in viviparous animals the  process of  copulation is of

longer duration than in the ovipara. 

It is the same with the dolphin and with all cetaceans; that  is to  say, they come side by side, male and female,

and copulate,  and the  act extends over a time which is neither short nor very long. 

Again, in cartilaginous fishes the male, in some species,  differs  from the female in the fact that he is

furnished with two  appendages  hanging down from about the exit of the residuum, and  that the female  is not

so furnished; and this distinction between  the sexes is  observed in all the species of the sharks and dogfish. 

Now neither fishes nor any animals devoid of feet are  furnished  with testicles, but male serpents and male

fishes have a  pair of ducts  which fill with milt or sperm at the rutting season, and  discharge, in  all cases, a

milklike juice. These ducts unite, as in  birds; for  birds, by the way, have their testicles in their  interior, and

so have  all ovipara that are furnished with feet. And  this union of the ducts  is so far continued and of such

extension as  to enter the receptive  organ in the female. 

In viviparous animals furnished with feet there is outwardly one  and the same duct for the sperm and the

liquid residuum; but there are  separate ducts internally, as has been observed in the differentiation  of the

organs. And with such animals as are not viviparous the same  passage serves for the discharge also of the

solid residuum; although,  internally, there are two passages, separate but near to one  another.  And these

remarks apply to both male and female; for these  animals are  unprovided with a bladder except in the case of

the  tortoise; and the  shetortoise, though furnished with a bladder, has  only one passage;  and tortoises, by the

way, belong to the ovipara. 

In the case of oviparous fishes the process of coition is less  open to observation. In point of fact, some are led

by the want of  actual observation to surmise that the female becomes impregnated by  swallowing the seminal

fluid of the male. And there can be no doubt  that this proceeding on the part of the female is often witnessed;

for  at the rutting season the females follow the males and perform this  operation, and strike the males with

their mouths under the belly, and  the males are thereby induced to part with the sperm sooner and more

plentifully. And, further, at the spawning season the males go in  pursuit of the females, and, as the female

spawns, the males swallow  the eggs; and the species is continued in existence by the spawn  that  survives this

process. On the coast of Phoenicia they take  advantage  of these instinctive propensities of the two sexes to

catch both one  and the other: that is to say, by using the male of the  grey mullet as  a decoy they collect and

net the female, and by using  the female, the  male. 

The repeated observation of this phenomenon has led to the  notion  that the process was equivalent to coition,

but the fact is  that a  similar phenomenon is observable in quadrupeds. For at the  rutting  seasons both the


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

5 72



Top




Page No 80


males and the females take to running at  their  genitals, and the two sexes take to smelling each other at those

parts. (With partridges, by the way, if the female gets to leeward  of  the male, she becomes thereby

impregnated. And often when they  happen  to be in heat she is affected in this wise by the voice of  the male,

or by his breathing down on her as he flies overhead; and,  by the way,  both the male and the female partridge

keep the mouth wide  open and  protrude the tongue in the process of coition.) 

The actual process of copulation on the part of oviparous fishes  is seldom accurately observed, owing to the

fact that they very soon  fall aside and slip asunder. But, for all that, the process has been  observed to take

place in the manner above described. 

6

Molluscs, such as the octopus, the sepia, and the calamary, have  sexual intercourse all in the same way; that

is to say, they unite  at  the mouth, by an interlacing of their tentacles. When, then, the  octopus rests its

socalled head against the ground and spreads abroad  its tentacles, the other sex fits into the outspreading of

these  tentacles, and the two sexes then bring their suckers into mutual  connexion. 

Some assert that the male has a kind of penis in one of his  tentacles, the one in which are the largest suckers;

and they  further  assert that the organ is tendinous in character, growing  attached  right up to the middle of the

tentacle, and that the latter  enables it  to enter the nostril or funnel of the female. 

Now cuttlefish and calamaries swim about closely intertwined,  with mouths and tentacles facing one

another and fitting closely  together, and swim thus in opposite directions; and they fit their  socalled nostrils

into one another, and the one sex swims backwards  and the other frontwards during the operation. And the

female lays its  spawn by the socalled 'blowhole'; and, by the way, some declare that  it is at this organ that

the coition really takes place. 

7

Crustaceans copulate, as the crawfish, the lobster, the carid  and  the like, just like the opisthuretic quadrupeds,

when the one  animal  turns up its tail and the other puts his tail on the other's  tail.  Copulation takes place in

the early spring, near to the shore;  and, in  fact, the process has often been observed in the case of all  these

animals. Sometimes it takes place about the time when the figs  begin  to ripen. Lobsters and carids copulate in

like manner. 

Crabs copulate at the front parts of one another, belly to  belly,  throwing their overlapping opercula to meet

one another:  first the  smaller crab mounts the larger at the rear; after he has  mounted, the  larger one turns on

one side. Now, the female differs  in no respect  from the male except in the circumstance that its  operculum is

larger,  more elevated, and more hairy, and into this  operculum it spawns its  eggs and in the same

neighbourhood is the  outlet of the residuum. In  the copulative process of these animals  there is no protrusion

of a  member from one animal into the other. 

8

Insects copulate at the hinder end, and the smaller individuals  mount the larger; and the smaller individual is I

I is the male. The  female pushes from underneath her sexual organ into the body of the  male above, this being

the reverse of the operation observed in  other  creatures; and this organ in the case of some insects appears to

be  disproportionately large when compared to the size of the body, and  that too in very minute creatures; in

some insects the disproportion  is not so striking. This phenomenon may be witnessed if any one will  pull

asunder flies that are copulating; and, by the way, these  creatures are, under the circumstances, averse to


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

6 73



Top




Page No 81


separation; for  the  intercourse of the sexes in their case is of long duration, as may  be  observed with common

everyday insects, such as the fly and the  cantharis. They all copulate in the manner above described, the fly,

the cantharis, the sphondyle, (the phalangium spider) any others of  the kind that copulate at all. The

phalangiathat is to say, such of  the species as spin websperform the operation in the following way:  the

female takes hold of the suspended web at the middle and gives a  pull, and the male gives a counter pull; this

operation they repeat  until they are drawn in together and interlaced at the hinder ends;  for, by the way, this

mode of copulation suits them in consequence  of  the rotundity of their stomachs. 

So much for the modes of sexual intercourse in all animals; but,  with regard to the same phenomenon, there

are definite laws followed  as regards the season of the year and the age of the animal. 

Animals in general seem naturally disposed to this intercourse  at  about the same period of the year, and that

is when winter is  changing  into summer. And this is the season of spring, in which  almost all  things that fly

or walk or swim take to pairing. Some  animals pair and  breed in autumn also and in winter, as is the case

with certain  aquatic animals and certain birds. Man pairs and breeds  at all  seasons, as is the case also with

domesticated animals, owing  to the  shelter and good feeding they enjoy: that is to say, with those  whose

period of gestation is also comparatively brief, as the sow  and the  bitch, and with those birds that breed

frequently. Many  animals time  the season of intercourse with a view to the right  nurture  subsequently of their

young. In the human species, the male is  more  under sexual excitement in winter, and the female in summer. 

With birds the far greater part, as has been said, pair and  breed  during the spring and early summer, with the

exception of the  halcyon. 

The halcyon breeds at the season of the winter solstice.  Accordingly, when this season is marked with calm

weather, the name of  'halcyon days' is given to the seven days preceding, and to as many  following, the

solstice; as Simonides the poet says: 

God lulls for fourteen days the winds to sleep

In winter; and this temperate interlude

Men call the Holy Season, when the deep

Cradles the mother Halcyon and her brood.

And these days are calm, when southerly winds prevail at the  solstice, northerly ones having been the

accompaniment of the Pleiads.  The halcyon is said to take seven days for building her nest, and  the  other

seven for laying and hatching her eggs. In our country there  are  not always halcyon days about the time of the

winter solstice, but  in  the Sicilian seas this season of calm is almost periodical. The  bird  lays about five eggs. 

9

(The aithyia, or diver, and the larus, or gull, lay their eggs  on  rocks bordering on the sea, two or three at a

time; but the gull  lays  in the summer, and the diver at the beginning of spring, just  after  the winter solstice,

and it broods over its eggs as birds do  in  general. And neither of these birds resorts to a hidingplace.) 

The halcyon is the most rarely seen of all birds. It is seen  only  about the time of the setting of the Pleiads and

the winter  solstice.  When ships are lying at anchor in the roads, it will hover  about a  vessel and then

disappear in a moment, and Stesichorus in  one of his  poems alludes to this peculiarity. The nightingale also

breeds at the  beginning of summer, and lays five or six eggs; from  autumn until  spring it retires to a

hidingplace. 

Insects copulate and breed in winter also, that is when the  weather is fine and south winds prevail; such, I

mean, as do not  hibernate, as the fly and the ant. The greater part of wild animals  bring forth once and once


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

9 74



Top




Page No 82


only in the year, except in the case of  animals like the hare, where the female can become superfoetally

impregnated. 

In like manner the great majority of fishes breed only once a  year, like the shoalfishes (or, in other words,

such as are caught in  nets), the tunny, the pelamys, the grey mullet, the chalcis, the  mackerel, the sciaena, the

psetta and the like, with the exception  of  the labrax or basse; for this fish (alone amongst those  mentioned)

breeds twice a year, and the second brood is the weaker  of the two.  The trichias and the rockfishes breed

twice a year; the  red mullet  breeds thrice a year, and is exceptional in this respect.  This  conclusion in regard

to the red mullet is inferred from the  spawn; for  the spawn of the fish may be seen in certain places at  three

different  times of the year. The scorpaena breeds twice a  year. The sargue  breeds twice, in the spring and in

the autumn. The  saupe breeds once a  year only, in the autumn. The female tunny  breeds only once a year,  but

owing to the fact that the fish in some  cases spawn early and in  others late, it looks as though the fish bred

twice over. The first  spawning takes place in December before the  solstice, and the latter  spawning in the

spring. The male tunny  differs from the female in  being unprovided with the fin beneath the  belly which is

called  aphareus. 

10

Of cartilaginous fishes, the rhina or angelfish is the only one  that breeds twice; for it breeds at the beginning

of autumn, and at  the setting of the Pleiads: and, of the two seasons, it is in better  condition in the autumn. It

engenders at a birth seven or eight young.  Certain of the dogfishes, for example the spotted dog, seem to

breed  twice a month, and this results from the circumstance that the  eggs do  not all reach maturity at the same

time. 

Some fishes breed at all seasons, as the muraena. This animal  lays  a great number of eggs at a time; and the

young when hatched  are very  small but grow with great rapidity, like the young of the  hippurus,  for these

fishes from being diminutive at the outset grow  with  exceptional rapidity to an exceptional size. (Be it

observed that  the  muraena breeds at all seasons, but the hippurus only in the  spring.  The smyrus differs from

the smyraena; for the muraena is  mottled and  weakly, whereas the smyrus is strong and of one uniform

colour, and  the colour resembles that of the pinetree, and the animal  has teeth  inside and out. They say that

in this case, as in other  similar ones,  the one is the male, and the other the female, of a  single species.  They

come out on to the land, and are frequently  caught.) Fishes,  then, as a general rule, attain their full growth

with great rapidity,  but this is especially the case, among small  fishes, with the coracine  or crowfish: it

spawns, by the way, near  the shore, in weedy and  tangled spots. The orphus also, or  seaperch, is small at

first, and  rapidly attains a great size. The  pelamys and the tunny breed in the  Euxine, and nowhere else. The

cestreus or mullet, the chrysophrys or  gilthead, and the labrax or  basse, breed best where rivers run into  the

sea. The orcys or  largesized tunny, the scorpis, and many other  species spawn in the  open sea. 

11

Fish for the most part breed some time or other during the three  months between the middle of March and the

middle of June. Some few  breed in autumn: as, for instance, the saupe and the sargus, and  such  others of this

sort as breed shortly before the autumn equinox;  likewise the electric ray and the angelfish. Other fishes

breed  both  in winter and in summer, as was previously observed: as, for  instance,  in wintertime the basse,

the grey mullet, and the belone or  pipefish; and in summertime, from the middle of June to the middle  of

July, the female tunny, about the time of the summer solstice;  and  the tunny lays a saclike enclosure in

which are contained a  number of  small eggs. The ryades or shoalfishes breed in summer. 

Of the grey mullets, the chelon begins to be in roe between  the  middle of November and the middle of

December; as also the sargue,  and  the smyxon or myxon, and the cephalus; and their period of  gestation  is


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

10 75



Top




Page No 83


thirty days. And, by the way, some of the grey mullet  species are  not produced from copulation, but grow

spontaneously  from mud and  sand. 

As a general rule, then, fishes are in roe in the springtime;  while some, as has been said, are so in summer,

in autumn, or in  winter. But whereas the impregnation in the springtime follows a  general law, impregnation

in the other seasons does not follow the  same rule either throughout or within the limits of one genus; and,

further, conception in these variant seasons is not so prolific.  And,  indeed, we must bear this in mind, that just

as with plants and  quadrupeds diversity of locality has much to do not only with  general  physical health but

also with the comparative frequency of  sexual  intercourse and generation, so also with regard to fishes

locality of  itself has much to do not only in regard to the size and  vigour of the  creature, but also in regard to

its parturition and  its copulations,  causing the same species to breed oftener in one  place and seldomer in

another. 

12

The molluscs also breed in spring. Of the marine molluscs one of  the first to breed is the sepia. It spawns at

all times of the day and  its period of gestation is fifteen days. After the female has laid her  eggs, the male

comes and discharges the milt over the eggs, and the  eggs thereupon harden. And the two sexes of this animal

go about in  pairs, side by side; and the male is more mottled and more black on  the back than the female. 

The octopus pairs in winter and breeds in spring, lying hidden  for  about two months. Its spawn is shaped like

a vinetendril, and  resembles the fruit of the white poplar; the creature is  extraordinarily prolific, for the

number of individuals that come from  the spawn is something incalculable. The male differs from the  female

in the fact that its head is longer, and that the organ  called by the  fishermen its penis, in the tentacle, is white.

The  female, after  laying her eggs, broods over them, and in consequence  gets out of  condition, by reason of

not going in quest of food  during the hatching  period. 

The purple murex breeds about springtime, and the ceryx at the  close of the winter. And, as a general rule, the

testaceans are  found  to be furnished with their socalled eggs in springtime and  in  autumn, with the

exception of the edible urchin; for this animal  has  the socalled eggs in most abundance in these seasons, but

at no  season is unfurnished with them; and it is furnished with them in  especial abundance in warm weather

or when a full moon is in the  sky.  Only, by the way, these remarks do not apply to the seaurchin  found  in

the Pyrrhaean Straits, for this urchin is at its best for  table  purposes in the winter; and these urchins are small

but full  of eggs. 

Snails are found by observations to become in all cases  impregnated about the same season. 

13

(Of birds the wild species, as has been stated, as a general  rule  pair and breed only once a year. The swallow,

however, and the  blackbird breed twice. With regard to the blackbird, however, its  first brood is killed by

inclemency of weather (for it is the earliest  of all birds to breed), but the second brood it usually succeeds in

rearing. 

Birds that are domesticated or that are capable of domestication  breed frequently, just as the common pigeon

breeds all through the  summer, and as is seen in the barndoor hen; for the barndoor cock  and hen have

intercourse, and the hen breeds, at all seasons alike:  excepting by the way, during the days about the winter

solstice. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

12 76



Top




Page No 84


Of the pigeon family there are many diversities; for the peristera  or common pigeon is not identical with the

peleias or rockpigeon.  In  other words, the rockpigeon is smaller than the common pigeon, and  is  less easily

domesticated; it is also black, and small, redfooted  and  roughfooted; and in consequence of these

peculiarities it is  neglected by the pigeonfancier. The largest of all the pigeon species  is the phatta or

ringdove; and the next in size is the oenas or  stockdove; and the stockdove is a little larger than the

common  pigeon. The smallest of all the species is the turtledove. Pigeons  breed and hatch at all seasons, if

they are furnished with a sunny  place and all requisites; unless they are so furnished, they breed  only in the

summer. The spring brood is the best, or the autumn brood.  At all events, without doubt, the produce of the

hot season, the  summer brood, is the poorest of the three.) 

14

Further, animals differ from one another in regard to the time  of  life that is best adapted for sexual

intercourse. 

To begin with, in most animals the secretion of the seminal  fluid  and its generative capacity are not

phenomena simultaneously  manifested, but manifested successively. Thus, in all animals, the  earliest

secretion of sperm is unfruitful, or if it be fruitful the  issue is comparatively poor and small. And this

phenomenon is  especially observable in man, in viviparous quadrupeds, and in  birds;  for in the case of man

and the quadruped the offspring is  smaller, and  in the case of the bird, the egg. 

For animals that copulate, of one and the same species, the  age  for maturity is in most species tolerably

uniform, unless it  occurs  prematurely by reason of abnormality, or is postponed by  physical  injury. 

In man, then, maturity is indicated by a change of the tone of  voice, by an increase in size and an alteration in

appearance of the  sexual organs, as also in an increase of size and alteration in  appearance of the breasts; and

above all, in the hairgrowth at the  pubes. Man begins to possess seminal fluid about the age of  fourteen,  and

becomes generatively capable at about the age of  twentyone years. 

In other animals there is no hairgrowth at the pubes (for  some  animals have no hair at all, and others have

none on the belly,  or  less on the belly than on the back), but still, in some animals the  change of voice is quite

obvious; and in some animals other organs  give indication of the commencing secretion of the sperm and the

onset  of generative capacity. As a general rule the female is  sharpertoned  in voice than the male, and the

young animal than the  elder; for, by  the way, the stag has a much deepertoned bay than  the hind. Moreover,

the male cries chiefly at rutting time, and the  female under terror  and alarm; and the cry of the female is short,

and  that of the male  prolonged. With dogs also, as they grow old, the tone  of the bark gets  deeper. 

There is a difference observable also in the neighings of  horses.  That is to say, the female foal has a thin

small neigh, and  the male  foal a small neigh, yet bigger and deepertoned than that  of the  female, and a

louder one as time goes on. And when the young  male and  female are two years old and take to breeding, the

neighing  of the  stallion becomes loud and deep, and that of the mare louder and  shriller than heretofore; and

this change goes on until they reach the  age of about twenty years; and after this time the neighing in both

sexes becomes weaker and weaker. 

As a rule, then, as was stated, the voice of the male differs  from  the voice of the female, in animals where the

voice admits of a  continuous and prolonged sound, in the fact that the note in the  male  voice is more deep and

bass; not, however, in all animals, for  the  contrary holds good in the case of some, as for instance in  kine: for

here the cow has a deeper note than the bull, and the calves  a deeper  note than the cattle. And we can thus

understand the change  of voice  in animals that undergo gelding; for male animals that  undergo this  process

assume the characters of the female. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

14 77



Top




Page No 85


The following are the ages at which various animals become  capacitated for sexual commerce. The ewe and

the shegoat are sexually  mature when one year old, and this statement is made more  confidently  in respect

to the shegoat than to the ewe; the ram and  the hegoat  are sexually mature at the same age. The progeny of

very  young  individuals among these animals differs from that of other  males: for  the males improve in the

course of the second year, when  they become  fully mature. The boar and the sow are capable of  intercourse

when  eight months old, and the female brings forth when  one year old, the  difference corresponding to her

period of gestation.  The boar is  capable of generation when eight months old, but, with a  sire under a  year in

age, the litter is apt to be a poor one. The  ages, however,  are not invariable; now and then the boar and the

sow  are capable of  intercourse when four months old, and are capable of  producing a  litter which can be

reared when six months old; but at  times the boar  begins to be capable of intercourse when ten months. He

continues  sexually mature until he is three years old. The dog and the  bitch  are, as a rule, sexually capable

and sexually receptive when a  year  old, and sometimes when eight months old; but the priority in  date is

more common with the dog than with the bitch. The period of  gestation  with the bitch is sixty days, or

sixtyone, or sixtytwo, or  sixtythree at the utmost; the period is never under sixty days, or,  if it is, the litter

comes to no good. The bitch, after delivering a  litter, submits to the male in six months, but not before. The

horse  and the mare are, at the earliest, sexually capable and sexually  mature when two years old; the issue,

however, of parents of this  age  is small and poor. As a general rule these animals are sexually  capable when

three years old, and they grow better for breeding  purposes until they reach twenty years. The stallion is

sexually  capable up to the age of thirtythree years, and the mare up to forty,  so that, in point of fact, the

animals are sexually capable all  their  lives long; for the stallion, as a rule, lives for about  thirtyfive  years,

and the mare for a little over forty; although,  by the way, a  horse has known to live to the age of

seventyfive.  The ass and the  sheass are sexually capable when thirty months old;  but, as a rule,  they are not

generatively mature until they are  three years old, or  three years and a half. An instance has been known  of a

sheass  bearing and bringing forth a foal when only a year old. A  cow has been  known to calve when only a

year old, and the calf grew as  big as might  be expected, but no more. So much for the dates in time  at which

these  animals attain to generative capacity. 

In the human species, the male is generative, at the longest, up  to seventy years, and the female up to fifty;

but such extended  periods are rare. As a rule, the male is generative up to the age of  sixtyfive, and to the age

of fortyfive the female is capable of  conception. 

The ewe bears up to eight years, and, if she be carefully  tended,  up to eleven years; in fact, the ram and the

ewe are  sexually capable  pretty well all their lives long. Hegoats, if they  be fat, are more  or less

unserviceable for breeding; and this, by  the way, is the  reason why country folk say of a vine when it stops

bearing that it is  'running the goat'. However, if an overfat hegoat  be thinned down,  he becomes sexually

capable and generative. 

Rams single out the oldest ewes for copulation, and show no  regard  for the young ones. And, as has been

stated, the issue of the  younger  ewes is poorer than that of the older ones. 

The boar is good for breeding purposes until he is three years  of  age; but after that age his issue deteriorates,

for after that  age his  vigour is on the decline. The boar is most capable after a  good feed,  and with the first

sow it mounts; if poorly fed or put to  many  females, the copulation is abbreviated, and the litter is

comparatively poor. The first litter of the sow is the fewest in  number; at the second litter she is at her prime.

The animal, as it  grows old, continues to breed, but the sexual desire abates. When they  reach fifteen years,

they become unproductive, and are getting old. If  a sow be highly fed, it is all the more eager for sexual

commerce,  whether old or young; but, if it be overfattened in pregnancy, it  gives the less milk after

parturition. With regard to the age of the  parents, the litter is the best when they are in their prime; but with

regard to the seasons of the year, the litter is the best that comes  at the beginning of winter; and the summer

litter the poorest,  consisting as it usually does of animals small and thin and flaccid.  The boar, if it be well

fed, is sexually capable at all hours, night  and day; but otherwise is peculiarly salacious early in the morning.


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

14 78



Top




Page No 86


As it grows old the sexual passion dies away, as we have already  remarked. Very often a boar, when more or

less impotent from age or  debility, finding itself unable to accomplish the sexual commerce with  due speed,

and growing fatigued with the standing posture, will roll  the sow over on the ground, and the pair will

conclude the operation  side by side of one another. The sow is sure of conception if it drops  its lugs in rutting

time; if the ears do not thus drop, it may have to  rut a second time before impregnation takes place. 

Bitches do not submit to the male throughout their lives, but  only  until they reach a certain maturity of years.

As a general  rule, they  are sexually receptive and conceptive until they are twelve  years old;  although, by the

way, cases have been known where dogs  and bitches  have been respectively procreative and conceptive to the

ages of  eighteen and even of twenty years. But, as a rule, age  diminishes the  capability of generation and of

conception with these  animals as with  all others. 

The female of the camel is opisthuretic, and submits to the male  in the way above described; and the season

for copulation in Arabia is  about the month of October. Its period of gestation is twelve  months;  and it is

never delivered of more than one foal at a time. The  female  becomes sexually receptive and the male sexually

capable at the  age of  three years. After parturition, an interval of a year elapses  before  the female is again

receptive to the male. 

The female elephant becomes sexually receptive when ten years  old  at the youngest, and when fifteen at the

oldest; and the male is  sexually capable when five years old, or six. The season for  intercourse is spring. The

male allows an interval of three years to  elapse after commerce with a female: and, after it has once

impregnated a female, it has no intercourse with her again. The period  of gestation with the female is two

years; and only one young animal  is produced at a time, in other words it is uniparous. And the  embryo  is the

size of a calf two or three months old. 

15

So much for the copulations of such animals as copulate. 

We now proceed to treat of generation both with respect to  copulating and noncopulating animals, and we

shall commence with  discussing the subject of generation in the case of the testaceans. 

The testacean is almost the only genus that throughout all its  species is noncopulative. 

The porphyrae, or purple murices, gather together to some one  place in the springtime, and deposit the

socalled 'honeycomb'.  This  substance resembles the comb, only that it is not so neat and  delicate; and looks

as though a number of husks of white chickpeas  were all stuck together. But none of these structures has

any open  passage, and the porphyra does not grow out of them, but these and all  other testaceans grow out of

mud and decaying matter. The substance,  is, in fact, an excretion of the porphyra and the ceryx; for it is

deposited by the ceryx as well. Such, then, of the testaceans as  deposit the honeycomb are generated

spontaneously like all other  testaceans, but they certainly come in greater abundance in places  where their

congeners have been living previously. At the commencement  of the process of depositing the honeycomb,

they throw off a  slippery  mucus, and of this the husklike formations are composed.  These  formations, then,

all melt and deposit their contents on the  ground,  and at this spot there are found on the ground a number of

minute  porphyrae, and porphyrae are caught at times with these  animalculae  upon them, some of which are

too small to be  differentiated in form.  If the porphyrae are caught before producing  this honeycomb, they

sometimes go through the process in  fishingcreels, not here and there  in the baskets, but gathering to  some

one spot all together, just as  they do in the sea; and owing to  the narrowness of their new quarters  they cluster

together like a  bunch of grapes. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

15 79



Top




Page No 87


There are many species of the purple murex; and some are  large, as  those found off Sigeum and Lectum;

others are small, as  those found in  the Euripus, and on the coast of Caria. And those  that are found in  bays are

large and rough; in most of them the  peculiar bloom from  which their name is derived is dark to  blackness, in

others it is  reddish and small in size; some of the  large ones weigh upwards of a  mina apiece. But the

specimens that  are found along the coast and on  the rocks are smallsized, and the  bloom in their case is of a

reddish  hue. Further, as a general rule,  in northern waters the bloom is  blackish, and in southern waters of  a

reddish hue. The murex is caught  in the springtime when engaged  in the construction of the honeycomb;  but

it is not caught at any time  about the rising of the dogstar, for  at that period it does not feed,  but conceals

itself and burrows. The  bloom of the animal is situated  between the mecon (or quasiliver) and  the neck, and

the coattachment  of these is an intimate one. In colour  it looks like a white membrane,  and this is what

people extract; and  if it be removed and squeezed  it stains your hand with the colour of  the bloom. There is a

kind of  vein that runs through it, and this  quasivein would appear to be in  itself the bloom. And the

qualities,  by the way, of this organ are  astringent. It is after the murex has  constructed the honeycomb that  the

bloom is at its worst. Small  specimens they break in pieces,  shells and all, for it is no easy  matter to extract

the organ; but  in dealing with the larger ones they  first strip off the shell and  then abstract the bloom. For this

purpose the neck and mecon are  separated, for the bloom lies in  between them, above the socalled  stomach;

hence the necessity of  separating them in abstracting the  bloom. Fishermen are anxious always  to break the

animal in pieces  while it is yet alive, for, if it die  before the process is completed,  it vomits out the bloom;

and for this  reason the fishermen keep the  animals in creels, until they have  collected a sufficient number and

can attend to them at their leisure.  Fishermen in past times used  not to lower creels or attach them to the  bait,

so that very often the  animal got dropped off in the pulling up;  at present, however, they  always attach a

basket, so that if the  animal fall off it is not lost.  The animal is more inclined to slip  off the bait if it be full

inside;  if it be empty it is difficult to  shake it off. Such are the phenomena  connected with the porphyra or

murex. 

The same phenomena are manifested by the ceryx or trumpetshell;  and the seasons are the same in which

the phenomena are observable.  Both animals, also, the murex and the ceryx, have their opercula  similarly

situatedand, in fact, all the stromboids, and this is  congenital with them all; and they feed by protruding the

socalled  tongue underneath the operculum. The tongue of the murex is bigger  than one's finger, and by

means of it, it feeds, and perforates  conchylia and the shells of its own kind. Both the murex and the ceryx  are

long lived. The murex lives for about six years; and the yearly  increase is indicated by a distinct interval in

the spiral convolution  of the shell. 

The mussel also constructs a honeycomb. 

With regard to the limnostreae, or lagoon oysters, wherever you  have slimy mud there you are sure to find

them beginning to grow.  Cockles and clams and razorfishes and scallops row spontaneously in  sandy

places. The pinna grows straight up from its tuft of anchoring  fibres in sandy and slimy places; these

creatures have inside them a  parasite nicknamed the pinnaguard, in some cases a small carid and in  other

cases a little crab; if the pinna be deprived of this  pinnaguard it soon dies. 

As a general rule, then, all testaceans grow by spontaneous  generation in mud, differing from one another

according to the  differences of the material; oysters growing in slime, and cockles and  the other testaceans

above mentioned on sandy bottoms; and in the  hollows of the rocks the ascidian and the barnacle, and

common  sorts,  such as the limpet and the nerites. All these animals grow with  great  rapidity, especially the

murex and the scallop; for the murex  and the  scallop attain their full growth in a year. In some of the

testaceans  white crabs are found, very diminutive in size; they are  most numerous  in the trough shaped

mussel. In the pinna also is  found the socalled  pinnaguard. They are found also in the scallop  and in the

oyster;  these parasites never appear to grow in size.  Fishermen declare that  the parasite is congenital with the

larger  animal. (Scallops burrow  for a time in the sand, like the murex.) 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

15 80



Top




Page No 88


(Shellfish, then, grow in the way above mentioned; and some  of  them grow in shallow water, some on the

seashore, some in rocky  places, some on hard and stony ground, and some in sandy places.) Some  shift

about from place to place, others remain permanent on one  spot.  Of those that keep to one spot the pinnae are

rooted to the  ground;  the razorfish and the clam keep to the same locality, but are  not so  rooted; but still, if

forcibly removed they die. 

(The starfish is naturally so warm that whatever it lays hold  of  is found, when suddenly taken away from the

animal, to have  undergone  a process like boiling. Fishermen say that the starfish  is a great  pest in the Strait

of Pyrrha. In shape it resembles a  star as seen in  an ordinary drawing. The socalled 'lungs' are  generated

spontaneously. The shells that painters use are a good  deal thicker,  and the bloom is outside the shell on the

surface. These  creatures are  mostly found on the coast of Caria.) 

The hermitcrab grows spontaneously out of soil and slime, and  finds its way into untenanted shells. As it

grows it shifts to a  larger shell, as for instance into the shell of the nerites, or of the  strombus or the like, and

very often into the shell of the small  ceryx. After entering new shell, it carries it about, and begins again  to

feed, and, by and by, as it grows, it shifts again into another  larger one. 

16

Moreover, the animals that are unfurnished with shells grow  spontaneously, like the testaceans, as, for

instance, the  seanettles  and the sponges in rocky caves. 

Of the seanettle, or seaanemone, there are two species; and of  these one species lives in hollows and never

loosens its hold upon the  rocks, and the other lives on smooth flat reefs, free and detached,  and shifts its

position from time to time. (Limpets also detach  themselves, and shift from place to place.) 

In the chambered cavities of sponges pinnaguards or parasites are  found. And over the chambers there is a

kind of spider's web, by the  opening and closing of which they catch mute fishes; that is to say,  they open the

web to let the fish get in, and close it again to entrap  them. 

Of sponges there are three species; the first is of loose porous  texture, the second is close textured, the third,

which is nicknamed  'the sponge of Achilles', is exceptionally fine and closetextured and  strong. This sponge

is used as a lining to helmets and greaves, for  the purpose of deadening the sound of the blow; and this is a

very  scarce species. Of the close textured sponges such as are particularly  hard and rough are nicknamed

'goats'. 

Sponges grow spontaneously either attached to a rock or on  seabeaches, and they get their nutriment in

slime: a proof of this  statement is the fact that when they are first secured they are  found  to be full of slime.

This is characteristic of all living  creatures  that get their nutriment by close local attachment. And,  by the

way,  the closetextured sponges are weaker than the more openly  porous ones  because their attachment

extends over a smaller area. 

It is said that the sponge is sensitive; and as a proof of  this  statement they say that if the sponge is made

aware of an attempt  being made to pluck it from its place of attachment it draws itself  together, and it

becomes a difficult task to detach it. It makes a  similar contractile movement in windy and boisterous

weather,  obviously with the object of tightening its hold. Some persons express  doubts as to the truth of this

assertion; as, for instance, the people  of Torone. 

The sponge breeds parasites, worms, and other creatures, on  which,  if they be detached, the rockfishes prey,

as they prey also on  the  remaining stumps of the sponge; but, if the sponge be broken  off, it  grows again from


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

16 81



Top




Page No 89


the remaining stump and the place is soon  as well  covered as before. 

The largest of all sponges are the loosetextured ones, and  these  are peculiarly abundant on the coast of

Lycia. The softest are  the  closetextured sponges; for, by the way, the socalled sponges  of  Achilles are

harder than these. As a general rule, sponges that are  found in deep calm waters are the softest; for usually

windy and  stormy weather has a tendency to harden them (as it has to harden  all  similar growing things), and

to arrest their growth. And this  accounts  for the fact that the sponges found in the Hellespont are  rough and

closetextured; and, as a general rule, sponges found beyond  or inside  Cape Malea are, respectively,

comparatively soft or  comparatively  hard. But, by the way, the habitat of the sponge  should not be too

sheltered and warm, for it has a tendency to  decay, like all similar  vegetablelike growths. And this accounts

for the fact that the sponge  is at its best when found in deep water  close to shore; for owing to  the depth of the

water they enjoy shelter  alike from stormy winds and  from excessive heat. 

Whilst they are still alive and before they are washed and  cleaned, they are blackish in colour. Their

attachment is not made  at  one particular spot, nor is it made all over their bodies; for  vacant  porespaces

intervene. There is a kind of membrane stretched  over the  under parts; and in the under parts the points of

attachment are the  more numerous. On the top most of the pores are  closed, but four or  five are open and

visible; and we are told by some  that it is through  these pores that the animal takes its food. 

There is a particular species that is named the 'aplysia' or the  'unwashable', from the circumstance that it

cannot be cleaned. This  species has the large open and visible pores, but all the rest of  the  body is

closetextured; and, if it be dissected, it is found to be  closer and more glutinous than the ordinary sponge,

and, in a word,  something lung like in consistency. And, on all hands, it is allowed  that this species is

sensitive and longlived. They are  distinguished  in the sea from ordinary sponges from the circumstance  that

the  ordinary sponges are white while the slime is in them, but  that these  sponges are under any circumstances

black. 

And so much with regard to sponges and to generation in the  testaceans. 

17

Of crustaceans, the female crawfish after copulation conceives and  retains its eggs for about three months,

from about the middle of  May  to about the middle of August; they then lay the eggs into the  folds  underneath

the belly, and their eggs grow like grubs. This  same  phenomenon is observable in molluscs also, and in such

fishes  as are  oviparous; for in all these cases the egg continues to grow. 

The spawn of the crawfish is of a loose or granular consistency,  and is divided into eight parts; for

corresponding to each of the  flaps on the side there is a gristly formation to which the spawn is  attached, and

the entire structure resembles a cluster of grapes;  for  each gristly formation is split into several parts. This is

obvious  enough if you draw the parts asunder; but at first sight the  whole  appears to be one and indivisible.

And the largest are not those  nearest to the outlet but those in the middle, and the farthest off  are the smallest.

The size of the small eggs is that of a small seed  in a fig; and they are not quite close to the outlet, but placed

middleways; for at both ends, tailwards and trunkwards, there are  two  intervals devoid of eggs; for it is thus

that the flaps also grow.  The  side flaps, then, cannot close, but by placing the end flap on  them  the animal can

close up all, and this endflap serves them for  a lid.  And in the act of laying its eggs it seems to bring them

towards the  gristly formations by curving the flap of its tail, and  then,  squeezing the eggs towards the said

gristly formations and  maintaining  a bent posture, it performs the act of laying. The gristly  formations  at

these seasons increase in size and become receptive of  the eggs;  for the animal lays its eggs into these

formations, just  as the sepia  lays its eggs among twigs and driftwood. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

17 82



Top




Page No 90


It lays its eggs, then, in this manner, and after hatching  them  for about twenty days it rids itself of them all in

one solid  lump, as  is quite plain from outside. And out of these eggs crawfish  form in  about fifteen days, and

these crawfish are caught at times  less then a  finger's breadth, or seventenths of an inch, in length.  The

animal,  then, lays its eggs before the middle of September, and  after the  middle of that month throws off its

eggs in a lump. With the  humped  carids or prawns the time for gestation is four months or  thereabouts. 

Crawfish are found in rough and rocky places, lobsters in smooth  places, and neither crawfish nor lobsters are

found in muddy ones; and  this accounts for the fact that lobsters are found in the Hellespont  and on the coast

of Thasos, and crawfish in the neighbourhood of  Sigeum and Mount Athos. Fishermen, accordingly, when

they want to  catch these various creatures out at sea, take bearings on the beach  and elsewhere that tell them

where the ground at the bottom is stony  and where soft with slime. In winter and spring these animals keep  in

near to land, in summer they keep in deep water; thus at various  times  seeking respectively for warmth or

coolness. 

The socalled arctus or bearcrab lays its eggs at about the  same  time as the crawfish; and consequently in

winter and in the  springtime, before laying their eggs, they are at their best, and  after laying at their worst. 

They cast their shell in the springtime (just as serpents  shed  their socalled 'oldage' or slough), both

directly after birth  and in  later life; this is true both of crabs and crawfish. And, by  the way,  all crawfish are

long lived. 

18

Molluscs, after pairing and copulation, lay a white spawn; and  this spawn, as in the case of the testacean, gets

granular in time.  The octopus discharges into its hole, or into a potsherd or into any  similar cavity, a structure

resembling the tendrils of a young vine or  the fruit of the white poplar, as has been previously observed. The

eggs, when the female has laid them, are clustered round the sides  of  the hole. They are so numerous that, if

they be removed they  suffice  to fill a vessel much larger than the animal's body in which  they were  contained.

Some fifty days later, the eggs burst and the  little  polypuses creep out, like little spiders, in great numbers; the

characteristic form of their limbs is not yet to be discerned in  detail, but their general outline is clear enough.

And, by the way,  they are so small and helpless that the greater number perish; it is a  fact that they have been

seen so extremely minute as to be  absolutely  without organization, but nevertheless when touched they

moved. The  eggs of the sepia look like big black myrtleberries, and  they are  linked all together like a bunch

of grapes, clustered round a  centre,  and are not easily sundered from one another: for the male  exudes over

them some moist glairy stuff, which constitutes the sticky  gum. These  eggs increase in size; and they are

white at the outset,  but black and  larger after the sprinkling of the male seminal fluid. 

When it has come into being the young sepia is first  distinctly  formed inside out of the white substance, and

when the  egg bursts it  comes out. The inner part is formed as soon as the  female lays the  egg, something like

a hailstone; and out of this  substance the young  sepia grows by a headattachment, just as young  birds grow

by a  bellyattachment. What is the exact nature of the  navelattachment has  not yet been observed, except

that as the young  sepia grows the white  substance grows less and less in size, and at  length, as happens with

the yolk in the case of birds, the white  substance in the case of the  young sepia disappears. In the case of  the

young sepia, as in the case  of the young of most animals, the eyes  at first seem very large. To  illustrate this by

way of a figure, let A  represent the ovum, B and C  the eyes, and D the sepidium, or body of  the little sepia.

(See  diagram.) 

The female sepia goes pregnant in the springtime, and lays  its  eggs after fifteen days of gestation; after the

eggs are laid  there  comes in another fifteen days something like a bunch of  grapes, and at  the bursting of

these the young sepiae issue forth. But  if, when the  young ones are fully formed, you sever the outer covering


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

18 83



Top




Page No 91


a moment too  soon, the young creatures eject excrement, and their  colour changes  from white to red in their

alarm. 

Crustaceans, then, hatch their eggs by brooding over them as  they  carry them about beneath their bodies; but

the octopus, the  sepia, and  the like hatch their eggs without stirring from the spot  where they  may have laid

them, and this statement is particularly  applicable to  the sepia; in fact, the nest of the female sepia is  often

seen exposed  to view close in to shore. The female octopus at  times sits brooding  over her eggs, and at other

times squats in  front of her hole,  stretching out her tentacles on guard. 

The sepia lays her spawn near to land in the neighbourhood of  seaweed or reeds or any offsweepings such

as brushwood, twigs, or  stones; and fishermen place heaps of faggots here and there on  purpose, and on to

such heaps the female deposits a long continuous  roe in shape like a vine tendril. It lays or spirts out the

spawn with  an effort, as though there were difficulty in the process. The  female  calamary spawns at sea; and

it emits the spawn, as does the  sepia, in  the mass. 

The calamary and the cuttlefish are shortlived, as, with few  exceptions, they never see the year out; and the

same statement is  applicable to the octopus. 

From one single egg comes one single sepia; and this is likewise  true of the young calamary. 

The male calamary differs from the female; for if its  gillregion  be dilated and examined there are found two

red formations  resembling  breasts, with which the male is unprovided. In the sepia,  apart from  this distinction

in the sexes, the male, as has been  stated, is more  mottled than the female. 

19

With regard to insects, that the male is less than the female  and  that he mounts upon her back, and how he

performs the act of  copulation and the circumstance that he gives over reluctantly, all  this has already been

set forth, most cases of insect copulation  this  process is speedily followed up by parturition. 

All insects engender grubs, with the exception of a species of  butterfly; and the female of this species lays a

hard egg,  resembling  the seed of the cnecus, with a juice inside it. But from  the grub, the  young animal does

not grow out of a mere portion of  it, as a young  animal grows from a portion only of an egg, but the  grub

entire grows  and the animal becomes differentiated out of it. 

And of insects some are derived from insect congeners, as the  venomspider and the commonspider from

the venomspider and the  commonspider, and so with the attelabus or locust, the acris or  grasshopper, and

the tettix or cicada. Other insects are not derived  from living parentage, but are generated spontaneously:

some out of  dew falling on leaves, ordinarily in springtime, but not seldom in  winter when there has been a

stretch of fair weather and southerly  winds; others grow in decaying mud or dung; others in timber, green or

dry; some in the hair of animals; some in the flesh of animals; some  in excrements: and some from excrement

after it has been voided, and  some from excrement yet within the living animal, like the  helminthes  or

intestinal worms. And of these intestinal worms there  are three  species: one named the flatworm, another

the round worm,  and the  third the ascarid. These intestinal worms do not in any case  propagate  their kind.

The flatworm, however, in an exceptional way,  clings fast  to the gut, and lays a thing like a melonseed, by

observing which  indication the physician concludes that his patient is  troubled with  the worm. 

The socalled psyche or butterfly is generated from caterpillars  which grow on green leaves, chiefly leaves of

the raphanus, which some  call crambe or cabbage. At first it is less than a grain of millet; it  then grows into a

small grub; and in three days it is a tiny  caterpillar. After this it grows on and on, and becomes quiescent  and


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

19 84



Top




Page No 92


changes its shape, and is now called a chrysalis. The outer  shell is  hard, and the chrysalis moves if you touch

it. It attaches  itself by  cobweblike filaments, and is unfurnished with mouth or  any other  apparent organ.

After a little while the outer covering  bursts  asunder, and out flies the winged creature that we call the  psyche

or  butterfly. At first, when it is a caterpillar, it feeds  and ejects  excrement; but when it turns into the chrysalis

it  neither feeds nor  ejects excrement. 

The same remarks are applicable to all such insects as are  developed out of the grub, both such grubs as are

derived from the  copulation of living animals and such as are generated without  copulation on the part of

parents. For the grub of the bee, the  anthrena, and the wasp, whilst it is young, takes food and voids

excrement; but when it has passed from the grub shape to its defined  form and become what is termed a

'nympha', it ceases to take food  and  to void excrement, and remains tightly wrapped up and motionless  until  it

has reached its full size, when it breaks the formation  with which  the cell is closed, and issues forth. The

insects named the  hypera and  the penia are derived from similar caterpillars, which move  in an  undulatory

way, progressing with one part and then pulling up  the  hinder parts by a bend of the body. The developed

insect in each  case  takes its peculiar colour from the parent caterpillar. 

From one particular large grub, which has as it were horns, and in  other respects differs from grubs in

general, there comes, by a  metamorphosis of the grub, first a caterpillar, then the cocoon,  then  the necydalus;

and the creature passes through all these  transformations within six months. A class of women unwind and

reel  off the cocoons of these creatures, and afterwards weave a fabric with  the threads thus unwound; a Coan

woman of the name of Pamphila,  daughter of Plateus, being credited with the first invention of the  fabric.

After the same fashion the carabus or stagbeetle comes from  grubs that live in dry wood: at first the grub is

motionless, but  after a while the shell bursts and the stagbeetle issues forth. 

From the cabbage is engendered the cabbageworm, and from the  leek  the prasocuris or leekbane; this creature

is also winged. From  the  flat animalcule that skims over the surface of rivers comes the  oestrus or gadfly; and

this accounts for the fact that gadflies most  abound in the neighbourhood of waters on whose surface these

animalcules are observed. From a certain small, black and hairy  caterpillar comes first a wingless

glowworm; and this creature  again  suffers a metamorphosis, and transforms into a winged insect  named the

bostrychus (or haircurl). 

Gnats grow from ascarids; and ascarids are engendered in the  slime  of wells, or in places where there is a

deposit left by the  draining  off of water. This slime decays, and first turns white,  then black,  and finally

bloodred; and at this stage there originate  in it, as it  were, little tiny bits of red weed, which at first  wriggle

about all  clinging together, and finally break loose and  swim in the water, and  are hereupon known as

ascarids. After a few  days they stand straight  up on the water motionless and hard, and by  and by the husk

breaks off  and the gnats are seen sitting upon it,  until the sun's heat or a puff  of wind sets them in motion,

when  they fly away. 

With all grubs and all animals that break out from the grub  state,  generation is due primarily to the heat of the

sun or to wind. 

Ascarids are more likely to be found, and grow with unusual  rapidity, in places where there is a deposit of a

mixed and  heterogeneous kind, as in kitchens and in ploughed fields, for the  contents of such places are

disposed to rapid putrefaction. In autumn,  also, owing to the drying up of moisture, they grow in unusual

numbers. 

The tick is generated from couchgrass. The cockchafer comes  from  a grub that is generated in the dung of

the cow or the ass. The  cantharus or scarabeus rolls a piece of dung into a ball, lies  hidden  within it during the

winter, and gives birth therein to small  grubs,  from which grubs come new canthari. Certain winged insects

also  come  from the grubs that are found in pulse, in the same fashion as in  the  cases described. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

19 85



Top




Page No 93


Flies grow from grubs in the dung that farmers have gathered  up  into heaps: for those who are engaged in this

work assiduously  gather  up the compost, and this they technically term 'workingup' the  manure. The grub is

exceedingly minute to begin with; first even at  this stageit assumes a reddish colour, and then from a

quiescent  state it takes on the power of motion, as though born to it; it then  becomes a small motionless grub;

it then moves again, and again  relapses into immobility; it then comes out a perfect fly, and moves  away

under the influence of the sun's heat or of a puff of air. The  myops or horsefly is engendered in timber. The

orsodacna or budbane  is a transformed grub; and this grub is engendered in  cabbagestalks.  The cantharis

comes from the caterpillars that are  found on figtrees  or peartrees or firtreesfor on all these  grubs are

engenderedand  also from caterpillars found on the dogrose;  and the cantharis takes  eagerly to illscented

substances, from the  fact of its having been  engendered in illscented woods. The conops  comes from a grub

that is  engendered in the slime of vinegar. 

And, by the way, living animals are found in substances that are  usually supposed to be incapable of

putrefaction; for instance,  worms  are found in longlying snow; and snow of this description  gets  reddish in

colour, and the grub that is engendered in it is  red, as  might have been expected, and it is also hairy. The

grubs  found in the  snows of Media are large and white; and all such grubs  are little  disposed to motion. In

Cyprus, in places where copperore  is smelted,  with heaps of the ore piled on day after day, an animal is

engendered  in the fire, somewhat larger than a blue bottle fly,  furnished with  wings, which can hop or crawl

through the fire. And the  grubs and  these latter animals perish when you keep the one away  from the fire  and

the other from the snow. Now the salamander is a  clear case in  point, to show us that animals do actually

exist that  fire cannot  destroy; for this creature, so the story goes, not only  walks through  the fire but puts it

out in doing so. 

On the river Hypanis in the Cimmerian Bosphorus, about the  time of  the summer solstice, there are brought

down towards the sea by  the  stream what look like little sacks rather bigger than grapes,  out of  which at their

bursting issues a winged quadruped. The insect  lives  and flies about until the evening, but as the sun goes

down it  pines  away, and dies at sunset having lived just one day, from which  circumstance it is called the

ephemeron. 

As a rule, insects that come from caterpillars and grubs are  held  at first by filaments resembling the threads of

a spider's web. 

Such is the mode of generation of the insects above  enumerated.  but if the latter impregnation takes

placeduring the  change of the  yellow 

20

The wasps that are nicknamed 'the ichneumons' (or hunters), less  in size, by the way, than the ordinary wasp,

kill spiders and carry  off the dead bodies to a wall or some such place with a hole in it;  this hole they smear

over with mud and lay their grubs inside it,  and  from the grubs come the hunterwasps. Some of the

coleoptera and  of  the small and nameless insects make small holes or cells of mud  on a  wall or on a

gravestone, and there deposit their grubs. 

With insects, as a general rule, the time of generation from its  commencement to its completion comprises

three or four weeks. With  grubs and grublike creatures the time is usually three weeks, and  in  the oviparous

insects as a rule four. But, in the case of oviparous  insects, the eggformation comes at the close of seven

days from  copulation, and during the remaining three weeks the parent broods  over and hatches its young; i.e.

where this is the result of  copulation, as in the case of the spider and its congeners. As a rule,  the

transformations take place in intervals of three or four days,  corresponding to the lengths of interval at which

the crises recur  in  intermittent fevers. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

20 86



Top




Page No 94


So much for the generation of insects. Their death is due to the  shrivelling of their organs, just as the larger

animals die of old  age. 

Winged insects die in autumn from the shrinking of their wings.  The myops dies from dropsy in the eyes. 

21

With regard to the generation of bees different hypotheses are  in  vogue. Some affirm that bees neither

copulate nor give birth to  young,  but that they fetch their young. And some say that they fetch  their  young

from the flower of the callyntrum; others assert that they  bring  them from the flower of the reed, others, from

the flower of the  olive. And in respect to the olive theory, it is stated as a proof  that, when the olive harvest is

most abundant, the swarms are most  numerous. Others declare that they fetch the brood of the drones  from

such things as above mentioned, but that the working bees are  engendered by the rulers of the hive. 

Now of these rulers there are two kinds: the better kind is  red in  colour, the inferior kind is black and

variegated; the ruler is  double  the size of the working bee. These rulers have the abdomen or  part  below the

waist half as large again, and they are called by  some the  'mothers', from an idea that they bear or generate

the  bees; and, as a  proof of this theory of their motherhood, they declare  that the brood  of the drones appears

even when there is no rulerbee  in the hive, but  that the bees do not appear in his absence. Others,  again,

assert that  these insects copulate, and that the drones are  male and the bees  female. 

The ordinary bee is generated in the cells of the comb, but  the  rulerbees in cells down below attached to the

comb, suspended  from  it, apart from the rest, six or seven in number, and growing in a  way  quite different

from the mode of growth of the ordinary brood. 

Bees are provided with a sting, but the drones are not so  provided. The rulers are provided with stings, but

they never use  them; and this latter circumstance will account for the belief of some  people that they have no

stings at all. 

22

Of bees there are various species. The best kind is a little round  mottled insect; another is long, and resembles

the anthrena; a third  is a black and flatbellied, and is nicknamed the 'robber'; a  fourth  kind is the drone, the

largest of all, but stingless and  inactive. And  this proportionate size of the drone explains why some

beemasters  place a network in front of the hives; for the network is  put to keep  the big drones out while it

lets the little bees go in. 

Of the king bees there are, as has been stated, two kinds. In  every hive there are more kings than one; and a

hive goes to ruin if  there be too few kings, not because of anarchy thereby ensuing, but,  as we are told,

because these creatures contribute in some way to  the  generation of the common bees. A hive will go also to

ruin if  there be  too large a number of kings in it; for the members of the  hives are  thereby subdivided into too

many separate factions. 

Whenever the springtime is late acoming, and when there is  drought and mildew, then the progeny of the

hive is small in number.  But when the weather is dry they attend to the honey, and in rainy  weather their

attention is concentrated on the brood; and this will  account for the coincidence of rich oliveharvests and

abundant  swarms. 

The bees first work at the honeycomb, and then put the pupae  in  it: by the mouth, say those who hold the

theory of their bringing  them  from elsewhere. After putting in the pupae they put in the  honey for


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

21 87



Top




Page No 95


subsistence, and this they do in the summer and autumn; and,  by the  way, the autumn honey is the better of

the two. 

The honeycomb is made from flowers, and the materials for the  wax  they gather from the resinous gum of

trees, while honey is  distilled  from dew, and is deposited chiefly at the risings of the  constellations or when a

rainbow is in the sky: and as a general  rule  there is no honey before the rising of the Pleiads. (The bee,  then,

makes the wax from flowers. The honey, however, it does not  make, but  merely gathers what is deposited out

of the atmosphere;  and as a proof  of this statement we have the known fact that  occasionally beekeepers

find the hives filled with honey within the  space of two or three  days. Furthermore, in autumn flowers are

found, but honey, if it be  withdrawn, is not replaced; now, after  the withdrawal of the original  honey, when

no food or very little is  in the hives, there would be a  fresh stock of honey, if the bees  made it from flowers.)

Honey, if  allowed to ripen and mature, gathers  consistency; for at first it is  like water and remains liquid for

several days. If it be drawn off  during these days it has no  consistency; but it attains consistency in  about

twenty days. The  taste of thymehoney is discernible at once,  from its peculiar  sweetness and consistency. 

The bee gathers from every flower that is furnished with a calyx  or cup, and from all other flowers that are

sweettasted, without  doing injury to any fruit; and the juices of the flowers it takes up  with the organ that

resembles a tongue and carries off to the hive. 

Swarms are robbed of their honey on the appearance of the wild  fig. They produce the best larvae at the time

the honey is amaking.  The bee carries wax and bees' bread round its legs, but vomits the  honey into the cell.

After depositing its young, it broods over it  like a bird. The grub when it is small lies slantwise in the comb,

but  by and by rises up straight by an effort of its own and takes food,  and holds on so tightly to the

honeycomb as actually to cling to it. 

The young of bees and of drones is white, and from the young  come  the grubs; and the grubs grow into bees

and drones. The egg of  the  king bee is reddish in colour, and its substance is about as  consistent as thick

honey; and from the first it is about as big as  the bee that is produced from it. From the young of the king bee

there  is no intermediate stage, it is said, of the grub, but the bee comes  at once. 

Whenever the bee lays an egg in the comb there is always a  drop of  honey set against it. The larva of the bee

gets feet and wings  as soon  as the cell has been stopped up with wax, and when it  arrives at its  completed

form it breaks its membrane and flies away.  It ejects  excrement in the grub state, but not afterwards; that is,

not until it  has got out of the encasing membrane, as we have  already described. If  you remove the heads

from off the larvae  before the coming of the  wings, the bees will eat them up; and if  you nip off the wings

from a  drone and let it go, the bees will  spontaneously bite off the wings  from off all the remaining drones. 

The bee lives for six years as a rule, as an exception for seven  years. If a swarm lasts for nine years, or ten,

great credit is  considered due to its management. 

In Pontus are found bees exceedingly white in colour, and  these  bees produce their honey twice a month.

(The bees in Themiscyra,  on  the banks of the river Thermodon, build honeycombs in the ground  and  in hives,

and these honeycombs are furnished with very little wax  but  with honey of great consistency; and the

honeycomb, by the way,  is  smooth and level.) But this is not always the case with these bees,  but only in the

winter season; for in Pontus the ivy is abundant,  and  it flowers at this time of the year, and it is from the

ivyflower  that they derive their honey. A white and very consistent honey is  brought down from the upper

country to Amisus, which is deposited by  bees on trees without the employment of honeycombs: and this

kind of  honey is produced in other districts in Pontus. 

There are bees also that construct triple honeycombs in the  ground; and these honeycombs supply honey but

never contain grubs. But  the honeycombs in these places are not all of this sort, nor do all  the bees construct


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

21 88



Top




Page No 96


them. 

23

Anthrenae and wasps construct combs for their young. When they  have no king, but are wandering about in

search of one, the anthrene  constructs its comb on some high place, and the wasp inside a hole.  When the

anthrene and the wasp have a king, they construct their combs  underground. Their combs are in all cases

hexagonal like the comb of  the bee. They are composed, however, not of wax, but of a barklike  filamented

fibre, and the comb of the anthrene is much neater than the  comb of the wasp. Like the bee, they put their

young just like a  drop  of liquid on to the side of the cell, and the egg clings to the  wall  of the cell. But the

eggs are not deposited in the cells  simultaneously; on the contrary, in some cells are creatures big  enough to

fly, in others are nymphae, and in others are mere grubs. As  in the case of bees, excrement is observed only in

the cells where the  grubs are found. As long as the creatures are in the nymph condition  they are motionless,

and the cell is cemented over. In the comb of the  anthrene there is found in the cell of the young a drop of

honey in  front of it. The larvae of the anthrene and the wasp make their  appearance not in the spring but in

the autumn; and their growth is  especially discernible in times of full moon. And, by the way, the  eggs and

the grubs never rest at the bottom of the cells, but always  cling on to the side wall. 

24

There is a kind of humblebee that builds a coneshaped nest of  clay against a stone or in some similar

situation, besmearing the clay  with something like spittle. And this nest or hive is exceedingly  thick and hard;

in point of fact, one can hardly break it open with  a  spike. Here the insects lay their eggs, and white grubs are

produced  wrapped in a black membrane. Apart from the membrane there is found  some wax in the

honeycomb; and this a wax is much sallower in hue than  the wax in the honeycomb of the bee. 

25

Ants copulate and engender grubs; and these grubs attach  themselves to nothing in particular, but grow on

and on from small and  rounded shapes until they become elongated and defined in shape: and  they are

engendered in springtime. 

26

The landscorpion also lays a number of egg shaped grubs, and  broods over them. When the hatching is

completed, the parent animal,  as happens with the parent spider, is ejected and put to death by  the  young

ones; for very often the young ones are about eleven in  number. 

27

Spiders in all cases copulate in the way above mentioned, and  generate at first small grubs. And these grubs

metamorphose in their  entirety, and not partially, into spiders; for, by the way, the  grubs  are roundshaped at

the outset. And the spider, when it lays its  eggs,  broods over them, and in three days the eggs or grubs take

definite  shape. 

All spiders lay their eggs in a web; but some spiders lay in a  small and fine web, and others in a thick one;

and some, as a rule,  lay in a roundshaped case or capsule, and some are only partially  enveloped in the web.

The young grubs are not all developed at one and  the same time into young spiders; but the moment the

development takes  place, the young spider makes a leap and begins to spin his web. The  juice of the grub, if


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

23 89



Top




Page No 97


you squeeze it, is the same as the juice found  in the spider when young; that is to say, it is thick and white. 

The meadow spider lays its eggs into a web, one half of which is  attached to itself and the other half is free;

and on this the  parent  broods until the eggs are hatched. The phalangia lay their eggs  in a  sort of strong basket

which they have woven, and brood over it  until  the eggs are hatched. The smooth spider is much less prolific

than the  phalangium or hairy spider. These phalangia, when they grow  to full  size, very often envelop the

mother phalangium and eject and  kill her;  and not seldom they kill the fatherphalangium as well, if  they

catch  him: for, by the way, he has the habit of cooperating with  the mother  in the hatching. The brood of a

single phalangium is  sometimes three  hundred in number. The spider attains its full  growth in about four

weeks. 

28

Grasshoppers (or locusts) copulate in the same way as other  insects; that is to say, with the lesser covering the

larger, for  the  male is smaller than the female. The females first insert the  hollow  tube, which they have at

their tails, in the ground, and then  lay  their eggs: and the male, by the way, is not furnished with this  tube.

The females lay their eggs all in a lump together, and in one  spot, so  that the entire lump of eggs resembles a

honeycomb. After  they have  laid their eggs, the eggs assume the shape of oval grubs  that are  enveloped by a

sort of thin clay, like a membrane; in this  membranelike formation they grow on to maturity. The larva is so

soft  that it collapses at a touch. The larva is not placed on the surface  of the ground, but a little beneath the

surface; and, when it  reaches  maturity, it comes out of its clayey investiture in the  shape of a  little black

grasshopper; by and by, the skin integument  strips off,  and it grows larger and larger. 

The grasshopper lays its eggs at the close of summer, and dies  after laying them. The fact is that, at the time

of laying the eggs,  grubs are engendered in the region of the mother grasshopper's neck;  and the male

grasshoppers die about the same time. In springtime they  come out of the ground; and, by the way, no

grasshoppers are found  in  mountainous land or in poor land, but only in flat and loamy  land, for  the fact is

they lay their eggs in cracks of the soil.  During the  winter their eggs remain in the ground; and with the

coming  of summer  the last year's larva develops into the perfect grasshopper. 

29

The attelabi or locusts lay their eggs and die in like manner  after laying them. Their eggs are subject to

destruction by the autumn  rains, when the rains are unusually heavy; but in seasons of drought  the locusts are

exceedingly numerous, from the absence of any  destructive cause, since their destruction seems then to be a

matter  of accident and to depend on luck. 

30

Of the cicada there are two kinds; one, small in size, the first  to come and the last to disappear; the other,

large, the singing one  that comes last and first disappears. Both in the small and the  large  species some are

divided at the waist, to wit, the singing ones,  and  some are undivided; and these latter have no song. The

large and  singing cicada is by some designated the 'chirper', and the small  cicada the 'tettigonium' or

cicadelle. And, by the way, such of the  tettigonia as are divided at the waist can sing just a little. 

The cicada is not found where there are no trees; and this  accounts for the fact that in the district surrounding

the city of  Cyrene it is not found at all in the plain country, but is found in  great numbers in the

neighbourhood of the city, and especially where  olivetrees are growing: for an olive grove is not thickly

shaded. And  the cicada is not found in cold places, and consequently is not  found  in any grove that keeps out

the sunlight. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

28 90



Top




Page No 98


The large and the small cicada copulate alike, belly to belly. The  male discharges sperm into the female, as is

the case with insects  in  general, and the female cicada has a cleft generative organ; and it  is  the female into

which the male discharges the sperm. 

They lay their eggs in fallow lands, boring a hole with the  pointed organ they carry in the rear, as do the

locusts likewise;  for  the locust lays its eggs in untilled lands, and this fact may  account  for their numbers in

the territory adjacent to the city of  Cyrene. The  cicadae also lay their eggs in the canes on which  husbandmen

prop  vines, perforating the canes; and also in the stalks  of the squill.  This brood runs into the ground. And

they are most  numerous in rainy  weather. The grub, on attaining full size in the  ground, becomes a

tettigometra (or nymph), and the creature is  sweetest to the taste at  this stage before the husk is broken. When

the summer solstice comes,  the creature issues from the husk at  nighttime, and in a moment, as  the husk

breaks, the larva becomes the  perfect cicada. creature, also,  at once turns black in colour and  harder and

larger, and takes to  singing. In both species, the larger  and the smaller, it is the male  that sings, and the

female that is  unvocal. At first, the males are  the sweeter eating; but, after  copulation, the females, as they are

full then of white eggs. 

If you make a sudden noise as they are flying overhead they let  drop something like water. Country people, in

regard to this, say that  they are voiding urine, ie. that they have an excrement, and that they  feed upon dew. 

If you present your finger to a cicada and bend back the tip  of it  and then extend it again, it will endure the

presentation more  quietly  than if you were to keep your finger outstretched  altogether; and it  will set to

climbing your finger: for the  creature is so weaksighted  that it will take to climbing your  finger as though

that were a moving  leaf. 

31

Of insects that are not carnivorous but that live on the juices of  living flesh, such as lice and fleas and bugs,

all, without exception,  generate what are called 'nits', and these nits generate nothing. 

Of these insects the flea is generated out of the slightest amount  of putrefying matter; for wherever there is

any dry excrement, a  flea  is sure to be found. Bugs are generated from the moisture of  living  animals, as it

dries up outside their bodies. Lice are  generated out  of the flesh of animals. 

When lice are coming there is a kind of small eruption  visible,  unaccompanied by any discharge of purulent

matter; and, if  you prick  an animal when in this condition at the spot of eruption,  the lice  jump out. In some

men the appearance of lice is a disease, in  cases  where the body is surcharged with moisture; and, indeed,

men  have been  known to succumb to this lousedisease, as Alcman the poet  and the  Syrian Pherecydes are

said to have done. Moreover, in  certain diseases  lice appear in great abundance. 

There is also a species of louse called the 'wild louse', and  this  is harder than the ordinary louse, and there is

exceptional  difficulty  in getting the skin rid of it. Boys' heads are apt to be  lousy, but  men's in less degree;

and women are more subject to lice  than men.  But, whenever people are troubled with lousy heads, they are

less than  ordinarily troubled with headache. And lice are generated in  other  animals than man. For birds are

infested with them; and  pheasants,  unless they clean themselves in the dust, are actually  destroyed by  them.

All other winged animals that are furnished with  feathers are  similarly infested, and all haircoated creatures

also,  with the  single exception of the ass, which is infested neither with  lice nor  with ticks. 

Cattle suffer both from lice and from ticks. Sheep and goats breed  ticks, but do not breed lice. Pigs breed lice

large and hard. In  dogs  are found the flea peculiar to the animal, the Cynoroestes. In  all  animals that are

subject to lice, the latter originate from the  animals themselves. Moreover, in animals that bathe at all, lice are


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

31 91



Top




Page No 99


more than usually abundant when they change the water in which they  bathe. 

In the sea, lice are found on fishes, but they are generated not  out of the fish but out of slime; and they

resemble multipedal  woodlice, only that their tail is flat. Sealice are uniform in shape  and universal in

locality, and are particularly numerous on the body  of the red mullet. And all these insects are multipedal and

devoid  of  blood. 

The parasite that feeds on the tunny is found in the region of  the  fins; it resembles a scorpion, and is about the

size of a  spider. In  the seas between Cyrene and Egypt there is a fish that  attends on the  dolphin, which is

called the 'dolphin's louse'. This  fish gets  exceedingly fat from enjoying an abundance of food while the

dolphin  is out in pursuit of its prey. 

32

Other animalcules besides these are generated, as we have  already  remarked, some in wool or in articles

made of wool, as the ses  or  clothesmoth. And these animalcules come in greater numbers if  the  woollen

substances are dusty; and they come in especially large  numbers if a spider be shut up in the cloth or wool,

for the  creature  drinks up any moisture that may be there, and dries up the  woollen  substance. This grub is

found also in men's clothes. 

A creature is also found in wax long laid by, just as in wood,  and  it is the smallest of animalcules and is white

in colour, and is  designated the acari or mite. In books also other animalcules are  found, some resembling the

grubs found in garments, and some  resembling tailless scorpions, but very small. As a general rule we  may

state that such animalcules are found in practically anything,  both in dry things that are becoming moist and

in moist things that  are drying, provided they contain the conditions of life. 

There is a grub entitled the 'faggotbearer', as strange a  creature as is known. Its head projects outside its

shell, mottled  in  colour, and its feet are near the end or apex, as is the case  with  grubs in general; but the rest

of its body is cased in a tunic as  it  were of spider's web, and there are little dry twigs about it, that  look as

though they had stuck by accident to the creature as it went  walking about. But these twiglike formations

are naturally  connected  with the tunic, for just as the shell is with the body of  the snail so  is the whole

superstructure with our grub; and they do  not drop off,  but can only be torn off, as though they were all of a

piece with him,  and the removal of the tunic is as fatal to this  grub as the removal  of the shell would be to the

snail. In course of  time this grub  becomes a chrysalis, as is the case with the  silkworm, and lives in a

motionless condition. But as yet it is not  known into what winged  condition it is transformed. 

The fruit of the wild fig contains the psen, or figwasp. This  creature is a grub at first; but in due time the

husk peels off and  the psen leaves the husk behind it and flies away, and enters into the  fruit of the figtree

through its orifice, and causes the fruit not to  drop off; and with a view to this phenomenon, country folk are

in  the  habit of tying wild figs on to figtrees, and of planting wild  figtrees near domesticated ones. 

33

In the case of animals that are quadrupeds and redblooded and  oviparous, generation takes place in the

spring, but copulation does  not take place in an uniform season. In some cases it takes place in  the spring, in

others in summer time, and in others in the autumn,  according as the subsequent season may be favourable

for the young. 

The tortoise lays eggs with a hard shell and of two colours  within, like birds' eggs, and after laying them

buries them in the  ground and treads the ground hard over them; it then broods over the  eggs on the surface of


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

32 92



Top




Page No 100


the ground, and hatches the eggs the next year.  The hemys, or freshwater tortoise, leaves the water and lays

its  eggs. It digs a hole of a casklike shape, and deposits therein the  eggs; after rather less than thirty days it

digs the eggs up again and  hatches them with great rapidity, and leads its young at once off to  the water. The

seaturtle lays on the ground eggs just like the eggs  of domesticated birds, buries the eggs in the ground, and

broods  over  them in the nighttime. It lays a very great number of eggs,  amounting  at times to one hundred. 

Lizards and crocodiles, terrestrial and fluvial, lay eggs on land.  The eggs of lizards hatch spontaneously on

land, for the lizard does  not live on into the next year; in fact, the life of the animal is  said not to exceed six

months. The rivercrocodile lays a number of  eggs, sixty at the most, white in colour, and broods over them

for  sixty days: for, by the way, the creature is very longlived. And  the  disproportion is more marked in this

animal than in any other  between  the smallness of the original egg and the huge size of the  fullgrown

animal. For the egg is not larger than that of the goose,  and the  young crocodile is small, answering to the egg

in size, but  the  fullgrown animal attains the length of twentysix feet; in  fact, it  is actually stated that the

animal goes on growing to the end  of its  days. 

34

With regard to serpents or snakes, the viper is externally  viviparous, having been previously oviparous

internally. The egg, as  with the egg of fishes, is uniform in colour and softskinned. The  young serpent grows

on the surface of the egg, and, like the young  of  fishes, has no shelllike envelopment. The young of the

viper is  born  inside a membrane that bursts from off the young creature in  three  days; and at times the young

viper eats its way out from the  inside of  the egg. The mother viper brings forth all its young in  one day,

twenty in number, and one at a time. The other serpents are  externally  oviparous, and their eggs are strung on

to one another like  a lady's  necklace; after the dam has laid her eggs in the ground she  broods  over them, and

hatches the eggs in the following year. 

Book VI

1

So much for the generative processes in snakes and insects, and  also in oviparous quadrupeds. Birds without

exception lay eggs, but  the pairing season and the times of parturition are not alike for all.  Some birds couple

and lay at almost any time in the year, as for  instance the barndoor hen and the pigeon: the former of these

coupling and laying during the entire year, with the exception of  the  month before and the month after the

winter solstice. Some hens,  even  in the high breeds, lay a large quantity of eggs before brooding,  amounting

to as many as sixty; and, by the way, the higher breeds  are  less prolific than the inferior ones. The Adrian

hens are  smallsized,  but they lay every day; they are crosstempered, and  often kill their  chickens; they are

of all colours. Some  domesticated hens lay twice a  day; indeed, instances have been known  where hens, after

exhibiting  extreme fecundity, have died suddenly.  Hens, then, lay eggs, as has  been stated, at all times

indiscriminately; the pigeon, the ringdove,  the turtledove, and  the stockdove lay twice a year, and the

pigeon  actually lays ten  times a year. The great majority of birds lay during  the  springtime. Some birds are

prolific, and prolific in either of  two  wayseither by laying often, as the pigeon, or by laying many eggs  at a

sitting, as the barndoor hen. All birds of prey, or birds with  crooked talons, are unprolific, except the kestrel:

this bird is the  most prolific of birds of prey; as many as four eggs have been  observed in the nest, and

occasionally it lays even more. 

Birds in general lay their eggs in nests, but such as are  disqualified for flight, as the partridge and the quail,

do not lay  them in nests but on the ground, and cover them over with loose  material. The same is the case

with the lark and the tetrix. These  birds hatch in sheltered places; but the bird called merops in  Boeotia, alone

of all birds, burrows into holes in the ground and  hatches there. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

34 93



Top




Page No 101


Thrushes, like swallows, build nests of clay, on high trees, and  build them in rows all close together, so that

from their continuity  the structure resembles a necklace of nests. Of all birds that hatch  for themselves the

hoopoe is the only one that builds no nest  whatever; it gets into the hollow of the trunk of a tree, and lays its

eggs there without making any sort of nest. The circus builds either  under a dwellingroof or on cliffs. The

tetrix, called ourax in  Athens, builds neither on the ground nor on trees, but on lowlying  shrubs. 

2

The egg in the case of all birds alike is hardshelled, if it be  the produce of copulation and be laid by a

healthy henfor some hens  lay soft eggs. The interior of the egg is of two colours, and the  white part is

outside and the yellow part within. 

The eggs of birds that frequent rivers and marshes differ from  those of birds that live on dry land; that is to

say, the eggs of  waterbirds have comparatively more of the yellow or yolk and less of  the white. Eggs vary in

colour according to their kind. Some eggs  are  white, as those of the pigeon and of the partridge; others are

yellowish, as the eggs of marsh birds; in some cases the eggs are  mottled, as the eggs of the guineafowl and

the pheasant; while the  eggs of the kestrel are red, like vermilion. 

Eggs are not symmetrically shaped at both ends: in other  words,  one end is comparatively sharp, and the

other end is  comparatively  blunt; and it is the latter end that protrudes first  at the time of  laying. Long and

pointed eggs are female; those that  are round, or  more rounded at the narrow end, are male. Eggs are  hatched

by the  incubation of the motherbird. In some cases, as in  Egypt, they are  hatched spontaneously in the

ground, by being buried  in dung heaps. A  story is told of a toper in Syracuse, how he used  to put eggs into the

ground under his rushmat and to keep on drinking  until he hatched  them. Instances have occurred of eggs

being deposited  in warm vessels  and getting hatched spontaneously. 

The sperm of birds, as of animals in general, is white. After  the  female has submitted to the male, she draws

up the sperm to  underneath  her midriff. At first it is little in size and white in  colour; by and  by it is red, the

colour of blood; as it grows, it  becomes pale and  yellow all over. When at length it is getting ripe  for

hatching, it is  subject to differentiation of substance, and the  yolk gathers together  within and the white

settles round it on the  outside. When the full  time is come, the egg detaches itself and  protrudes, changing

from  soft to hard with such temporal exactitude  that, whereas it is not  hard during the process of protrusion, it

hardens immediately after  the process is completed: that is if there  be no concomitant  pathological

circumstances. Cases have occurred  where substances  resembling the egg at a critical point of its  growththat

is, when it  is yellow all over, as the yolk is  subsequentlyhave been found in the  cock when cut open,

underneath his  midriff, just where the hen has her  eggs; and these are entirely  yellow in appearance and of the

same size  as ordinary eggs. Such  phenomena are regarded as unnatural and  portentous. 

Such as affirm that windeggs are the residua of eggs previously  begotten from copulation are mistaken in

this assertion, for we have  cases well authenticated where chickens of the common hen and goose  have laid

windeggs without ever having been subjected to  copulation.  Windeggs are smaller, less palatable, and

more liquid  than true eggs,  and are produced in greater numbers. When they are put  under the  mother bird,

the liquid contents never coagulate, but both  the yellow  and the white remain as they were. Windeggs are

laid by  a number of  birds: as for instance by the common hen, the hen  partridge, the hen  pigeon, the peahen,

the goose, and the vulpanser.  Eggs are hatched  under brooding hens more rapidly in summer than in  winter;

that is to  say, hens hatch in eighteen days in summer, but  occasionally in winter  take as many as twentyfive.

And by the way for  brooding purposes some  birds make better mothers than others. If it  thunders while a

henbird  is brooding, the eggs get addled.  Windeggs that are called by some  cynosura and uria are produced

chiefly in summer. Windeggs are called  by some zephyreggs, because  at springtime henbirds are

observed to  inhale the breezes; they do  the same if they be stroked in a peculiar  way by hand. Windeggs can


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

2 94



Top




Page No 102


turn into fertile eggs, and eggs due to  previous copulation can change  breed, if before the change of the

yellow to the white the hen that  contains windeggs, or eggs begotten  of copulation be trodden by  another

cockbird. Under these  circumstances the windeggs turn into  fertile eggs, and the previously  impregnated

eggs follow the breed  of the impregnator; but if the  latter impregnation takes place  during the change of the

yellow to the  white, then no change in the  egg takes place: the windegg does not  become a true egg, and the

true  egg does not take on the breed of the  latter impregnator. If when  the eggsubstance is small copulation

be  intermitted, the previously  existing eggsubstance exhibits no  increase; but if the hen be again  submitted

to the male the increase  in size proceeds with rapidity. 

The yolk and the white are diverse not only in colour but also  in  properties. Thus, the yolk congeals under the

influence of cold,  whereas the white instead of congealing is inclined rather to liquefy.  Again, the white

stiffens under the influence of fire, whereas the  yolk does not stiffen; but, unless it be burnt through and

through, it  remains soft, and in point of fact is inclined to set or to harden  more from the boiling than from the

roasting of the egg. The yolk  and  the white are separated by a membrane from one another. The  socalled

'hailstones', or treadles, that are found at the  extremity of the  yellow in no way contribute towards

generation, as  some erroneously  suppose: they are two in number, one below and the  other above. If you  take

out of the shells a number of yolks and a  number of whites and  pour them into a sauce pan and boil them

slowly  over a low fire, the  yolks will gather into the centre and the  whites will set all around  them. 

Young hens are the first to lay, and they do so at the beginning  of spring and lay more eggs than the older

hens, but the eggs of the  younger hens are comparatively small. As a general rule, if hens get  no brooding

they pine and sicken. After copulation hens shiver and  shake themselves, and often kick rubbish about all

round themand  this, by the way, they do sometimes after layingwhereas pigeons trail  their rumps on the

ground, and geese dive under the water.  Conception  of the true egg and conformation of the windegg take

place  rapidly  with most birds; as for instance with the henpartridge when  in heat.  The fact is that, when she

stands to windward and within  scent of the  male, she conceives, and becomes useless for decoy  purposes: for,

by  the way, the partridge appears to have a very  acute sense of smell. 

The generation of the egg after copulation and the generation of  the chick from the subsequent hatching of

the egg are not brought  about within equal periods for all birds, but differ as to time  according to the size of

the parentbirds. The egg of the common hen  after copulation sets and matures in ten days a general rule; the

egg  of the pigeon in a somewhat lesser period. Pigeons have the  faculty of  holding back the egg at the very

moment of parturition;  if a hen  pigeon be put about by any one, for instance if it be  disturbed on its  nest, or

have a feather plucked out, or sustain any  other annoyance or  disturbance, then even though she had made up

her  mind to lay she can  keep the egg back in abeyance. A singular  phenomenon is observed in  pigeons with

regard to pairing: that is,  they kiss one another just  when the male is on the point of mounting  the female, and

without this  preliminary the male would decline to  perform his function. With the  older males the preliminary

kiss is  only given to begin with, and  subsequently sequently he mounts without  previously kissing; with

younger males the preliminary is never  omitted. Another singularity in  these birds is that the hens tread one

another when a cock is not  forthcoming, after kissing one another just  as takes place in the  normal pairing.

Though they do not impregnate  one another they lay  more eggs under these than under ordinary

circumstances; no chicks,  however, result therefrom, but all such eggs  are windeggs. 

3

Generation from the egg proceeds in an identical manner with all  birds, but the full periods from conception

to birth differ, as has  been said. With the common hen after three days and three nights there  is the first

indication of the embryo; with larger birds the  interval  being longer, with smaller birds shorter. Meanwhile

the  yolk comes  into being, rising towards the sharp end, where the  primal element of  the egg is situated, and

where the egg gets hatched;  and the heart  appears, like a speck of blood, in the white of the egg.  This point


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

3 95



Top




Page No 103


beats and moves as though endowed with life, and from it  two  veinducts with blood in them trend in a

convoluted course (as the  egg  substance goes on growing, towards each of the two circumjacent

integuments); and a membrane carrying bloody fibres now envelops the  yolk, leading off from the

veinducts. A little afterwards the body is  differentiated, at first very small and white. The head is clearly

distinguished, and in it the eyes, swollen out to a great extent. This  condition of the eyes lat on for a good

while, as it is only by  degrees that they diminish in size and collapse. At the outset the  under portion of the

body appears insignificant in comparison with the  upper portion. Of the two ducts that lead from the heart,

the one  proceeds towards the circumjacent integument, and the other, like a  navelstring, towards the yolk.

The lifeelement of the chick is in  the white of the egg, and the nutriment comes through the navelstring  out

of the yolk. 

When the egg is now ten days old the chick and all its parts are  distinctly visible. The head is still larger than

the rest of its  body, and the eyes larger than the head, but still devoid of vision.  The eyes, if removed about

this time, are found to be larger than  beans, and black; if the cuticle be peeled off them there is a white  and

cold liquid inside, quite glittering in the sunlight, but there is  no hard substance whatsoever. Such is the

condition of the head and  eyes. At this time also the larger internal organs are visible, as  also the stomach and

the arrangement of the viscera; and veins that  seem to proceed from the heart are now close to the navel.

From the  navel there stretch a pair of veins; one towards the membrane that  envelops the yolk (and, by the

way, the yolk is now liquid, or more so  than is normal), and the other towards that membrane which envelops

collectively the membrane wherein the chick lies, the membrane of  the  yolk, and the intervening liquid. (For,

as the chick grows, little  by  little one part of the yolk goes upward, and another part downward,  and the white

liquid is between them; and the white of the egg is  underneath the lower part of the yolk, as it was at the

outset.) On  the tenth day the white is at the extreme outer surface, reduced in  amount, glutinous, firm in

substance, and sallow in colour. 

The disposition of the several constituent parts is as  follows.  First and outermost comes the membrane of the

egg, not that  of the  shell, but underneath it. Inside this membrane is a white  liquid; then  comes the chick, and

a membrane round about it,  separating it off so  as to keep the chick free from the liquid; next  after the chick

comes  the yolk, into which one of the two veins was  described as leading,  the other one leading into the

enveloping  white substance. (A membrane  with a liquid resembling serum envelops  the entire structure. Then

comes another membrane right round the  embryo, as has been described,  separating it off against the liquid.

Underneath this comes the yolk,  enveloped in another membrane (into  which yolk proceeds the  navelstring

that leads from the heart and the  big vein), so as to  keep the embryo free of both liquids.) 

About the twentieth day, if you open the egg and touch the  chick,  it moves inside and chirps; and it is already

coming to be  covered  with down, when, after the twentieth day is ast, the chick  begins to  break the shell. The

head is situated over the right leg  close to the  flank, and the wing is placed over the head; and about  this time

is  plain to be seen the membrane resembling an afterbirth  that comes  next after the outermost membrane of

the shell, into  which membrane  the one of the navelstrings was described as leading  (and, by the  way, the

chick in its entirety is now within it), and  so also is the  other membrane resembling an afterbirth, namely

that  surrounding the  yolk, into which the second navelstring was described  as leading; and  both of them

were described as being connected with  the heart and the  big vein. At this conjuncture the navelstring  that

leads to the outer  afterbirth collapses and becomes detached from  the chick, and the  membrane that leads into

the yolk is fastened on to  the thin gut of  the creature, and by this time a considerable amount  of the yolk is

inside the chick and a yellow sediment is in its  stomach. About this  time it discharges residuum in the

direction of  the outer afterbirth,  and has residuum inside its stomach; and the  outer residuum is white  (and

there comes a white substance inside). By  and by the yolk,  diminishing gradually in size, at length becomes

entirely used up and  comprehended within the chick (so that, ten  days after hatching, if  you cut open the

chick, a small remnant of the  yolk is still left in  connexion with the gut), but it is detached from  the navel,

and there  is nothing in the interval between, but it has  been used up entirely.  During the period above referred

to the chick  sleeps, wakes up, makes  a move and looks up and Chirps; and the  heart and the navel together


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

3 96



Top




Page No 104


palpitate as though the creature were  respiring. So much as to  generation from the egg in the case of birds. 

Birds lay some eggs that are unfruitful, even eggs that are  the  result of copulation, and no life comes from

such eggs by  incubation;  and this phenomenon is observed especially with pigeons. 

Twin eggs have two yolks. In some twin eggs a thin partition  of  white intervenes to prevent the yolks mixing

with each other, but  some  twin eggs are unprovided with such partition, and the yokes run  into  one another.

There are some hens that lay nothing but twin  eggs, and  in their case the phenomenon regarding the yolks has

been  observed.  For instance, a hen has been known to lay eighteen eggs, and  to hatch  twins out of them all,

except those that were windeggs;  the rest were  fertile (though, by the way, one of the twins is  always bigger

than  the other), but the eighteenth was abnormal or  monstrous. 

4

Birds of the pigeon kind, such as the ringdove and the  turtledove, lay two eggs at a time; that is to say, they

do so as a  general rule, and they never lay more than three. The pigeon, as has  been said, lays at all seasons;

the ringdove and the turtledove  lay  in the springtime, and they never lay more than twice in the  same

season. The henbird lays the second pair of eggs when the  first pair  happens to have been destroyed, for

many of the henpigeons  destroy  the first brood. The henpigeon, as has been said,  occasionally lays  three

eggs, but it never rears more than two chicks,  and sometimes  rears only one; and the odd one is always a

windegg. 

Very few birds propagate within their first year. All birds,  after  once they have begun laying, keep on having

eggs, though in  the case  of some birds it is difficult to detect the fact from the  minute size  of the creature. 

The pigeon, as a rule, lays a male and a female egg, and generally  lays the male egg first; after laying it

allows a day's interval to  ensue and then lays the second egg. The male takes its turn of sitting  during the

daytime; the female sits during the night. The firstlaid  egg is hatched and brought to birth within twenty

days; and the mother  bird pecks a hole in the egg the day before she hatches it out. The  two parent birds

brood for some time over the chicks in the way in  which they brooded previously over the eggs. In all

connected with the  rearing of the young the female parent is more crosstempered than the  male, as is the

case with most animals after parturition. The hens lay  as many as ten times in the year; occasional instances

have been known  of their laying eleven times, and in Egypt they actually lay twelve  times. The pigeon, male

and female, couples within the year; in  fact,  it couples when only six months old. Some assert that  ringdoves

and  turtledoves pair and procreate when only three months  old, and  instance their superabundant numbers

by way of proof of the  assertion.  The henpigeon carries her eggs fourteen days; for as  many more days  the

parent birds hatch the eggs; by the end of  another fourteen days  the chicks are so far capable of flight as to be

overtaken with  difficulty. (The ringdove, according to all  accounts, lives up to  forty years. The partridge

lives over  sixteen.) (After one brood the  pigeon is ready for another within  thirty days.) 

5

The vulture builds its nest on inaccessible cliffs; for which  reason its nest and young are rarely seen. And

therefore Herodorus,  father of Bryson the Sophist, declares that vultures belong to some  foreign country

unknown to us, stating as a proof of the assertion  that no one has ever seen a vulture's nest, and also that

vultures  in  great numbers make a sudden appearance in the rear of armies.  However,  difficult as it is to get a

sight of it, a vulture's nest has  been  seen. The vulture lays two eggs. 

(Carnivorous birds in general are observed to lay but once a  year.  The swallow is the only carnivorous bird

that builds a nest  twice. If  you prick out the eyes of swallow chicks while they are  yet young, the  birds will


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

4 97



Top




Page No 105


get well again and will see by and by.) 

6

The eagle lays three eggs and hatches two of them, as it is said  in the verses ascribed to Musaeus: 

That lays three, hatches two, and cares for one.

This is the case in most instances, though occasionally a brood of  three has been observed. As the young ones

grow, the mother becomes  wearied with feeding them and extrudes one of the pair from the  nest.  At the same

time the bird is said to abstain from food, to avoid  harrying the young of wild animals. That is to say, its

wings blanch,  and for some days its talons get turned awry. It is in consequence  about this time

crosstempered to its own young. The phene is said  to  rear the young one that has been expelled the nest. The

eagle  broods  for about thirty days. 

The hatching period is about the same for the larger birds, such  as the goose and the great bustard; for the

middlesized birds it  extends over about twenty days, as in the case of the kite and the  hawk. The kite in

general lays two eggs, but occasionally rears  three  young ones. The socalled aegolius at times rears four. It

is  not true  that, as some aver, the raven lays only two eggs; it lays a  larger  number. It broods for about twenty

days and then extrudes its  young.  Other birds perform the same operation; at all events mother  birds  that lay

several eggs often extrude one of their young. 

Birds of the eagle species are not alike in the treatment of their  young. The whitetailed eagle is cross, the

black eagle is  affectionate in the feeding of the young; though, by the way, all  birds of prey, when their brood

is rather forward in being able to  fly, beat and extrude them from the nest. The majority of birds  other  than

birds of prey, as has been said, also act in this manner,  and  after feeding their young take no further care of

them; but the  crow  is an exception. This bird for a considerable time takes charge  of her  young; for, even

when her young can fly, she flies alongside of  them  and supplies them with food. 

7

The cuckoo is said by some to be a hawk transformed, because at  the time of the cuckoo's coming, the hawk,

which it resembles, is  never seen; and indeed it is only for a few days that you will see  hawks about when the

cuckoo's note sounds early in the season. The  cuckoo appears only for a short time in summer, and in winter

disappears. The hawk has crooked talons, which the cuckoo has not;  neither with regard to the head does the

cuckoo resemble the hawk.  In  point of fact, both as regards the head and the claws it more  resembles the

pigeon. However, in colour and in colour alone it does  resemble the hawk, only that the markings of the hawk

are striped, and  of the cuckoo mottled. And, by the way, in size and flight it  resembles the smallest of the

hawk tribe, which bird disappears as a  rule about the time of the appearance of the cuckoo, though the two

have been seen simultaneously. The cuckoo has been seen to be preyed  on by the hawk; and this never

happens between birds of the same  species. They say no one has ever seen the young of the cuckoo. The  bird

eggs, but does not build a nest. Sometimes it lays its eggs in  the nest of a smaller bird after first devouring the

eggs of this  bird; it lays by preference in the nest of the ringdove, after first  devouring the eggs of the pigeon.

(It occasionally lays two, but  usually one.) It lays also in the nest of the hypolais, and the  hypolais hatches

and rears the brood. It is about this time that the  bird becomes fat and palatable. (The young of hawks also get

palatable  and fat. One species builds a nest in the wilderness and on sheer  and  inaccessible cliffs.) 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

6 98



Top




Page No 106


8

With most birds, as has been said of the pigeon, the hatching is  carried on by the male and the female in

turns: with some birds,  however, the male only sits long enough to allow the female to provide  herself with

food. In the goose tribe the female alone incubates,  and  after once sitting on the eggs she continues brooding

until they  are  hatched. 

The nests of all marshbirds are built in districts fenny and well  supplied with grass; consequently, the

motherbird while sitting quiet  on her eggs can provide herself with food without having to submit  to

absolute fasting. 

With the crow also the female alone broods, and broods  throughout  the whole period; the male bird supports

the female,  bringing her food  and feeding her. The female of the ringdove  begins to brood in the  afternoon

and broods through the entire night  until breakfasttime of  the following day; the male broods during  the rest

of the time.  Partridges build a nest in two compartments; the  male broods on the  one and the female on the

other. After hatching,  each of the parent  birds rears its brood. But the male, when he  first takes his young out

of the nest, treads them. 

9

Peafowl live for about twentyfive years, breed about the third  year, and at the same time take on their

spangled plumage. They  hatch  their eggs within thirty days or rather more. The peahen lays  but once  a year,

and lays twelve eggs, or may be a slightly lesser  number: she  does not lay all the eggs there and then one after

the  other, but at  intervals of two or three days. Such as lay for the  first time lay  about eight eggs. The peahen

lays windeggs. They  pair in the spring;  and laying begins immediately after pairing. The  bird moults when

the  earliest trees are shedding their leaves, and  recovers its plumage  when the same trees are recovering their

foliage.  People that rear  peafowl put the eggs under the barndoor hen, owing  to the fact that  when the

peahen is brooding over them the peacock  attacks her and  tries to trample on them; owing to this

circumstance  some birds of  wild varieties run away from the males and lay their  eggs and brood in  solitude.

Only two eggs are put under a barndoor  hen, for she could  not brood over and hatch a large number. They

take every precaution,  by supplying her with food, to prevent her  going off the eggs and  discontinuing the

brooding. 

With male birds about pairing time the testicles are obviously  larger than at other times, and this is

conspicuously the case with  the more salacious birds, such as the barndoor cock and the cock  partridge; the

peculiarity is less conspicuous in such birds as are  intermittent in regard to pairing. 

10

So much for the conception and generation of birds. 

It has been previously stated that fishes are not all oviparous.  Fishes of the cartilaginous genus are viviparous;

the rest are  oviparous. And cartilaginous fishes are first oviparous internally and  subsequently viviparous;

they rear the embryos internally, the  batrachus or fishingfrog being an exception. 

Fishes also, as was above stated, are provided with wombs, and  wombs of diverse kinds. The oviparous

genera have wombs bifurcate in  shape and low down in position; the cartilaginous genus have wombs  shaped

like those of O birds. The womb, however, in the  cartilaginous  fishes differs in this respect from the womb of

birds,  that with some  cartilaginous fishes the eggs do not settle close to  the diaphragm but  middleways

along the backbone, and as they grow  they shift their  position. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

8 99



Top




Page No 107


The egg with all fishes is not of two colours within but is of  even hue; and the colour is nearer to white than

to yellow, and that  both when the young is inside it and previously as well. 

Development from the egg in fishes differs from that in birds in  this respect, that it does not exhibit that one

of the two  navelstrings that leads off to the membrane that lies close under the  shell, while it does exhibit

that one of the two that in the case of  birds leads off to the yolk. In a general way the rest of the  development

from the egg onwards is identical in birds and fishes.  That is to say, development takes place at the upper part

of the  egg,  and the veins extend in like manner, at first from the heart; and  at  first the head, the eyes, and the

upper parts are largest; and as  the  creature grows the eggsubstance decreases and eventually  disappears,  and

becomes absorbed within the embryo, just as takes  place with the  yolk in birds. 

The navelstring is attached a little way below the aperture  of  the belly. When the creatures are young the

navelstring is long,  but  as they grow it diminishes in size; at length it gets small and  becomes incorporated,

as was described in the case of birds. The  embryo and the egg are enveloped by a common membrane, and

just  under  this is another membrane that envelops the embryo by itself; and  in  between the two membranes is

a liquid. The food inside the  stomach of  the little fishes resembles that inside the stomach of  young chicks,

and is partly white and partly yellow. 

As regards the shape of the womb, the reader is referred to my  treatise on Anatomy. The womb, however, is

diverse in diverse  fishes,  as for instance in the sharks as compared one with another  or as  compared with the

skate. That is to say, in some sharks the eggs  adhere in the middle of the womb round about the backbone, as

has been  stated, and this is the case with the dogfish; as the eggs grow  they  shift their place; and since the

womb is bifurcate and adheres to  the  midriff, as in the rest of similar creatures, the eggs pass into  one  or other

of the two compartments. This womb and the womb of the  other  sharks exhibit, as you go a little way off

from the midriff,  something  resembling white breasts, which never make their  appearance unless  there be

conception. 

Dogfish and skate have a kind of eggshell, in the which is  found  an egglike liquid. The shape of the

eggshell resembles the  tongue of  a bagpipe, and hairlike ducts are attached to the shell.  With the  dogfish

which is called by some the 'dappled shark', the  young are  born when the shellformation breaks in pieces

and falls  out; with the  ray, after it has laid the egg the shellformation  breaks up and the  young move out.

The spiny dogfish has its close  to the midriff above  the breast like formations; when the egg  descends, as

soon as it gets  detached the young is born. The mode of  generation is the same in the  case of the foxshark. 

The socalled smooth shark has its eggs in betwixt the wombs  like  the dogfish; these eggs shift into each of

the two horns of  the womb  and descend, and the young develop with the navelstring  attached to  the womb,

so that, as the eggsubstance gets used up,  the embryo is  sustained to all appearance just as in the case of

quadrupeds. The  navelstring is long and adheres to the under part  of the womb (each  navelstring being

attached as it were by a sucker),  and also to the  centre of the embryo in the place where the liver is  situated. If

the  embryo be cut open, even though it has the  eggsubstance no longer,  the food inside is egglike in

appearance.  Each embryo, as in the case  of quadrupeds, is provided with a  chorion and separate membranes.

When  young the embryo has its head  upwards, but downwards when it gets  strong and is completed in form.

Males are generated on the lefthand  side of the womb, and females  on the righthand side, and males and

females on the same side  together. If the embryo be cut open, then, as  with quadrupeds, such  internal organs

as it is furnished with, as for  instance the liver,  are found to be large and supplied with blood. 

All cartilaginous fishes have at one and the same time eggs  above  close to the midriff (some larger, some

smaller), in  considerable  numbers, and also embryos lower down. And this  circumstance leads many  to

suppose that fishes of this species pair  and bear young every  month, inasmuch as they do not produce all  their

young at once, but  now and again and over a lengthened period.  But such eggs as have come  down below

within the womb are  simultaneously ripened and completed in  growth. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

8 100



Top




Page No 108


Dogfish in general can extrude and take in again their young,  as  can also the angelfish and the electric

rayand, by the way, a  large  electric ray has been seen with about eighty embryos inside  itbut the  spiny

dogfish is an exception to the rule, being  prevented by the  spine of the young fish from so doing. Of the flat

cartilaginous fish,  the trygon and the ray cannot extrude and take  in again in consequence  of the roughness of

the tails of the young.  The batrachus or  fishingfrog also is unable to take in its young  owing to the size of

the head and the prickles; and, by the way, as  was previously  remarked, it is the only one of these fishes that

is  not viviparous. 

So much for the varieties of the cartilaginous species and for  their modes of generation from the egg. 

11

At the breeding season the spermducts of the male are filled with  sperm, so much so that if they be squeezed

the sperm flows out  spontaneously as a white fluid; the ducts are bifurcate, and start  from the midriff and the

great vein. About this period the spermducts  of the male are quite distinct (from the womb of the female)

but at  any other than the actual breeding time their distinctness is not  obvious to a nonexpert. The fact is that

in certain fishes at certain  times these organs are imperceptible, as was stated regarding the  testicles of birds. 

Among other distinctions observed between the thoric ducts and the  wombducts is the circumstance that the

thoric ducts are attached to  the loins, while the wombducts move about freely and are attached  by  a thin

membrane. The particulars regarding the thoric ducts may  be  studied by a reference to the diagrams in my

treatise on Anatomy. 

Cartilaginous fishes are capable of superfoetation, and their  period of gestation is six months at the longest.

The socalled starry  dogfish bears young the most frequently; in other words it bears twice  a month. The

breeding season is in the month of Maemacterion. The  dogfish as a general rule bear twice in the year, with

the  exception  of the little dogfish, which bears only once a year. Some  of them  bring forth in the springtime.

The rhine, or angelfish, bears  its  first brood in the springtime, and its second in the autumn, about  the  winter

setting of the Pleiads; the second brood is the stronger of  the  two. The electric ray brings forth in the late

autumn. 

Cartilaginous fishes come out from the main seas and deep waters  towards the shore and there bring forth

their young, and they do so  for the sake of warmth and by way of protection for their young. 

Observations would lead to the general rule that no one  variety of  fish pairs with another variety. The

angelfish, however,  and the  batus or skate appear to pair with one another; for there is a  fish  called the

rhinobatus, with the head and front parts of the skate  and  the after parts of the rhine or angelfish, just as

though it were  made up of both fishes together. 

Sharks then and their congeners, as the foxshark and the  dogfish, and the flat fishes, such as the electric

ray, the ray,  the  smooth skate, and the trygon, are first oviparous and then  viviparous  in the way above

mentioned, (as are also the sawfish and  the oxray.) 

12

The dolphin, the whale, and all the rest of the Cetacea, all, that  is to say, that are provided with a blowhole

instead of gills, are  viviparous. That is to say, no one of all these fishes is ever seen to  be supplied with eggs,

but directly with an embryo from whose  differentiation comes the fish, just as in the case of mankind and the

viviparous quadrupeds. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

11 101



Top




Page No 109


The dolphin bears one at a time generally, but occasionally two.  The whale bears one or at the most two,

generally two. The porpoise in  this respect resembles the dolphin, and, by the way, it is in form  like a little

dolphin, and is found in the Euxine; it differs,  however, from the dolphin as being less in size and broader in

the  back; its colour is leadenblack. Many people are of opinion that  the  porpoise is a variety of the dolphin. 

All creatures that have a blowhole respire and inspire, for  they  are provided with lungs. The dolphin has

been seen asleep with  his  nose above water, and when asleep he snores. 

The dolphin and the porpoise are provided with milk, and  suckle  their young. They also take their young,

when small, inside  them. The  young of the dolphin grow rapidly, being full grown at ten  years of  age. Its

period of gestation is ten months. It brings forth  its young  summer, and never at any other season; (and,

singularly  enough, under  the Dogstar it disappears for about thirty days). Its  young accompany  it for a

considerable period; and, in fact, the  creature is remarkable  for the strength of its parental affection.  It lives

for many years;  some are known to have lived for more than  twentyfive, and some for  thirty years; the fact

is fishermen nick  their tails sometimes and set  them adrift again, and by this expedient  their ages are

ascertained. 

The seal is an amphibious animal: that is to say, it cannot take  in water, but breathes and sleeps and brings

forth on dry landonly  close to the shoreas being an animal furnished with feet; it  spends,  however, the

greater part of its time in the sea and derives  its food  from it, so that it must be classed in the category of

marine  animals.  It is viviparous by immediate conception and brings forth its  young  alive, and exhibits an

afterbirth and all else just like a ewe.  It  bears one or two at a time, and three at the most. It has two  teats,

and suckles its young like a quadruped. Like the human  species it  brings forth at all seasons of the year, but

especially  at the time  when the earliest kids are forthcoming. It conducts its  young ones,  when they are about

twelve days old, over and over again  during the  day down to the sea, accustoming them by slow degrees to

the water. It  slips down steep places instead of walking, from the  fact that it  cannot steady itself by its feet. It

can contract and  draw itself in,  for it is fleshy and soft and its bones are gristly.  Owing to the  flabbiness of its

body it is difficult to kill a seal  by a blow,  unless you strike it on the temple. It looks like a cow.  The female

in  regard to its genital organs resembles the female of the  ray; in all  other respects it resembles the female of

the human  species. 

So much for the phenomena of generation and of parturition in  animals that live in water and are viviparous

either internally or  externally. 

13

Oviparous fishes have their womb bifurcate and placed low down, as  was said previouslyand, by the way,

all scaly fish are oviparous,  as  the basse, the mullet, the grey mullet, and the etelis, and all the  socalled

whitefish, and all the smooth or slippery fish except the  eeland their roe is of a crumbling or granular

substance. This  appearance is due to the fact that the whole womb of such fishes is  full of eggs, so that in

little fishes there seem to be only a  couple  of eggs there; for in small fishes the womb is  indistinguishable,

from  its diminutive size and thin contexture. The  pairing of fishes has  been discussed previously. 

Fishes for the most part are divided into males and females, but  one is puzzled to account for the erythrinus

and the channa, for  specimens of these species are never caught except in a condition of  pregnancy. 

With such fish as pair, eggs are the result of copulation, but  such fish have them also without copulation; and

this is shown in  the  case of some riverfish, for the minnow has eggs when quite  small,almost, one may say,

as soon as it is born. These fishes shed  their eggs little by little, and, as is stated, the males swallow  the

greater part of them, and some portion of them goes to waste in  the  water; but such of the eggs as the female


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

13 102



Top




Page No 110


deposits on the spawning  beds are saved. If all the eggs were preserved, each species would  be  infinite in

number. The greater number of these eggs so deposited  are  not productive, but only those over which the

male sheds the  milt or  sperm; for when the female has laid her eggs, the male follows  and  sheds its sperm

over them, and from all the eggs so besprinkled  young  fishes proceed, while the rest are left to their fate. 

The same phenomenon is observed in the case of molluscs also;  for  in the case of the cuttlefish or sepia, after

the female has  deposited  her eggs, the male besprinkles them. It is highly probable  that a  similar phenomenon

takes place in regard to molluscs in  general,  though up to the present time the phenomenon has been  observed

only in  the case of the cuttlefish. 

Fishes deposit their eggs close in to shore, the goby close to  stones; and, by the way, the spawn of the goby is

flat and crumbly.  Fish in general so deposit their eggs; for the water close in to shore  is warm and is better

supplied with food than the outer sea, and  serves as a protection to the spawn against the voracity of the

larger  fish. And it is for this reason that in the Euxine most fishes spawn  near the mouth of the river

Thermodon, because the locality is  sheltered, genial, and supplied with fresh water. 

Oviparous fish as a rule spawn only once a year. The little  phycis  or black goby is an exception, as it spawns

twice; the male  of the  black goby differs from the female as being blacker and  having larger  scales. 

Fishes then in general produce their young by copulation, and  lay  their eggs; but the pipefish, as some call it,

when the time of  parturition arrives, bursts in two, and the eggs escape out. For the  fish has a diaphysis or

cloven growth under the belly and abdomen  (like the blind snakes), and, after it has spawned by the splitting

of  this diaphysis, the sides of the split grow together again. 

Development from the egg takes place similarly with fishes that  are oviparous internally and with fishes that

are oviparous  externally; that is to say, the embryo comes at the upper end of the  egg and is enveloped in a

membrane, and the eyes, large and spherical,  are the first organs visible. From this circumstance it is plain

that  the assertion is untenable which is made by some writers, to wit,  that  the young of oviparous fishes are

generated like the grubs of  worms;  for the opposite phenomena are observed in the case of these  grubs, in  that

their lower extremities are the larger at the outset,  and that  the eyes and the head appear later on. After the

egg has been  used up,  the young fishes are like tadpoles in shape, and at first,  without  taking any nutriment,

they grow by sustenance derived from the  juice  oozing from the egg; by and by, they are nourished up to full

growth  by the riverwaters. 

When the Euxine is 'purged' a substance called phycus is carried  into the Hellespont, and this substance is of

a pale yellow colour.  Some writers aver that it is the flower of the phycus, from which  rouge is made; it

comes at the beginning of summer. Oysters and the  small fish of these localities feed on this substance, and

some of the  inhabitants of these maritime districts say that the purple murex  derives its peculiar colour from

it. 

14

Marshfishes and riverfishes conceive at the age of five months  as a general rule, and deposit their spawn

towards the close of the  year without exception. And with these fishes, like as with the marine  fishes, the

female does not void all her eggs at one time, nor the  male his sperm; but they are at all times more or less

provided, the  female with eggs, and the male with sperm. Thecarp spawns as the  seasons come round, five

or six times, and follows in spawning the  rising of the greater constellations. The chalcis spawns three  times,

and the other fishes once only in the year. They all spawn in  pools  left by the overflowing of rivers, and near

to reedy places in  marshes; as for instance the phoxinus or minnow and the perch. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

14 103



Top




Page No 111


The glanis or sheatfish and the perch deposit their spawn in  one  continuous string, like the frog; so

continuous, in fact, is the  convoluted spawn of the perch that, by reason of its smoothness, the  fishermen in

the marshes can unwind it off the reeds like threads  off  a reel. The larger individuals of the sheatfish spawn

in deep  waters,  some in water of a fathom's depth, the smaller in shallower  water,  generally close to the roots

of the willow or of some other  tree, or  close to reeds or to moss. At times these fishes intertwine  with one

another, a big with a little one, and bring into  juxtaposition the  ductswhich some writers designate as

navelsat  the point where they  emit the generative products and discharge the  egg in the case of the  female

and the milt in the case of the male.  Such eggs as are  besprinkled with the milt grow, in a day or  thereabouts,

whiter and  larger, and in a little while afterwards the  fish's eyes become  visible for these organs in all fishes,

as for that  matter in all  other animals, are early conspicuous and seem  disproportionately big.  But such eggs

as the milt fails to touch  remain, as with marine  fishes, useless and infertile. From the fertile  eggs, as the little

fish grow, a kind of sheath detaches itself;  this is a membrane that  envelops the egg and the young fish. When

the milt has mingled with  the eggs, the resulting product becomes very  sticky or viscous, and  adheres to the

roots of trees or wherever it  may have been laid. The  male keeps on guard at the principal  spawningplace,

and the female  after spawning goes away. 

In the case of the sheatfish the growth from the egg is  exceptionally slow, and, in consequence, the male has

to keep watch  for forty or fifty days to prevent thespawn being devoured by such  little fishes as chance to

come by. Next in point of slowness is the  generation of the carp. As with fishes in general, so even with

these,  the spawn thus protected disappears and gets lost rapidly. 

In the case of some of the smaller fishes when they are only  three  days old young fishes are generated. Eggs

touched by the male  sperm  take on increase both the same day and also later. The egg of  the  sheatfish is as

big as a vetchseed; the egg of the carp and of  the  carpspecies as big as a milletseed. 

These fishes then spawn and generate in the way here  described.  The chalcis, however, spawns in deep water

in dense  shoals of fish;  and the socalled tilon spawns near to beaches in  sheltered spots in  shoals likewise.

The carp, the baleros, and  fishes in general push  eagerly into the shallows for the purpose of  spawning, and

very often  thirteen or fourteen males are seen following  a single female. When  the female deposits her spawn

and departs, the  males follow on and  shed the milt. The greater portion of the spawn  gets wasted; because,

owing to the fact that the female moves about  while spawning, the  spawn scatters, or so much of it as is

caught in  the stream and does  not get entangled with some rubbish. For, with the  exception of the  sheatfish,

no fish keeps on guard; unless, by the  way, it be the carp,  which is said to remain on guard, if it so happen

that its spawn lies  in a solid mass. 

All male fishes are supplied with milt, excepting the eel: with  the eel, the male is devoid of milt, and the

female of spawn. The  mullet goes up from the sea to marshes and rivers; the eels, on the  contrary, make their

way down from the marshes and rivers to the sea. 

15

The great majority of fish, then, as has been stated, proceed from  eggs. However, there are some fish that

proceed from mud and sand,  even of those kinds that proceed also from pairing and the egg. This  occurs in

ponds here and there, and especially in a pond in the  neighbourhood of Cnidos. This pond, it is said, at one

time ran dry  about the rising of the Dogstar, and the mud had all dried up; at  the  first fall of the rains there

was a show of water in the pond, and  on  the first appearance of the water shoals of tiny fish were found in  the

pond. The fish in question was a kind of mullet, one which does  not proceed from normal pairing, about the

size of a small sprat,  and  not one of these fishes was provided with either spawn or milt.  There  are found also

in Asia Minor, in rivers not communicating with  the  sea, little fishes like whitebait, differing from the small

fry  found  near Cnidos but found under similar circumstances. Some  writers  actually aver that mullet all grow


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

15 104



Top




Page No 112


spontaneously. In this  assertion  they are mistaken, for the female of the fish is found  provided with  spawn,

and the male with milt. However, there is a  species of mullet  that grows spontaneously out of mud and sand. 

From the facts above enumerated it is quite proved that certain  fishes come spontaneously into existence, not

being derived from  eggs  or from copulation. Such fish as are neither oviparous nor  viviparous  arise all from

one of two sources, from mud, or from sand  and from  decayed matter that rises thence as a scum; for

instance, the  socalled froth of the small fry comes out of sandy ground. This fry  is incapable of growth and

of propagating its kind; after living for a  while it dies away and another creature takes its place, and so,  with

short intervals excepted, it may be said to last the whole year  through. At all events, it lasts from the autumn

rising of Arcturus up  to the springtime. As a proof that these fish occasionally come out  of the ground we

have the fact that in cold weather they are not  caught, and that they are caught in warm weather, obviously

coming  up  out of the ground to catch the heat; also, when the fishermen use  dredges and the ground is

scraped up fairly often, the fishes appear  in larger numbers and of superior quality. All other small fry are

inferior in quality owing to rapidity of growth. The fry are found  in  sheltered and marshy districts, when after

a spell of fine  weather the  ground is getting warmer, as, for instance, in the  neighbourhood of  Athens, at

Salamis and near the tomb of  Themistocles and at Marathon;  for in these districts the froth is  found. It

appears, then, in such  districts and during such weather,  and occasionally appears after a  heavy fall of rain in

the froth  that is thrown up by the falling rain,  from which circumstance the  substance derives its specific

name. Foam  is occasionally brought in  on the surface of the sea in fair weather.  (And in this, where it  has

formed on the surface, the socalled froth  collects, as grubs  swarm in manure; for whichreason this fry is

often  brought in from  the open sea. The fish is at its best in quality and  quantity in moist  warm weather.) 

The ordinary fry is the normal issue of parent fishes: the  socalled gudgeonfry of small insignificant

gudgeonlike fish that  burrow under the ground. From the Phaleric fry comes the membras, from  the

membras the trichis, from the trichis the trichias, and from one  particular sort of fry, to wit from that found in

the harbour of  Athens, comes what is called the encrasicholus, or anchovy. There is  another fry, derived from

the maenis and the mullet. 

The unfertile fry is watery and keeps only a short time, as  has  been stated, for at last only head and eyes are

left. However, the  fishermen of late have hit upon a method of transporting it to a  distance, as when salted it

keeps for a considerable time. 

16

Eels are not the issue of pairing, neither are they oviparous; nor  was an eel ever found supplied with either

milt or spawn, nor are they  when cut open found to have within them passages for spawn or for  eggs. In point

of fact, this entire species of blooded animals  proceeds neither from pair nor from the egg. 

There can be no doubt that the case is so. For in some standing  pools, after the water has been drained off and

the mud has been  dredged away, the eels appear again after a fall of rain. In time of  drought they do not

appear even in stagnant ponds, for the simple  reason that their existence and sustenance is derived from

rainwater. 

There is no doubt, then, that they proceed neither from  pairing  nor from an egg. Some writers, however, are

of opinion that  they  generate their kind, because in some eels little worms are found,  from  which they

suppose that eels are derived. But this opinion is not  founded on fact. Eels are derived from the socalled

'earth's guts'  that grow spontaneously in mud and in humid ground; in fact, eels have  at times been seen to

emerge out of such earthworms, and on other  occasions have been rendered visible when the earthworms

were laid  open by either scraping or cutting. Such earthworms are found both  in  the sea and in rivers,

especially where there is decayed matter: in  the sea in places where seaweed abounds, and in rivers and


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

16 105



Top




Page No 113


marshes  near to the edge; for it is near to the water's edge that sunheat has  its chief power and produces

putrefaction. So much for the  generation  of the eel. 

17

Fish do not all bring forth their young at the same season nor all  in like manner, neither is the period of

gestation for all of the same  duration. 

Before pairing the males and females gather together in  shoals; at  the time for copulation and parturition they

pair off. With  some  fishes the time of gestation is not longer than thirty days, with  others it is a lesser period;

but with all it extends over a number of  days divisible by seven. The longest period of gestation is that of  the

species which some call a marinus. 

The sargue conceives during the month of Poseideon (or  December),  and carries its spawn for thirty days;

and the species of  mullet named  by some the chelon, and the myxon, go with spawn at the  same period  and

over the same length of time. 

All fish suffer greatly during the period of gestation, and  are in  consequence very apt to be thrown up on

shore at this time.  In some  cases they are driven frantic with pain and throw themselves  on land.  At all events

they are throughout this time continually in  motion  until parturition is over (this being especially true of the

mullet),  and after parturition they are in repose. With many fish  the time for  parturition terminates on the

appearance of grubs  within the belly;  for small living grubs get generated there and eat  up the spawn. 

With shoal fishes parturition takes place in the spring, and  indeed, with most fishes, about the time of the

spring equinox; with  others it is at different times, in summer with some, and with  others  about the autumn

equinox. 

The first of shoal fishes to spawn is the atherine, and it  spawns  close to land; the last is the cephalus: and this

is inferred  from the  fact that the brood of the atherine appears first of all  and the brood  of the cephalus last.

The mullet also spawns early.  The saupe spawns  usually at the beginning of summer, but  occasionally in the

autumn.  The aulopias, which some call the anthias,  spawns in the summer. Next  in order of spawning comes

the  chrysophrys or gilthead, the basse, the  mormyrus, and in general  such fish as are nicknamed 'runners'.

Latest  in order of the shoal  fish come the red mullet and the coracine; these  spawn in autumn.  The red mullet

spawns on mud, and consequently, as  the mud continues  cold for a long while, spawns late in the year. The

coracine carries  its spawn for a long time; but, as it lives usually  on rocky ground,  it goes to a distance and

spawns in places abounding  in seaweed, at  a period later than the red mullet. The maenis spawns  about the

winter  solstice. Of the others, such as are pelagic spawn  for the most part  in summer; which fact is proved by

their not being  caught by fishermen  during this period. 

Of ordinary fishes the most prolific is the sprat; of  cartilaginous fishes, the fishingfrog. Specimens,

however, of the  fishingfrog are rare from the facility with which the young are  destroyed, as the female lays

her spawn all in a lump close in to  shore. As a rule, cartilaginous fish are less prolific than other fish  owing to

their being viviparous; and their young by reason of their  size have a better chance of escaping destruction. 

The socalled needlefish (or pipefish) is late in spawning,  and  the greater portion of them are burst

asunder by the eggs before  spawning; and the eggs are not so many in number as large in size. The  young fish

cluster round the parent like so many young spiders, for  the fish spawns on to herself; and, if any one touch

the young, they  swim away. The atherine spawns by rubbing its belly against the sand. 

Tunny fish also burst asunder by reason of their fat. They live  for two years; and the fishermen infer this age


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

17 106



Top




Page No 114


from the  circumstance  that once when there was a failure of the young tunny  fish for a year  there was a

failure of the fullgrown tunny the next  summer. They are  of opinion that the tunny is a fish a year older than

the pelamyd. The  tunny and the mackerel pair about the close of the  month of  Elaphebolion, and spawn about

the commencement of the month  of  Hecatombaeon; they deposit their spawn in a sort of bag. The growth  of

the young tunny is rapid. After the females have spawned in the  Euxine, there comes from the egg what some

call scordylae, but what  the Byzantines nickname the 'auxids' or 'growers', from their  growing  to a

considerable size in a few days; these fish go out of the  Pontus  in autumn along with the young tunnies, and

enter Pontus in the  spring  as pelamyds. Fishes as a rule take on growth with rapidity, but  this  is peculiarly the

case with all species of fish found in the  Pontus;  the growth, for instance, of the amiatunny is quite visible

from day  to day. 

To resume, we must bear in mind that the same fish in the same  localities have not the same season for

pairing, for conception, for  parturition, or for favouring weather. The coracine, for instance,  in  some places

spawns about wheatharvest. The statements here given  pretend only to give the results of general

observation. 

The conger also spawns, but the fact is not equally obvious in  all  localities, nor is the spawn plainly visible

owing to the fat of  the  fish; for the spawn is lanky in shape as it is with serpents.  However,  if it be put on the

fire it shows its nature; for the fat  evaporates  and melts, while the eggs dance about and explode with a  crack.

Further, if you touch the substances and rub them with your  fingers,  the fat feels smooth and the egg rough.

Some congers are  provided with  fat but not with any spawn, others are unprovided with  fat but have

eggspawn as here described. 

18

We have, then, treated pretty fully of the animals that fly in the  air or swim in the water, and of such of those

that walk on dry land  as are oviparous, to wit of their pairing, conception, and the like  phenomena; it now

remains to treat of the same phenomena in  connexion  with viviparous land animals and with man. 

The statements made in regard to the pairing of the sexes  apply  partly to the particular kinds of animal and

partly to all in  general.  It is common to all animals to be most excited by the  desire of one  sex for the other

and by the pleasure derived from  copulation. The  female is most crosstempered just after  parturition, the

male during  the time of pairing; for instance,  stallions at this period bite one  another, throw their riders, and

chase them. Wild boars, though  usually enfeebled at this time as the  result of copulation, are now  unusually

fierce, and fight with one  another in an extraordinary way,  clothing themselves with defensive  armour, or in

other words  deliberately thickening their hide by  rubbing against trees or by  coating themselves repeatedly all

over  with mud and then drying  themselves in the sun. They drive one another  away from the swine  pastures,

and fight with such fury that very often  both combatants  succumb. The case is similar with bulls, rams, and

hegoats; for,  though at ordinary times they herd together, at  breeding time they  hold aloof from and quarrel

with one another. The  male camel also is  crosstempered at pairing time if either a man or a  camel comes

near  him; as for a horse, a camel is ready to fight him at  any time. It is  the same with wild animals. The bear,

the wolf, and  the lion are all  at this time ferocious towards such as come in  their way, but the  males of these

animals are less given to fight with  one another from  the fact that they are at no time gregarious. The

shebear is fierce  after cubbing, and the bitch after pupping. 

Male elephants get savage about pairing time, and for this  reason  it is stated that men who have charge of

elephants in India  never  allow the males to have intercourse with the females; on the  ground  that the males go

wild at this time and turn topsyturvy the  dwellings  of their keepers, lightly constructed as they are, and

commit all  kinds of havoc. They also state that abundancy of food  has a tendency  to tame the males. They

further introduce other  elephants amongst the  wild ones, and punish and break them in by  setting on the


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

18 107



Top




Page No 115


newcomers  to chastise the others. 

Animals that pair frequently and not at a single specific  season,  as for instance animals domesticated by man,

such as swine and  dogs,  are found to indulge in such freaks to a lesser degree owing  to the  frequency of their

sexual intercourse. 

Of female animals the mare is the most sexually wanton, and next  in order comes the cow. In fact, the mare is

said to go ahorsing; and  the term derived from the habits of this one animal serves as a term  of abuse

applicable to such females of the human species as are  unbridled in the way of sexual appetite. This is the

common phenomenon  as observed in the sow when she is said to go aboaring. The mare is  said also about

this time to get windimpregnated if not impregnated  by the stallion, and for this reason in Crete they never

remove the  stallion from the mares; for when the mare gets into this condition  she runs away from all other

horses. The mares under these  circumstances fly invariably either northwards or southwards, and  never

towards either east or west. When this complaint is on them they  allow no one to approach, until either they

are exhausted with fatigue  or have reached the sea. Under either of these circumstances they  discharge a

certain substance 'hippomanes', the title given to a  growth on a newborn foal; this resembles the sowvirus,

and is in  great request amongst women who deal in drugs and potions. About  horsing time the mares huddle

closer together, are continually  switching their tails, their neigh is abnormal in sound, and from  the  sexual

organ there flows a liquid resembling genital sperm, but  much  thinner than the sperm of the male. It is this

substance that  some  call hippomanes, instead of the growth found on the foal; they  say it  is extremely

difficult to get as it oozes out only in small  drops at a  time. Mares also, when in heat, discharge urine

frequently,  and frisk  with one another. Such are the phenomena connected with  the horse. 

Cows go abulling; and so completely are they under the  influence  of the sexual excitement that the

herdsmen have no control  over them  and cannot catch hold of them in the fields. Mares and  kine alike,  when

in heat, indicate the fact by the upraising of  their genital  organs, and by continually voiding urine. Further,

kine mount the  bulls, follow them about; and keep standing beside  them. The younger  females both with

horses and oxen are the first to  get in heat; and  their sexual appetites are all the keener if the  weather warm

and  their bodily condition be healthy. Mares, when  clipt of their coat,  have the sexual feeling checked, and

assume a  downcast drooping  appearance. The stallion recognizes by the scent the  mares that form  his

company, even though they have been together  only a few days  before breeding time: if they get mixed up

with  other mares, the  stallion bites and drives away the interlopers. He  feeds apart,  accompanied by his own

troop of mares. Each stallion  has assigned to  him about thirty mares or even somewhat more; when a  strange

stallion  approaches, he huddles his mares into a close ring,  runs round them,  then advances to the encounter

of the newcomer; if  one of the mares  make a movement, he bites her and drives her back.  The bull in

breeding time begins to graze with the cows, and fights  with other  bulls (having hitherto grazed with them),

which is termed  by graziers  'herdspurning'. Often in Epirus a bull disappears for  three months  together. In a

general way one may state that of male  animals either  none or few herd with their respective females before

breeding time;  but they keep separate after reaching maturity, and the  two sexes feed  apart. Sows, when they

are moved by sexual desire, or  are, as it is  called, aboaring, will attack even human beings. 

With bitches the same sexual condition is termed 'getting into  heat'. The sexual organ rises at this time, and

there is a moisture  about the parts. Mares drip with a white liquid at this season. 

Female animals are subject to menstrual discharges, but never in  suchabundance as is the female of the

human species. With ewes and  shegoats there are signs of menstruation in breeding time, just  before the for

submitting to the male; after copulation also the signs  are manifest, and then cease for an interval until the

period of  parturition arrives; the process then supervenes, and it is by this  supervention that the shepherd

knows that such and such an ewe is  about to bring forth. After parturition comes copious menstruation,  not at

first much tinged with blood, but deeply dyed with it by and  by. With the cow, the she ass, and the mare, the

discharge is more  copious actually, owing to their greater bulk, but proportionally to  the greater bulk it is far


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

18 108



Top




Page No 116


less copious. The cow, for instance, when  in heat, exhibits a small discharge to the extent of a quarter of a

pint of liquid or a little less; and the time when this discharge  takes place is the best time for her to be covered

by the bull. Of all  quadrupeds the mare is the most easily delivered of its young,  exhibits the least amount of

discharge after parturition, and emits  the least amount of blood; that is to say, of all animals in  proportion to

size. With kine and mares menstruation usually manifests  itself at intervals of two, four, and six months; but,

unless one be  constantly attending to and thoroughly acquainted with such animals,  it is difficult to verify the

circumstance, and the result is that  many people are under the belief that the process never takes place  with

these animals at all. 

With mules menstruation never takes place, but the urine of the  female is thicker than the urine of the male.

As a general rule the  discharge from the bladder in the case of quadrupeds is thicker than  it is in the human

species, and this discharge with ewes and shegoats  is thicker than with rams and hegoats; but the urine of

the jackass  is thicker than the urine of the sheass, and the urine of the bull is  more pungent than the urine of

the cow. After parturition the urine of  all quadrupeds becomes thicker, especially with such animals as

exhibit comparatively slight discharges. At breeding time the milk  become purulent, but after parturition it

becomes wholesome. During  pregnancy ewes and shegoats get fatter and eat more; as is also the  case with

cows, and, indeed, with the females of all quadrupeds. 

In general the sexual appetites of animals are keenest in  springtime; the time of pairing, however, is not the

same for all,  but is adapted so as to ensure the rearing of the young at a  convenient season. 

Domesticated swine carry their young for four months, and  bring  forth a litter of twenty at the utmost; and, by

the way, if  the litter  be exceedingly numerous they cannot rear all the young.  As the sow  grows old she

continues to bear, but grows indifferent to  the boar;  she conceives after a single copulation, but they have to

put the boar  to her repeatedly owing to her dropping after intercourse  what is  called the sowvirus. This

incident befalls all sows, but some  of them  discharge the genital sperm as well. During conception any one  of

the  litter that gets injured or dwarfed is called an afterpig or  scut:  such injury may occur at any part of the

womb. After littering  the  mother offers the foremost teat to the firstborn. When the sow is  in  heat, she must

not at once be put to the boar, but only after she  lets  her lugs drop, for otherwise she is apt to get into heat

again;  if she  be put to the boar when in full condition of heat, one  copulation, as  has been said, is sufficient. It

is as well to supply  the boar at the  period of copulation with barley, and the sow at the  time of  parturition

with boiled barley. Some swine give fine litters  only at  the beginning, with others the litters improve as the

mothers grow in  age and size. It is said that a sow, if she have one  of her eyes  knocked out, is almost sure to

die soon afterwards.  Swine for the most  part live for fifteen years, but some fall little  short of the twenty. 

19

Ewes conceive after three or four copulations with the ram. If  rain falls after intercourse, the ram impregnates

the ewe again; and  it is the same with the shegoat. The ewe bears usually two lambs,  sometimes three or

four. Both ewe and shegoat carry their young for  five months; consequently wherever a district is sunny and

the animals  are used to comfort and well fed, they bear twice in the year. The  goat lives for eight years and

the sheep for ten, but in most cases  not so long; the bellwether, however, lives to fifteen years. In  every

flock they train one of the rams for bellwether. When he is  called on by name by the shepherd, he takes the

lead of the flock: and  to this duty the creature is trained from its earliest years. Sheep in  Ethiopia live for

twelve or thirteen years, goats for ten or eleven.  In the case of the sheep and the goat the two sexes have

intercourse  all their lives long. 

Twins with sheep and goats may be due to richness of  pasturage, or  to the fact that either the ram or the

hegoat is a  twinbegetter or  that the ewe or the shegoat is a twinbearer. Of  these animals some  give birth

to males and others to females; and  the difference in this  respect depends on the waters they drink and  also on


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

19 109



Top




Page No 117


the sires. And if  they submit to the male when north winds are  blowing, they are apt to  bear males; if when

south winds are  blowing, females. Such as bear  females may get to bear males, due  regard being paid to their

looking  northwards when put to the male.  Ewes accustomed to be put to the ram  early will refuse him if he

attempt to mount them late. Lambs are born  white and black according  as white or black veins are under the

ram's  tongue; the lambs are  white if the veins are white, and black if the  veins are black, and  white and black

if the veins are white and black;  and red if the veins  are red. The females that drink salted waters are  the first

to take  the male; the water should be salted before and  after parturition, and  again in the springtime. With

goats the  shepherds appoint no  bellwether, as the animal is not capable of  repose but frisky and apt  to

ramble. If at the appointed season the  elders of the flock are  eager for intercourse, the shepherds say that  it

bodes well for the  flock; if the younger ones, that the flock is  going to be bad. 

20

Of dogs there are several breeds. Of these the Laconian hound of  either sex is fit for breeding purposes when

eight months old: at  about the same age some dogs lift the leg when voiding urine. The  bitch conceives with

one lining; this is clearly seen in the case  where a dog contrives to line a bitch by stealth, as they impregnate

after mounting only once. The Laconian bitch carries her young the  sixth part of a year or sixty days: or more

by one, two, or three,  or  less by one; the pups are blind for twelve days after birth.  After  pupping, the bitch

gets in heat again in six months, but not  before.  Some bitches carry their young for the fifth part of the  year or

for  seventytwo days; and their pups are blind for fourteen  days. Other  bitches carry their young for a quarter

of a year or for  three whole  months; and the whelps of these are blind for seventeen  days. The  bitch appears

go in heat for the same length of time.  Menstruation  continues for seven days, and a swelling of the genital

organ occurs  simultaneously; it is not during this period that the  bitch is  disposed to submit to the dog, but in

the seven days that  follow. The  bitch as a rule goes in heat for fourteen days, but  occasionally for  sixteen. The

birthdischarge occurs simultaneously  with the delivery  of the whelps, and the substance of it is thick  and

mucous. (The  fallingoff in bulk on the part of the mother is  not so great as might  have been inferred from

the size of her  frame.) The bitch is usually  supplied with milk five days before  parturition; some seven days

previously, some four; and the milk is  serviceable immediately after  birth. The Laconian bitch is supplied

with milk thirty days after  lining. The milk at first is thickish, but  gets thinner by degrees;  with the bitch the

milk is thicker than  with the female of any other  animal excepting the sow and the hare.  When the bitch

arrives at full  growth an indication is given of her  capacity for the male; that is to  say, just as occurs in the

female of  the human species, a swelling  takes place in the teats of the breasts,  and the breasts take on  gristle.

This incident, however, it is  difficult for any but an expert  to detect, as the part that gives  the indication is

inconsiderable.  The preceding statements relate to  the female, and not one of them to  the male. The male as a

rule  lifts his leg to void urine when six  months old; some at a later  period, when eight months old, some

before  they reach six months. In a  general way one may put it that they do so  when they are out of

puppyhood. The bitch squats down when she voids  urine; it is a rare  exception that she lifts the leg to do so.

The  bitch bears twelve pups  at the most, but usually five or six;  occasionally a bitch will bear  one only. The

bitch of the Laconian  breed generally bears eight. The  two sexes have intercourse with each  other at all

periods of life. A  very remarkable phenomenon is observed  in the case of the Laconian  hound: in other

words, he is found to be  more vigorous in commerce  with the female after being hardworked than  when

allowed to live  idle. 

The dog of the Laconian breed lives ten years, and the bitch  twelve. The bitch of other breeds usually lives

for fourteen or  fifteen years, but some live to twenty; and for this reason certain  critics consider that Homer

did well in representing the dog of  Ulysses as having died in his twentieth year. With the Laconian hound,

owing to the hardships to which the male is put, he is less longlived  than the female; with other breeds the

distinction as to longevity  is  not very apparent, though as a general rule the male is the  longerlived. 

The dog sheds no teeth except the socalled 'canines'; these a dog  of either sex sheds when four months old.


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

20 110



Top




Page No 118


As they shed these only,  many people are in doubt as to the fact, and some people, owing to  their shedding

but two and its being hard to hit upon the time when  they do so, fancy that the animal sheds no teeth at all;

others, after  observing the shedding of two, come to the conclusion that the  creature sheds the rest in due

turn. Men discern the age of a dog by  inspection of its teeth; with young dogs the teeth are white and sharp

pointed, with old dogs black and blunted. 

21

The bull impregnates the cow at a single mount, and mounts with  such vigour as to weigh down the cow; if

his effort be unsuccessful,  the cow must be allowed an interval of twenty days before being  again  submitted.

Bulls of mature age decline to mount the same cow  several  times on one day, except, by the way, at

considerable  intervals. Young  bulls by reason of their vigour are enabled to  mount the same cow  several

times in one day, and a good many cows  besides. The bull is  the least salacious of male animals.... The  victor

among the bulls is  the one that mounts the females; when he  gets exhausted by his amorous  efforts, his beaten

antagonist sets on  him and very often gets the  better of the conflict. The bull and the  cow are about a year old

when  it is possible for them to have commerce  with chance of offspring: as  a rule, however, they are about

twenty  months old, but it is  universally allowed that they are capable in  this respect at the age  of two years.

The cow goes with calf for  nine months, and she calves  in the tenth month; some maintain that  they go in calf

for ten months,  to the very day. A calf delivered  before the times here specified is  an abortion and never lives,

however little premature its birth may  have been, as its hooves are  weak and imperfect. The cow as a rule

bears but one calf, very  seldom two; she submits to the bull and bears  as long as she lives. 

Cows live for about fifteen years, and the bulls too, if they  have  been castrated; but some live for twenty

years or even more, if  their  bodily constitutions be sound. The herdsmen tame the castrated  bulls,  and give

them an office in the herd analogous to the office  of the  bellwether in a flock; and these bulls live to an

exceptionally  advanced age, owing to their exemption from hardship and  to their  browsing on pasture of good

quality. The bull is in fullest  vigour  when five years old, which leads the critics to commend Homer  for

applying to the bull the epithets of 'fiveyearold', or 'of  nine  seasons', which epithets are alike in meaning.

The ox sheds his  teeth  at the age of two years, not all together but just as the  horse sheds  his. When the

animal suffers from podagra it does not shed  the hoof,  but is subject to a painful swelling in the feet. The

milk  of the cow  is serviceable after parturition, and before parturition  there is no  milk at all. The milk that

first presents itself becomes  as hard as  stone when it clots; this result ensues unless it be  previously  diluted

with water. Oxen younger than a year old do not  copulate  unless under circumstances of an unnatural and

portentous  kind:  instances have been recorded of copulation in both sexes at  the age of  four months. Kine in

general begin to submit to the male  about the  month of Thargelion or of Scirophorion; some, however, are

capable of  conception right on to the autumn. When kine in large  numbers receive  the bull and conceive, it is

looked upon as prognostic  of rain and  stormy weather. Kine herd together like mares, but in  lesser degree. 

22

In the case of horses, the stallion and the mare are first  fitted  for breeding purposes when two years old.

Instances, however,  of such  early maturity are rare, and their young are exceptionally  small and  weak; the

ordinary age for sexual maturity is three years,  and from  that age to twenty the two sexes go on improving in

the  quality of  their offspring. The mare carries her foal for eleven  months, and  casts it in the twelfth. It is not

a fixed number of  days that the  stallion takes to impregnate the mare; it may be one,  two, three, or  more. An

ass in covering will impregnate more  expeditiously than a  stallion. The act of intercourse with horses is  not

laborious as it is  with oxen. In both sexes the horse is the  most salacious of animals  next after the human

species. The breeding  faculties of the younger  horses may be stimulated beyond their years  if they be

supplied with  good feeding in abundance. The mare as a rule  bears only one foal;  occasionally she has two,

but never more. A  mare has been known to  cast two mules; but such a circumstance was  regarded as


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

21 111



Top




Page No 119


unnatural and  portentous. 

The horse then is first fitted for breeding purposes at the  age of  two and a half years, but achieves full sexual

maturity when it  has  ceased to shed teeth, except it be naturally infertile; it must be  added, however, that

some horses have been known to impregnate the  mare while the teeth were in process of shedding. 

The horse has forty teeth. It sheds its first set of four, two  from the upper jaw and two from the lower, when

two and a half years  old. After a year's interval, it sheds another set of four in like  manner, and another set of

four after yet another year's interval;  after arriving at the age of four years and six months it sheds no  more.

An instance has occurred where a horse shed all his teeth at  once, and another instance of a horse shedding all

his teeth with  his  last set of four; but such instances are very rare. It  consequently  happens that a horse when

four and a half years old is in  excellent  condition for breeding purposes. 

The older horses, whether of the male or female, are the more  generatively productive. Horses will cover

mares from which they  have  been foaled and mares which they have begotten; and, indeed, a  troop  of horses

is only considered perfect when such promiscuity of  intercourse occurs. Scythians use pregnant mares for

riding when the  embryo has turned rather soon in the womb, and they assert that  thereby the mothers have all

the easier delivery. Quadrupeds as a rule  lie down for parturition, and in consequence the young of them all

come out of the womb sideways. The mare, however, when the time for  parturition arrives, stands erect and

in that posture casts its foal. 

The horse in general lives for eighteen or twenty years; some  horses live for twentyfive or even thirty, and if

a horse be  treated  with extreme care, it may last on to the age of fifty years; a  horse,  however, when it reaches

thirty years is regarded as  exceptionally  old. The mare lives usually for twentyfive years,  though instances

have occurred of their attaining the age of forty.  The male is less  longlived than the female by reason of the

sexual  service he is  called on to render; and horses that are reared in a  private stable  live longer than such as

are reared in troops. The mare  attains her  full length and height at five years old, the stallion  at six; in  another

six years the animal reaches its full bulk, and  goes on  improving until it is twenty years old. The female, then,

reaches  maturity more rapidly than the male, but in the womb the  case is  reversed, just as is observed in

regard to the sexes of the  human  species; and the same phenomenon is observed in the case of  all  animals that

bear several young. 

The mare is said to suckle a mulefoal for six months, but not  to  allow its approach for any longer on account

of the pain it is  put to  by the hard tugging of the young; an ordinary foal it allows to  suck  for a longer period. 

Horse and mule are at their best after the shedding of the  teeth.  After they have shed them all, it is not easy to

distinguish  their  age; hence they are said to carry their mark before the  shedding, but  not after. However,

even after the shedding their age is  pretty well  recognized by the aid of the canines; for in the case of  horses

much  ridden these teeth are worn away by attrition caused by  the insertion  of the bit; in the case of horses not

ridden the teeth  are large and  detached, and in young horses they are sharp and small. 

The male of the horse will breed at all seasons and during its  whole life; the mare can take the horse all its life

long, but is  not  thus ready to pair at all seasons unless it be held in check by  a  halter or some other

compulsion be brought to bear. There is no  fixed  time at which intercourse of the two sexes cannot take

place;  and  accordingly intercourse may chance to take place at a time that  may  render difficult the rearing of

the future progeny. In a stable in  Opus there was a stallion that used to serve mares when forty years  old: his

fore legs had to be lifted up for the operation. 

Mares first take the horse in the springtime. After a mare  has  foaled she does not get impregnated at once

again, but only  after a  considerable interval; in fact, the foals will be all the  better if  the interval extend over

four or five years. It is, at all  events,  absolutely necessary to allow an interval of one year, and for  that  period


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

21 112



Top




Page No 120


to let her lie fallow. A mare, then, breeds at  intervals; a  sheass breeds on and on without intermission. Of

mares  some are  absolutely sterile, others are capable of conception but  incapable of  bringing the foal to full

term; it is said to be an  indication of this  condition in a mare, that her foal if dissected  is found to have other

kidneyshaped substances round about its  kidneys, presenting the  appearance of having four kidneys. 

After parturition the mare at once swallows the afterbirth, and  bites off the growth, called the 'hippomanes',

that is found on the  forehead of the foal. This growth is somewhat smaller than a dried  fig; and in shape is

broad and round, and in colour black. If any  bystander gets possession of it before the mare, and the mare

gets a  smell of it, she goes wild and frantic at the smell. And it is for  this reason that venders of drugs and

simples hold the substance in  high request and include it among their stores. 

If an ass cover a mare after the mare has been covered by a  horse,  the ass will destroy the previously formed

embryo. 

(Horsetrainers do not appoint a horse as leader to a troop, as  herdsmen appoint a bull as leader to a herd, and

for this reason  that  the horse is not steady but quicktempered and skittish.) 

23

The ass of both sexes is capable of breeding, and sheds its  first  teeth at the age of two and a half years; it

sheds its second  teeth  within six months, its third within another six months, and  the fourth  after the like

interval. These fourth teeth are termed  the gnomons or  ageindicators. 

A sheass has been known to conceive when a year old, and the  foal  to be reared. After intercourse with the

male it will discharge  the  genital sperm unless it be hindered, and for this reason it is  usually  beaten after

such intercourse and chased about. It casts its  young in  the twelfth month. It usually bears but one foal, and

that is  its  natural number, occasionally however it bears twins. The ass if it  cover a mare destroys, as has been

said, the embryo previously  begotten by the horse; but, after the mare has been covered by the  ass, the horse

supervening will not spoil the embryo. The sheass  has  milk in the tenth month of pregnancy. Seven days

after casting a  foal  the sheass submits to the male, and is almost sure to conceive  if put  to the male on this

particular day; the same result, however,  is quite  possible later on. The sheass will refuse to cast her foal

with any  one looking on or in the daylight and just before foaling she  has to  be led away into a dark place. If

the sheass has had young  before the  shedding of the indexteeth, she will bear all her life  through; but  if

not, then she will neither conceive nor bear for the  rest of her  days. The ass lives for more than thirty years,

and the  sheass lives  longer than the male. 

When there is a cross between a horse and a sheass or a jackass  and a mare, there is much greater chance of

a miscarriage than where  the commerce is normal. The period for gestation in the case of a  cross depends on

the male, and is just what it would have been if  the  male had had commerce with a female of his own kind. In

regard  to  size, looks, and vigour, the foal is more apt to resemble the  mother  than the sire. If such hybrid

connexions be continued without  intermittence, the female will soon go sterile; and for this reason  trainers

always allow of intervals between breeding times. A mare will  not take the ass, nor a she ass the horse, unless

the ass or sheass  shall have been suckled by a mare; and for this reason trainers put  foals of the sheass

under mares, which foals are technically spoken  of as 'maresuckled'. These asses, thus reared, mount the

mares in the  open pastures, mastering them by force as the stallions do. 

24

A mule is fitted for commerce with the female after the first  shedding of its teeth, and at the age of seven will

impregnate  effectually; and where connexion has taken place with a mare, a  'hinny' has been known to be


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

23 113



Top




Page No 121


produced. After the seventh year it has  no further intercourse with the female. A female mule has been known

to be impregnated, but without the impregnation being followed up by  parturition. In Syrophoenicia

shemules submit to the mule and bear  young; but the breed, though it resembles the ordinary one, is

different and specific. The hinny or stunted mule is foaled by a  mare  when she has gone sick during gestation,

and corresponds to the  dwarf  in the human species and to the afterpig or scut in swine;  and as is  the case

with dwarfs, the sexual organ of the hinny is  abnormally  large. 

The mule lives for a number of years. There are on record  cases of  mules living to the age of eighty, as did

one in Athens at  the time of  the building of the temple; this mule on account of its  age was let go  free, but

continued to assist in dragging burdens,  and would go side  by side with the other draughtbeasts and

stimulate them to their  work; and in consequence a public decree was  passed forbidding any  baker driving the

creature away from his  breadtray. The shemule  grows old more slowly than the mule. Some  assert that the

shemule  menstruates by the act of voiding her  urine, and that the mule owes  the prematurity of his decay to

his  habit of smelling at the urine. So  much for the modes of generation in  connexion with these animals. 

25

Breeders and trainers can distinguish between young and old  quadrupeds. If, when drawn back from the jaw,

the skin at once goes  back to its place, the animal is young; if it remains long wrinkled  up, the animal is old. 

26

The camel carries its young for ten months, and bears but one at  a  time and never more; the young camel is

removed from the mother when  a  year old. The animal lives for a long period, more than fifty years.  It bears

in springtime, and gives milk until the time of the next  conception. Its flesh and milk are exceptionally

palatable. The milk  is drunk mixed with water in the proportion of either two to one or  three to one. 

27

The elephant of either sex is fitted for breeding before  reaching  the age of twenty. The female carries her

young, according to  some  accounts, for two and a half years; according to others, for  three  years; and the

discrepancy in the assigned periods is due to the  fact  that there are never human eyewitnesses to the

commerce between  the  sexes. The female settles down on its rear to cast its young,  and  obviously suffers

greatly during the process. The young one,  immediately after birth, sucks the mother, not with its trunk but

with  the mouth; and can walk about and see distinctly the moment it is  born. 

28

The wild sow submits to the boar at the beginning of winter, and  in the springtime retreats for parturition to

a lair in some district  inaccessible to intrusion, hemmed in with sheer cliffs and chasms  and  overshadowed by

trees. The boar usually remains by the sow for  thirty  days. The number of the litter and the period gestation is

the same as  in the case of the domesticated congener. The sound of the  grunt also  is similar; only that the sow

grunts continually, and the  boar but  seldom. Of the wild boars such as are castrated grow to the  largest  size

and become fiercest: to which circumstance Homer  alludes when he  says: 

'He reared against him a wild castrated boar: it was not like a  fooddevouring brute, but like a forestclad

promontory.' 

Wild boars become castrated owing to an itch befalling them in  early life in the region of the testicles, and the

castration is  superinduced by their rubbing themselves against the trunks of trees. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

25 114



Top




Page No 122


29

The hind, as has been stated, submits to the stag as a rule only  under compulsion, as she is unable to endure

the male often owing to  the rigidity of the penis. However, they do occasionally submit to the  stag as the ewe

submits ram; and when they are in heat the hinds avoid  one another. The stag is not constant to one particular

hind, but  after a while quits one and mates with others. The breeding time is  after the rising of Arcturus,

during the months of Boedromion and  Maimacterion. The period of gestation lasts for eight months.

Conception comes on a few days after intercourse; and a number of  hinds can be impregnated by a single

male. The hind, as a rule,  bears  but one fawn, although instances have been known of her  casting two.  Out of

dread of wild beasts she casts her young by the  side of the  highroad. The young fawn grows with rapidity.

Menstruation occurs at  no other time with the hind; it takes place  only after parturition,  and the substance is

phlegmlike. 

The hind leads the fawn to her lair; this is her place of  refuge,  a cave with a single inlet, inside which she

shelters  herself against  attack. 

Fabulous stories are told concerning the longevity of the  animal,  but the stories have never been verified, and

the brevity of  the  period of gestation and the rapidity of growth in the fawn would  not  lead one to attribute

extreme longevity to this creature. 

In the mountain called Elaphoeis or Deer Mountain, which is in  Arginussa in Asia Minorthe place, by the

way, where Alcibiades was  assassinatedall the hinds have the ear split, so that, if they  stray  to a distance,

they can be recognized by this mark; and the  embryo  actually has the mark while yet in the womb of the

mother. 

The hind has four teats like the cow. After the hinds have  become  pregnant, the males all segregate one by

one, and in  consequence of  the violence of their sexual passions they keep each  one to himself,  dig a hole in

the ground, and bellow from time to  time; in all these  particulars they resemble the goat, and their  foreheads

from getting  wetted become black, as is also the case with  the goat. In this way  they pass the time until the

rain falls, after  which time they turn to  pasture. The animal acts in this way owing  to its sexual wantonness

and also to its obesity; for in summertime  it becomes so  exceptionally fat as to be unable to run: in fact at

this period they  can be overtaken by the hunters that pursue them on  foot in the second  or third run; and, by

the way, in consequence of  the heat of the  weather and their getting out of breath they always  make for water

in  their runs. In the rutting season, the flesh of  the deer is unsavoury  and rank, like the flesh of the hegoat. In

wintertime the deer  becomes thin and weak, but towards the approach  of the spring he is at  his best for

running. When on the run the  deer keeps pausing from time  to time, and waits until his pursuer  draws upon

him, whereupon he  starts off again. This habit appears  due to some internal pain: at all  events, the gut is so

slender and  weak that, if you strike the animal  ever so softly, it is apt to break  asunder, though the hide of the

animal remains sound and uninjured. 

30

Bears, as has been previously stated, do not copulate with the  male mounting the back of the female, but with

the female lying down  under the male. The shebear goes with young for thirty days. She  brings forth

sometimes one cub, sometimes two cubs, and at most  five.  Of all animals the newly born cub of the she bear

is the  smallest in  proportion to the size of the mother; that is to say, it  is larger  than a mouse but smaller than

a weasel. It is also smooth  and blind,  and its legs and most of its organs are as yet  inarticulate. Pairing  takes

Place in the month of Elaphebolion, and  parturition about the  time for retiring into winter quarters; about  this

time the bear and  the shebear are at the fattest. After the  shebear has reared her  young, she comes out of

her winter lair in the  third month, when it is  already spring. The female porcupine, by the  way, hibernates and


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

29 115



Top




Page No 123


goes  with young the same number of days as the  shebear, and in all  respects as to parturition resembles this

animal.  When a shebear is  with young, it is a very hard task to catch her. 

31

It has already been stated that the lion and lioness copulate  rearwards, and that these animals are opisthuretic.

They do not  copulate nor bring forth at all seasons indiscriminately, but once  in  the year only. The lioness

brings forth in the spring, generally  two  cubs at a time, and six at the very most; but sometimes only  one. The

story about the lioness discharging her womb in the act of  parturition  is a pure fable, and was merely invented

to account for  the scarcity  of the animal; for the animal is, as is well known, a  rare animal, and  is not found in

many countries. In fact, in the whole  of Europe it is  only found in the strip between the rivers Achelous  and

Nessus. The  cubs of the lioness when newly born are exceedingly  small, and can  scarcely walk when two

months old. The Syrian lion  bears cubs five  times: five cubs at the first litter, then four,  then three, then two,

and lastly one; after this the lioness ceases to  bear for the rest of  her days. The lioness has no mane, but this

appendage is peculiar to  the lion. The lion sheds only the four  socalled canines, two in the  upper jaw and

two in the lower; and it  sheds them when it is six  months old. 

32

The hyena in colour resembles the wolf, but is more shaggy,  and is  furnished with a mane running all along

the spine. What is  recounted  concerning its genital organs, to the effect that every  hyena is  furnished with the

organ both of the male and the female,  is untrue.  The fact is that the sexual organ of the male hyena

resembles the same  organ in the wolf and in the dog; the part  resembling the female  genital organ lies

underneath the tail, and does  to some extent  resemble the female organ, but it is unprovided with  duct or

passage,  and the passage for the residuum comes underneath it.  The female hyena  has the part that resembles

the organ of the male,  and, as in the case  of the male, has it underneath her tail,  unprovided with duct or

passage; and after it the passage for the  residuum, and underneath  this the true female genital organ. The

female hyena has a womb, like  all other female animals of the same  kind. It is an exceedingly rare

circumstance to meet with a female  hyena. At least a hunter said that  out of eleven hyenas he had caught,

only one was a female. 

33

Hares copulate in a rearward posture, as has been stated, for  the  animal is opisthuretic. They breed and bear at

all seasons,  superfoetate during pregnancy, and bear young every month. They do not  give birth to their

young ones all together at one time, but bring  them forth at intervals over as many days as the circumstances

of each  case may require. The female is supplied with milk before parturition;  and after bearing submits

immediately to the male, and is capable of  conception while suckling her young. The milk in consistency

resembles  sow's milk. The young are born blind, as is the case with the  greater  part Of the fissipeds or toed

animals. 

34

The fox mounts the vixen in copulation, and the vixen bears  young  like the shebear; in fact, her young ones

are even more  inarticulately formed. Before parturition she retires to sequestered  places, so that it is a great

rarity for a vixen to be caught while  pregnant. After parturition she warms her young and gets them into

shape by licking them. She bears four at most at a birth. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

31 116



Top




Page No 124


35

The wolf resembles the dog in regard to the time of conception and  parturition, the number of the litter, and

the blindness of the  newborn young. The sexes couple at one special period, and the  female  brings forth at the

beginning of the summer. There is an  account given  of the parturition of the shewolf that borders on the

fabulous, to  the effect that she confines her lyingin to within  twelve particular  days of the year. And they

give the reason for  this in the form of a  myth, viz. that when they transported Leto in so  many days from the

land of the Hyperboreans to the island of Delos,  she assumed the form  of a shewolf to escape the anger of

Here.  Whether the account be  correct or not has not yet been verified; I  give it merely as it is  currently told.

There is no more of truth in  the current statement  that the shewolf bears once and only once in  her lifetime. 

The cat and the ichneumon bear as many young as the dog, and  live  on the same food; they live about six

years. The cubs of the  panther  are born blind like those of the wolf, and the female bears  four at  the most at

one birth. The particulars of conception are the  same for  the thos, or civet, as for the dog; the cubs of the

animal  are born  blind, and the female bears two, or three, or four at a  birth. It is  long in the body and low in

stature; but not withstanding  the  shortness of its legs it is exceptionally fleet of foot, owing  to the  suppleness

of its frame and its capacity for leaping. 

36

There is found in Syria a socalled mule. It is not the same as  the cross between the horse and ass, but

resembles it just as a wild  ass resembles the domesticated congener, and derives its name from the

resemblance. Like the wild ass, this wild mule is remarkable for its  speed. The animals of this species

interbreed with one another; and  a  proof of this statement may be gathered from the fact that a certain  number

of them were brought into Phrygia in the time of Pharnaces, the  father of Pharnabazus, and the animal is there

still. The number  originally introduced was nine, and there are three there at the  present day. 

37

The phenomena of generation in regard to the mouse are the most  astonishing both for the number of the

young and for the rapidity of  recurrence in the births. On one occasion a shemouse in a state of  pregnancy

was shut up by accident in a jar containing milletseed, and  after a little while the lid of the jar was removed

and upwards of one  hundred and twenty mice were found inside it. 

The rate of propagation of field mice in country places, and the  destruction that they cause, are beyond all

telling. In many places  their number is so incalculable that but very little of the  corncrop  is left to the

farmer; and so rapid is their mode of  proceeding that  sometimes a small farmer will one day observe that  it is

time for  reaping, and on the following morning, when he takes  his reapers  afield, he finds his entire crop

devoured. Their  disappearance is  unaccountable: in a few days not a mouse will there  be to be seen. And  yet

in the time before these few days men fail to  keep down their  numbers by fumigating and unearthing them, or

by  regularly hunting  them and turning in swine upon them; for pigs, by  the way, turn up the  mouseholes by

rooting with their snouts. Foxes  also hunt them, and  the wild ferrets in particular destroy them, but  they make

no way  against the prolific qualities of the animal and  the rapidity of its  breeding. When they are

superabundant, nothing  succeeds in thinning  them down except the rain; but after heavy  rains they disappear

rapidly. 

In a certain district of Persia when a female mouse is dissected  the female embryos appear to be pregnant.

Some people assert, and  positively assert, that a female mouse by licking salt can become  pregnant without

the intervention of the male. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

35 117



Top




Page No 125


Mice in Egypt are covered with bristles like the hedgehog. There  is also a different breed of mice that walk

on their two hindlegs;  their front legs are small and their hindlegs long; the breed is  exceedingly numerous.

There are many other breeds of mice than are  here referred to. 

Book VII

1

As to Man's growth, first within his mother's womb and afterward  to old age, the course of nature, in so far as

man is specially  concerned, is after the following manner. And, by the way, the  difference of male and female

and of their respective organs has  been  dealt with heretofore. When twice seven years old, in the most of

cases, the male begins to engender seed; and at the same time hair  appears upon the pubes, in like manner, so

Alcmaeon of Croton remarks,  as plants first blossom and then seed. About the same time, the  voice  begins to

alter, getting harsher and more uneven, neither shrill  as  formerly nor deep as afterward, nor yet of any even

tone, but  like an  instrument whose strings are frayed and out of tune; and it is  called,  by way of byword, the

bleat of the billygoat. Now this  breaking of  the voice is the more apparent in those who are making  trial of

their  sexual powers; for in those who are prone to  lustfulness the voice  turns into the voice of a man, but not

so in the  continent. For if a  lad strive diligently to hinder his voice from  breaking, as some do of  those who

devote themselves to music, the  voice lasts a long while  unbroken and may even persist with little  change.

And the breasts  swell and likewise the private parts, altering  in size and shape. (And  by the way, at this time

of life those who try  by friction to provoke  emission of seed are apt to experience pain  as well as voluptuous

sensations.) At the same age in the female,  the breasts swell and the  socalled catamenia commence to flow;

and  this fluid resembles fresh  blood. There is another discharge, a  white one, by the way, which  occurs in

girls even at a very early age,  more especially if their  diet be largely of a fluid nature; and this  malady causes

arrest of  growth and loss of flesh. In the majority of  cases the catamenia are  noticed by the time the breasts

have grown  to the height of two  fingers' breadth. In girls, too, about this  time the voice changes to  a deeper

note; for while in general the  woman's voice is higher than  the man's, so also the voices of girls  are pitched in

a higher key  than the elder women's, just as the  boy's are higher than the men's;  and the girls' voices are

shriller  than the boys', and a maid's flute  is tuned sharper than a lad's. 

Girls of this age have much need of surveillance. For then in  particular they feel a natural impulse to make

usage of the sexual  faculties that are developing in them; so that unless they guard  against any further

impulse beyond that inevitable one which their  bodily development of itself supplies, even in the case of

those who  abstain altogether from passionate indulgence, they contract habits  which are apt to continue into

later life. For girls who give way to  wantonness grow more and more wanton; and the same is true of boys,

unless they be safeguarded from one temptation and another; for the  passages become dilated and set up a

local flux or running, and  besides this the recollection of pleasure associated with former  indulgence creates a

longing for its repetition. 

Some men are congenitally impotent owing to structural defect;  and  in like manner women also may suffer

from congenital incapacity.  Both  men and women are liable to constitutional change, growing  healthier  or

more sickly, or altering in the way of leanness,  stoutness, and  vigour; thus, after puberty some lads who were

thin  before grow stout  and healthy, and the converse also happens; and  the same is equally  true of girls. For

when in boy or girl the body  is loaded with  superfluous matter, then, when such superfluities are  got rid of in

the spermatic or catamenial discharge, their bodies  improve in health  and condition owing to the removal of

what had acted  as an impediment  to health and proper nutrition; but in such as are of  opposite habit  their

bodies become emaciated and out of health, for  then the  spermatic discharge in the one case and the

catamenial flow  in the  other take place at the cost of natural healthy conditions. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

Book VII 118



Top




Page No 126


Furthermore, in the case of maidens the condition of the breasts  is diverse in different individuals, for they

are sometimes quite  big  and sometimes little; and as a general rule their size depends  on  whether or not the

body was burthened in childhood with superfluous  material. For when the signs of womanhood are nigh but

not come, the  more there be of moisture the more will it cause the breasts to swell,  even to the bursting point;

and the result is that the breasts  remain  during afterlife of the bulk that they then acquired. And  among men,

the breasts grow more conspicuous and more like to those of  women,  both in young men and old, when the

individual temperament is  moist  and sleek and the reverse of sinewy, and all the more among  the

darkcomplexioned than the fair. 

At the outset and till the age of one and twenty the spermatic  discharge is devoid of fecundity; afterwards it

becomes fertile, but  young men and women produce undersized and imperfect progeny, as is  the case also

with the common run of animals. Young women conceive  readily, but, having conceived, their labour in

childbed is apt to  be  difficult. 

The frame fails of reaching its full development and ages  quickly  in men of intemperate lusts and in women

who become mothers of  many  children; for it appears to be the case that growth ceases when  the  woman has

given birth to three children. Women of a lascivious  disposition grow more sedate and virtuous after they

have borne  several children. 

After the age of twentyone women are fully ripe for  childbearing, but men go on increasing in vigour.

When the  spermatic  fluid is of a thin consistency it is infertile; when  granular it is  fertile and likely to

produce male children, but when  thin and  unclotted it is apt to produce female offspring. And it is  about this

time of life that in men the beard makes its appearance. 

2

The onset of the catamenia in women takes place towards the end of  the month; and on this account the

wiseacres assert that the moon is  feminine, because the discharge in women and the waning of the moon

happen at one and the same time, and after the wane and the  discharge  both one and the other grow whole

again. (In some women  the catamenia  occur regularly but sparsely every month, and more  abundantly every

third month.) With those in whom the ailment lasts  but a little while,  two days or three, recovery is easy; but

where the  duration is longer,  the ailment is more troublesome. For women are  ailing during these  days; and

sometimes the discharge is sudden and  sometimes gradual, but  in all cases alike there is bodily distress  until

the attack be over.  In many cases at the commencement of the  attack, when the discharge is  about to appear,

there occur spasms  and rumbling noises within the  womb until such time as the discharge  manifests itself. 

Under natural conditions it is after recovery from these  symptoms  that conception takes place in women, and

women in whom the  signs do  not manifest themselves for the most part remain childless.  But the  rule is not

without exception, for some conceive in spite of  the  absence of these symptoms; and these are cases in which

a  secretion  accumulates, not in such a way as actually to issue forth,  but in  amount equal to the residuum left

in the case of  childbearing women  after the normal discharge has taken place. And  some conceive while  the

signs are on but not afterwards, those  namely in whom the womb  closes up immediately after the discharge.

In some cases the menses  persist during pregnancy up to the very last;  but the result in these  cases is that the

offspring are poor, and  either fail to survive or  grow up weakly. 

In many cases, owing to excessive desire, arising either from  youthful impetuosity or from lengthened

abstinence, prolapsion of  the  womb takes place and the catamenia appear repeatedly, thrice in  the  month,

until conception occurs; and then the womb withdraws  upwards  again to its proper place... 

As we have remarked above, the discharge is wont to be more  abundant in women than in the females of any


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

2 119



Top




Page No 127


other animals. In  creatures that do not bring forth their young alive nothing of the  sort manifests itself, this

particular superfluity being converted  into bodily substance; and by the way, in such animals the females are

sometimes larger than the males; and moreover, the material is used up  sometimes for scutes and sometimes

for scales, and sometimes for the  abundant covering of feathers, whereas in the vivipara possessed of  limbs it

is turned into hair and into bodily substance (for man  alone  among them is smoothskinned), and into urine,

for this  excretion is  in the majority of such animals thick and copious. Only  in the case of  women is the

superfluity turned into a discharge  instead of being  utilized in these other ways. 

There is something similar to be remarked of men: for in  proportion to his size man emits more seminal fluid

than any other  animal (for which reason man is the smoothest of animals),  especially  such men as are of a

moist habit and not over corpulent,  and fair men  in greater degree than dark. It is likewise with women;  for in

the  stout, great part of the excretion goes to nourish the  body. In the  act of intercourse, women of a fair

complexion  discharge a more  plentiful secretion than the dark; and furthermore, a  watery and  pungent diet

conduces to this phenomenon. 

3

It is a sign of conception in women when the place is dry  immediately after intercourse. If the lips of the

orifice be smooth  conception is difficult, for the matter slips off; and if they be  thick it is also difficult. But if

on digital examination the lips  feel somewhat rough and adherent, and if they be likewise thin, then  the

chances are in favour of conception. Accordingly, if conception be  desired, we must bring the parts into such

a condition as we have just  described; but if on the contrary we want to avoid conception then  we  must bring

about a contrary disposition. Wherefore, since if the  parts  be smooth conception is prevented, some anoint

that part of  the womb  on which the seed falls with oil of cedar, or with ointment  of lead or  with frankincense,

commingled with olive oil. If the seed  remain  within for seven days then it is certain that conception has

taken  place; for it is during that period that what is known as  effluxion  takes place. 

In most cases the menstrual discharge recurs for some time after  conception has taken place, its duration

being mostly thirty days in  the case of a female and about forty days in the case of a male child.  After

parturition also it is common for the discharge to be withheld  for an equal number of days, but not in all cases

with equal  exactitude. After conception, and when the abovementioned days are  past, the discharge no

longer takes its natural course but finds its  way to the breasts and turns to milk. The first appearance of milk

in  the breasts is scant in quantity and so to speak cobwebby or  interspersed with little threads. And when

conception has taken place,  there is apt to be a sort of feeling in the region of the flanks,  which in some cases

quickly swell up a little, especially in thin  persons, and also in the groin. 

In the case of male children the first movement usually occurs  on  the righthand side of the womb and about

the fortieth day, but  if the  child be a female then on the lefthand side and about the  ninetieth  day. However,

we must by no means assume this to be an  accurate  statement of fact, for there are many exceptions, in which

the  movement is manifested on the righthand side though a female  child be  coming, and on the lefthand

side though the infant be a  male. And in  short, these and all suchlike phenomena are usually  subject to

differences that may be summed up as differences of degree. 

About this period the embryo begins to resolve into distinct  parts, it having hitherto consisted of a fleshlike

substance without  distinction of parts. 

What is called effluxion is a destruction of the embryo within  the  first week, while abortion occurs up to the

fortieth day; and  the  greater number of such embryos as perish do so within the space of  these forty days. 

In the case of a male embryo aborted at the fortieth day, if  it be  placed in cold water it holds together in a sort


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

3 120



Top




Page No 128


of membrane,  but if  it be placed in any other fluid it dissolves and disappears. If  the  membrane be pulled to

bits the embryo is revealed, as big as one  of  the large kind of ants; and all the limbs are plain to see,  including

the penis, and the eyes also, which as in other animals  are of great  size. But the female embryo, if it suffer

abortion during  the first  three months, is as a rule found to be undifferentiated;  if however it  reach the fourth

month it comes to be subdivided and  quickly attains  further differentiation. In short, while within the  womb,

the female  infant accomplishes the whole development of its  parts more slowly  than the male, and more

frequently than the  manchild takes ten months  to come to perfection. But after birth, the  females pass more

quickly  than the males through youth and maturity  and age; and this is  especially true of those that bear many

children,  as indeed I have  already said. 

4

When the womb has conceived the seed, straightway in the  majority  of cases it closes up until seven months

are fulfilled; but  in the  eighth month it opens, and the embryo, if it be fertile,  descends in  the eighth month.

But such embryos as are not fertile  but are devoid  of breath at eight months old, their mothers do not  bring

into the  world by parturition at eight months, neither does  the embryo descend  within the womb at that period

nor does the womb  open. And it is a  sign that the embryo is not capable of life if it be  formed without  the

abovenamed circumstances taking place. 

After conception women are prone to a feeling of heaviness in  all  parts of their bodies, and for instance they

experience a  sensation of  darkness in front of the eyes and suffer also from  headache. These  symptoms

appear sooner or later, sometimes as early as  the tenth day,  according as the patient be more or less burthened

with  superfluous  humours. Nausea also and sickness affect the most of  women, and  especially such as those

that we have just now mentioned,  after the  menstrual discharge has ceased and before it is yet turned  in the

direction of the breasts. 

Moreover, some women suffer most at the beginning of their  pregnancy and some at a later period when the

embryo has had time to  grow; and in some women it is a common occurrence to suffer from  strangury

towards the end of their time. As a general rule women who  are pregnant of a male child escape

comparatively easily and retain  a  comparatively healthy look, but it is otherwise with those whose  infant is a

female; for these latter look as a rule paler and suffer  more pain, and in many cases they are subject to

swellings of the legs  and eruptions on the body. Nevertheless the rule is subject to  exceptions. 

Women in pregnancy are a prey to all sorts of longings and to  rapid changes of mood, and some folks call

this the 'ivysickness';  and with the mothers of female infants the longings are more acute,  and they are less

contented when they have got what they desired. 

In a certain few cases the patient feels unusually well during  pregnancy. The worst time of all is just when the

child's hair is  beginning to grow. 

In pregnant women their own natural hair is inclined to grow  thin  and fall out, but on the other hand hair

tends to grow on parts  of the  body where it was not wont to be. As a general rule, a  manchild is  more prone

to movement within its mother's womb than a  female child,  and it is usually born sooner. And labour in the

case of  female  children is apt to be protracted and sluggish, while in the  case of  male children it is acute and

by a long way more difficult.  Women who  have connexion with their husbands shortly before childbirth  are

delivered all the more quickly. Occasionally women seem to be in  the  pains of labour though labour has not

in fact commenced, what  seemed  like the commencement of labour being really the result of  the foetus

turning its head. 

Now all other animals bring the time of pregnancy to an end in a  uniform way; in other words, one single


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

4 121



Top




Page No 129


term of pregnancy is defined  for each of them. But in the case of mankind alone of all animals  the  times are

diverse; for pregnancy may be of seven months' duration,  or  of eight months or of nine, and still more

commonly of ten  months,  while some few women go even into the eleventh month. 

Children that come into the world before seven months can  under no  circumstances survive. The

sevenmonths' children are the  earliest  that are capable of life, and most of them are weaklyfor  which

reason, by the way, it is customary to swaddle them in wool,and  many  of them are born with some of the

orifices of the body  imperforate,  for instance the ears or the nostrils. But as they get  bigger they  become more

perfectly developed, and many of them grow up. 

In Egypt, and in some other places where the women are  fruitful  and are wont to bear and bring forth many

children without  difficulty,  and where the children when born are capable of living  even if they be  born

subject to deformity, in these places the  eightmonths' children  live and are brought up, but in Greece it is

only a few of them that  survive while most perish. And this being  the general experience, when  such a child

does happen to survive the  mother is apt to think that it  was not an eight months' child after  all, but that she

had conceived  at an earlier period without being  aware of it. 

Women suffer most pain about the fourth and the eighth months, and  if the foetus perishes in the fourth or in

the eighth month the mother  also succumbs as a general rule; so that not only do the eightmonths'  children

not live, but when they die their mothers are in great danger  of their own lives. In like manner children that

are apparently born  at a later term than eleven months are held to be in doubtful case;  inasmuch as with them

also the beginning of conception may have  escaped the notice of the mother. What I mean to say is that often

the  womb gets filled with wind, and then when at a later period  connexion  and conception take place, they

think that the former  circumstance was  the beginning of conception from the similarity of  the symptoms that

they experienced. 

Such then are the differences between mankind and other  animals in  regard to the many various modes of

completion of the  term of  pregnancy. Furthermore, some animals produce one and some  produce many  at a

birth, but the human species does sometimes the  one and sometimes  the other. As a general rule and among

most  nations the women bear one  child a birth; but frequently and in many  lands they bear twins, as  for

instance in Egypt especially.  Sometimes women bring forth three  and even four children, and  especially in

certain parts of the world,  as has already been  stated. The largest number ever brought forth is  five, and such

an  occurrence has been witnessed on several occasions.  There was once  upon a time a certain women who

had twenty children at  four births;  each time she had five, and most of them grew up. 

Now among other animals, if a pair of twins happen to be male  and  female they have as good a chance of

surviving as though both  had been  males or both females; but among mankind very few twins  survive if one

happen to be a boy and the other a girl. 

Of all animals the woman and the mare are most inclined to  receive  the commerce of the male during

pregnancy; while all other  animals  when they are pregnant avoid the male, save those in which the

phenomenon of superfoetation occurs, such as the hare. Unlike that  animal, the mare after once conceiving

cannot be rendered pregnant  again, but brings forth one foal only, at least as a general rule;  in  the human

species cases of superfoetation are rare, but they do  happen  now and then. 

An embryo conceived some considerable time after a previous  conception does not come to perfection, but

gives rise to pain and  causes the destruction of the earlier embryo; and, by the way, a  case  has been known to

occur where owing to this destructive influence  no  less than twelve embryos conceived by superfoetation

have been  discharged. But if the second conception take place at a short  interval, then the mother bears that

which was later conceived, and  brings forth the two children like actual twins, as happened,  according to the

legend, in the case of Iphicles and Hercules. The  following also is a striking example: a certain woman,


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

4 122



Top




Page No 130


having  committed adultery, brought forth the one child resembling her husband  and the other resembling the

adulterous lover. 

The case has also occurred where a woman, being pregnant of twins,  has subsequently conceived a third

child; and in course of time she  brought forth the twins perfect and at full term, but the third a  fivemonths'

child; and this last died there and then. And in  another  case it happened that the woman was first delivered of

a  sevenmonths'  child, and then of two which were of full term; and of  these the first  died and the other two

survived. 

Some also have been known to conceive while about to miscarry, and  they have lost the one child and been

delivered of the other. 

If women while going with child cohabit after the eighth month the  child is in most cases born covered over

with a slimy fluid. Often  also the child is found to be replete with food of which the mother  had partaken. 

5

When women have partaken of salt in overabundance their children  are apt to be born destitute of nails. 

Milk that is produced earlier than the seventh month is unfit  for  use; but as soon as the child is fit to live the

milk is fit to  use.  The first of the milk is saltish, as it is likewise with sheep.  Most  women are sensibly

affected by wine during pregnancy, for if they  partake of it they grow relaxed and debilitated. 

The beginning of childbearing in women and of the capacity to  procreate in men, and the cessation of these

functions in both  cases,  coincide in the one case with the emission of seed and in the  other  with the discharge

of the catamenia: with this qualification  that  there is a lack of fertility at the commencement of these

symptoms,  and again towards their close when the emissions become  scanty and  weak. The age at which the

sexual powers begin has been  related  already. As for their end, the menstrual discharges ceases  in most

women about their fortieth year; but with those in whom it  goes on  longer it lasts even to the fiftieth year, and

women of that  age have  been known to bear children. But beyond that age there is  no case on  record. 

6

Men in most cases continue to be sexually competent until they are  sixty years old, and if that limit be

overpassed then until seventy  years; and men have been actually known to procreate children at  seventy years

of age. With many men and many women it so happens  that  they are unable to produce children to one

another, while they  are  able to do so in union with other individuals. The same thing  happens  with regard to

the production of male and female offspring;  for  sometimes men and women in union with one another

produce male  children or female, as the case may be, but children of the opposite  sex when otherwise mated.

And they are apt to change in this respect  with advancing age: for sometimes a husband and wife while they

are  young produce female children and in later life male children; and  in  other cases the very contrary occurs.

And just the same thing is  true  in regard to the generative faculty: for some while young are  childless, but

have children when they grow older; and some have  children to begin with, and later on no more. 

There are certain women who conceive with difficulty, but if  they  do conceive, bring the child to maturity;

while others again  conceive  readily, but are unable to bring the child to birth.  Furthermore, some  men and

some women produce female offspring and some  male, as for  instance in the story of Hercules, who among

all his  two and seventy  children is said to have begotten but one girl.  Those women who are  unable to

conceive, save with the help of  medical treatment or some  other adventitious circumstance, are as a  general

rule apt to bear  female children rather than male. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

5 123



Top




Page No 131


It is a common thing with men to be at first sexually  competent  and afterwards impotent, and then again to

revert to their  former  powers. 

From deformed parents come deformed children, lame from lame and  blind from blind, and, speaking

generally, children often inherit  anything that is peculiar in their parents and are born with similar  marks,

such as pimples or scars. Such things have been known to be  handed down through three generations; for

instance, a certain man had  a mark on his arm which his son did not possess, but his grandson  had  it in the

same spot though not very distinct. 

Such cases, however, are few; for the children of cripples are  mostly sound, and there is no hard and fast rule

regarding them. While  children mostly resemble their parents or their ancestors, it  sometimes happens that no

such resemblance is to be traced. But  parents may pass on resemblance after several generations, as in the

case of the woman in Elis, who committed adultery with a negro; in  this case it was not the woman's own

daughter but the daughter's child  that was a blackamoor. 

As a rule the daughters have a tendency to take after the  mother,  and the boys after the father; but sometimes

it is the other  way, the  boys taking after the mother and the girls after the  father. And they  may resemble both

parents in particular features. 

There have been known cases of twins that had no resemblance  to  one another, but they are alike as a general

rule. There was once  upon  a time a woman who had intercourse with her husband a week  after  giving birth to

a child and she conceived and bore a second  child as  like the first as any twin. Some women have a tendency

to  produce  children that take after themselves, and others children  that take  after the husband; and this latter

case is like that of  the celebrated  mare in Pharsalus, that got the name of the Honest  Wife. 

7

In the emission of sperm there is a preliminary discharge of  air,  and the outflow is manifestly caused by a

blast of air; for  nothing is  cast to a distance save by pneumatic pressure. After the  seed reaches  the womb and

remains there for a while, a membrane  forms around it;  for when it happens to escape before it is distinctly

formed, it looks  like an egg enveloped in its membrane after removal  of the eggshell;  and the membrane is

full of veins. 

All animals whatsoever, whether they fly or swim or walk upon  dry  land, whether they bring forth their

young alive or in the egg,  develop in the same way: save only that some have the navel attached  to the womb,

namely the viviparous animals, and some have it  attached  to the egg, and some to both parts alike, as in a

certain  sort of  fishes. And in some cases membranous envelopes surround the  egg, and  in other cases the

chorion surrounds it. And first of all the  animal  develops within the innermost envelope, and then another

membrane  appears around the former one, which latter is for the most  part  attached to the womb, but is in

part separated from it and  contains  fluid. In between is a watery or sanguineous fluid, which the  women  folk

call the forewaters. 

8

All animals, or all such as have a navel, grow by the navel. And  the navel is attached to the cotyledon in all

such as possess  cotyledons, and to the womb itself by a vein in all such as have the  womb smooth. And as

regards their shape within the womb, the  fourfooted animals all lie stretched out, and the footless animals  lie

on their sides, as for instance fishes; but twolegged animals lie  in a bent position, as for instance birds; and

human embryos lie bent,  with nose between the knees and eyes upon the knees, and the ears free  at the sides. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

7 124



Top




Page No 132


All animals alike have the head upwards to begin with; but as  they  grow and approach the term of egress

from the womb they turn  downwards, and birth in the natural course of things takes place in  all animals head

foremost; but in abnormal cases it may take place  in  a bent position, or feet foremost. 

The young of quadrupeds when they are near their full time  contain  excrements, both liquid and in the form

of solid lumps, the  latter in  the lower part of the bowel and the urine in the bladder. 

In those animals that have cotyledons in the womb the cotyledons  grow less as the embryo grows bigger, and

at length they disappear  altogether. The navelstring is a sheath wrapped about bloodvessels  which have

their origin in the womb, from the cotyledons in those  animals which possess them and from a bloodvessel

in those which do  not. In the larger animals, such as the embryos of oxen, the vessels  are four in number, and

in smaller animals two; in the very little  ones, such as fowls, one vessel only. 

Of the four vessels that run into the embryo, two pass through  the  liver where the socalled gates or 'portae'

are, running in the  direction of the great vein, and the other two run in the direction of  the aorta towards the

point where it divides and becomes two vessels  instead of one. Around each pair of bloodvessels are

membranes, and  surrounding these membranes is the navelstring itself, after the  manner of a sheath. And as

the embryo grows, the veins themselves tend  more and more to dwindle in size. And also as the embryo

matures it  comes down into the hollow of the womb and is observed to move here,  and sometimes rolls over

in the vicinity of the groin. 

9

When women are in labour, their pains determine towards many  divers parts of the body, and in most cases to

one or other of the  thighs. Those are the quickest to be delivered who experience severe  pains in the region of

the belly; and parturition is difficult in  those who begin by suffering pain in the loins, and speedy when the

pain is abdominal. If the child about to be born be a male, the  preliminary flood is watery and pale in colour,

but if a girl it is  tinged with blood, though still watery. In some cases of labour  these  latter phenomena do not

occur, either one way or the other. 

In other animals parturition is unaccompanied by pain, and the  dam  is plainly seen to suffer but moderate

inconvenience. In women,  however, the pains are more severe, and this is especially the case in  persons of

sedentary habits, and in those who are weakchested and  short of breath. Labour is apt to be especially

difficult if during  the process the woman while exerting force with her breath fails to  hold it in. 

First of all, when the embryo starts to move and the membranes  burst, there issues forth the watery flood;

then afterwards comes  the  embryo, while the womb everts and the afterbirth comes out from  within. 

10

The cutting of the navelstring, which is the nurse's duty, is a  matter calling for no little care and skill. For

not only in cases  of  difficult labour must she be able to render assistance with skilful  hand, but she must also

have her wits about her in all  contingencies,  and especially in the operation of tying the cord.  For if the

afterbirth have come away, the navel is ligatured off  from the  afterbirth with a woollen thread and is then cut

above the  ligature;  and at the place where it has been tied it heals up, and the  remaining  portion drops off. (If

the ligature come loose the child  dies from  loss of blood.) But if the afterbirth has not yet come away,  but

remains after the child itself is extruded, it is cut away  within  after the ligaturing of the cord. 

It often happens that the child appears to have been born dead  when it is merely weak, and when before the

umbilical cord has been  ligatured, the blood has run out into the cord and its surroundings.  But experienced


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

9 125



Top




Page No 133


midwives have been known to squeeze back the blood  into the child's body from the cord, and immediately

the child that  a  moment before was bloodless came back to life again. 

It is the natural rule, as we have mentioned above, for all  animals to come into the world head foremost, and

children,  moreover,  have their hands stretched out by their sides. And the child  gives a  cry and puts its hands

up to its mouth as soon as it issues  forth. 

Moreover the child voids excrement sometimes at once,  sometimes a  little later, but in all cases during the

first day; and  this  excrement is unduly copious in comparison with the size of the  child;  it is what the

midwives call the meconium or 'poppyjuice'.  In colour  it resembles blood, extremely dark and pitchlike,

but later  on it  becomes milky, for the child takes at once to the breast. Before  birth  the child makes no sound,

even though in difficult labour it put  forth  its head while the rest of the body remains within. 

In cases where flooding takes place rather before its time, it  is  apt to be followed by difficult parturition. But

if discharge  take  place after birth in small quantity, and in cases where it only  takes  place at the beginning

and does not continue till the fortieth  day,  then in such cases women make a better recovery and are the

sooner  ready to conceive again. 

Until the child is forty days old it neither laughs nor weeps  during waking hours, but of nights it sometimes

does both; and for the  most part it does not even notice being tickled, but passes most of  its time in sleep. As

it keeps on growing, it gets more and more  wakeful; and moreover it shows signs of dreaming, though it is

long  afterwards before it remembers what it dreams. 

In other animals there is no contrasting difference between one  bone and another, but all are properly formed;

but in children the  front part of the head is soft and late of ossifying. And by the  way,  some animals are born

with teeth, but children begin to cut their  teeth in the seventh month; and the front teeth are the first to  come

through, sometimes the upper and sometimes the lower ones. And  the  warmer the nurses' milk so much the

quicker are the children's  teeth  to come. 

11

After parturition and the cleasing flood the milk comes in plenty,  and in some women it flows not only from

the nipples but at divers  parts of the breasts, and in some cases even from the armpits. And for  some time

afterwards there continue to be certain indurated parts of  the breast called strangalides, or 'knots', which occur

when it so  happens that the moisture is not concocted, or when it finds no outlet  but accumulates within. For

the whole breast is so spongy that if a  woman in drinking happen to swallow a hair, she gets a pain in her

breast, which ailment is called 'trichia'; and the pain lasts till the  hair either find its own way out or be sucked

out with the milk. Women  continue to have milk until their next conception; and then the milk  stops coming

and goes dry, alike in the human species and in the  quadrupedal vivipara. So long as there is a flow of milk

the  menstrual purgations do not take place, at least as a general rule,  though the discharge has been known to

occur during the period of  suckling. For, speaking generally, a determination of moisture does  not take place

at one and the same time in several directions; as  for  instance the menstrual purgations tend to be scanty in

persons  suffering from haemorrhoids. And in some women the like happens  owing  to their suffering from

varices, when the fluids issue from  the pelvic  region before entering into the womb. And patients who  during

suppression of the menses happen to vomit blood are no whit the  worse. 

12

Children are very commonly subject to convulsions, more especially  such of them as are more than ordinarily

wellnourished on rich or  unusually plentiful milk from a stout nurse. Wine is bad for  infants,  in that it tends


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

11 126



Top




Page No 134


to excite this malady, and red wine is worse  than  white, especially when taken undiluted; and most things that

tend  to  induce flatulency are also bad, and constipation too is  prejudicial.  The majority of deaths in infancy

occur before the  child is a week  old, hence it is customary to name the child at that  age, from a  belief that it

has now a better chance of survival. This  malady is  worst at the full of the moon; and by the way, it is a

dangerous  symptom when the spasms begin in the child's back. 

Book VIII

1

WE have now discussed the physical characteristics of animals  and  their methods of generation. Their habits

and their modes of  living  vary according to their character and their food. 

In the great majority of animals there are traces of psychical  qualities or attitudes, which qualities are more

markedly  differentiated in the case of human beings. For just as we pointed out  resemblances in the physical

organs, so in a number of animals we  observe gentleness or fierceness, mildness or cross temper, courage,  or

timidity, fear or confidence, high spirit or low cunning, and, with  regard to intelligence, something equivalent

to sagacity. Some of  these qualities in man, as compared with the corresponding qualities  in animals, differ

only quantitatively: that is to say, a man has more  or less of this quality, and an animal has more or less of

some other;  other qualities in man are represented by analogous and not  identical  qualities: for instance, just

as in man we find knowledge,  wisdom, and  sagacity, so in certain animals there exists some other  natural

potentiality akin to these. The truth of this statement will  be the  more clearly apprehended if we have regard

to the phenomena  of  childhood: for in children may be observed the traces and seeds  of  what will one day be

settled psychological habits, though  psychologically a child hardly differs for the time being from an  animal;

so that one is quite justified in saying that, as regards  man  and animals, certain psychical qualities are

identical with one  another, whilst others resemble, and others are analogous to, each  other. 

Nature proceeds little by little from things lifeless to  animal  life in such a way that it is impossible to

determine the exact  line  of demarcation, nor on which side thereof an intermediate form  should  lie. Thus,

next after lifeless things in the upward scale comes  the  plant, and of plants one will differ from another as to

its amount  of  apparent vitality; and, in a word, the whole genus of plants,  whilst  it is devoid of life as

compared with an animal, is endowed  with life  as compared with other corporeal entities. Indeed, as we  just

remarked, there is observed in plants a continuous scale of  ascent  towards the animal. So, in the sea, there are

certain objects  concerning which one would be at a loss to determine whether they be  animal or vegetable.

For instance, certain of these objects are fairly  rooted, and in several cases perish if detached; thus the pinna

is  rooted to a particular spot, and the solen (or razorshell) cannot  survive withdrawal from its burrow.

Indeed, broadly speaking, the  entire genus of testaceans have a resemblance to vegetables, if they  be

contrasted with such animals as are capable of progression. 

In regard to sensibility, some animals give no indication  whatsoever of it, whilst others indicate it but

indistinctly. Further,  the substance of some of these intermediate creatures is fleshlike, as  is the case with the

socalled tethya (or ascidians) and the acalephae  (or seaanemones); but the sponge is in every respect like a

vegetable. And so throughout the entire animal scale there is a  graduated differentiation in amount of vitality

and in capacity for  motion. 

A similar statement holds good with regard to habits of life.  Thus  of plants that spring from seed the one

function seems to be  the  reproduction of their own particular species, and the sphere of  action  with certain

animals is similarly limited. The faculty of  reproduction, then, is common to all alike. If sensibility be

superadded, then their lives will differ from one another in respect  to sexual intercourse through the varying

amount of pleasure derived  therefrom, and also in regard to modes of parturition and ways of  rearing their


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

Book VIII 127



Top




Page No 135


young. Some animals, like plants, simply procreate their  own species at definite seasons; other animals busy

themselves also in  procuring food for their young, and after they are reared quit them  and have no further

dealings with them; other animals are more  intelligent and endowed with memory, and they live with their

offspring for a longer period and on a more social footing. 

The life of animals, then, may be divided into two  actsprocreation and feeding; for on these two acts all

their  interests and life concentrate. Their food depends chiefly on the  substance of which they are severally

constituted; for the source of  their growth in all cases will be this substance. And whatsoever is in  conformity

with nature is pleasant, and all animals pursue pleasure in  keeping with their nature. 

2

Animals are also differentiated locally: that is to say, some  live  upon dry land, while others live in the water.

And this  differentiation may be interpreted in two different ways. Thus, some  animals are termed terrestrial

as inhaling air, and others aquatic  as  taking in water; and there are others which do not actually take in  these

elements, but nevertheless are constitutionally adapted to the  cooling influence, so far as is needful to them,

of one element or the  other, and hence are called terrestrial or aquatic though they neither  breathe air nor take

in water. Again, other animals are so called from  their finding their food and fixing their habitat on land or in

water:  for many animals, although they inhale air and breed on land, yet  derive their food from the water, and

live in water for the greater  part of their lives; and these are the only animals to which as living  in and on two

elements the term 'amphibious' is applicable. There is  no animal taking in water that is terrestrial or aerial or

that  derives its food from the land, whereas of the great number of land  animals inhaling air many get their

food from the water; moreover some  are so peculiarly organized that if they be shut off altogether from  the

water they cannot possibly live, as for instance, the socalled  seaturtle, the crocodile, the hippopotamus, the

seal, and some of the  smaller creatures, such as the freshwater tortoise and the frog:  now  all these animals

choke or drown if they do not from time to  time  breathe atmospheric air: they breed and rear their young on

dry  land,  or near the land, but they pass their lives in water. 

But the dolphin is equipped in the most remarkable way of all  animals: the dolphin and other similar aquatic

animals, including  the  other cetaceans which resemble it; that is to say, the whale,  and all  the other creatures

that are furnished with a blowhole. One  can  hardly allow that such an animal is terrestrial and terrestrial

only,  or aquatic and aquatic only, if by terrestrial we mean an animal  that  inhales air, and if by aquatic we

mean an animal that takes in  water.  For the fact is the dolphin performs both these processes: he  takes in

water and discharges it by his blowhole, and he also inhales  air into  his lungs; for, by the way, the creature

is furnished with  this organ  and respires thereby, and accordingly, when caught in the  nets, he is  quickly

suffocated for lack of air. He can also live for a  considerable while out of the water, but all this while he

keeps up  a  dull moaning sound corresponding to the noise made by  airbreathing  animals in general;

furthermore, when sleeping, the  animal keeps his  nose above water, and he does so that he may  breathe the

air. Now it  would be unreasonable to assign one and the  same class of animals to  both categories, terrestrial

and aquatic,  seeing that these categories  are more or less exclusive of one  another; we must accordingly

supplement our definition of the term  'aquatic' or 'marine'. For the  fact is, some aquatic animals take in  water

and discharge it again,  for the same reason that leads  airbreathing animals to inhale air: in  other words, with

the object  of cooling the blood. Others take in  water as incidental to their mode  of feeding; for as they get

their  food in the water they cannot but  take in water along with their food,  and if they take in water they  must

be provided with some organ for  discharging it. Those blooded  animals, then, that use water for a  purpose

analogous to respiration  are provided with gills; and such as  take in water when catching their  prey, with the

blowhole. Similar  remarks are applicable to molluscs  and crustaceans; for again it is by  way of procuring

food that these  creatures take in water. 

Aquatic in different ways, the differences depending on bodily  relation to external temperature and on habit


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

2 128



Top




Page No 136


of life, are such  animals on the one hand as take in air but live in water, and such  on  the other hand as take in

water and are furnished with gills but go  upon dry land and get their living there. At present only one animal

of the latter kind is known, the socalled cordylus or waternewt;  this creature is furnished not with lungs but

with gills, but for  all  that it is a quadruped and fitted for walking on dry land. 

In the case of all these animals their nature appears in some  kind  of a way to have got warped, just as some

male animals get to  resemble  the female, and some female animals the male. The fact is  that  animals, if they

be subjected to a modification in minute organs,  are  liable to immense modifications in their general

configuration.  This  phenomenon may be observed in the case of gelded animals: only  a  minute organ of the

animal is mutilated, and the creature passes  from  the male to the female form. We may infer, then, that if in

the  primary conformation of the embryo an infinitesimally minute but  absolutely essential organ sustain a

change of magnitude one way or  the other, the animal will in one case turn to male and in the other  to female;

and also that, if the said organ be obliterated altogether,  the animal will be of neither one sex nor the other.

And so by the  occurrence of modification in minute organs it comes to pass that  one  animal is terrestrial and

another aquatic, in both senses of these  terms. And, again, some animals are amphibious whilst other animals

are not amphibious, owing to the circumstance that in their  conformation while in the embryonic condition

there got intermixed  into them some portion of the matter of which their subsequent food is  constituted; for,

as was said above, what is in conformity with nature  is to every single animal pleasant and agreeable. 

Animals then have been categorized into terrestrial and  aquatic in  three ways, according to their assumption

of air or of  water, the  temperament of their bodies, or the character of their  food; and the  mode of life of an

animal corresponds to the category in  which it is  found. That is to say, in some cases the animal depends  for

its  terrestrial or aquatic nature on temperament and diet  combined, as  well as upon its method of respiration;

and sometimes  on temperament  and habits alone. 

Of testaceans, some, that are incapable of motion, subsist on  fresh water, for, as the sea water dissolves into

its constituents,  the fresh water from its greater thinness percolates through the  grosser parts; in fact, they live

on fresh water just as they were  originally engendered from the same. Now that fresh water is contained  in

the sea and can be strained off from it can be proved in a  thoroughly practical way. Take a thin vessel of

moulded wax, attach  a  cord to it, and let it down quite empty into the sea: in twentyfour  hours it will be

found to contain a quantity of water, and the water  will be fresh and drinkable. 

Seaanemones feed on such small fishes as come in their way. The  mouth of this creature is in the middle of

its body; and this fact may  be clearly observed in the case of the larger varieties. Like the  oyster it has a duct

for the outlet of the residuum; and this duct  is  at the top of the animal. In other words, the seaanemone

corresponds  to the inner fleshy part of the oyster, and the stone to  which the one  creature clings corresponds

to the shell which encases  the other. 

The limpet detaches itself from the rock and goes about in quest  of food. Of shellfish that are mobile, some

are carnivorous and  live  on little fishes, as for instance, the purple murexand there can  be  no doubt that the

purple murex is carnivorous, as it is caught by a  bait of fish; others are carnivorous, but feed also on marine

vegetation. 

The seaturtles feed on shellfishfor, by the way, their mouths  are extraordinarily hard; whatever object it

seizes, stone or other,  it crunches into bits, but when it leaves the water for dry land it  browses on grass).

These creatures suffer greatly, and oftentimes  die  when they lie on the surface of the water exposed to a

scorching  sun;  for, when once they have risen to the surface, they find a  difficulty  in sinking again. 

Crustaceans feed in like manner. They are omnivorous; that is to  say, they live on stones, slime, seaweed,

and excrementas for  instance the rockcraband are also carnivorous. The crawfish or  spinylobster can get

the better of fishes even of the larger species,  though in some of them it occasionally finds more than its


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

2 129



Top




Page No 137


match.  Thus, this animal is so overmastered and cowed by the octopus that  it  dies of terror if it become aware

of an octopus in the same net  with  itself. The crawfish can master the congereel, for owing to  the rough

spines of the crawfish the eel cannot slip away and elude  its hold.  The congereel, however, devours the

octopus, for owing to  the  slipperiness of its antagonist the octopus can make nothing of it.  The  crawfish feeds

on little fish, capturing them beside its hole or  dwelling place; for, by the way, it is found out at sea on rough

and  stony bottoms, and in such places it makes its den. Whatever it  catches, it puts into its mouth with its

pincerlike claws, like the  common crab. Its nature is to walk straight forward when it has  nothing to fear,

with its feelers hanging sideways; if it be  frightened, it makes its escape backwards, darting off to a great

distance. These animals fight one another with their claws, just as  rams fight with their horns, raising them

and striking their  opponents; they are often also seen crowded together in herds. So much  for the mode of life

of the crustacean. 

Molluscs are all carnivorous; and of molluscs the calamary and  the  sepia are more than a match for fishes

even of the large  species. The  octopus for the most part gathers shellfish, extracts the  flesh, and  feeds on that;

in fact, fishermen recognize their holes  by the number  of shells lying about. Some say that the octopus

devours  its own  species, but this statement is incorrect; it is doubtless  founded on  the fact that the creature is

often found with its  tentacles removed,  which tentacles have really been eaten off by the  conger. 

Fishes, all without exception, feed on spawn in the spawning  season; but in other respects the food varies

with the varying  species. Some fishes are exclusively carnivorous, as the cartilaginous  genus, the conger, the

channa or Serranus, the tunny, the bass, the  synodon or Dentex, the amia, the seaperch, and the muraena.

The red  mullet is carnivorous, but feeds also on seaweed, on shellfish,  and  on mud. The grey mullet feeds

on mud, the dascyllus on mud and  offal,  the scarus or parrotfish and the melanurus on seaweed, the  saupe

on  offal and seaweed; the saupe feeds also on zostera, and is  the only  fish that is captured with a gourd. All

fishes devour their  own  species, with the single exception of the cestreus or mullet;  and the  conger is

especially ravenous in this respect. The cephalus  and the  mullet in general are the only fish that eat no flesh;

this  may be  inferred from the facts that when caught they are never found  with  flesh in their intestines, and

that the bait used to catch them  is not  flesh but barleycake. Every fish of the mulletkind lives on  seaweed

and sand. The cephalus, called by some the 'chelon', keeps  near in to  the shore, the peraeas keeps out at a

distance from it, and  feeds on a  mucous substance exuding from itself, and consequently is  always in a

starved condition. The cephalus lives in mud, and is in  consequence  heavy and slimy; it never feeds on any

other fish. As it  lives in mud,  it has every now and then to make a leap upwards out  of the mud so as  to wash

the slime from off its body. There is no  creature known to  prey upon the spawn of the cephalus, so that the

species is  exceedingly numerous; when, however, the is fullgrown it  is preyed  upon by a number of fishes,

and especially by the acharnas  or bass. Of  all fishes the mullet is the most voracious and  insatiable, and in

consequence its belly is kept at full stretch;  whenever it is not  starving, it may be considered as out of

condition.  When it is  frightened, it hides its head in mud, under the notion that  it is  hiding its whole body.

The synodon is carnivorous and feeds on  molluscs. Very often the synodon and the channa cast up their

stomachs  while chasing smaller fishes; for, be it remembered, fishes have their  stomachs close to the mouth,

and are not furnished with a gullet. 

Some fishes then, as has been stated, are carnivorous, and  carnivorous only, as the dolphin, the synodon, the

gilthead, the  selachians, and the molluscs. Other fishes feed habitually on mud or  seaweed or seamoss or

the socalled stalkweed or growing plants; as  for instance, the phycis, the goby, and the rockfish; and, by

the  way, the only meat that the phycis will touch is that of prawns.  Very  often, however, as has been stated,

they devour one another,  and  especially do the larger ones devour the smaller. The proof of  their  being

carnivorous is the fact that they can be caught with flesh  for a  bait. The mackerel, the tunny, and the bass are

for the most  part  carnivorous, but they do occasionally feed on seaweed. The  sargue  feeds on the leavings of

the trigle or red mullet. The red  mullet  burrows in the mud, when it sets the mud in motion and quits  its

haunt, the sargue settles down into the place and feeds on what is  left behind, and prevents any smaller fish

from settling in the  immediate vicinity. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

2 130



Top




Page No 138


Of all fishes the socalled scarus, or parrot, wrasse, is the  only  one known to chew the cud like a quadruped. 

As a general rule the larger fishes catch the smaller ones in  their mouths whilst swimming straight after them

in the ordinary  position; but the selachians, the dolphin, and all the cetacea must  first turn over on their backs,

as their mouths are placed down below;  this allows a fair chance of escape to the smaller fishes, and,  indeed,

if it were not so, there would be very few of the little  fishes left, for the speed and voracity of the dolphin is

something  marvellous. 

Of eels a few here and there feed on mud and on chance morsels  of  food thrown to them; the greater part of

them subsist on fresh  water.  Eelbreeders are particularly careful to have the water kept  perfectly  clear, by its

perpetually flowing on to flat slabs of  stone and then  flowing off again; sometimes they coat the eeltanks

with plaster. The  fact is that the eel will soon choke if the water is  not clear as his  gills are peculiarly small.

On this account, when  fishing for eels,  they disturb the water. In the river Strymon  eelfishing takes place  at

the rising of the Pleiads, because at  this period the water is  troubled and the mud raised up by contrary  winds;

unless the water be  in this condition, it is as well to leave  the eels alone. When dead  the eel, unlike the

majority of fishes,  neither floats on nor rises to  the surface; and this is owing to the  smallness of the stomach.

A few  eels are supplied with fat, but the  greater part have no fat  whatsoever. When removed from the water

they can live for five or six  days; for a longer period if north winds  prevail, for a shorter if  south winds. If

they are removed in summer  from the pools to the tanks  they will die; but not so if removed in  the winter.

They are not  capable of holding out against any abrupt  change; consequently they  often die in large numbers

when men  engaged in transporting them from  one place to another dip them into  water particularly cold.

They will  also die of suffocation if they  be kept in a scanty supply of water.  This same remark will hold good

for fishes in general; for they are  suffocated if they be long  confined in a short supply of water, with  the water

kept  unchangedjust as animals that respire are suffocated  if they be  shut up with a scanty supply of air. The

eel in some cases  lives for  seven or eight years. The rivereel feeds on his own  species, on  grass, or on roots,

or on any chance food found in the  mud. Their  usual feedingtime is at night, and during the daytime  they

retreat  into deep water. And so much for the food of fishes. 

3

Of birds, such as have crooked talons are carnivorous without  exception, and cannot swallow corn or

breadfood even if it be put  into their bills in titbits; as for instance, the eagle of every  variety, the kite, the

two species of hawks, to wit, the dovehawk and  the sparrowhawkand, by the way, these two hawks differ

greatly in  size from one anotherand the buzzard. The buzzard is of the same size  as the kite, and is visible at

all seasons of the year. There is  also  the phene (or lammergeier) and the vulture. The phene is larger  than  the

common eagle and is ashen in colour. Of the vulture there are  two  varieties: one small and whitish, the other

comparatively large  and  rather more ashencoloured than white. Further, of birds that  fly by  night, some

have crooked talons, such as the nightraven, the  owl, and  the eagleowl. The eagleowl resembles the

common owl in  shape, but it  is quite as large as the eagle. Again, there is the  eleus, the  Aegolian owl, and the

little horned owl. Of these birds,  the eleus is  somewhat larger than the barndoor cock, and the Aegolian  owl

is of  about the same size as the eleus, and both these birds  hunt the jay;  the little horned owl is smaller than

the common owl.  All these three  birds are alike in appearance, and all three are  carnivorous. 

Again, of birds that have not crooked talons some are carnivorous,  such as the swallow. Others feed on grubs,

such as the chaffinch,  the  sparrow, the 'batis', the green linnet, and the titmouse. Of the  titmouse there are

three varieties. The largest is the  finchtitmousefor it is about the size of a finch; the second has  a  long tail,

and from its habitat is called the hilltitmouse; the  third  resembles the other two in appearance, but is less in

size  than either  of them. Then come the beccafico, the blackcap, the  bullfinch, the  robin, the epilais, the

midgetbird, and the  goldencrested wren. This  wren is little larger than a locust, has a  crest of bright red

gold,  and is in every way a beautiful and graceful  little bird. Then the  anthus, a bird about the size of a finch;


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

3 131



Top




Page No 139


and  the mountainfinch,  which resembles a finch and is of much the same  size, but its neck is  blue, and it is

named from its habitat; and  lastly the wren and the  rook. The aboveenumerated birds and the  like of them

feed either  wholly or for the most part on grubs, but the  following and the like  feed on thistles; to wit, the

linnet, the  thraupis, and the goldfinch.  All these birds feed on thistles, but  never on grubs or any living  thing

whatever; they live and roost  also on the plants from which they  derive their food. 

There are other birds whose favourite food consists of insects  found beneath the bark of trees; as for instance,

the great and the  small pie, which are nicknamed the woodpeckers. These two birds  resemble one another in

plumage and in note, only that the note of the  larger bird is the louder of the two; they both frequent the

trunks of  trees in quest of food. There is also the greenpie, a bird about the  size of a turtledove,

greencoloured all over, that pecks at the bark  of trees with extraordinary vigour, lives generally on the

branch of a  tree, has a loud note, and is mostly found in the Peloponnese. There  is another bird called the

'grubpicker' (or treecreeper), about as  small as the penduline titmouse, with speckled plumage of an ashen

colour, and with a poor note; it is a variety of the woodpecker. 

There are other birds that live on fruit and herbage, such as  the  wild pigeon or ringdove, the common pigeon,

the rockdove, and the  turtledove. The ringdove and the common pigeon are visible at all  seasons; the

turtledove only in the summer, for in winter it lurks  in  some hole or other and is never seen. The rockdove is

chiefly  visible  in the autumn, and is caught at that season; it is larger than  the  common pigeon but smaller

than the wild one; it is generally  caught  while drinking. These pigeons bring their young ones with  them

when  they visit this country. All our other birds come to us in  the early  summer and build their nests here,

and the greater part of  them rear  their young on animal food, with the sole exception of the  pigeon and  its

varieties. 

The whole genus of birds may be pretty well divided into such as  procure their food on dry land, such as

frequent rivers and lakes, and  such as live on or by the sea. 

Of waterbirds such as are webfooted live actually on the  water,  while such as are splitfooted live by the

edge of itand, by  the way,  waterbirds that are not carnivorous live on waterplants,  (but most  of them live

on fish), like the heron and the spoonbill that  frequent  the banks of lakes and rivers; and the spoonbill, by the

way,  is less  than the common heron, and has a long flat bill. There are  furthermore  the stork and the seamew;

and the seamew, by the way, is  ashencoloured. There is also the schoenilus, the cinclus, and the

whiterump. Of these smaller birds the last mentioned is the  largest,  being about the size of the common

thrush; all three may be  described  as 'wagtails'. Then there is the scalidris, with plumage  ashengrey,  but

speckled. Moreover, the family of the halcyons or  kingfishers live  by the waterside. Of kingfishers there are

two  varieties; one that  sits on reeds and sings; the other, the larger  of the two, is without  a note. Both these

varieties are blue on the  back. There is also the  trochilus (or sandpiper). The halcyon also,  including a variety

termed  the cerylus, is found near the seaside. The  crow also feeds on such  animal life as is cast up on the

beach, for  the bird is omnivorous.  There are also the white gull, the cepphus,  the aethyia, and the  charadrius. 

Of webfooted birds, the larger species live on the banks of  rivers and lakes; as the swan, the duck, the coot,

the grebe, and  the  teala bird resembling the duck but less in sizeand the  waterraven  or cormorant. This

bird is the size of a stork, only  that its legs are  shorter; it is webfooted and is a good swimmer; its  plumage

is black.  It roosts on trees, and is the only one of all  such birds as these  that is found to build its nest in a tree.

Further  there is the large  goose, the little gregarious goose, the  vulpanser, the horned grebe,  and the penelops.

The seaeagle lives  in the neighbourhood of the sea  and seeks its quarry in lagoons. 

A great number of birds are omnivorous. Birds of prey feed on  any  animal or bird, other than a bird of prey,

that they may catch.  These  birds never touch one of their own genus, whereas fishes often  devour  members

actually of their own species. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

3 132



Top




Page No 140


Birds, as a rule, are very spare drinkers. In fact birds of prey  never drink at all, excepting a very few, and

these drink very rarely;  and this last observation is peculiarly applicable to the kestrel. The  kite has been seen

to drink, but he certainly drinks very seldom. 

4

Animals that are coated with tessellatessuch as the lizard and  the other quadrupeds, and the serpentsare

omnivorous: at all events  they are carnivorous and graminivorous; and serpents, by the way,  are  of all

animals the greatest gluttons. 

Tessellated animals are spare drinkers, as are also all such  animals as have a spongy lung, and such a lung,

scantily supplied with  blood, is found in all oviparous animals. Serpents, by the by, have an  insatiate appetite

for wine; consequently, at times men hunt for  snakes by pouring wine into saucers and putting them into the

interstices of walls, and the creatures are caught when inebriated.  Serpents are carnivorous, and whenever

they catch an animal they  extract all its juices and eject the creature whole. And, by the  way,  this is done by

all other creatures of similar habits, as for  instance  the spider; only that the spider sucks out the juices of  its

prey  outside, and the serpent does so in its belly. The serpent  takes any  food presented to him, eats birds and

animals, and  swallows eggs  entire. But after taking his prey he stretches himself  until he stands  straight out to

the very tip, and then he contracts  and squeezes  himself into little compass, so that the swallowed mass  may

pass down  his outstretched body; and this action on his part is  due to the  tenuity and length of his gullet.

Spiders and snakes can  both go  without food for a long time; and this remark may be  verified by  observation

of specimens kept alive in the shops of the  apothecaries. 

5

Of viviparous quadrupeds such as are fierce and jagtoothed  are  without exception carnivorous; though, by

the way, it is stated of  the  wolf, but of no other animal, that in extremity of hunger it  will eat  a certain kind of

earth. These carnivorous animals never  eat grass  except when they are sick, just as dogs bring on a vomit  by

eating  grass and thereby purge themselves. 

The solitary wolf is more apt to attack man than the wolf that  goes with a pack. 

The animal called 'glanus' by some and 'hyaena' by others is  as  large as a wolf, with a mane like a horse, only

that the hair is  stiffer and longer and extends over the entire length of the chine. It  will lie in wait for a man

and chase him, and will inveigle a dog  within its reach by making a noise that resembles the retching noise  of

a man vomiting. It is exceedingly fond of putrefied flesh, and will  burrow in a graveyard to gratify this

propensity. 

The bear is omnivorous. It eats fruit, and is enabled by the  suppleness of its body to climb a tree; it also eats

vegetables, and  it will break up a hive to get at the honey; it eats crabs and ants  also, and is in a general way

carnivorous. It is so powerful that it  will attack not only the deer but the wild boar, if it can take it  unawares,

and also the bull. After coming to close quarters with the  bull it falls on its back in front of the animal, and,

when the bull  proceeds to butt, the bear seizes hold of the bull's horns with its  front paws, fastens its teeth

into his shoulder, and drags him down to  the ground. For a short time together it can walk erect on its hind

legs. All the flesh it eats it first allows to become carrion. 

The lion, like all other savage and jagtoothed animals, is  carnivorous. It devours its food greedily and

fiercely, and often  swallows its prey entire without rending it at all; it will then go  fasting for two or three

days together, being rendered capable of this  abstinence by its previous surfeit. It is a spare drinker. It

discharges the solid residuum in small quantities, about every other  day or at irregular intervals, and the


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

4 133



Top




Page No 141


substance of it is hard and dry  like the excrement of a dog. The wind discharged from off its  stomach  is

pungent, and its urine emits a strong odour, a phenomenon  which, in  the case of dogs, accounts for their habit

of sniffing at  trees; for,  by the way, the lion, like the dog, lifts its leg to  void its urine.  It infects the food it

eats with a strong smell by  breathing on it,  and when the animal is cut open an overpowering  vapour exhales

from  its inside. 

Some wild quadrupeds feed in lakes and rivers; the seal is the  only one that gets its living on the sea. To the

former class of  animals belong the socalled castor, the satyrium, the otter, and  the  socalled latax, or beaver.

The beaver is flatter than the otter  and  has strong teeth; it often at nighttime emerges from the water  and

goes nibbling at the bark of the aspens that fringe the  riversides.  The otter will bite a man, and it is said that

whenever it  bites it  will never let go until it hears a bone crack. The hair of  the beaver  is rough, intermediate

in appearance between the hair of  the seal and  the hair of the deer. 

6

Jagtoothed animals drink by lapping, as do also some animals  with  teeth differently formed, as the mouse.

Animals whose upper and  lower  teeth meet evenly drink by suction, as the horse and the ox; the  bear  neither

laps nor sucks, but gulps down his drink. Birds, a  rule, drink  by suction, but the long necked birds stop and

elevate  their heads at  intervals; the purple coot is the only one (of the  longnecked birds)  that swallows water

by gulps. 

Horned animals, domesticated or wild, and all such as are not  jagtoothed, are all frugivorous and

graminivorous, save under great  stress of hunger. The pig is an exception, it cares little for grass  or fruit, but

of all animals it is the fondest of roots, owing to  the  fact that its snout is peculiarly adapted for digging them

out  of the  ground; it is also of all animals the most easily pleased in  the  matter of food. It takes on fat more

rapidly in proportion to  its size  than any other animal; in fact, a pig can be fattened for the  market  in sixty

days. Pigdealers can tell the amount of flesh taken  on, by  having first weighed the animal while it was being

starved.  Before the  fattening process begins, the creature must be starved  for three days;  and, by the way,

animals in general will take on fat  if subjected  previously to a course of starvation; after the three  days of

starvation, pigbreeders feed the animal lavishly. Breeders in  Thrace,  when fattening pigs, give them a drink

on the first day;  then they  miss one, and then two days, then three and four, until  the interval  extends over

seven days. The pigs' meat used for  fattening is composed  of barley, millet, figs, acorns, wild pears, and

cucumbers. These  animalsand other animals that have warm  belliesare fattened by  repose. (Pigs also fatten

the better by  being allowed to wallow in  mud. They like to feed in batches of the  same age. A pig will give

battle even to a wolf.) If a pig be  weighed when living, you may  calculate that after death its flesh will  weigh

fivesixths of that  weight, and the hair, the blood, and the  rest will weigh the other  sixth. When suckling their

young,  swinelike all other animalsget  attenuated. So much for these animals. 

7

Cattle feed on corn and grass, and fatten on vegetables that  tend  to cause flatulency, such as bitter vetch or

bruised beans or  beanstalks. The older ones also will fatten if they be fed up after  an incision has been made

into their hide, and air blown thereinto.  Cattle will fatten also on barley in its natural state or on barley  finely

winnowed, or on sweet food, such as figs, or pulp from the  winepress, or on elmleaves. But nothing is so

fattening as the  heat  of the sun and wallowing in warm waters. If the horns of young  cattle  be smeared with

hot wax, you may mold them to any shape you  please,  and cattle are less subject to disease of the hoof if you

smear the  horny parts with wax, pitch, or olive oil. Herded cattle  suffer more  when they are forced to change

their pasture ground by  frost than when  snow is the cause of change. Cattle grow all the  more in size when

they are kept from sexual commerce over a number  of years; and it is  with a view to growth in size that in

Epirus the  socalled Pyrrhic  kine are not allowed intercourse with the bull until  they are nine  years old; from


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

6 134



Top




Page No 142


which circumstance they are nicknamed  the 'unbulled'  kine. Of these Pyrrhic cattle, by the way, they say  that

there are  only about four hundred in the world, that they are the  private  property of the Epirote royal family,

that they cannot  thrive out of  Epirus, and that people elsewhere have tried to rear  them, but without  success. 

8

Horses, mules, and asses feed on corn and grass, but are  fattened  chiefly by drink. Just in proportion as beasts

of burden  drink water,  so will they more or less enjoy their food, and a place  will give good  or bad feeding

according as the water is good or bad.  Green corn,  while ripening, will give a smooth coat; but such corn  is

injurious if  the spikes are too stiff and sharp. The first crop  of clover is  unwholesome, and so is clover over

which illscented  water runs; for  the clover is sure to get the taint of the water.  Cattle like clear  water for

drinking; but the horse in this respect  resembles the camel,  for the camel likes turbid and thick water, and  will

never drink from  a stream until he has trampled it into a  turbid condition. And, by the  way, the camel can go

without water  for as much as four days, but  after that when he drinks, he drinks  in immense quantities. 

9

The elephant at the most can eat nine Macedonian medimni of fodder  at one meal; but so large an amount is

unwholesome. As a general  rule  it can take six or seven medimni of fodder, five medimni of  wheat, and  five

mareis of winesix cotylae going to the maris. An  elephant has  been known to drink right off fourteen

Macedonian  metretae of water,  and another metretae later in the day. 

Camels live for about thirty years; in some exceptional cases  they  live much longer, and instances have been

known of their living  to the  age of a hundred. The elephant is said by some to live for  about two  hundred

years; by others, for three hundred. 

10

Sheep and goats are graminivorous, but sheep browse assiduously  and steadily, whereas goats shift their

ground rapidly, and browse  only on the tips of the herbage. Sheep are much improved in  condition  by

drinking, and accordingly they give the flocks salt every  five days  in summer, to the extent of one medimnus

to the hundred  sheep, and  this is found to render a flock healthier and fatter. In  fact they mix  salt with the

greater part of their food; a large amount  of salt is  mixed into their bran (for the reason that they drink  more

when  thirsty), and in autumn they get cucumbers with a sprinkling  of salt  on them; this admixture of salt in

their food tends also to  increase  the quantity of milk in the ewes. If sheep be kept on the  move at  midday they

will drink more copiously towards evening; and  if the ewes  be fed with salted food as the lambing season

draws near  they will get  larger udders. Sheep are fattened by twigs of the  olive or of the  oleaster, by vetch,

and bran of every kind; and  these articles of food  fatten all the more if they be first  sprinkled with brine.

Sheep will  take on flesh all the better if  they be first put for three days  through a process of starving. In

autumn, water from the north is more  wholesome for sheep than water  from the south. Pasture grounds are all

the better if they have a  westerly aspect. 

Sheep will lose flesh if they be kept overmuch on the move or be  subjected to any hardship. In winter time

shepherds can easily  distinguish the vigorous sheep from the weakly, from the fact that the  vigorous sheep

are covered with hoarfrost while the weakly ones are  quite free of it; the fact being that the weakly ones

feeling  oppressed with the burden shake themselves and so get rid of it. The  flesh of all quadrupeds

deteriorates in marshy pastures, and is the  better on high grounds. Sheep that have flat tails can stand the

winter better than longtailed sheep, and shortfleeced sheep than the  shaggyfleeced; and sheep with crisp

wool stand the rigour of winter  very poorly. Sheep are healthier than goats, but goats are stronger  than sheep.

(The fleeces and the wool of sheep that have been killed  by wolves, as also the clothes made from them, are


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

8 135



Top




Page No 143


exceptionally  infested with lice.) 

11

Of insects, such as have teeth are omnivorous; such as have a  tongue feed on liquids only, extracting with that

organ juices from  all quarters. And of these latter some may be called omnivorous,  inasmuch as they feed on

every kind of juice, as for instance, the  common fly; others are bloodsuckers, such as the gadfly and the

horsefly, others again live on the juices of fruits and plants. The  bee is the only insect that invariably

eschews whatever is rotten;  it  will touch no article of food unless it have a sweettasting juice,  and it is

particularly fond of drinking water if it be found  bubbling  up clear from a spring underground. 

So much for the food of animals of the leading genera. 

12

The habits of animals are all connected with either breeding and  the rearing of young, or with the procuring a

due supply of food;  and  these habits are modified so as to suit cold and heat and the  variations of the seasons.

For all animals have an instinctive  perception of the changes of temperature, and, just as men seek  shelter in

houses in winter, or as men of great possessions spend  their summer in cool places and their winter in sunny

ones, so also  all animals that can do so shift their habitat at various seasons. 

Some creatures can make provision against change without  stirring  from their ordinary haunts; others

migrate, quitting Pontus  and the  cold countries after the autumnal equinox to avoid the  approaching  winter,

and after the spring equinox migrating from warm  lands to cool  lands to avoid the coming heat. In some cases

they  migrate from places  near at hand, in others they may be said to come  from the ends of the  world, as in

the case of the crane; for these  birds migrate from the  steppes of Scythia to the marshlands south of  Egypt

where the Nile has  its source. And it is here, by the way,  that they are said to fight  with the pygmies; and the

story is not  fabulous, but there is in  reality a race of dwarfish men, and the  horses are little in  proportion, and

the men live in caves  underground. Pelicans also  migrate, and fly from the Strymon to the  Ister, and breed on

the banks  of this river. They depart in flocks,  and the birds in front wait for  those in the rear, owing to the fact

that when the flock is passing  over the intervening mountain range,  the birds in the rear lose sight  of their

companions in the van. 

Fishes also in a similar manner shift their habitat now out of  the  Euxine and now into it. In winter they move

from the outer sea  in  towards land in quest of heat; in summer they shift from shallow  waters to the deep sea

to escape the heat. 

Weakly birds in winter and in frosty weather come down to the  plains for warmth, and in summer migrate to

the hills for coolness.  The more weakly an animal is the greater hurry will it be in to  migrate on account of

extremes of temperature, either hot or cold;  thus the mackerel migrates in advance of the tunnies, and the

quail in  advance of the cranes. The former migrates in the month of Boedromion,  and the latter in the month

of Maemacterion. All creatures are  fatter  in migrating from cold to heat than in migrating from heat to  cold;

thus the quail is fatter when he emigrates in autumn than when  he  arrives in spring. The migration from cold

countries is  contemporaneous with the close of the hot season. Animals are in  better trim for breeding

purposes in springtime, when they change  from hot to cool lands. 

Of birds, the crane, as has been said, migrates from one end of  the world to the other; they fly against the

wind. The story told  about the stone is untrue: to wit, that the bird, so the story goes,  carries in its inside a

stone by way of ballast, and that the stone  when vomited up is a touchstone for gold. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

11 136



Top




Page No 144


The cushat and the rockdove migrate, and never winter in our  country, as is the case also with the

turtledove; the common  pigeon,  however, stays behind. The quail also migrates; only, by the  way, a  few

quails and turtledoves may stay behind here and there in  sunny  districts. Cushats and turtledoves flock

together, both when  they  arrive and when the season for migration comes round again.  When  quails come to

land, if it be fair weather or if a north wind  is  blowing, they will pair off and manage pretty comfortably; but

if a  southerly wind prevail they are greatly distressed owing to the  difficulties in the way of flight, for a

southerly wind is wet and  violent. For this reason birdcatchers are never on the alert for  these birds during

fine weather, but only during the prevalence of  southerly winds, when the bird from the violence of the wind

is unable  to fly. And, by the way, it is owing to the distress occasioned by the  bulkiness of its body that the

bird always screams while flying: for  the labour is severe. When the quails come from abroad they have no

leaders, but when they migrate hence, the glottis flits along with  them, as does also the landrail, and the eared

owl, and the corncrake.  The corncrake calls them in the night, and when the birdcatchers  hear  the croak of the

bird in the nighttime they know that the  quails are  on the move. The landrail is like a marsh bird, and the

glottis has a  tongue that can project far out of its beak. The eared  owl is like an  ordinary owl, only that it has

feathers about its ears;  by some it is  called the nightraven. It is a great rogue of a bird,  and is a  capital

mimic; a birdcatcher will dance before it and, while  the bird  is mimicking his gestures, the accomplice

comes behind and  catches it.  The common owl is caught by a similar trick. 

As a general rule all birds with crooked talons are  shortnecked,  flattongued, and disposed to mimicry. The

Indian  bird, the parrot,  which is said to have a man's tongue, answers to  this description;  and, by the way,

after drinking wine, the parrot  becomes more saucy  than ever. 

Of birds, the following are migratorythe crane, the swan, the  pelican, and the lesser goose. 

13

Of fishes, some, as has been observed, migrate from the outer seas  in towards shore, and from the shore

towards the outer seas, to  avoid  the extremes of cold and heat. 

Fish living near to the shore are better eating than deepsea  fish. The fact is they have more abundant and

better feeding, for  wherever the sun's heat can reach vegetation is more abundant,  better  in quality, and more

delicate, as is seen in any ordinary  garden.  Further, the black shoreweed grows near to shore; the other

shoreweed is like wild weed. Besides, the parts of the sea near to  shore are subjected to a more equable

temperature; and consequently  the flesh of shallowwater fishes is firm and consistent, whereas  the  flesh of

deepwater fishes is flaccid and watery. 

The following fishes are found near into the shorethe  synodon,  the black bream, the merou, the gilthead, the

mullet, the red  mullet,  the wrasse, the weaver, the callionymus, the goby, and  rockfishes of  all kinds. The

following are deepsea fishesthe  trygon, the  cartilaginous fishes, the white conger, the serranus,  the

erythrinus,  and the glaucus. The braize, the seascorpion, the  black conger, the  muraena, and the piper or

seacuckoo are found alike  in shallow and  deep waters. These fishes, however, vary for various  localities; for

instance, the goby and all rockfish are fat off the  coast of Crete.  Again, the tunny is out of season in

summer, when it  is being preyed  on by its own peculiar louseparasite, but after the  rising of  Arcturus, when

the parasite has left it, it comes into  season again. A  number of fish also are found in seaestuaries; such  as

the saupe, the  gilthead, the red mullet, and, in point of fact, the  greater part of  the gregarious fishes. The

bonito also is found in  such waters, as,  for instance, off the coast of Alopeconnesus; and  most species of

fishes are found in Lake Bistonis. The colymackerel  as a rule does  not enter the Euxine, but passes the

summer in the  Propontis, where it  spawns, and winters in the Aegean. The tunny  proper, the pelamys, and  the

bonito penetrate into the Euxine in  summer and pass the summer  there; as do also the greater part of  such fish

as swim in shoals with  the currents, or congregate in shoals  together. And most fish  congregate in shoals, and


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

13 137



Top




Page No 145


shoalfishes in  all cases have leaders. 

Fish penetrate into the Euxine for two reasons, and firstly for  food. For the feeding is more abundant and

better in quality owing  to  the amount of fresh riverwater that discharges into the sea, and  moreover, the

large fishes of this inland sea are smaller than the  large fishes of the outer sea. In point of fact, there is no

large  fish in the Euxine excepting the dolphin and the porpoise, and the  dolphin is a small variety; but as soon

as you get into the outer  sea  the big fishes are on the big scale. Furthermore, fish penetrate  into  this sea for

the purpose of breeding; for there are recesses  there  favourable for spawning, and the fresh and exceptionally

sweet  water  has an invigorating effect upon the spawn. After spawning,  when the  young fishes have attained

some size, the parent fish swim  out of the  Euxine immediately after the rising of the Pleiads. If  winter comes

in  with a southerly wind, they swim out with more or less  of  deliberation; but, if a north wind be blowing,

they swim out with  greater rapidity, from the fact that the breeze is favourable to their  own course. And, by

the way, the young fish are caught about this time  in the neighbourhood of Byzantium very small in size, as

might have  been expected from the shortness of their sojourn in the Euxine. The  shoals in general are visible

both as they quit and enter the  Euxine.  The trichiae, however, only can be caught during their  entry, but are

never visible during their exit; in point of fact, when  a trichia is  caught running outwards in the

neighbourhood of  Byzantium, the  fishermen are particularly careful to cleanse their  nets, as the  circumstance

is so singular and exceptional. The way of  accounting for  this phenomenon is that this fish, and this one only,

swims northwards  into the Danube, and then at the point of its  bifurcation swims down  southwards into the

Adriatic. And, as a proof  that this theory is  correct, the very opposite phenomenon presents  itself in the

Adriatic;  that is to say, they are not caught in that  sea during their entry,  but are caught during their exit. 

Tunnyfish swim into the Euxine keeping the shore on their  right,  and swim out of it with the shore upon

their left. It is stated  that  they do so as being naturally weaksighted, and seeing better  with the  right eye. 

During the daytime shoalfish continue on their way, but  during  the night they rest and feed. But if there be

moonlight, they  continue  their journey without resting at all. Some people  accustomed to  sealife assert that

shoalfish at the period of the  winter solstice  never move at all, but keep perfectly still wherever  they may

happen  to have been overtaken by the solstice, and this lasts  until the  equinox. 

The colymackerel is caught more frequently on entering than  on  quitting the Euxine. And in the Propontis

the fish is at its best  before the spawning season. Shoalfish, as a rule, are caught in  greater quantities as they

leave the Euxine, and at that season they  are in the best condition. At the time of their entrance they are

caught in very plump condition close to shore, but those are in  comparatively poor condition that are caught

farther out to sea.  Very  often, when the colymackerel and the mackerel are met by a south  wind  in their exit,

there are better catches to the southward than  in the  neighbourhood of Byzantium. So much then for the

phenomenon  of  migration of fishes. 

Now the same phenomenon is observed in fishes as in  terrestrial  animals in regard to hibernation: in other

words, during  winter fishes  take to concealing themselves in out of the way  places, and quit their  places of

concealment in the warmer season.  But, by the way, animals  go into concealment by way of refuge  against

extreme heat, as well as  against extreme cold. Sometimes an  entire genus will thus seek  concealment; in other

cases some species  will do so and others will  not. For instance, the shellfish seek  concealment without

exception,  as is seen in the case of those  dwelling in the sea, the purple murex,  the ceryx, and all such like;

but though in the case of the detached  species the phenomenon is  obviousfor they hide themselves, as is

seen  in the scallop, or they  are provided with an operculum on the free  surface, as in the case  of land

snailsin the case of the nondetached  the concealment is  not so clearly observed. They do not go into hiding

at one and the  same season; but the snails go in winter, the purple  murex and the  ceryx for about thirty days at

the rising of the  Dogstar, and the  scallop at about the same period. But for the most  part they go into

concealment when the weather is either extremely  cold or extremely  hot. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

13 138



Top




Page No 146


14

Insects almost all go into hiding, with the exception of such of  them as live in human habitations or perish

before the completion of  the year. They hide in the winter; some of them for several days,  others for only the

coldest days, as the bee. For the bee also goes  into hiding: and the proof that it does so is that during a certain

period bees never touch the food set before them, and if a bee  creeps  out of the hive, it is quite transparent,

with nothing  whatsoever in  its stomach; and the period of its rest and hiding lasts  from the  setting of the

Pleiads until springtime. 

Animals take their wintersleep or summersleep by concealing  themselves in warm places, or in places

where they have been used to  lie concealed. 

15

Several blooded animals take this sleep, such as the pholidotes or  tessellates, namely, the serpent, the lizard,

the gecko, and the  river. crocodile, all of which go into hiding for four months in the  depth of winter, and

during that time eat nothing. Serpents in general  burrow under ground for this purpose; the viper conceals

itself  under  a stone. 

A great number of fishes also take this sleep, and notably,  the  hippurus and coracinus in winter time; for,

whereas fish in  general  may be caught at all periods of the year more or less, there  is this  singularity observed

in these fishes, that they are caught  within a  certain fixed period of the year, and never by any chance out  of

it.  The muraena also hides, and the orphus or seaperch, and the  conger.  Rockfish pair off, male and female,

for hiding (just as for  breeding); as is observed in the case of the species of wrasse  called  the thrush and the

owzel, and in the perch. 

The tunny also takes a sleep in winter in deep waters, and  gets  exceedingly fat after the sleep. The fishing

season for the tunny  begins at the rising of the Pleiads and lasts, at the longest, down to  the setting of

Arcturus; during the rest of the year they are hid  and  enjoying immunity. About the time of hibernation a few

tunnies  or  other hibernating fishes are caught while swimming about, in  particularly warm localities and in

exceptionally fine weather, or  on  nights of full moon; for the fishes are induced (by the warmth or  the  light)

to emerge for a while from their lair in quest of food. 

Most fishes are at their best for the table during the summer or  winter sleep. 

The primastunny conceals itself in the mud; this may be  inferred  from the fact that during a particular period

the fish is  never  caught, and that, when it is caught after that period, it is  covered  with mud and has its fins

damaged. In the spring these tunnies  get in  motion and proceed towards the coast, coupling and breeding,  and

the  females are now caught full of spawn. At this time they are  considered  as in season, but in autumn and in

winter as of inferior  quality; at  this time also the males are full of milt. When the  spawn is small,  the fish is

hard to catch, but it is easily caught  when the spawn gets  large, as the fish is then infested by its  parasite.

Some fish burrow  for sleep in the sand and some in mud, just  keeping their mouths  outside. 

Most fishes hide, then, during the winter only, but crustaceans,  the rockfish, the ray, and the cartilaginous

species hide only during  extremely severe weather, and this may be inferred from the fact  that  these fishes are

never by any chance caught when the weather is  extremely cold. Some fishes, however, hide during the

summer, as the  glaucus or greyback; this fish hides in summer for about sixty  days.  The hake also and the

gilthead hide; and we infer that the  hake hides  over a lengthened period from the fact that it is only  caught at

long  intervals. We are led also to infer that fishes hide in  summer from  the circumstance that the takes of

certain fish are made  between the  rise and setting of certain constellations: of the  Dogstar in  particular, the


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

14 139



Top




Page No 147


sea at this period being upturned from the  lower  depths. This phenomenon may be observed to best advantage

in the  Bosporus; for the mud is there brought up to the surface and the  fish  are brought up along with it. They

say also that very often, when  the  seabottom is dredged, more fish will be caught by the second haul  than by

the first one. Furthermore, after very heavy rains numerous  specimens become visible of creatures that at

other times are never  seen at all or seen only at intervals. 

16

A great number of birds also go into hiding; they do not all  migrate, as is generally supposed, to warmer

countries. Thus,  certain  birds (as the kite and the swallow) when they are not far  off from  places of this kind,

in which they have their permanent  abode, betake  themselves thither; others, that are at a distance  from such

places,  decline the trouble of migration and simply hide  themselves where they  are. Swallows, for instance,

have been often  found in holes, quite  denuded of their feathers, and the kite on its  first emergence from

torpidity has been seen to fly from out some such  hidingplace. And  with regard to this phenomenon of

periodic torpor  there is no  distinction observed, whether the talons of a bird be  crooked or  straight; for

instance, the stork, the owzel, the  turtledove, and the  lark, all go into hiding. The case of the  turtledove is

the most  notorious of all, for we would defy any one  to assert that he had  anywhere seen a turtledove in

wintertime; at  the beginning of the  hiding time it is exceedingly plump, and during  this period it moults,  but

retains its plumpness. Some cushats hide;  others, instead of  hiding, migrate at the same time as the swallow.

The thrush and the  starling hide; and of birds with crooked talons the  kite and the owl  hide for a few days. 

17

Of viviparous quadrupeds the porcupine and the bear retire into  concealment. The fact that the bear hides is

well established, but  there are doubts as to its motive for so doing, whether it be by  reason of the cold or from

some other cause. About this period the  male and the female become so fat as to be hardly capable of motion.

The female brings forth her young at this time, and remains in  concealment until it is time to bring the cubs

out; and she brings  them out in spring, about three months after the winter solstice.  The  bear hides for at least

forty days; during fourteen of these  days it  is said not to move at all, but during most of the  subsequent days

it  moves, and from time to time wakes up. A shebear  in pregnancy has  either never been caught at all or has

been caught  very seldom. There  can be no doubt but that during this period they  eat nothing; for in  the first

place they never emerge from their  hidingplace, and  further, when they are caught, their belly and  intestines

are found to  be quite empty. It is also said that from no  food being taken the gut  almost closes up, and that in

consequence the  animal on first emerging  takes to eating arum with the view of opening  up and distending

the  gut. 

The dormouse actually hides in a tree, and gets very fat at that  period; as does also the white mouse of

Pontus. 

(Of animals that hide or go torpid some slough off what is  called  their 'oldage'. This name is applied to the

outermost skin,  and to  the casing that envelops the developing organism.) 

In discussing the case of terrestrial vivipara we stated that  the  reason for the bear's seeking concealment is an

open question.  We now  proceed to treat of the tessellates. The tessellates for the  most part  go into hiding, and

if their skin is soft they slough off  their  'oldage', but not if the skin is shelllike, as is the shell of  the

tortoisefor, by the way, the tortoise and the fresh water  tortoise  belong to the tessellates. Thus, the oldage

is sloughed  off by the  gecko, the lizard, and above all, by serpents; and they  slough off the  skin in springtime

when emerging from their torpor, and  again in the  autumn. Vipers also slough off their skin both in  spring

and in  autumn, and it is not the case, as some aver, that  this species of the  serpent family is exceptional in not

sloughing.  When the serpent  begins to slough, the skin peels off at first from  the eyes, so that  any one


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

16 140



Top




Page No 148


ignorant of the phenomenon would suppose the  animal were going  blind; after that it peels off the head, and

so  on, until the creature  presents to view only a white surface all over.  The sloughing goes on  for a day and a

night, beginning with the head  and ending with the  tail. During the sloughing of the skin an inner  layer comes

to the  surface, for the creature emerges just as the  embryo from its  afterbirth. 

All insects that slough at all slough in the same way; as the  silphe, and the empis or midge, and all the

coleoptera, as for  instance the cantharusbeetle. They all slough after the period of  development; for just as

the afterbirth breaks from off the young of  the vivipara so the outer husk breaks off from around the young of

the  vermipara, in the same way both with the bee and the grasshopper.  The  cicada the moment after issuing

from the husk goes and sits upon  an  olive tree or a reed; after the breaking up of the husk the  creature  issues

out, leaving a little moisture behind, and after a  short  interval flies up into the air and sets a. chirping. 

Of marine animals the crawfish and the lobster slough sometimes in  the spring, and sometimes in autumn

after parturition. Lobsters have  been caught occasionally with the parts about the thorax soft, from  the shell

having there peeled off, and the lower parts hard, from  the  shell having not yet peeled off there; for, by the

way, they do  not  slough in the same manner as the serpent. The crawfish hides for  about  five months. Crabs

also slough off their oldage; this is  generally  allowed with regard to the softshelled crabs, and it is  said to

be  the case with the testaceous kind, as for instance with the  large  'granny' crab. When these animals slough

their shell becomes  soft all  over, and as for the crab, it can scarcely crawl. These  animals also  do not cast

their skins once and for all, but over and  over again. 

So much for the animals that go into hiding or torpidity, for  the  times at which, and the ways in which, they

go; and so much also  for  the animals that slough off their oldage, and for the times at  which  they undergo

the process. 

18

Animals do not all thrive at the same seasons, nor do they  thrive  alike during all extremes of weather. Further

animals of  diverse  species are in a diverse way healthy or sickly at certain  seasons;  and, in point of fact, some

animals have ailments that are  unknown to  others. Birds thrive in times of drought, both in their  general

health  and in regard to parturition, and this is especially  the case with the  cushat; fishes, however, with a few

exceptions,  thrive best in rainy  weather; on the contrary rainy seasons are bad  for birdsand so by the  way is

much drinkingand drought is bad for  fishes. Birds of prey, as  has been already stated, may in a general  way

be said never to drink  at all, though Hesiod appears to have  been ignorant of the fact, for  in his story about

the siege of Ninus  he represents the eagle that  presided over the auguries as in the  act of drinking; all other

birds  drink, but drink sparingly, as is the  case also with all other  spongylunged oviparous animals. Sickness

in birds may be diagnosed  from their plumage, which is ruffled when  they are sickly instead of  lying smooth

as when they are well. 

19

The majority of fishes, as has been stated, thrive best in rainy  seasons. Not only have they food in greater

abundance at this time,  but in a general way rain is wholesome for them just as it is for  vegetationfor, by the

way, kitchen vegetables, though artificially  watered, derive benefit from rain; and the same remark applies

even to  reeds that grow in marshes, as they hardly grow at all without a  rainfall. That rain is good for fishes

may be inferred from the fact  that most fishes migrate to the Euxine for the summer; for owing to  the number

of the rivers that discharge into this sea its water is  exceptionally fresh, and the rivers bring down a large

supply of food.  Besides, a great number of fishes, such as the bonito and the  mullet,  swim up the rivers and

thrive in the rivers and marshes. The  seagudgeon also fattens in the rivers, and, as a rule, countries

abounding in lagoons furnish unusually excellent fish. While most  fishes, then, are benefited by rain, they are


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

18 141



Top




Page No 149


chiefly benefited by  summer rain; or we may state the case thus, that rain is good for  fishes in spring,

summer, and autumn, and fine dry weather in  winter.  As a general rule what is good for men is good for

fishes  also. 

Fishes do not thrive in cold places, and those fishes suffer  most  in severe winters that have a stone in their

head, as the  chromis, the  basse, the sciaena, and the braize; for owing to the  stone they get  frozen with the

cold, and are thrown up on shore. 

Whilst rain is wholesome for most fishes, it is, on the  contrary,  unwholesome for the mullet, the cephalus,

and the  socalled marinus,  for rain superinduces blindness in most of these  fishes, and all the  more rapidly if

the rainfall be superabundant. The  cephalus is  peculiarly subject to this malady in severe winters; their  eyes

grow  white, and when caught they are in poor condition, and  eventually the  disease kills them. It would

appear that this disease  is due to  extreme cold even more than to an excessive rainfall; for  instance, in  many

places and more especially in shallows off the coast  of Nauplia,  in the Argolid, a number of fishes have been

known to be  caught out at  sea in seasons of severe cold. The gilthead also suffers  in winter;  the acharnas

suffers in summer, and loses condition. The  coracine is  exceptional among fishes in deriving benefit from

drought,  and this is  due to the fact that heat and drought are apt to come  together. 

Particular places suit particular fishes; some are naturally  fishes of the shore, and some of the deep sea, and

some are at home in  one or the other of these regions, and others are common to the two  and are at home in

both. Some fishes will thrive in one particular  spot, and in that spot only. As a general rule it may be said that

places abounding in weeds are wholesome; at all events, fishes  caught  in such places are exceptionally fat:

that is, such fishes a  a habit  all sorts of localities as well. The fact is that  weedeating fishes  find abundance

of their special food in such  localities, and  carnivorous fish find an unusually large number of  smaller fish. It

matters also whether the wind be from the north or  south: the longer  fish thrive better when a north wind

prevails, and  in summer at one  and the same spot more long fish will be caught  than flat fish with a  north

wind blowing. 

The tunny and the swordfish are infested with a parasite  about  the rising of the Dogstar; that is to say,

about this time both  these  fishes have a grub beside their fins that is nicknamed the  'gadfly'.  It resembles the

scorpion in shape, and is about the size of  the  spider. So acute is the pain it inflicts that the swordfish  will

often leap as high out of the water as a dolphin; in fact, it  sometimes leaps over the bulwarks of a vessel and

falls back on the  deck. The tunny delights more than any other fish in the heat of the  sun. It will burrow for

warmth in the sand in shallow waters near to  shore, or will, because it is warm, disport itself on the surface of

the sea. 

The fry of little fishes escape by being overlooked, for it is  only the larger ones of the small species that

fishes of the large  species will pursue. The greater part of the spawn and the fry of  fishes is destroyed by the

heat of the sun, for whatever of them the  sun reaches it spoils. 

Fishes are caught in greatest abundance before sunrise and after  sunset, or, speaking generally, just about

sunset and sunrise.  Fishermen haul up their nets at these times, and speak of the hauls  then made as the

'nickoftime' hauls. The fact is, that at these  times fishes are particularly weaksighted; at night they are at

rest,  and as the light grows stronger they see comparatively well. 

We know of no pestilential malady attacking fishes, such as  those  which attack man, and horses and oxen

among the quadrupedal  vivipara,  and certain species of other genera, domesticated and  wild; but fishes  do

seem to suffer from sickness; and fishermen  infer this from the  fact that at times fishes in poor condition, and

looking as though  they were sick, and of altered colour, are caught in  a large haul of  wellconditioned fish of

their own species. So much  for seafishes. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

18 142



Top




Page No 150


20

Riverfish and lakefish also are exempt from diseases of a  pestilential character, but certain species are

subject to special and  peculiar maladies. For instance, the sheatfish just before the rising  of the Dogstar,

owing to its swimming near the surface of the  water,  is liable to sunstroke, and is paralysed by a loud peal of

thunder.  The carp is subject to the same eventualities  but in a  lesser degree.  The sheatfish is destroyed in

great quantities in  shallow waters by  the serpent called the dragon. In the balerus and  tilon a worm is

engendered about the rising of the Dogstar, that  sickens these fish  and causes them to rise towards the

surface,  where they are killed by  the excessive heat. The chalcis is subject to  a very violent malady;  lice are

engendered underneath their gills in  great numbers, and cause  destruction among them; but no other  species

of fish is subject to any  such malady. 

If mullein be introduced into water it will kill fish in its  vicinity. It is used extensively for catching fish in

rivers and  ponds; by the Phoenicians it is made use of also in the sea. 

There are two other methods employed for catchfish. It is a  known  fact that in winter fishes emerge from the

deep parts of  rivers and,  by the way, at all seasons fresh water is tolerably  cold. A trench  accordingly is dug

leading into a river, and wattled at  the river end  with reeds and stones, an aperture being left in the  wattling

through  which the river water flows into the trench; when the  frost comes on  the fish can be taken out of the

trench in weels.  Another method is  adopted in summer and winter alike. They run  across a stream a dam

composed of brushwood and stones leaving a small  open space, and in  this space they insert a weel; they then

coop the  fish in towards this  place, and draw them up in the weel as they  swim through the open  space. 

Shellfish, as a rule, are benefited by rainy weather. The  purple  murex is an exception; if it be placed on a

shore near to where  a  river discharges, it will die within a day after tasting the fresh  water. The murex lives

for about fifty days after capture; during this  period they feed off one another, as there grows on the shell a

kind  of seaweed or seamoss; if any food is thrown to them during this  period, it is said to be done not to

keep them alive, but to make them  weigh more. 

To shellfish in general drought is unwholesome. During dry  weather they decrease in size and degenerate in

quality; and it is  during such weather that the red scallop is found in more than usual  abundance. In the

Pyrrhaean Strait the clam was exterminated, partly  by the dredgingmachine used in their capture, and partly

by  longcontinued droughts. Rainy weather is wholesome to the  generality  of shellfish owing to the fact that

the seawater then  becomes  exceptionally sweet. In the Euxine, owing to the coldness of  the  climate,

shellfish are not found: nor yet in rivers, excepting a  few  bivalves here and there. Univalves, by the way, are

very apt to  freeze  to death in extremely cold weather. So much for animals that  live in  water. 

21

To turn to quadrupeds, the pig suffers from three diseases, one of  which is called branchos, a disease attended

with swellings about  the  windpipe and the jaws. It may break out in any part of the body;  very  often it attacks

the foot, and occasionally the ear; the  neighbouring  parts also soon rot, and the decay goes on until it  reaches

the lungs,  when the animal succumbs. The disease develops with  great rapidity,  and the moment it sets in the

animal gives up  eating. The swineherds  know but one way to cure it, namely, by  complete excision, when

they  detect the first signs of the disease.  There are two other diseases,  which are both alike termed craurus.

The  one is attended with pain and  heaviness in the head, and this is the  commoner of the two, the other  with

diarrhoea. The latter is  incurable, the former is treated by  applying wine fomentations to  the snout and rinsing

the nostrils with  wine. Even this disease is  very hard to cure; it has been known to  kill within three or four

days. The animal is chiefly subject to  branchos when it gets extremely  fat, and when the heat has brought a

good supply of figs. The  treatment is to feed on mashed mulberries, to  give repeated warm  baths, and to lance


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

20 143



Top




Page No 151


the under part of the tongue. 

Pigs with flabby flesh are subject to measles about the legs,  neck, and shoulders, for the pimples develop

chiefly in these parts.  If the pimples are few in number the flesh is comparatively sweet, but  if they be

numerous it gets watery and flaccid. The symptoms of  measles are obvious, for the pimples show chiefly on

the under side of  the tongue, and if you pluck the bristles off the chine the skin  will  appear suffused with

blood, and further the animal will be unable  to  keep its hindfeet at rest. Pigs never take this disease while

they  are mere sucklings. The pimples may be got rid of by feeding on this  kind of spelt called tiphe; and this

spelt, by the way, is very good  for ordinary food. The best food for rearing and fattening pigs is  chickpeas

and figs, but the one thing essential is to vary the food as  much as possible, for this animal, like animals in

general lights in a  change of diet; and it is said that one kind of food blows the  animal  out, that another

superinduces flesh, and that another puts  on fat,  and that acorns, though liked by the animal, render the  flesh

flaccid.  Besides, if a sow eats acorns in great quantities, it  will miscarry,  as is also the case with the ewe; and,

indeed, the  miscarriage is more  certain in the case of the ewe than in the case of  the sow. The pig is  the only

animal known to be subject to measles. 

22

Dogs suffer from three diseases; rabies, quinsy, and sore feet.  Rabies drives the animal mad, and ary animal

whatever, excepting  man,  will take the disease if bitten by a dog so afflicted; the  disease is  fatal to the dog

itself, and to any animal it may bite, man  excepted.  Quinsy also is fatal to dogs; and only a few recover from

disease of  the feet. The camel, like the dog, is subject to rabies.  The elephant,  which is reputed to enjoy

immunity from all other  illnesses, is  occasionally subject to flatulency. 

23

Cattle in herds are liable to two diseases, foot, sickness and  craurus. In the former their feet suffer from

eruptions, but the  animal recovers from the disease without even the loss of the hoof. It  is found of service to

smear the horny parts with warm pitch. In  craurus, the breath comes warm at short intervals; in fact, craurus

in  cattle answers to fever in man. The symptoms of the disease are  drooping of the ears and disinclination for

food. The animal soon  succumbs, and when the carcase is opened the lungs are found to be  rotten. 

24

Horses out at pasture are free from all diseases excepting disease  of the feet. From this disease they

sometimes lose their hooves: but  after losing them they grow them soon again, for as one hoof is  decaying it

is being replaced by another. Symptoms of the malady are a  sinking in and wrinkling of the lip in the middle

under the  nostrils,  and in the case of the male, a twitching of the right  testicle. 

Stallreared horses are subject to very numerous forms of disease.  They are liable to disease called 'eileus'.

Under this disease the  animal trails its hindlegs under its belly so far forward as almost  to fall back on its

haunches; if it goes without food for several days  and turns rabid, it may be of service to draw blood, or to

castrate  the male. The animal is subject also to tetanus: the veins get  rigid,  as also the head and neck, and the

animal walks with its legs  stretched out straight. The horse suffers also from abscesses. Another  painful

illness afflicts them called the 'barleysurfeit'. The are a  softening of the palate and heat of the breath; the

animal may recover  through the strength of its own constitution, but no formal remedies  are of any avail. 

There is also a disease called nymphia, in which the animal is  said to stand still and droop its head on hearing

flutemusic; if  during this ailment the horse be mounted, it will run off at a  gallop  until it is pulled. Even with

this rabies in full force, it  preserves  a dejected spiritless appearance; some of the symptoms are a  throwing


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

22 144



Top




Page No 152


back of the ears followed by a projection of them, great  languor, and  heavy breathing. Heartache also is

incurable, of which  the symptom is  a drawing in of the flanks; and so is displacement of  the bladder,  which is

accompanied by a retention of urine and a  drawing up of the  hooves and haunches. Neither is there any cure

if  the animal swallow  the grapebeetle, which is about the size of the  sphondyle or  knucklebeetle. The bite

of the shrewmouse is dangerous  to horses and  other draught animals as well; it is followed by  boils. The bite

is  all the more dangerous if the mouse be pregnant  when she bites, for  the boils then burst, but do not burst

otherwise. The cicignacalled  'chalcis' by some, and 'zignis' by  otherseither causes death by its  bite or, at all

events, intense  pain; it is like a small lizard, with  the colour of the blind snake.  In point of fact, according to

experts,  the horse and the sheep have  pretty well as many ailments as the human  species. The drug known

under the name of 'sandarace' or realgar, is  extremely injurious to  a horse, and to all draught animals; it is

given to the animal as a  medicine in a solution of water, the liquid  being filtered through a  colander. The

mare when pregnant apt to  miscarry when disturbed by the  odour of an extinguished candle; and a  similar

accident happens  occasionally to women in their pregnancy. So  much for the diseases  of the horse. 

The socalled hippomanes grows, as has stated, on the foal,  and  the mare nibbles it off as she licks and cleans

the foal. All  the  curious stories connected with the hippomanes are due to old wives  and  to the venders of

charms. What is called the 'polium' or foal's  membrane, is, as all the accounts state, delivered by the mother

before the foal appears. 

A horse will recognize the neighing of any other horse with  which  it may have fought at any previous period.

The horse delights in  meadows and marshes, and likes to drink muddy water; in fact, if water  be clear, the

horse will trample in it to make it turbid, will then  drink it, and afterwards will wallow in it. The animal is

fond of  water in every way, whether for drinking or for bathing purposes;  and  this explains the peculiar

constitution of the hippopotamus or  riverhorse. In regard to water the ox is the opposite of the horse;  for if

the water be impure or cold, or mixed up with alien matter,  it  will refuse to drink it. 

25

The ass suffers chiefly from one particular disease which they  call 'melis'. It arises first in the head, and a

clammy humour runs  down the nostrils, thick and red; if it stays in the head the animal  may recover, but if it

descends into the lungs the animal will die. Of  all animals on its of its kind it is the least capable of enduring

extreme cold, which circumstance will account for the fact that the  animal is not found on the shores of the

Euxine, nor in Scythia. 

26

Elephants suffer from flatulence, and when thus afflicted can void  neither solid nor liquid residuum. If the

elephant swallow earthmould  it suffers from relaxation; but if it go on taking it steadily, it  will experience

no harm. From time to time it takes to swallowing  stones. It suffers also from diarrhoea: in this case they

administer  draughts of lukewarm water or dip its fodder in honey, and either  one  or the other prescription will

prove a costive. When they suffer  from  insomnia, they will be restored to health if their shoulders be  rubbed

with salt, oliveoil, and warm water; when they have aches in  their  shoulders they will derive great benefit

from the application of  roast  pork. Some elephants like olive oil, and others do not. If there  is a  bit of iron in

the inside of an elephant it is said that it  will pass  out if the animal takes a drink of oliveoil; if the  animal

refuses  oliveoil, they soak a root in the oil and give it  the root to  swallow. So much, then, for quadrupeds. 

27

Insects, as a general rule, thrive best in the time of year in  which they come into being, especially if the

season be moist and  warm, as in spring. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

25 145



Top




Page No 153


In beehives are found creatures that do great damage to the  combs; for instance, the grub that spins a web

and ruins the  honeycomb: it is called the 'cleros'. It engenders an insect like  itself, of a spidershape, and

brings disease into the swarm. There is  another insect resembling the moth, called by some the 'pyraustes',

that flies about a lighted candle: this creature engenders a brood  full of a fine down. It is never stung by a bee,

and can only be got  out of a hive by fumigation. A caterpillar also is engendered in  hives, of a species

nicknamed the teredo, or 'borer', with which  creature the bee never interferes. Bees suffer most when flowers

are  covered with mildew, or in seasons of drought. 

All insects, without exception, die if they be smeared over with  oil; and they die all the more rapidly if you

smear their head with  the oil and lay them out in the sun. 

28

Variety in animal life may be produced by variety of locality:  thus in one place an animal will not be found at

all, in another it  will be small, or shortlived, or will not thrive. Sometimes this sort  of difference is observed

in closely adjacent districts. Thus, in  the  territory of Miletus, in one district cicadas are found while  there  are

none in the district close adjoining; and in Cephalenia  there is a  river on one side of which the cicada is found

and not on  the other.  In Pordoselene there is a public road one side of which the  weasel is  found but not on

the other. In Boeotia the mole is found  in great  abundance in the neighbourhood of Orchomenus, but there are

none in  Lebadia though it is in the immediate vicinity, and if a  mole be  transported from the one district to

the other it will  refuse to  burrow in the soil. The hare cannot live in Ithaca if  introduced  there; in fact it will

be found dead, turned towards the  point of the  beach where it was landed. The horsemanant is not  found in

Sicily;  the croaking frog has only recently appeared in the  neighbourhood of  Cyrene. In the whole of Libya

there is neither wild  boar, nor stag,  nor wild goat; and in India, according to Ctesiasno  very good  authority,

by the waythere are no swine, wild or tame,  but animals  that are devoid of blood and such as go into hiding

or  go torpid are  all of immense size there. In the Euxine there are no  small molluscs  nor testaceans, except a

few here and there; but in the  Red Sea all  the testaceans are exceedingly large. In Syria the sheep  have tails a

cubit in breadth; the goats have ears a span and a palm  long, and some  have ears that flap down to the ground;

and the  cattle have humps on  their shoulders, like the camel. In Lycia goats  are shorn for their  fleece, just as

sheep are in all other  countries. In Libya the  longhorned ram is born with horns, and not  the ram only, as

Homer'  words it, but the ewe as well; in Pontus, on  the confines of Scythia,  the ram is without horns. 

In Egypt animals, as a rule, are larger than their congeners  in  Greece, as the cow and the sheep; but some are

less, as the dog,  the  wolf, the hare, the fox, the raven, and the hawk; others are of  pretty  much the same size,

as the crow and the goat. The difference,  where it  exists, is attributed to the food, as being abundant in one

case and  insufficient in another, for instance for the wolf and the  hawk; for  provision is scanty for the

carnivorous animals, small birds  being  scarce; food is scanty also for the hare and for all frugivorous  animals,

because neither the nuts nor the fruit last long. 

In many places the climate will account for peculiarities;  thus in  Illyria, Thrace, and Epirus the ass is small,

and in Gaul  and in  Scythia the ass is not found at all owing to the coldness of  the  climate of these countries.

In Arabia the lizard is more than a  cubit  in length, and the mouse is much larger than our fieldmouse,  with

its  hindlegs a span long and its front legs the length of the  first  fingerjoint. In Libya, according to all

accounts, the length of  the  serpents is something appalling; sailors spin a yarn to the effect  that some crews

once put ashore and saw the bones of a number of oxen,  and that they were sure that the oxen had been

devoured by serpents,  for, just as they were putting out to sea, serpents came chasing their  galleys at full

speed and overturned one galley and set upon the crew.  Again, lions are more numerous in Libya, and in that

district of  Europe that lies between the Achelous and the Nessus; the leopard is  more abundant in Asia Minor,

and is not found in Europe at all. As a  general rule, wild animals are at their wildest in Asia, at their  boldest

in Europe, and most diverse in form in Libya; in fact, there  is an old saying, 'Always something fresh in


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

28 146



Top




Page No 154


Libya.' 

It would appear that in that country animals of diverse  species  meet, on account of the rainless climate, at the

wateringplaces, and  there pair together; and that such pairs will  often breed if they be  nearly of the same

size and have periods of  gestation of the same  length. For it is said that they are tamed  down in their

behaviour  towards each other by extremity of thirst.  And, by the way, unlike  animals elsewhere, they require

to drink  more in wintertime than in  summer: for they acquire the habit of not  drinking in summer, owing to

the circumstance that there is usually no  water then; and the mice, if  they drink, die. Elsewhere also

bastardanimals are born to  heterogeneous pairs; thus in Cyrene the  wolf and the bitch will couple  and breed;

and the Laconian hound is  a cross between the fox and the  dog. They say that the Indian dog is a  cross

between the tiger and the  bitch, not the first cross, but a  cross in the third generation; for  they say that the first

cross is  a savage creature. They take the  bitch to a lonely spot and tie her  up: if the tiger be in an amorous

mood he will pair with her; if not  he will eat her up, and this  casualty is of frequent occurrence. 

29

Locality will differentiate habits also: for instance, rugged  highlands will not produce the same results as the

soft lowlands.  The  animals of the highlands look fiercer and bolder, as is seen in  the  swine of Mount Athos;

for a lowland boar is no match even for a  mountain sow. 

Again, locality is an important element in regard to the bite of  an animal. Thus, in Pharos and other places,

the bite of the  scorpion  is not dangerous; elsewherein Caria, for instanceswhere  scorpions  are venomous as

well as plentiful and of large size, the  sting is  fatal to man or beast, even to the pig, and especially to a  black

pig,  though the pig, by the way, is in general most singularly  indifferent  to the bite of any other creature. If a

pig goes into  water after  being struck by the scorpion of Caria, it will surely die. 

There is great variety in the effects produced by the bites of  serpents. The asp is found in Libya; the socalled

'septic' drug is  made from the body of the animal, and is the only remedy known for the  bite of the original.

Among the silphium, also, a snake is found,  for  the bite or which a certain stone is said to be a cure: a stone

that  is brought from the grave of an ancient king, which stone is  put into  water and drunk off. In certain parts

of Italy the bite of  the gecko  is fatal. But the deadliest of all bites of venomous  creatures is when  one

venomous animal has bitten another; as, for  instance, a viper's  after it has bitten a scorpion. To the great

majority of such  creatures man's is fatal. There is a very little  snake, by some  entitled the 'holysnake', which

is dreaded by even the  largest  serpents. It is about an ell long, and hairylooking; whenever  it  bites an animal,

the flesh all round the wound will at once  mortify.  There is in India a small snake which is exceptional in  this

respect,  that for its bite no specific whatever is known. 

30

Animals also vary as to their condition of health in connexion  with their pregnancy. 

Testaceans, such as scallops and all the oysterfamily, and  crustaceans, such as the lobster family, are best

when with spawn.  Even in the case of the testacean we speak of spawning (or pregnancy);  but whereas the

crustaceans may be seen coupling and laying their  spawn, this is never the case with testaceans. Molluscs are

best in  the breeding time, as the calamary, the sepia, and the octopus. 

Fishes, when they begin to breed, are nearly all good for the  table; but after the female has gone long with

spawn they are good  in  some cases, and in others are out of season. The maenis, for  instance,  is good at the

breeding time. The female of this fish is  round, the  male longer and flatter; when the female is beginning to

breed the  male turns black and mottled, and is quite unfit for the  table; at  this period he is nicknamed the


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

29 147



Top




Page No 155


'goat'. 

The wrasses called the owzel and the thrush, and the smaris have  different colours at different seasons, as is

the case with the  plumage of certain birds; that is to say, they become black in the  spring and after the spring

get white again. The phycis also changes  its hue: in general it is white, but in spring it is mottled; it is  the

only seafish which is said make a bed for itself, and the  female  lays her spawn in this bed or nest. The

maenis, as was  observed,  changes its colour as does the smaris, and in summertime  changes back  from

whitish to black, the change being especially marked  about the  fins and gills. The coracine, like the maenis, is

in best  condition at  breeding time; the mullet, the basse, and scaly fishes in  general are  in bad condition at

this period. A few fish are in much  the same  condition at all times, whether with spawn or not, as the  glaucus.

Old  fishes also are bad eating; the old tunny is unfit even  for pickling,  as a great part of its flesh wastes away

with age, and  the same  wasting is observed in all old fishes. The age of a scaly  fish may be  told by the size

and the hardness of its scales. An old  tunny has been  caught weighing fifteen talents, with the span of its  tail

two cubits  and a palm broad. 

Riverfish and lakefish are best after they have discharged the  spawn in the case of the female and the milt

in the case of the  male:  that is, when they have fully recovered from the exhaustion of  such  discharge. Some

are good in the breeding time, as the saperdis,  and  some bad, as the sheatfish. As a general rule, the male

fish is  better eating than the female; but the reverse holds good of the  sheatfish. The eels that are called

females are the best for the  table: they look as though they were female, but they really are not  so. 

Book IX

1

OF the animals that are comparatively obscure and shortlived  the  characters or dispositions are not so

obvious to recognition as  are  those of animals that are longerlived. These latter animals  appear to  have a

natural capacity corresponding to each of the  passions: to  cunning or simplicity, courage or timidity, to good

temper or to bad,  and to other similar dispositions of mind. 

Some also are capable of giving or receiving instructionof  receiving it from one another or from man: those

that have the faculty  of hearing, for instance; and, not to limit the matter to audible  sound, such as can

differentiate the suggested meanings of word and  gesture. 

In all genera in which the distinction of male and female is  found, Nature makes a similar differentiation in

the mental  characteristics of the two sexes. This differentiation is the most  obvious in the case of human kind

and in that of the larger animals  and the viviparous quadrupeds. In the case of these latter the  female  softer in

character, is the sooner tamed, admits more readily  of  caressing, is more apt in the way of learning; as, for

instance, in  the Laconian breed of dogs the female is cleverer than the male. Of  the Molossian breed of dogs,

such as are employed in the chase are  pretty much the same as those elsewhere; but sheepdogs of this  breed

are superior to the others in size, and in the courage with  which they  face the attacks of wild animals. 

Dogs that are born of a mixed breed between these two kinds  are  remarkable for courage and endurance of

hard labour. 

In all cases, excepting those of the bear and leopard, the  female  is less spirited than the male; in regard to the

two  exceptional  cases, the superiority in courage rests with the female.  With all  other animals the female is

softer in disposition than the  male, is  more mischievous, less simple, more impulsive, and more  attentive to

the nurture of the young: the male, on the other hand, is  more  spirited than the female, more savage, more

simple and less  cunning.  The traces of these differentiated characteristics are more  or less  visible everywhere,


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

Book IX 148



Top




Page No 156


but they are especially visible where  character is  the more developed, and most of all in man. 

The fact is, the nature of man is the most rounded off and  complete, and consequently in man the qualities or

capacities above  referred to are found in their perfection. Hence woman is more  compassionate than man,

more easily moved to tears, at the same time  is more jealous, more querulous, more apt to scold and to strike.

She  is, furthermore, more prone to despondency and less hopeful than  the  man, more void of shame or

selfrespect, more false of speech,  more  deceptive, and of more retentive memory. She is also more  wakeful,

more shrinking, more difficult to rouse to action, and  requires a  smaller quantity of nutriment. 

As was previously stated, the male is more courageous than the  female, and more sympathetic in the way of

standing by to help. Even  in the case of molluscs, when the cuttlefish is struck with the  trident the male

stands by to help the female; but when the male is  struck the female runs away. 

There is enmity between such animals as dwell in the same  localities or subsist on the food. If the means of

subsistence run  short, creatures of like kind will fight together. Thus it is said  that seals which inhabit one and

the same district will fight, male  with male, and female with female, until one combatant kills the  other, or

one is driven away by the other; and their young do even  in  like manner. 

All creatures are at enmity with the carnivores, and the  carnivores with all the rest, for they all subsist on

living  creatures. Soothsayers take notice of cases where animals keep apart  from one another, and cases

where they congregate together; calling  those that live at war with one another 'dissociates', and those  that

dwell in peace with one another 'associates'. One may go so far  as to  say that if there were no lack or stint of

food, then those  animals  that are now afraid of man or are wild by nature would be tame  and  familiar with

him, and in like manner with one another. This is  shown  by the way animals are treated in Egypt, for owing

to the fact  that  food is constantly supplied to them the very fiercest creatures  live  peaceably together. The fact

is they are tamed by kindness, and  in  some places crocodiles are tame to their priestly keeper from being  fed

by him. And elsewhere also the same phenomenon is to be observed. 

The eagle and the snake are enemies, for the eagle lives on  snakes; so are the ichneumon and the

venomspider, for the ichneumon  preys upon the latter. In the case of birds, there is mutual enmity  between

the poecilis, the crested lark, the woodpecker (?), and the  chloreus, for they devour one another's eggs; so also

between the crow  and the owl; for, owing to the fact that the owl is dimsighted by  day, the crow at midday

preys upon the owl's eggs, and the owl at  night upon the crow's, each having the whiphand of the other, turn

and turn about, night and day. 

There is enmity also between the owl and the wren; for the  latter  also devours the owl's eggs. In the daytime

all other little  birds  flutter round the owla practice which is popularly termed  'admiring  him'buffet him, and

pluck out his feathers; in  consequence of this  habit, birdcatchers use the owl as a decoy for  catching little

birds  of all kinds. 

The socalled presbys or 'old man' is at war with the weasel and  the crow, for they prey on her eggs and her

brood; and so the  turtledove with the pyrallis, for they live in the same districts and  on the same food; and

so with the green wood pecker and the libyus;  and so with kite and the raven, for, owing to his having the

advantage  from stronger talons and more rapid flight the former can steal  whatever the latter is holding, so

that it is food also that makes  enemies of these. In like manner there is war between birds that get  their living

from the sea, as between the brenthus, the gull, and  the  harpe; and so between the buzzard on one side and the

toad and  snake  on the other, for the buzzard preys upon the eggs of the two  others;  and so between the

turtledove and the chloreus; the  chloreus kills  the dove, and the crow kills the socalled  drummerbird. 

The aegolius, and birds of prey in general, prey upon the  calaris,  and consequently there is war between it and

them; and so  is there war  between the geckolizard and the spider, for the former  preys upon the  latter; and


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

Book IX 149



Top




Page No 157


so between the woodpecker and the heron,  for the former  preys upon the eggs and brood of the latter. And so

between the  aegithus and the ass, owing to the fact that the ass, in  passing a  furzebush, rubs its sore and

itching parts against the  prickles; by  so doing, and all the more if it brays, it topples the  eggs and the  brood

out of the nest, the young ones tumble out in  fright, and the  motherbird, to avenge this wrong, flies at the

beast and pecks at his  sore places. 

The wolf is at war with the ass, the bull, and the fox, for as  being a carnivore, he attacks these other animals;

and so for the same  reason with the fox and the circus, for the circus, being  carnivorous  and furnished with

crooked talons, attacks and maims the  animal. And  so the raven is at war with the bull and the ass, for it  flies

at  them, and strikes them, and pecks at their eyes; and so  with the eagle  and the heron, for the former, having

crooked talons,  attacks the  latter, and the latter usually succumbs to the attack; and  so the  merlin with the

vulture; and the crex with the eleusowl, the  blackbird, and the oriole (of this latter bird, by the way, the  story

goes that he was originally born out of a funeral pyre): the  cause of  warfare is that the crex injures both them

and their young.  The  nuthatch and the wren are at war with the eagle; the nuthatch  breaks  the eagle's eggs, so

the eagle is at war with it on special  grounds,  though, as a bird of prey, it carries on a general war all  round.

The  horse and the anthus are enemies, and the horse will  drive the bird  out of the field where he is grazing:

the bird feeds on  grass, and  sees too dimly to foresee an attack; it mimics the  whinnying of the  horse, flies at

him, and tries to frighten him  away; but the horse  drives the bird away, and whenever he catches it  he kills it:

this  bird lives beside rivers or on marsh ground; it  has pretty plumage,  and finds its without trouble. The ass

is at  enmity with the lizard,  for the lizard sleeps in his manger, gets into  his nostril, and  prevents his eating. 

Of herons there are three kinds: the ash coloured, the white,  and  the starry heron (or bittern). Of these the first

mentioned  submits  with reluctance to the duties of incubation, or to union of  the sexes;  in fact, it screams

during the union, and it is said  drips blood from  its eyes; it lays its eggs also in an awkward manner,  not

unattended  with pain. It is at war with certain creatures that  do it injury: with  the eagle for robbing it, with the

fox for worrying  it at night, and  with the lark for stealing its eggs. 

The snake is at war with the weasel and the pig; with the weasel  when they are both at home, for they live on

the same food; with the  pig for preying on her kind. The merlin is at war with the fox; it  strikes and claws it,

and, as it has crooked talons, it kills the  animal's young. The raven and the fox are good friends, for the  raven

is at enmity with the merlin; and so when the merlin assails the  fox  the raven comes and helps the animal.

The vulture and the merlin  are  mutual enemies, as being both furnished with crooked talons. The  vulture

fights with the eagle, and so, by the way, does does swan; and  the swan is often victorious: moreover, of all

birds swans are most  prone to the killing of one another. 

In regard to wild creatures, some sets are at enmity with  other  sets at all times and under all circumstances;

others, as in the  case  of man and man, at special times and under incidental  circumstances.  The ass and the

acanthis are enemies; for the bird  lives on thistles,  and the ass browses on thistles when they are young  and

tender. The  anthus, the acanthis, and the aegithus are at enmity  with one another;  it is said that the blood of

the anthus will not  intercommingle with  the blood of the aegithus. The crow and the  heron are friends, as also

are the sedgebird and lark, the laedus and  the celeus or green  woodpecker; the woodpecker lives on the

banks of  rivers and beside  brakes, the laedus lives on rocks and bills, and  is greatly attached  to its

nestingplace. The piphinx, the harpe,  and the kite are  friends; as are the fox and the snake, for both  burrow

underground; so  also are the blackbird and the turtledove. The  lion and the thos or  civet are enemies, for

both are carnivorous and  live on the same food.  Elephants fight fiercely with one another,  and stab one

another with  their tusks; of two combatants the beaten  one gets completely cowed,  and dreads the sound of

his conqueror's  voice. These animals differ  from one another an extraordinary extent  in the way of courage.

Indians employ these animals for war  purposes, irrespective of sex;  the females, however, are less in  size and

much inferior in point of  spirit. An elephant by pushing with  his big tusks can batter down a  wall, and will

butt with his  forehead at a palm until he brings it  down, when he stamps on it and  lays it in orderly fashion on

the  ground. Men hunt the elephant in the  following way: they mount tame  elephants of approved spirit and


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

Book IX 150



Top




Page No 158


proceed in quest of wild animals;  when they come up with these they  bid the tame brutes to beat the wild

ones until they tire the latter  completely. Hereupon the driver mounts  a wild brute and guides him  with the

application of his metal prong;  after this the creature  soon becomes tame, and obeys guidance. Now  when the

driver is on their  back they are all tractable, but after he  has dismounted, some are  tame and others vicious; in

the case of these  latter, they tie their  frontlegs with ropes to keep them quiet. The  animal is hunted whether

young or full grown. 

Thus we see that in the case of the creatures above mentioned  their mutual friendship or the is due to the food

they feed on and the  life they lead. 

2

Of fishes, such as swim in shoals together are friendly to one  another; such as do not so swim are enemies.

Some fishes swarm  during  the spawning season; others after they have spawned. To state  the  matter

comprehensively, we may say that the following are shoaling  fish: the tunny, the maenis, the seagudgeon,

the bogue, the  horsemackerel, the coracine, the synodon or dentex, the red mullet,  the sphyraena, the

anthias, the eleginus, the atherine, the  sarginus,  the garfish, (the squid,) the rainbowwrasse, the  pelamyd,

the  mackerel, the colymackerel. Of these some not only  swim in shoals,  but go in pairs inside the shoal; the

rest without  exception swim in  pairs, and only swim in shoals at certain periods:  that is, as has  been said,

when they are heavy with spawn or after  they have spawned. 

The basse and the grey mullet are bitter enemies, but they swarm  together at certain times; for at times not

only do fishes of the same  species swarm together, but also those whose feedinggrounds are  identical or

adjacent, if the foodsupply be abundant. The grey mullet  is often found alive with its tail lopped off, and the

conger with all  that part of its body removed that lies to the rear of the vent; in  the case of the mullet the

injury is wrought by the basse, in that  of  the congereel by the muraena. There is war between the larger  and

the  lesser fishes: for the big fishes prey on the little ones.  So much on  the subject of marine animals. 

3

The characters of animals, as has been observed, differ in respect  to timidity, to gentleness, to courage, to

tameness, to  intelligence,  and to stupidity. 

The sheep is said to be naturally dull and stupid. Of all  quadrupeds it is the most foolish: it will saunter away

to lonely  places with no object in view; oftentimes in stormy weather it will  stray from shelter; if it be

overtaken by a snowstorm, it will stand  still unless the shepherd sets it in motion; it will stay behind and

perish unless the shepherd brings up the rams; it will then follow  home. 

If you catch hold of a goat's beard at the extremitythe beard  is  of a substance resembling hairall the

companion goats will stand  stock still, staring at this particular goat in a kind of  dumbfounderment. 

You will have a warmer bed in amongst the goats than among the  sheep, because the goats will be quieter and

will creep up towards  you; for the goat is more impatient of cold than the sheep. 

Shepherds train sheep to close in together at a clap of their  hands, for if, when a thunderstorm comes on, a

ewe stays behind  without closing in, the storm will kill it if it be with young;  consequently if a sudden clap or

noise is made, they close in together  within the sheepfold by reason of their training. 

Even bulls, when they are roaming by themselves apart from the  herd, are killed by wild animals. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

2 151



Top




Page No 159


Sheep and goats lie crowded together, kin by kin. When the sun  turns early towards its setting, the goats are

said to lie no longer  face to face, but back to back. 

4

Cattle at pasture keep together in their accustomed herds, and  if  one animal strays away the rest will follow;

consequently if the  herdsmen lose one particular animal, they keep close watch on all  the  rest. 

When mares with their colts pasture together in the same field,  if  one dam dies the others will take up the

rearing of the colt. In  point  of fact, the mare appears to be singularly prone by nature to  maternal  fondness; in

proof whereof a barren mare will steal the  foal from its  dam, will tend it with all the solicitude of a mother,

but, as it will  be unprovided with mother's milk, its solicitude  will prove fatal to  its charge. 

5

Among wild quadrupeds the hind appears to be preeminently  intelligent; for example, in its habit of

bringing forth its young  on  the sides of public roads, where the fear of man forbids the  approach  of wild

animals. Again, after parturition, it first  swallows the  afterbirth, then goes in quest of the seseli shrub, and

after eating  of it returns to its young. The mother takes its young  betimes to her  lair, so leading it to know its

place of refuge in time  of danger;  this lair is a precipitous rock, with only one approach,  and there it  is said to

hold its own against all comers. The male when  it gets fat,  which it does in a high degree in autumn,

disappears,  abandoning its  usual resorts, apparently under an idea that its  fatness facilitates  its capture. They

shed their horns in places  difficult of access or  discovery, whence the proverbial expression  of 'the place

where the  stag sheds his horns'; the fact being that, as  having parted with  their weapons, they take care not to

be seen. The  saying is that no  man has ever seen the animal's left horn; that the  creature keeps it  out of sight

because it possesses some medicinal  property. 

In their first year stags grow no horns, but only an excrescence  indicating where horns will be, this

excrescence being short and  thick. In their second year they grow their horns for the first  time,  straight in

shape, like pegs for hanging clothes on; and on this  account they have an appropriate nickname. In the third

year the  antlers are bifurcate; in the fourth year they grow trifurcate; and so  they go on increasing in

complexity until the creature is six years  old: after this they grow their horns without any specific

differentiation, so that you cannot by observation of them tell the  animal's age. But the patriarchs of the herd

may be told chiefly by  two signs; in the first place they have few teeth or none at all, and,  in the second place,

they have ceased to grow the pointed tips to  their antlers. The forwardpointing tips of the growing horns

(that is  to say the brow antlers), with which the animal meets attack, are  technically termed its 'defenders';

with these the patriarchs are  unprovided, and their antlers merely grow straight upwards. Stags shed  their

horns annually, in or about the month of May; after shedding,  they conceal themselves, it is said, during the

daytime, and, to avoid  the flies, hide in thick copses; during this time, until they have  grown their horns, they

feed at nighttime. The horns at first grow in  a kind of skin envelope, and get rough by degrees; when they

reach  their full size the animal basks in the sun, to mature and dry them.  When they need no longer rub them

against treetrunks they quit  their  hiding places, from a sense of security based upon the  possession of  arms

defensive and offensive. An Achaeine stag has  been caught with a  quantity of green ivy grown over its horns,

it  having grown  apparently, as on fresh green wood, when the horns were  young and  tender. When a stag is

stung by a venomspider or similar  insect, it  gathers crabs and eats them; it is said to be a good  thing for man

to  drink the juice, but the taste is disagreeable. The  hinds after  parturition at once swallow the afterbirth, and

it is  impossible to  secure it, for the hind catches it before it falls to  the ground: now  this substance is supposed

to have medicinal  properties. When hunted  the creatures are caught by singing or  pipeplaying on the part of

the  hunters; they are so pleased with  the music that they lie down on the  grass. If there be two hunters,  one

before their eyes sings or plays  the pipe, the other keeps out  of sight and shoots, at a signal given  by the


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

4 152



Top




Page No 160


confederate. If the  animal has its ears cocked, it can hear  well and you cannot escape its  ken; if its ears are

down, you can. 

6

When bears are running away from their pursuers they push their  cubs in front of them, or take them up and

carry them; when they are  being overtaken they climb up a tree. When emerging from their  winterden, they

at once take to eating cuckoopint, as has been said,  and chew sticks of wood as though they were cutting

teeth. 

Many other quadrupeds help themselves in clever ways. Wild goats  in Crete are said, when wounded by

arrows, to go in search of dittany,  which is supposed to have the property of ejecting arrows in the body.

Dogs, when they are ill, eat some kind of grass and produce  vomiting.  The panther, after eating

panther'sbane, tries to find some  human  excrement, which is said to heal its pain. This panther'sbane  kills

lions as well. Hunters hang up human excrement in a vessel  attached to  the boughs of a tree, to keep the

animal from straying  to any  distance; the animal meets its end in leaping up to the  branch and  trying to get at

the medicine. They say that the panther  has found out  that wild animals are fond of the scent it emits;  that,

when it goes  ahunting, it hides itself; that the other  animals come nearer and  nearer, and that by this

stratagem it can  catch even animals as swift  of foot as stags. 

The Egyptian ichneumon, when it sees the serpent called the asp,  does not attack it until it has called in other

ichneumons to help; to  meet the blows and bites of their enemy the assailants beplaster  themselves with mud,

by first soaking in the river and then rolling on  the ground. 

When the crocodile yawns, the trochilus flies into his mouth and  cleans his teeth. The trochilus gets his food

thereby, and the  crocodile gets ease and comfort; it makes no attempt to injure its  little friend, but, when it

wants it to go, it shakes its neck in  warning, lest it should accidentally bite the bird. 

The tortoise, when it has partaken of a snake, eats marjoram; this  action has been actually observed. A man

saw a tortoise perform this  operation over and over again, and every time it plucked up some  marjoram go

back to partake of its prey; he thereupon pulled the  marjoram up by the roots, and the consequence was the

tortoise died.  The weasel, when it fights with a snake, first eats wild rue, the  smell of which is noxious to the

snake. The dragon, when it eats  fruit, swallows endivejuice; it has been seen in the act. Dogs,  when  they

suffer from worms, eat the standing corn. Storks, and all  other  birds, when they get a wound fighting, apply

marjoram to the  place  injured. 

Many have seen the locust, when fighting with the snake get a  tight hold of the snake by the neck. The weasel

has a clever way of  getting the better of birds; it tears their throats open, as wolves do  with sheep. Weasels

fight desperately with micecatching snakes, as  they both prey on the same animal. 

In regard to the instinct of hedgehogs, it has been observed  in  many places that, when the wind is shifting

from north to south,  and  from south to north, they shift the outlook of their  earthholes, and  those that are

kept in domestication shift over  from one wall to the  other. The story goes that a man in Byzantium got  into

high repute for  foretelling a change of weather, all owing to his  having noticed this  habit of the hedgehog. 

The polecat or marten is about as large as the smaller breed of  Maltese dogs. In the thickness of its fur, in its

look, in the white  of its belly, and in its love of mischief, it resembles the weasel; it  is easily tamed; from its

liking for honey it is a plague to  beehives; it preys on birds like the cat. Its genital organ, as has  been said,

consists of bone: the organ of the male is supposed to be a  cure for strangury; doctors scrape it into powder,

and administer it  in that form. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

6 153



Top




Page No 161


7

In a general way in the lives of animals many resemblances to  human life may be observed. Preeminent

intelligence will be seen more  in small creatures than in large ones, as is exemplified in the case  of birds by

the nest building of the swallow. In the same way as men  do, the bird mixes mud and chaff together; if it runs

short of mud, it  souses its body in water and rolls about in the dry dust with wet  feathers; furthermore, just as

man does, it makes a bed of straw,  putting hard material below for a foundation, and adapting all to suit  its

own size. Both parents cooperate in the rearing of the young;  each of the parents will detect, with practised

eye, the young one  that has had a helping, and will take care it is not helped twice  over; at first the parents

will rid the nest of excrement, but, when  the young are grown, they will teach their young to shift their

position and let their excrement fall over the side of the nest. 

Pigeons exhibit other phenomena with a similar likeness to the  ways of humankind. In pairing the same male

and the same female keep  together; and the union is only broken by the death of one of the  two  parties. At the

time of parturition in the female the  sympathetic  attentions of the male are extraordinary; if the female is

afraid on  account of the impending parturition to enter the nest,  the male will  beat her and force her to come

in. When the young are  born, he will  take and masticate pieces of suitable food, will open  the beaks of the

fledglings, and inject these pieces, thus preparing  them betimes to  take food. (When the male bird is about to

expel the  the young ones  from the nest he cohabits with them all.) As a  general rule these  birds show this

conjugal fidelity, but occasionally  a female will  cohabit with other than her mate. These birds are  combative,

and  quarrel with one another, and enter each other's nests,  though this  occurs but seldom; at a distance from

their nests this  quarrelsomeness  is less marked, but in the close neighbourhood of  their nests they  will fight

desperately. A peculiarity common to the  tame pigeon, the  ringdove and the turtledove is that they do not

lean the head back  when they are in the act of drinking, but only when  they have fully  quenched their thirst.

The turtledove and the  ringdove both have but  one mate, and let no other come nigh; both  sexes

cooperate in the  process of incubation. It is difficult to  distinguish between the  sexes except by an

examination of their  interiors. Ringdoves are  longlived; cases have been known where such  birds were

twentyfive  years old, thirty years old, and in some  cases forty. As they grow old  their claws increase in size,

and  pigeonfanciers cut the claws; as  far as one can see, the birds suffer  no other perceptible  disfigurement

by their increase in age.  Turtledoves and pigeons that  are blinded by fanciers for use as  decoys, live for

eight years.  Partridges live for about fifteen years.  Ringdoves and turtledoves  always build their nests in

the same place  year after year. The male,  as a general rule, is more longlived  than the female; but in the case

of pigeons some assert that the  male dies before the female, taking  their inference from the  statements of

persons who keep decoybirds in  captivity. Some  declare that the male sparrow lives only a year,  pointing to

the  fact that early in spring the male sparrow has no  black beard, but has  one later on, as though the

blackbearded birds of  the last year had  all died out; they also say that the females are the  longer lived,  on the

grounds that they are caught in amongst the young  birds and  that their age is rendered manifest by the

hardness about  their beaks.  Turtledoves in summer live in cold places, (and in warm  places during  the

winter); chaffinches affect warm habitations in  summer and cold  ones in winter. 

8

Birds of a heavy build, such as quails, partridges, and the  like,  build no nests; indeed, where they are

incapable of flight, it  would  be of no use if they could do so. After scraping a hole on a  level  piece of

groundand it is only in such a place that they lay  their  eggsthey cover it over with thorns and sticks for

security  against  hawks and eagles, and there lay their eggs and hatch them;  after the  hatching is over, they at

once lead the young out from the  nest, as  they are not able to fly afield for food for them. Quails and

partridges, like barndoor hens, when they go to rest, gather their  brood under their wings. Not to be

discovered, as might be the case if  they stayed long in one spot, they do not hatch the eggs where they  laid

them. When a man comes by chance upon a young brood, and tries to  catch them, the henbird rolls in front


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

7 154



Top




Page No 162


of the hunter, pretending to  be lame: the man every moment thinks he is on the point of catching  her, and so

she draws him on and on, until every one of her brood  has  had time to escape; hereupon she returns to the

nest and calls the  young back. The partridge lays not less than ten eggs, and often  lays  as many as sixteen. As

has been observed, the bird has  mischievous and  deceitful habits. In the springtime, a noisy  scrimmage

takes place,  out of which the malebirds emerge each with  a hen. Owing to the  lecherous nature of the bird,

and from a dislike  to the hen sitting,  the males, if they find any eggs, roll them over  and over until they  break

them in pieces; to provide against this  the female goes to a  distance and lays the eggs, and often, under  the

stress of  parturition, lays them in any chance spot that offers;  if the male be  near at hand, then to keep the

eggs intact she refrains  from visiting  them. If she be seen by a man, then, just as with her  fledged brood,  she

entices him off by showing herself close at his  feet until she has  drawn him to a distance. When the females

have  run away and taken to  sitting, the males in a pack take to screaming  and fighting; when thus  engaged,

they have the nickname of 'widowers'.  The bird who is beaten  follows his victor, and submits to be covered

by him only; and the  beaten bird is covered by a second one or by  any other, only  clandestinely without the

victor's knowledge; this  is so, not at all  times, but at a particular season of the year, and  with quails as well  as

with partridges. A similar proceeding takes  place occasionally with  barndoor cocks: for in temples, where

cocks  are set apart as dedicate  without hens, they all as a matter of course  tread any newcomer. Tame

partridges tread wild birds, pecket their  heads, and treat them with  every possible outrage. The leader of the

wild birds, with a  counternote of challenge, pushes forward to attack  the decoybird,  and after he has been

netted, another advances with  a similar note.  This is what is done if the decoy be a male; but if it  be a female

that is the decoy and gives the note, and the leader of  the wild birds  give a counter one, the rest of the males

set upon  him and chase him  away from the female for making advances to her  instead of to them; in

consequence of this the male often advances  without uttering any cry,  so that no other may hear him and

come and  give him battle; and  experienced fowlers assert that sometimes the  male bird, when he  approaches

the female, makes her keep silence, to  avoid having to give  battle to other males who might have heard him.

The partridge has not  only the note here referred to, but also a  thin shrill cry and other  notes. Oftentimes the

henbird rises from  off her brood when she sees  the male showing attentions to the  female decoy; she will

give the  counter note and remain still, so as  to be trodden by him and divert  him from the decoy. The quail

and  the partridge are so intent upon  sexual union that they often come  right in the way of the decoybirds,

and not seldom alight upon  their heads. So much for the sexual  proclivities of the partridge, for  the way in

which it is hunted, and  the general nasty habits of the  bird. 

As has been said, quails and partridges build their nests upon  the  ground, and so also do some of the birds

that are capable of  sustained  flight. Further, for instance, of such birds, the lark and  the  W., as well as

the quail, do not perch on a branch, but  squat  upon the ground. 

9

The woodpecker does not squat on the ground, but pecks at the bark  of trees to drive out from under it

maggots and gnats; when they  emerge, it licks them up with its tongue, which is large and flat.  It  can run up

and down a tree in any way, even with the head  downwards,  like the geckolizard. For secure hold upon a

tree, its  claws are  better adapted than those of the daw; it makes its way by  sticking  these claws into the bark.

One species of woodpecker is  smaller than a  blackbird, and has small reddish speckles; a second  species is

larger  than the blackbird, and a third is not much  smaller than a barndoor  hen. It builds a nest on trees, as

has been  said, on olive trees  amongst others. It feeds on the maggots and  ants that are under the  bark: it is so

eager in the search for maggots  that it is said  sometimes to hollow a tree out to its downfall. A  woodpecker

once, in  course of domestication, was seen to insert an  almond into a hole in a  piece of timber, so that it

might remain  steady under its pecking; at  the third peck it split the shell of  the fruit, and then ate the  kernel. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

9 155



Top




Page No 163


10

Many indications of high intelligence are given by cranes. They  will fly to a great distance and up in the air,

to command an  extensive view; if they see clouds and signs of bad weather they fly  down again and remain

still. They, furthermore, have a leader in their  flight, and patrols that scream on the confines of the flock so as

to  be heard by all. When they settle down, the main body go to sleep  with  their heads under their wing,

standing first on one leg and  then on  the other, while their leader, with his head uncovered,  keeps a sharp  look

out, and when he sees anything of importance  signals it with a  cry. 

Pelicans that live beside rivers swallow the large smooth  musselshells: after cooking them inside the crop

that precedes the  stomach, they spit them out, so that, now when their shells are  open,  they may pick the flesh

out and eat it. 

11

Of wild birds, the nests are fashioned to meet the exigencies of  existence and ensure the security of the

young. Some of these birds  are fond of their young and take great care of them, others are  quite  the reverse;

some are clever in procuring subsistence, others  are not  so. Some of these birds build in ravines and clefts,

and on  cliffs,  as, for instance, the socalled charadrius, or stonecurlew;  this bird  is in no way noteworthy for

plumage or voice; it makes an  appearance  at night, but in the daytime keeps out of sight. 

The hawk also builds in inaccessible places. Although a ravenous  bird, it will never eat the heart of any bird it

catches; this has  been observed in the case of the quail, the thrush, and other birds.  They modify betimes their

method of hunting, for in summer they do not  grab their prey as they do at other seasons. 

Of the vulture, it is said that no one has ever seen either  its  young or its nest; on this account and on the

ground that all of a  sudden great numbers of them will appear without any one being able to  tell from whence

they come, Herodorus, the father of Bryson the  sophist, says that it belongs to some distant and elevated land.

The  reason is that the bird has its nest on inaccessible crags, and is  found only in a few localities. The female

lays one egg as a rule, and  two at the most. 

Some birds live on mountains or in forests, as the hoopoe and  the  brenthus; this latter bird finds his food with

ease and has a  musical  voice. The wren lives in brakes and crevices; it is  difficult of  capture, keeps out of

sight, is gentle of disposition,  finds its food  with ease, and is something of a mechanic. It goes by  the

nickname of  'old man' or 'king'; and the story goes that for  this reason the eagle  is at war with him. 

12

Some birds live on the seashore, as the wagtail; the bird is of a  mischievous nature, hard to capture, but

when caught capable of  complete domestication; it is a cripple, as being weak in its hinder  quarters. 

Webfooted birds without exception live near the sea or rivers  or  pools, as they naturally resort to places

adapted to their  structure.  Several birds, however, with cloven toes live near pools or  marshes,  as, for

instance, the anthus lives by the side of rivers; the  plumage  of this bird is pretty, and it finds its food with

ease. The  catarrhactes lives near the sea; when it makes a dive, it will keep  under water for as long as it

would take a man to walk a furlong; it  is less than the common hawk. Swans are webfooted, and live near

pools and marshes; they find their food with ease, are  goodtempered,  are fond of their young, and live to a

green old age.  If the eagle  attacks them they will repel the attack and get the  better of their  assailant, but they

are never the first to attack.  They are musical,  and sing chiefly at the approach of death; at this  time they fly

out  to sea, and men, when sailing past the coast of  Libya, have fallen in  with many of them out at sea singing


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

10 156



Top




Page No 164


in mournful  strains, and have  actually seen some of them dying. 

The cymindis is seldom seen, as it lives on mountains; it is  black  in colour, and about the size of the hawk

called the  'dovekiller'; it  is long and slender in form. The Ionians call the  bird by this name;  Homer in the

Iliad mentions it in the line: 

Chalcis its name with those of heavenly birth,

But called Cymindis by the sons of earth.

The hybris, said by some to be the same as the eagleowl, is  never  seen by daylight, as it is dimsighted, but

during the night  it hunts  like the eagle; it will fight the eagle with such desperation  that the  two combatants

are often captured alive by shepherds; it lays  two  eggs, and, like others we have mentioned, it builds on rocks

and  in  caverns. Cranes also fight so desperately among themselves as to be  caught when fighting, for they

will not leave off; the crane lays  two  eggs. 

13

The jay has a great variety of notes: indeed, might almost say  it  had a different note for every day in the year.

It lays about  nine  eggs; builds its nest on trees, out of hair and tags of wool;  when  acorns are getting scarce, it

lays up a store of them in hiding. 

It is a common story of the stork that the old birds are fed  by  their grateful progeny. Some tell a similar story

of the beeeater,  and declare that the parents are fed by their young not only when  growing old, but at an

early period, as soon as the young are  capable  of feeding them; and the parentbirds stay inside the nest.  The

under  part of the bird's wing is pale yellow; the upper part is  dark blue,  like that of the halcyon; the tips of the

wings are About  autumntime  it lays six or seven eggs, in overhanging banks where  the soil is  soft; there it

burrows into the ground to a depth of six  feet. 

The greenfinch, so called from the colour of its belly, is as  large as a lark; it lays four or five eggs, builds its

nest out of the  plant called comfrey, pulling it up by the roots, and makes an  undermattress to lie on of hair

and wool. The blackbird and the jay  build their nests after the same fashion. The nest of the penduline  tit

shows great mechanical skill; it has the appearance of a ball of  flax, and the hole for entry is very small. 

People who live where the bird comes from say that there  exists a  cinnamon bird which brings the cinnamon

from some unknown  localities,  and builds its nest out of it; it builds on high trees  on the slender  top branches.

They say that the inhabitants attach  leaden weights to  the tips of their arrows and therewith bring down  the

nests, and from  the intertexture collect the cinnamon sticks. 

14

The halcyon is not much larger than the sparrow. Its colour is  dark blue, green, and light purple; the whole

body and wings, and  especially parts about the neck, show these colours in a mixed way,  without any colour

being sharply defined; the beak is light green,  long and slender: such, then, is the look of the bird. Its nest is

like seaballs, i.e. the things that by the name of halosachne or  seafoam, only the colour is not the same. The

colour of the nest is  light red, and the shape is that of the longnecked gourd. The nests  are larger than the

largest sponge, though they vary in size; they are  roofed over, and great part of them is solid and great part

hollow. If  you use a sharp knife it is not easy to cut the nest through; but if  you cut it, and at the same time

bruise it with your hand, it will  soon crumble to pieces, like the halosachne. The opening is small,  just

enough for a tiny entrance, so that even if the nest upset the  sea does not enter in; the hollow channels are like

those in  sponges.  It is not known for certain of what material the nest is  constructed;  it is possibly made of the

backbones of the garfish;  for, by the way,  the bird lives on fish. Besides living on the  shore, it ascends


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

13 157



Top




Page No 165


freshwater streams. It lays generally about five  eggs, and lays eggs  all its life long, beginning to do so at the

age  of four months. 

15

The hoopoe usually constructs its nest out of human excrement.  It  changes its appearance in summer and in

winter, as in fact do the  great majority of wild birds. (The titmouse is said to lay a very  large quantity of eggs:

next to the ostrich the blackheaded tit is  said by some to lay the largest number of eggs; seventeen eggs have

been seen; it lays, however, more than twenty; it is said always to  lay an odd number. Like others we have

mentioned, it builds in  trees;  it feeds on caterpillars.) A peculiarity of this bird and of  the  nightingale is that

the outer extremity of the tongue is not  sharppointed. 

The aegithus finds its food with ease, has many young, and walks  with a limp. The golden oriole is apt at

learning, is clever at making  a living, but is awkward in flight and has an ugly plumage. 

16

The reedwarbler makes its living as easily as any other bird,  sits in summer in a shady spot facing the wind,

in winter in a sunny  and sheltered place among reeds in a marsh; it is small in size,  with  a pleasant note. The

socalled chatterer has a pleasant note,  beautiful plumage, makes a living cleverly, and is graceful in form;  it

appears to be alien to our country; at all events it is seldom seen  at a distance from its own immediate home. 

17

The crake is quarrelsome, clever at making a living, but in  other  ways an unlucky bird. The bird called sitta is

quarrelsome,  but clever  and tidy, makes its living with ease, and for its  knowingness is  regarded as uncanny;

it has a numerous brood, of  which it is fond, and  lives by pecking the bark of trees. The  aegoliusowl flies by

night,  is seldom seen by day; like others we  have mentioned, it lives on  cliffs or in caverns; it feeds on two

kinds of food; it has a strong  hold on life and is full of resource.  The treecreeper is a little  bird, of fearless

disposition; it lives  among trees, feeds on  caterpillars, makes a living with ease, and  has a loud clear note.

The  acanthis finds its food with difficulty;  its plumage is poor, but its  note is musical. 

18

Of the herons, the ashencoloured one, as has been said, unites  with the female not without pain; it is full of

resource, carries  its  food with it, is eager in the quest of it, and works by day; its  plumage is poor, and its

excrement is always wet. Of the other two  speciesfor there are three in allthe white heron has handsome

plumage, unites without harm to itself with the female, builds a  nest  and lays its eggs neatly in trees; it

frequents marshes and lakes  and  Plains and meadow land. The speckled heron, which is nicknamed  'the

skulker', is said in folklore stories to be of servile origin,  and, as  its nickname implies, it is the laziest bird of

the three  species.  Such are the habits of herons. The bird that is called the  poynx has  this peculiarity, that it is

more prone than any other  bird to peck at  the eyes of an assailant or its prey; it is at war  with the harpy, as  the

two birds live on the same food. 

19

There are two kinds of owsels; the one is black, and is found  everywhere, the other is quite white, about the

same size as the  other, and with the same pipe. This latter is found on Cyllene in  Arcadia, and is found

nowhere else. The laius, or bluethrush, is like  the black owsel, only a little smaller; it lives on cliffs or on


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

15 158



Top




Page No 166


tile  roofings; it has not a red beak as the black owsel has. 

20

Of thrushes there are three species. One is the misselthrush; it  feeds only on mistletoe and resin; it is about

the size of the jay.  A  second is the songthrush; it has a sharp pipe, and is about the  size  of the owsel. There

is another species called the Illas; it is  the  smallest species of the three, and is less variegated in plumage  than

the others. 

21

There is a bird that lives on rocks, called the bluebird from its  colour. It is comparatively common in

Nisyros, and is somewhat less  than the owsel and a little bigger than the chaffinch. It has large  claws, and

climbs on the face of the rocks. It is steelblue all over;  its beak is long and slender; its legs are short, like

those of the  woodpecker. 

22

The oriole is yellow all over; it is not visible during winter,  but puts in an appearance about the time of the

summer solstice, and  departs again at the rising of Arcturus; it is the size of the  turtledove. The socalled

softhead (or shrike) always settles on one  and the same branch, where it falls a prey to the birdcatcher. Its

head is big, and composed of gristle; it is a little smaller than  the  thrush; its beak is strong, small, and round;

it is ashencoloured  all  over; is fleet of foot, but slow of wing. The birdcatcher usually  catches it by help of

the owl. 

23

There is also the pardalus. As a rule, it is seen in flocks and  not singly; it is ashencoloured all over, and

about the size of the  birds last described; it is fleet of foot and strong of wing, and  its  pipe is loud and

highpitched. The collyrion (or fieldfare)  feeds on  the same food as the owsel; is of the same size as the

above mentioned  birds; and is trapped usually in the winter. All these  birds are found  at all times. Further,

there are the birds that live  as a rule in  towns, the raven and the crow. These also are visible  at all seasons,

never shift their place of abode, and never go into  winter quarters. 

24

Of daws there are three species. One is the chough; it is as large  as the crow, but has a red beak. There is

another, called the  'wolf';  and further there is the little daw, called the 'railer'.  There is  another kind of daw

found in Lybia and Phrygia, which is  webfooted. 

25

Of larks there are two kinds. One lives on the ground and has a  crest on its head; the other is gregarious, and

not sporadic like  the  first; it is, however, of the same coloured plumage, but is  smaller,  and has no crest; it is

an article of human food. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

20 159



Top




Page No 167


26

The W. is caught with nets in gardens. It is about the  size  of a barndoor hen; it has a long beak, and

in plumage is like  the  francolinpartridge. It runs quickly, and is pretty easily  domesticated. The starling is

speckled; it is of the same size as  the  owsel. 

27

Of the Egyptian ibis there are two kinds, the white and the black.  The white ones are found over Egypt,

excepting in Pelusium; the  black  ones are found in Pelusium, and nowhere else in Egypt. 

28

Of the little horned owls there are two kinds, and one is  visible  at all seasons, and for that reason has the

nickname of  'alltheyearround owl'; it is not sufficiently palatable to come  to  table; another species makes

its appearance sometimes in the  autumn,  is seen for a single day or at the most for two days, and is  regarded

as a table delicacy; it scarcely differs from the first  species save  only in being fatter; it has no note, but the

other  species has. With  regard to their origin, nothing is known from ocular  observation; the  only fact known

for certain is that they are first  seen when a west  wind is blowing. 

29

The cuckoo, as has been said elsewhere, makes no nest, but  deposits its eggs in an alien nest, generally in the

nest of the  ringdove, or on the ground in the nest of the hypolais or lark, or on  a tree in the nest of the green

linnet. it lays only one egg and  does  not hatch it itself, but the motherbird in whose nest it has  deposited it

hatches and rears it; and, as they say, this mother bird,  when the young cuckoo has grown big, thrusts her

own brood out of  the  nest and lets them perish; others say that this motherbird  kills her  own brood and gives

them to the alien to devour, despising  her own  young owing to the beauty of the cuckoo. Personal observers

agree in  telling most of these stories, but are not in agreement as to  the  instruction of the young. Some say

that the mothercuckoo comes  and  devours the brood of the rearing mother; others say that the young  cuckoo

from its superior size snaps up the food brought before the  smaller brood have a chance, and that in

consequence the smaller brood  die of hunger; others say that, by its superior strength, it  actually  kills the

other ones whilst it is being reared up with  them. The  cuckoo shows great sagacity in the disposal of its

progeny; the fact  is, the mother cuckoo is quite conscious of her  own cowardice and of  the fact that she could

never help her young  one in an emergency, and  so, for the security of the young one, she  makes of him a

supposititious child in an alien nest. The truth is,  this bird is  preeminent among birds in the way of

cowardice; it  allows itself to  be pecked at by little birds, and flies away from  their attacks. 

30

It has already been stated that the footless bird, which some term  the cypselus, resembles the swallow;

indeed, it is not easy to  distinguish between the two birds, excepting in the fact that the  cypselus has feathers

on the shank. These birds rear their young in  long cells made of mud, and furnished with a hole just big

enough  for  entry and exit; they build under cover of some roofingunder a  rock or  in a cavernfor protection

against animals and men. 

The socalled goatsucker lives on mountains; it is a little  larger than the owsel, and less than the cuckoo; it

lays two eggs,  or  three at the most, and is of a sluggish disposition. It flies up to  the shegoat and sucks its

milk, from which habit it derives its name;  it is said that, after it has sucked the teat of the animal, the  teat


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

26 160



Top




Page No 168


dries up and the animal goes blind. It is dimsighted in the  daytime,  but sees well enough by night. 

31

In narrow circumscribed districts where the food would be  insufficient for more birds than two, ravens are

only found in  isolated pairs; when their young are old enough to fly, the parent  couple first eject them from

the nest, and by and by chase them from  the neighbourhood. The raven lays four or five eggs. About the time

when the mercenaries under Medius were slaughtered at Pharsalus, the  districts about Athens and the

Peloponnese were left destitute of  ravens, from which it would appear that these birds have some means of

intercommunicating with one another. 

32

Of eagles there are several species. One of them, called 'the  whitetailed eagle', is found on low lands, in

groves, and in the  neighbourhood of cities; some call it the 'heronkiller'. It is bold  enough to fly to

mountains and the interior of forests. The other  eagles seldom visit groves or lowlying land. There is

another species  called the 'plangus'; it ranks second in point of size and strength;  it lives in mountain combes

and glens, and by marshy lakes, and goes  by the name of 'duckkiller' and 'swarteagle.' It is mentioned by

Homer in his account of the visit made by Priam to the tent of  Achilles. There is another species with black

Plumage, the smallest  but boldest of all the kinds. It dwells on mountains or in forests,  and is called 'the

blackeagle' or 'the harekiller'; it is the only  eagle that rears its young and thoroughly takes them out with it.

It  is swift of flight, is neat and tidy in its habits, too proud for  jealousy, fearless, quarrelsome; it is also silent,

for it neither  whimpers nor screams. There is another species, the percnopterus, very  large, with white head,

very short wings, long tailfeathers, in  appearance like a vulture. It goes by the name of 'mountainstork'  or

'halfeagle'. It lives in groves; has all the bad qualities of  the  other species, and none of the good ones; for it

lets itself be  chased  and caught by the raven and the other birds. It is clumsy in  its  movements, has difficulty

in procuring its food, preys on dead  animals, is always hungry, and at all times whining and screaming.  There

is another species, called the 'seaeagle' or 'osprey'. This  bird has a large thick neck, curved wings, and broad

tailfeathers;  it  lives near the sea, grasps its prey with its talons, and often,  from  inability to carry it, tumbles

down into the water. There is  another  species called the 'truebred'; people say that these are  the only

truebred birds to be found, that all other birdseagles,  hawks, and  the smallest birdsare all spoilt by the

interbreeding of  different  species. The truebred eagle is the largest of all eagles;  it is  larger than the phene;

is half as large again as the ordinary  eagle,  and has yellow plumage; it is seldom seen, as is the case  with the

socalled cymindis. The time for an eagle to be on the wing  in search  of prey is from midday to evening; in

the morning until  the  markethour it remains on the nest. In old age the upper beak of  the  eagle grows

gradually longer and more crooked, and the bird dies  eventually of starvation; there is a folklore story that the

eagle  is  thus punished because it once was a man and refused entertainment  to a  stranger. The eagle puts

aside its superfluous food for its  young; for  owing to the difficulty in procuring food day by day, it at  times

may  come back to the nest with nothing. If it catch a man  prowling about  in the neighbourhood of its nest, it

will strike him  with its wings  and scratch him with its talons. The nest is built  not on low ground  but on an

elevated spot, generally on an  inaccessible ledge of a  cliff; it does, however, build upon a tree.  The young are

fed until  they can fly; hereupon the parentbirds topple  them out of the nest,  and chase them completely out

of the locality.  The fact is that a pair  of eagles demands an extensive space for its  maintenance, and

consequently cannot allow other birds to quarter  themselves in close  neighbourhood. They do not hunt in the

vicinity of  their nest, but go  to a great distance to find their prey. When the  eagle has captured a  beast, it puts

it down without attempting to  carry it off at once; if  on trial it finds the burden too heavy, it  will leave it.

When it has  spied a hare, it does not swoop on it at  once, but lets it go on into  the open ground; neither does it

descend to the ground at one swoop,  but goes gradually down from  higher flights to lower and lower: these

devices it adopts by way of  security against the stratagem of the  hunter. It alights on high  places by reason of

the difficulty it  experiences in soaring up from  the level ground; it flies high in the  air to have the more


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

31 161



Top




Page No 169


extensive view; from its high flight it is said  to be the only bird  that resembles the gods. Birds of prey, as a

rule,  seldom alight  upon rock, as the crookedness of their talons prevents a  stable  footing on hard stone. The

eagle hunts hares, fawns, foxes, and  in  general all such animals as he can master with ease. It is a  longlived

bird, and this fact might be inferred from the length of  time during which the same nest is maintained in its

place. 

33

In Scythia there is found a bird as large as the great bustard.  The female lays two eggs, but does not hatch

them, but hides them in  the skin of a hare or fox and leaves them there, and, when it is not  in quest of prey, it

keeps a watch on them on a high tree; if any  man  tries to climb the tree, it fights and strikes him with its

wing, just  as eagles do. 

34

The owl and the nightraven and all the birds see poorly in the  daytime seek their prey in the night, but not

all the night through,  but at evening and dawn. Their food consists of mice, lizards, chafers  and the like little

creatures. The socalled phene, or lammergeier, is  fond of its young, provides its food with ease, fetches food

to its  nest, and is of a kindly disposition. It rears its own young and those  of the eagle as well; for when the

eagle ejects its young from the  nest, this bird catches them up as they fall and feeds them. For the  eagle, by

the way, ejects the young birds prematurely, before they are  able to feed themselves, or to fly. It appears to do

so from jealousy;  for it is by nature jealous, and is so ravenous as to grab furiously  at its food; and when it

does grab at its food, it grabs it in large  morsels. It is accordingly jealous of the young birds as they approach

maturity, since they are getting good appetites, and so it scratches  them with its talons. The young birds fight

also with one another,  to  secure a morsel of food or a comfortable position, whereupon the  motherbird beats

them and ejects them from the nest; the young ones  scream at this treatment, and the phene hearing them

catches them as  they fall. The phene has a film over its eyes and sees badly, but  the  seaeagle is very

keensighted, and before its young are fledged  tries  to make them stare at the sun, and beats the one that

refuses to  do  so, and twists him back in the sun's direction; and if one of  them  gets watery eyes in the process,

it kills him, and rears the  other. It  lives near the sea, and feeds, as has been said, on  seabirds; when in

pursuit of them it catches them one by one,  watching the moment when  the bird rises to the surface from its

dive. When a seabird, emerging  from the water, sees the seaeagle, he  in terror dives under,  intending to

rise again elsewhere; the eagle,  however, owing to its  keenness of vision, keeps flying after him until  he

either drowns the  bird or catches him on the surface. The eagle  never attacks these  birds when they are in a

swarm, for they keep  him off by raising a  shower of waterdrops with their wings. 

35

The cepphus is caught by means of seafoam; the bird snaps at  the  foam, and consequently fishermen catch it

by sluicing with showers  of  seawater. These birds grow to be plump and fat; their flesh has  a  good odour,

excepting the hinder quarters, which smell of shoreweed. 

36

Of hawks, the strongest is the buzzard; the next in point of  courage is the merlin; and the circus ranks third;

other diverse kinds  are the asterias, the pigeonhawk, and the pternis; the broadedwinged  hawk is called the

halfbuzzard; others go by the name of  hobbyhawk,  or sparrowhawk, or 'smoothfeathered', or

'toadcatcher'.  Birds of  this latter species find their food with very little  difficulty, and  flutter along the

ground. Some say that there are  ten species of  hawks, all differing from one another. One hawk, they  say, will

strike  and grab the pigeon as it rests on the ground, but  never touch it  while it is in flight; another hawk


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

33 162



Top




Page No 170


attacks the  pigeon when it is  perched upon a tree or any elevation, but never  touches it when it is  on the

ground or on the wing; other hawks attack  their prey only when  it is on the wing. They say that pigeons can

distinguish the various  species: so that, when a hawk is an assailant,  if it be one that  attacks its prey when the

prey is on the wing, the  pigeon will sit  still; if it be one that attacks sitting prey, the  pigeon will rise up  and fly

away. 

In Thrace, in the district sometimes called that of Cedripolis,  men hunt for little birds in the marshes with the

aid of hawks. The  men with sticks in their hands go beating at the reeds and brushwood  to frighten the birds

out, and the hawks show themselves overhead  and  frighten them down. The men then strike them with their

sticks and  capture them. They give a portion of their booty to the hawks; that  is, they throw some of the birds

up in the air, and the hawks catch  them. 

In the neighbourhood of Lake Maeotis, it is said, wolves act  in  concert with the fishermen, and if the

fishermen decline to share  with  them, they tear their nets in pieces as they lie drying on the  shore  of the lake. 

37

So much for the habits of birds. 

In marine creatures, also, one In marine creatures, also, one  may  observe many ingenious devices adapted to

the circumstances of  their  lives. For the accounts commonly given of the socalled  fishingfrog  are quite

true; as are also those given of the torpedo.  The  fishingfrog has a set of filaments that project in front of its

eyes;  they are long and thin like hairs, and are round at the tips;  they lie  on either side, and are used as baits.

Accordingly, when  the animal  stirs up a place full of sand and mud and conceals itself  therein, it  raises the

filaments, and, when the little fish strike  against them,  it draws them in underneath into its mouth. The

torpedo narcotizes the  creatures that it wants to catch,  overpowering them by the power of  shock that is

resident in its  body, and feeds upon them; it also hides  in the sand and mud, and  catches all the creatures that

swim in its  way and come under its  narcotizing influence. This phenomenon has been  actually observed in

operation. The stingray also conceals itself,  but not exactly in  the same way. That the creatures get their

living  by this means is  obvious from the fact that, whereas they are  peculiarly inactive, they  are often caught

with mullets in their  interior, the swiftest of  fishes. Furthermore, the fishingfrog is  unusually thin when he is

caught after losing the tips of his  filaments, and the torpedo is  known to cause a numbness even in human

beings. Again, the hake, the  ray, the flatfish, and the angelfish  burrow in the sand, and after  concealing

themselves angle with the  filaments on their mouths, that  fishermen call their fishingrods, and  the little

creatures on which  they feed swim up to the filaments  taking them for bits of seaweed,  such as they feed

upon. 

Wherever an anthiasfish is seen, there will be no dangerous  creatures in the vicinity, and spongedivers will

dive in security,  and they call these signalfishes 'holyfish'. It is a sort of  perpetual coincidence, like the fact

that wherever snails are  present  you may be sure there is neither pig nor partridge in the  neighbourhood; for

both pig and partridge eat up the snails. 

The seaserpent resembles the conger in colour and shape, but is  of lesser bulk and more rapid in its

movements. If it be caught and  thrown away, it will bore a hole with its snout and burrow rapidly  in  the sand;

its snout, by the way, is sharper than that of ordinary  serpents. The socalled seascolopendra, after

swallowing the hook,  turns itself inside out until it ejects it, and then it again turns  itself outside in. The

seascolopendra, like the landscolopendra,  will come to a savoury bait; the creature does not bite with its

teeth, but stings by contact with its entire body, like the  socalled  seanettle. The socalled foxshark, when

it finds it has  swallowed  the hook, tries to get rid of it as the scolopendra does,  but not in  the same way; in

other words, it runs up the  fishingline, and bites  it off short; it is caught in some districts  in deep and rapid


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

37 163



Top




Page No 171


waters,  with nightlines. 

The bonitos swarm together when they espy a dangerous  creature,  and the largest of them swim round it, and

if it touches one  of the  shoal they try to repel it; they have strong teeth. Amongst  other  large fish, a

lamiashark, after falling in amongst a shoal, has  been  seen to be covered with wounds. 

Of riverfish, the male of the sheatfish is remarkably  attentive  to the young. The female after parturition

goes away; the  male stays  and keeps on guard where the spawn is most abundant,  contenting  himself with

keeping off all other little fishes that might  steal the  spawn or fry, and this he does for forty or fifty days,  until

the  young are sufficiently grown to make away from the other  fishes for  themselves. The fishermen can tell

where he is on guard:  for, in  warding off the little fishes, he makes a rush in the water  and gives  utterance to a

kind of muttering noise. He is so earnest  in the  performance of his parental duties that the fishermen at times,

if the  eggs be attached to the roots of waterplants deep in the  water, drag  them into as shallow a place as

possible; the male fish  will still  keep by the young, and, if it so happen, will be caught  by the hook  when

snapping at the little fish that come by; if,  however, he be  sensible by experience of the danger of the hook,

he  will still keep  by his charge, and with his extremely strong teeth  will bite the hook  in pieces. 

All fishes, both those that wander about and those that are  stationary, occupy the districts where they were

born or very  similar  places, for their natural food is found there. Carnivorous  fish wander  most; and all fish

are carnivorous with the exception of a  few, such  as the mullet, the saupe, the red mullet, and the chalcis.  The

socalled pholis gives out a mucous discharge, which envelops  the  creature in a kind of nest. Of shellfish,

and fish that are  finless,  the scallop moves with greatest force and to the greatest  distance,  impelled along by

some internal energy; the murex or  purplefish, and  others that resemble it, move hardly at all. Out of  the

lagoon of  Pyrrha all the fishes swim in wintertime, except the  seagudgeon;  they swim out owing to the

cold, for the narrow waters  are colder than  the outer sea, and on the return of the early summer  they all swim

back again. In the lagoon no scarus is found, nor  thritta, nor any  other species of the spiny fish, no spotted

dogfish, no spiny dogfish,  no seacrawfish, no octopus either of the  common or the musky kinds,  and certain

other fish are also absent; but  of fish that are found in  the lagoon the white gudgeon is not a marine  fish. Of

fishes the  oviparous are in their prime in the early summer  until the spawning  time; the viviparous in the

autumn, as is also  the case with the  mullet, the red mullet, and all such fish. In the  neighbourhood of  Lesbos,

the fishes of the outer sea, or of the  lagoon, bring forth  their eggs or young in the lagoon; sexual union  takes

place in the  autumn, and parturition in the spring. With  fishes of the  cartilaginous kind, the males and females

swarm together  in the autumn  for the sake of sexual union; in the early summer they  come swimming  in, and

keep apart until after parturition; the two  sexes are often  taken linked together in sexual union. 

Of molluscs the sepia is the most cunning, and is the only  species  that employs its dark liquid for the sake of

concealment as  well as  from fear: the octopus and calamary make the discharge  solely from  fear. These

creatures never discharge the pigment in its  entirety; and  after a discharge the pigment accumulates again.

The  sepia, as has  been said, often uses its colouring pigment for  concealment; it shows  itself in front of the

pigment and then retreats  back into it; it also  hunts with its long tentacles not only little  fishes, but oftentimes

even mullets. The octopus is a stupid creature,  for it will approach a  man's hand if it be lowered in the water;

but  it is neat and thrifty  in its habits: that is, it lays up stores in  its nest, and, after  eating up all that is eatable,

it ejects the  shells and sheaths of  crabs and shellfish, and the skeletons of  little fishes. It seeks its  prey by so

changing its colour as to  render it like the colour of the  stones adjacent to it; it does so  also when alarmed. By

some the sepia  is said to perform the same  trick; that is, they say it can change its  colour so as to make it

resemble the colour of its habitat. The only  fish that can do this  is the angelfish, that is, it can change its

colour like the  octopus. The octopus as a rule does not live the year  out. It has a  natural tendency to run off

into liquid; for, if beaten  and  squeezed, it keeps losing substance and at last disappears. The  female  after

parturition is peculiarly subject to this  colliquefaction; it  becomes stupid; if tossed about by waves, it  submits

impassively; a  man, if he dived, could catch it with the hand;  it gets covered over  with slime, and makes no

effort to catch its  wonted prey. The male  becomes leathery and clammy. As a proof that  they do not live into


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

37 164



Top




Page No 172


a  second year there is the fact that, after the  birth of the little  octopuses in the late summer or beginning of

autumn, it is seldom that  a largesized octopus is visible, whereas a  little before this time of  year the creature

is at its largest. After  the eggs are laid, they say  that both the male and the female grow so  old and feeble that

they are  preyed upon by little fish, and with ease  dragged from their holes;  and that this could not have been

done  previously; they say also  that this is not the case with the small and  young octopus, but that  the young

creature is much stronger than the  grownup one. Neither  does the sepia live into a second year. The  octopus

is the only  mollusc that ventures on to dry land; it walks by  preference on  rough ground; it is firm all over

when you squeeze it,  excepting in  the neck. So much for the mollusca. 

It is also said that they make a thin rough shell about them  like  a hard sheath, and that this is made larger and

larger as the  animal  grows larger, and that it comes out of the sheath as though out  of a  den or dwelling place. 

The nautilus (or argonaut) is a poulpe or octopus, but one  peculiar both in its nature and its habits. It rises up

from deep  water and swims on the surface; it rises with its shell downturned in  order that it may rise the

more easily and swim with it empty, but  after reaching the surface it shifts the position of the shell. In

between its feelers it has a certain amount of webgrowth,  resembling  the substance between the toes of

webfooted birds; only  that with  these latter the substance is thick, while with the nautilus  it is  thin and like a

spider's web. It uses this structure, when a  breeze is  blowing, for a sail, and lets down some of its feelers

alongside as  rudderoars. If it be frightened it fills its shell  with water and  sinks. With regard to the mode of

generation and the  growth of the  shell knowledge from observation is not yet  satisfactory; the shell,  however,

does not appear to be there from the  beginning, but to grow  in their cases as in that of other  shellfish; neither

is it  ascertained for certain whether the animal  can live when stripped of  the shell. 

38

Of all insects, one may also say of all living creatures, the most  industrious are the ant, the bee, the hornet,

the wasp, and in point  of fact all creatures akin to these; of spiders some are more  skilful  and more

resourceful than others. The way in which ants work  is open  to ordinary observation; how they all march one

after the  other when  they are engaged in putting away and storing up their food;  all this  may be seen, for they

carry on their work even during  bright moonlight  nights. 

39

Of spiders and phalangia there are many species. Of the venomous  phalangia there are two; one that

resembles the socalled wolfspider,  small, speckled, and tapering to a point; it moves with leaps, from

which habit it is nicknamed 'the flea': the other kind is large, black  in colour, with long front legs; it is heavy

in its movements, walks  slowly, is not very strong, and never leaps. (Of all the other species  wherewith

poisonvendors supply themselves, some give a weak bite, and  others never bite at all. There is another kind,

comprising the  socalled wolfspiders.) Of these spiders the small one weaves no web,  and the large weaves

a rude and poorly built one on the ground or on  dry stone walls. It always builds its web over hollow places

inside of  which it keeps a watch on the endthreads, until some creature gets  into the web and begins to

struggle, when out the spider pounces.  The  speckled kind makes a little shabby web under trees. 

There is a third species of this animal, preeminently clever and  artistic. It first weaves a thread stretching to

all the exterior ends  of the future web; then from the centre, which it hits upon with great  accuracy, it

stretches the warp; on the warp it puts what  corresponds  to the woof, and then weaves the whole together. It

sleeps  and stores  its food away from the centre, but it is at the centre that  it keeps  watch for its prey. Then,

when any creature touches the web  and the  centre is set in motion, it first ties and wraps the  creature round

with threads until it renders it helpless, then lifts  it and carries  it off, and, if it happens to be hungry, sucks out

the  lifejuicesfor that is the way it feeds; but, if it be not  hungry,  it first mends any damage done and then


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

38 165



Top




Page No 173


hastens again to its  quest of  prey. If something comes meanwhile into the net, the spider  at first  makes for the

centre, and then goes back to its entangled  prey as from  a fixed starting point. If any one injures a portion of

the web, it  recommences weaving at sunrise or at sunset, because it is  chiefly at  these periods that creatures

are caught in the web. It is  the female  that does the weaving and the hunting, but the male takes a  share of  the

booty captured. 

Of the skilful spiders, weaving a substantial web, there are two  kinds, the larger and the smaller. The one has

long legs and keeps  watch while swinging downwards from the web: from its large size it  cannot easily

conceal itself, and so it keeps underneath, so that  its  prey may not be frightened off, but may strike upon the

web's  upper  surface; the less awkwardly formed one lies in wait on the  top, using  a little hole for a

lurkingplace. Spiders can spin webs  from the time  of their birth, not from their interior as a superfluity  or

excretion,  as Democritus avers, but off their body as a kind of  treebark, like  the creatures that shoot out with

their hair, as for  instance the  porcupine. The creature can attack animals larger than  itself, and  enwrap them

with its threads: in other words, it will  attack a small  lizard, run round and draw threads about its mouth  until

it closes the  mouth up; then it comes up and bites it. 

40

So much for the spider. Of insects, there is a genus that has no  one name that comprehends all the species,

though all the species  are  akin to one another in form; it consists of all the insects that  construct a

honeycomb: to wit, the bee, and all the insects that  resemble it in form. 

There are nine varieties, of which six are gregariousthe bee, the  kingbee, the drone bee, the annual wasp,

and, furthermore, the  anthrene (or hornet), and the tenthredo (or groundwasp); three are  solitarythe smaller

siren, of a dun colour, the larger siren, black  and speckled, and the third, the largest of all, that is called the

humblebee. Now ants never go ahunting, but gather up what is ready  to hand; the spider makes nothing,

and lays up no store, but simply  goes ahunting for its food; while the beefor we shall by and by  treat of

the nine varietiesdoes not go ahunting, but constructs its  food out of gathered material and stores it away,

for honey is the  bee's food. This fact is shown by the beekeepers' attempt to remove  the combs; for the bees,

when they are fumigated, and are suffering  great distress from the process, then devour the honey most

ravenously, whereas at other times they are never observed to be so  greedy, but apparently are thrifty and

disposed to lay by for their  future sustenance. They have also another food which is called  beebread; this is

scarcer than honey and has a sweet figlike taste;  this they carry as they do the wax on their legs. 

Very remarkable diversity is observed in their methods of  working  and their general habits. When the hive

has been delivered  to them  clean and empty, they build their waxen cells, bringing in the  juice  of all kinds of

flowers and the 'tears' or exuding sap of trees,  such  as willows and elms and such others as are particularly

given  to the  exudation of gum. With this material they besmear the  groundwork, to  provide against attacks of

other creatures; the  beekeepers call this  stuff 'stopwax'. They also with the same  material narrow by

sidebuilding the entrances to the hive if they are  too wide. They  first build cells for themselves; then for the

socalled kings and the  drones; for themselves they are always  building, for the kings only  when the brood of

young is numerous,  and cells for the drones they  build if a superabundance of honey  should suggest their

doing so. They  build the royal cells next to  their own, and they are of small bulk;  the drones' cells they build

near by, and these latter are less in  bulk than the bee's cells. 

They begin building the combs downwards from the top of the  hive,  and go down and down building many

combs connected together  until they  reach the bottom. The cells, both those for the honey and  those also  for

the grubs, are doubledoored; for two cells are  ranged about a  single base, one pointing one way and one the

other,  after the manner  of a double (or hourglassshaped) goblet. The  cells that lie at the  commencement of

the combs and are attached to  the hives, to the extent  of two or three concentric circular rows, are  small and


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

40 166



Top




Page No 174


devoid of  honey; the cells that are well filled with honey  are most thoroughly  luted with wax. At the entry to

the hive the  aperture of the doorway  is smeared with mitys; this substance is a  deep black, and is a sort  of

dross or residual byproduct of wax; it  has a pungent odour, and is  a cure for bruises and suppurating  sores.

The greasy stuff that comes  next is pitchwax; it has a less  pungent odour and is less medicinal  than the

mitys. Some say that  the drones construct combs by themselves  in the same hive and in the  same comb that

they share with the bees;  but that they make no  honey, but subsist, they and their grubs also,  on the honey

made by  the bees. The drones, as a rule, keep inside the  hive; when they go  out of doors, they soar up in the

air in a stream,  whirling round  and round in a kind of gymnastic exercise; when this is  over, they  come inside

the hive and feed to repletion ravenously. The  kings never  quit the hive, except in conjunction with the entire

swarm, either for  food or for any other reason. They say that, if a  young swarm go  astray, it will turn back

upon its route and by the aid  of scent  seek out its leader. It is said that if he is unable to fly  he is  carried by the

swarm, and that if he dies the swarm perishes;  and  that, if this swarm outlives the king for a while and

constructs  combs, no honey is produced and the bees soon die out. 

Bees scramble up the stalks of flowers and rapidly gather the  beeswax with their front legs; the front legs

wipe it off on to the  middle legs, and these pass it on to the hollow curves of the  hindlegs; when thus laden,

they fly away home, and one may see  plainly that their load is a heavy one. On each expedition the bee  does

not fly from a flower of one kind to a flower of another, but  flies from one violet, say, to another violet, and

never meddles  with  another flower until it has got back to the hive; on reaching the  hive  they throw off their

load, and each bee on his return is  accompanied  by three or four companions. One cannot well tell what  is the

substance they gather, nor the exact process of their work.  Their mode  of gathering wax has been observed on

olivetrees, as owing  to the  thickness of the leaves the bees remain stationary for a  considerable  while. After

this work is over, they attend to the grubs.  There is  nothing to prevent grubs, honey, and drones being all

found  in one and  the same comb. As long as the leader is alive, the drones  are said to  be produced apart by

themselves; if he be no longer  living, they are  said to be reared by the bees in their own cells, and  under these

circumstances to become more spirited: for this reason  they are called  'stingdrones', not that they really have

stings,  but that they have  the wish without the power, to use such weapons.  The cells for the  drones are larger

than the others; sometimes the  bees construct cells  for the drones apart, but usually they put them  in amongst

their own;  and when this is the case the beekeepers cut  the dronecells out of  the combs. 

There are several species of bees, as has been said; two of  'kings', the better kind red, the other black and

variegated, and  twice as big as the workingbee. The best workingbee is small,  round,  and speckled: another

kind is long and like an anthrene wasp;  another  kind is what is called the robberbee, black and flatbellied;

then  there is the drone, the largest of all, but devoid of sting,  and lazy.  There is a difference between the

progeny of bees that  inhabit  cultivated land and of those from the mountains: the  forestbees are  more

shaggy, smaller, more industrious and more  fierce. Workingbees  make their combs all even, with the

superficial  covering quite smooth.  Each comb is of one kind only: that is, it  contains either bees only,  or

grubs only, or drones only; if it  happen, however, that they make  in one and the same comb all these  kinds of

cells, each separate kind  will be built in a continuous row  right through. The long bees build  uneven combs,

with the lids of  the cells protuberant, like those of  the anthrene; grubs and  everything else have no fixed

places, but are  put anywhere; from these  bees come inferior kings, a large quantity of  drones, and the

socalled robberbee; they produce either no honey at  all, or honey in  very small quantities. Bees brood over

the combs and  so mature them;  if they fail to do so, the combs are said to go bad  and to get covered  with a

sort of spider's web. If they can keep  brooding over the part  undamaged, the damaged part simply eats itself

away; if they cannot so  brood, the entire comb perishes; in the  damaged combs small worms  are engendered,

which take on wings and fly  away. When the combs  keep settling down, the bees restore the level  surface,

and put  props underneath the combs to give themselves free  passageroom; for  if such free passage be

lacking they cannot brood,  and the cobwebs  come on. When the robberbee and the drone appear, not  only

do they do  no work themselves, but they actually damage the work  of the other  bees; if they are caught in the

act, they are killed by  the  workingbees. These bees also kill without mercy most of their  kings, and

especially kings of the inferior sort; and this they do for  fear a multiplicity of kings should lead to a


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

40 167



Top




Page No 175


dismemberment of the  hive. They kill them especially when the hive is deficient in grubs,  and a swarm is not

intended to take place; under these circumstances  they destroy the cells of the kings if they have been

prepared, on the  ground that these kings are always ready to lead out swarms. They  destroy also the combs of

the drones if a failure in the supply be  threatening and the hive runs short of provisions; under such

circumstances they fight desperately with all who try to take their  honey, and eject from the hive all the

resident drones; and oftentimes  the drones are to be seen sitting apart in the hive. The little bees  fight

vigorously with the long kind, and try to banish them from the  hives; if they succeed, the hive will be

unusually productive, but  if  the bigger bees get left mistresses of the field they pass the time  in  idleness, and

no good at all but die out before the autumn.  Whenever  the workingbees kill an enemy they try to do so out

of  doors; and  whenever one of their own body dies, they carry the dead  bee out of  doors also. The socalled

robberbees spoil their own  combs, and, if  they can do so unnoticed, enter and spoil the combs  of other bees;

if  they are caught in the act they are put to death. It  is no easy task  for them to escape detection, for there are

sentinels on guard at  every entry; and, even if they do escape  detection on entering,  afterwards from a surfeit

of food they cannot  fly, but go rolling  about in front of the hive, so that their  chances of escape are small

indeed. The kings are never themselves  seen outside the hive except  with a swarm in flight: during which

time  all the other bees cluster  around them. When the flight of a swarm  is imminent, a monotonous and  quite

peculiar sound made by all the  bees is heard for several days,  and for two or three days in advance a  few bees

are seen flying round  the hive; it has never as yet been  ascertained, owing to the  difficulty of the observation,

whether or no  the king is among these.  When they have swarmed, they fly away and  separate off to each of

the  kings; if a small swarm happens to  settle near to a large one, it will  shift to join this large one,  and if the

king whom they have abandoned  follows them, they put him to  death. So much for the quitting of the  hive

and the swarmflight.  Separate detachments of bees are told off  for diverse operations; that  is, some carry

flowerproduce, others  carry water, others smooth and  arrange the combs. A bee carries water  when it is

rearing grubs. No  bee ever settles on the flesh of any  creature, or ever eats animal  food. They have no fixed

date for  commencing work; but when their  provender is forthcoming and they are  in comfortable trim, and by

preference in summer, they set to work,  and when the weather is fine  they work incessantly. 

The bee, when quite young and in fact only three days old, after  shedding its chrysaliscase, begins to work if

it be well fed. When  a  swarm is settling, some bees detach themselves in search of food and  return back to the

swarm. In hives that are in good condition the  production of young bees is discontinued only for the forty

days  that  follow the winter solstice. When the grubs are grown, the bees  put  food beside them and cover them

with a coating of wax; and, as  soon as  the grub is strong enough, he of his own accord breaks the lid  and

comes out. Creatures that make their appearance in hives and spoil  the  combs the workingbees clear out, but

the other bees from sheer  laziness look with indifference on damage done to their produce.  When  the

beemasters take out the combs, they leave enough food behind  for  winter use; if it be sufficient in quantity,

the occupants of  the hive  will survive; if it be insufficient, then, if the weather  be rough,  they die on the spot,

but if it be fair, they fly away and  desert the  hive. They feed on honey summer and winter; but they  store up

another  article of food resembling wax in hardness, which  by some is called  sandarace, or beebread. Their

worst enemies are  wasps and the birds  named titmice, and furthermore the swallow and the  beeeater. The

frogs in the marsh also catch them if they come in  their way by the  waterside, and for this reason

beekeepers chase the  frogs from the  ponds from which the bees take water; they destroy also  wasps' nests,

and the nests of swallows, in the neighbourhood of the  hives, and also  the nests of beeeaters. Bees have fear

only of one  another. They  fight with one another and with wasps. Away from the  hive they attack  neither

their own species nor any other creature, but  in the close  proximity of the hive they kill whatever they get

hold  of. Bees that  sting die from their inability to extract the sting  without at the  same time extracting their

intestines. True, they often  recover, if  the person stung takes the trouble to press the sting out;  but once it

loses its sting the bee must die. They can kill with their  stings even  large animals; in fact, a horse has been

known to have  been stung to  death by them. The kings are the least disposed to  show anger or to  inflict a

sting. Bees that die are removed from the  hive, and in every  way the creature is remarkable for its cleanly

habits; in point of  fact, they often fly away to a distance to void  their excrement  because it is malodorous;

and, as has been said,  they are annoyed by  all bad smells and by the scent of perfumes, so  much so that they


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

40 168



Top




Page No 176


sting people that use perfumes. 

They perish from a number of accidental causes, and when their  kings become too numerous and try each to

carry away a portion of  the  swarm. 

The toad also feeds on bees; he comes to the doorway of the  hive,  puffs himself out as he sits on the watch,

and devours the  creatures  as they come flying out; the bees can in no way retaliate,  but the  beekeeper makes

a point of killing him. 

As for the class of bee that has been spoken of as inferior or  goodfornothing, and as constructing its combs

so roughly, some  beekeepers say that it is the young bees that act so from  inexperience; and the bees of the

current year are termed young. The  young bees do not sting as the others do; and it is for this reason  that

swarms may be safely carried, as it is of young bees that they  are composed. When honey runs short they

expel the drones, and the  beekeepers supply the bees with figs and sweettasting articles of  food. The elder

bees do the indoor work, and are rough and hairy  from  staying indoors; the young bees do the outer carrying,

and are  comparatively smooth. They kill the drones also when in their work  they are confined for room; the

drones, by the way, live in the  innermost recess of the hive. On one occasion, when a hive was in a  poor

condition, some of the occupants assailed a foreign hive; proving  victorious in a combat they took to carrying

off the honey; when the  beekeeper tried to kill them, the other bees came out and tried to  beat off the enemy

but made no attempt to sting the man. 

The diseases that chiefly attack prosperous hives are first of all  the clerusthis consists in a growth of little

worms on the floor,  from which, as they develop, a kind of cobweb grows over the entire  hive, and the combs

decay; another diseased condition is indicated  in  a lassitude on the part of the bees and in malodorousness of

the  hive.  Bees feed on thyme; and the white thyme is better than the  red. In  summer the place for the hive

should be cool, and in winter  warm. They  are very apt to fall sick if the plant they are at work  on be

mildewed. In a high wind they carry a stone by way of ballast to  steady them. If a stream be near at hand,

they drink from it and  from  it only, but before they drink they first deposit their load;  if there  be no water near

at hand, they disgorge their honey as they  drink  elsewhere, and at once make off to work. There are two

seasons  for  making honey, spring and autumn; the spring honey is sweeter,  whiter,  and in every way better

than the autumn honey. Superior  honey comes  from fresh comb, and from young shoots; the red honey is

inferior, and  owes its inferiority to the comb in which it is  deposited, just as  wine is apt to be spoiled by its

cask;  consequently, one should have  it looked to and dried. When the thyme  is in flower and the comb is  full,

the honey does not harden. The  honey that is golden in hue is  excellent. White honey does not come  from

thyme pure and simple; it is  good as a salve for sore eyes and  wounds. Poor honey always floats on  the

surface and should be  skimmed off; the fine clear honey rests  below. When the floral world  is in full bloom,

then they make wax;  consequently you must then  take the wax out of the hive, for they go  to work on new

wax at  once. The flowers from which they gather honey  are as follows: the  spindletree, the melilotclover,

king'sspear,  myrtle,  floweringreed, withy, and broom. When they work at thyme,  they mix in  water before

sealing up the comb. As has been already  stated, they all  either fly to a distance to discharge their excrement

or make the  discharge into one single comb. The little bees, as has  been said, are  more industrious than the

big ones; their wings are  battered; their  colour is black, and they have a burntup aspect.  Gaudy and showy

bees, like gaudy and showy women, are  goodfornothings. 

Bees seem to take a pleasure in listening to a rattling noise; and  consequently men say that they can muster

them into a hive by rattling  with crockery or stones; it is uncertain, however, whether or no  they  can hear the

noise at all and also whether their procedure is due  to  pleasure or alarm. They expel from the hive all idlers

and  unthrifts.  As has been said, they differentiate their work; some  make wax, some  make honey, some make

beebread, some shape and mould  combs, some  bring water to the cells and mingle it with the honey,  some

engage in  outofdoor work. At early dawn they make no noise,  until some one  particular bee makes a

buzzing noise two or three times  and thereby  awakes the rest; hereupon they all fly in a body to  work. By and


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

40 169



Top




Page No 177


by  they return and at first are noisy; then the noise  gradually  decreases, until at last some one bee flies round

about,  making a  buzzing noise, and apparently calling on the others to go  to sleep;  then all of a sudden there

is a dead silence. 

The hive is known to be in good condition if the noise heard  within it is loud, and if the bees make a flutter as

they go out and  in; for at this time they are constructing broodcells. They suffer  most from hunger when

they recommence work after winter. They become  somewhat lazy if the beekeeper, in robbing the hive,

leave behind too  much honey; still one should leave cells numerous in proportion to the  population, for the

bees work in a spiritless way if too few combs are  left. They become idle also, as being dispirited, if the hive

be too  big. A hive yields to the beekeeper six or nine pints of honey; a  prosperous hive will yield twelve or

fifteen pints, exceptionally good  hives eighteen. Sheep and, as has been said, wasps are enemies to  the  bees.

Beekeepers entrap the latter, by putting a flat dish on the  ground with pieces of meat on it; when a number

of the wasps settle on  it, they cover them with a lid and put the dish and its contents on  the fire. It is a good

thing to have a few drones in a hive, as  their  presence increases the industry of the workers. Bees can tell  the

approach of rough weather or of rain; and the proof is that they  will  not fly away, but even while it is as yet

fine they go fluttering  about within a restricted space, and the beekeeper knows from this  that they are

expecting bad weather. When the bees inside the hive  hang clustering to one another, it is a sign that the

swarm is  intending to quit; consequently, occasion, when a beekeepers, on  seeing this, besprinkle the hive

with sweet wine. It is advisable to  plant about the hives peartrees, beans, Mediangrass, Syriangrass,

yellow pulse, myrtle, poppies, creepingthyme, and almondtrees.  Some  beekeepers sprinkle their bees

with flour, and can distinguish  them  from others when they are at work out of doors. If the spring  be late,  or if

there be drought or blight, then grubs are all the  fewer in the  hives. So much for the habits of bees. 

41

Of wasps, there are two kinds. Of these kinds one is wild and  scarce, lives on the mountains, engenders grubs

not underground but on  oaktrees, is larger, longer, and blacker than the other kind, is  invariably speckled

and furnished with a sting, and is remarkably  courageous. The pain from its sting is more severe than that

caused by  the others, for the instrument that causes the pain is larger, in  proportion to its own larger size.

These wild live over into a  second  year, and in winter time, when oaks have been in course of  felling,  they

may be seen coming out and flying away. They lie  concealed during  the winter, and live in the interior of logs

of wood.  Some of them are  motherwasps and some are workers, as with the  tamer kind; but it is  by

observation of the tame wasps that one may  learn the varied  characteristics of the mothers and the workers.

For  in the case of the  tame wasps also there are two kinds; one consists  of leaders, who are  called mothers,

and the other of workers. The  leaders are far larger  and mildertempered than the others. The  workers do not

live over into  a second year, but all die when winter  comes on; and this can be  proved, for at the

commencement of winter  the workers become drowsy,  and about the time of the winter solstice  they are

never seen at all.  The leaders, the socalled mothers, are  seen all through the winter,  and live in holes

underground; for men  when ploughing or digging in  winter have often come upon motherwasps,  but never

upon workers. The  mode of reproduction of wasps is as  follows. At the approach of  summer, when the

leaders have found a  sheltered spot, they take to  moulding their combs, and construct the  socalled

sphecons,little  nests containing four cells or thereabouts,  and in these are produced  workingwasps but not

mothers. When these  are grown up, then they  construct other larger combs upon the first,  and then again in

like  manner others; so that by the close of autumn  there are numerous large  combs in which the leader, the

socalled  mother, engenders no longer  workingwasps but mothers. These develop  high up in the nest as

large  grubs, in cells that occur in groups of  four or rather more, pretty  much in the same way as we have seen

the  grubs of the kingbees to be  produced in their cells. After the  birth of the workinggrubs in the  cells, the

leaders do nothing and  the workers have to supply them with  nourishment; and this is inferred  from the fact

that the leaders (of  the workingwasps) no longer fly  out at this time, but rest quietly  indoors. Whether the

leaders of  last year after engendering new  leaders are killed by the new brood,  and whether this occurs


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

41 170



Top




Page No 178


invariably or whether they can live for a  longer time, has not been  ascertained by actual observation; neither

can we speak with  certainty, as from observation, as to the age  attained by the  motherwasp or by the wild

wasps, or as to any other  similar  phenomenon. The motherwasp is broad and heavy, fatter and  larger than

the ordinary wasp, and from its weight not very strong  on the wing;  these wasps cannot fly far, and for this

reason they  always rest  inside the nest, building and managing its indoor  arrangements. The  socalled

motherwasps are found in most of the  nests; it is a matter  of doubt whether or no they are provided with

stings; in all  probability, like the kingbees, they have stings,  but never protrude  them for offence. Of the

ordinary wasps some are  destitute of stings,  like the dronebees, and some are provided with  them. Those

unprovided  therewith are smaller and less spirited and  never fight, while the  others are big and courageous;

and these  latter, by some, are called  males, and the stingless, females. At  the approach of winter many of  the

wasps that have stings appear to  lose them; but we have never met  an eyewitness of this phenomenon.  Wasps

are more abundant in times of  drought and in wild localities.  They live underground; their combs  they mould

out of chips and  earth, each comb from a single origin,  like a kind of root. They  feed on certain flowers and

fruits, but for  the most part on animal  food. Some of the tame wasps have been  observed when sexually

united, but it was not determined whether both,  or neither, had  stings, or whether one had a sting and the

other had  not; wild wasps  have been seen under similar circumstances, when one  was seen to  have a sting but

the case of the other was left  undetermined. The  waspgrub does not appear to come into existence by

parturition, for  at the outset the grub is too big to be the offspring  of a wasp. If  you take a wasp by the feet

and let him buzz with the  vibration of his  wings, wasps that have no stings will fly toward it,  and wasps that

have stings will not; from which fact it is inferred by  some that  one set are males and the other females. In

holes in the  ground in  wintertime wasps are found, some with stings, and some  without.  Some build cells,

small and few in number; others build many  and large  ones. The socalled mothers are caught at the change

of  season, mostly  on elmtrees, while gathering a substance sticky and  gumlike. A  large number of

motherwasps are found when in the previous  year wasps  have been numerous and the weather rainy; they

are captured  in  precipitous places, or in vertical clefts in the ground, and they  all appear to be furnished with

stings. 

42

So much for the habits of wasps. 

Anthrenae do not subsist by culling from flowers as bees do, but  for the most part on animal food: for this

reason they hover about  dung; for they chase the large flies, and after catching them lop  off  their heads and

fly away with the rest of the carcases; they are  furthermore fond of sweet fruits. Such is their food. They have

also  kings or leaders like bees and wasps; and their leaders are larger  in  proportion to themselves than are

waspkings to wasps or  beekings to  bees. The anthrenaking, like the waspking, lives  indoors. Anthrenae

build their nests underground, scraping out the  soil like ants; for  neither anthrenae nor wasps go off in

swarms as  bees do, but  successive layers of young anthrenae keep to the same  habitat, and go  on enlarging

their nest by scraping out more and  more of soil. The  nest accordingly attains a great size; in fact, from  a

particularly  prosperous nest have been removed three and even four  baskets full of  combs. They do not, like

bees, store up food, but pass  the winter in a  torpid condition; the greater part of them die in  the winter, but it

is uncertain whether that can be said of them  all, In the hives of  bees several kings are found and they lead off

detachments in swarms,  but in the anthrena's nest only one king is  found. When individual  anthrenae have

strayed from their nest, they  cluster on a tree and  construct combs, as may be often seen  aboveground, and

in this nest  they produce a king; when the king is  fullgrown, he leads them away  and settles them along with

himself  in a hive or nest. With regard to  their sexual unions, and the  method of their reproduction, nothing is

known from actual  observation. Among bees both the drones and the  kings are stingless,  and so are certain

wasps, as has been said; but  anthrenae appear to be  all furnished with stings: though, by the way,  it would

well be  worth while to carry out investigation as to whether  the anthrenaking  has a sting or not. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

42 171



Top




Page No 179


43

Humblebees produce their young under a stone, right on the  ground, in a couple of cells or little more; in

these cells is found  an attempt at honey, of a poor description. The tenthredon is like the  anthrena, but

speckled, and about as broad as a bee. Being epicures as  to their food, they fly, one at a time, into kitchens

and on to slices  of fish and the like dainties. The tenthredon brings forth, like the  wasp, underground, and is

very prolific; its nest is much bigger and  longer than that of the wasp. So much for the methods of working

and  the habits of life of the bee, the wasp, and all the other similar  insects. 

44

As regards the disposition or temper of animals, as has been  previously observed, one may detect great

differences in respect to  courage and timidity, as also, even among wild animals, in regard to  tameness and

wildness. The lion, while he is eating, is most  ferocious; but when he is not hungry and has had a good meal,

he is  quite gentle. He is totally devoid of suspicion or nervous fear, is  fond of romping with animals that have

been reared along with him  and  to whom he is accustomed, and manifests great affection towards  them.  In

the chase, as long as he is in view, he makes no attempt to  run and  shows no fear, but even if he be compelled

by the multitude of  the  hunters to retreat, he withdraws deliberately, step by step, every  now  and then turning

his head to regard his pursuers. If, however,  he  reach wooded cover, then he runs at full speed, until he comes

to  open  ground, when he resumes his leisurely retreat. When, in the open,  he  is forced by the number of the

hunters to run while in full view,  he  does run at the top of his speed, but without leaping and bounding.  This

running of his is evenly and continuously kept up like the  running of a dog; but when he is in pursuit of his

prey and is close  behind, he makes a sudden pounce upon it. The two statements made  regarding him are

quite true; the one that he is especially afraid  of  fire, as Homer pictures him in the line'and glowing torches,

which,  though fierce he dreads,'and the other, that he keeps a steady  eye  upon the hunter who hits him, and

flings himself upon him. If a  hunter  hit him, without hurting him, then if with a bound he gets hold  of  him, he

will do him no harm, not even with his claws, but after  shaking him and giving him a fright will let him go

again. They invade  the cattlefolds and attack human beings when they are grown old and  so by reason of old

age and the diseased condition of their teeth  are  unable to pursue their wonted prey. They live to a good old

age.  The  lion who was captured when lame, had a number of his teeth broken;  which fact was regarded by

some as a proof of the longevity of  lions,  as he could hardly have been reduced to this condition except  at an

advanced age. There are two species of lions, the plump,  curlymaned,  and the longbodied, straight maned;

the latter kind is  courageous,  and the former comparatively timid; sometimes they run  away with their  tail

between their legs, like a dog. A lion was once  seen to be on the  point of attacking a boar, but to run away

when  the boar stiffened his  bristles in defence. It is susceptible of  hurt from a wound in the  flank, but on any

other part of its frame  will endure any number of  blows, and its head is especially hard.  Whenever it inflicts a

wound,  either by its teeth or its claws,  there flows from the wounded parts  suppurating matter, quite yellow,

and not to be stanched by bandage or  sponge; the treatment for such  a wound is the same as that for the  bite

of a dog. 

The thos, or civet, is fond of man's company; it does him no  harm  and is not much afraid of him, but it is an

enemy to the dog  and the  lion, and consequently is not found in the same habitat with  them. The  little ones

are the best. Some say that there are two  species of the  animal, and some say, three; there are probably not

more than three,  but, as is the case with certain of the fishes,  birds, and quadrupeds,  this animal changes in

appearance with the  change of season. His  colour in winter is not the same as it is in  summer; in summer the

animal is smoothhaired, in winter he is clothed  in fur. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

43 172



Top




Page No 180


45

The bison is found in Paeonia on Mount Messapium, which  separates  Paeonia from Maedica; and the

Paeonians call it the monapos.  It is the  size of a bull, but stouter in build, and not long in the  body; its  skin,

stretched tight on a frame, would give sitting room  for seven  people. In general it resembles the ox in

appearance, except  that it  has a mane that reaches down to the point of the shoulder,  as that of  the horse

reaches down to its withers; but the hair in  its mane is  softer than the hair in the horse's mane, and clings

more closely. The  colour of the hair is brownyellow; the mane reaches  down to the eyes,  and is deep and

thick. The colour of the body is  half red, half  ashengrey, like that of the socalled chestnut  horse, but

rougher. It  has an undercoat of woolly hair. The animal  is not found either very  black or very red. It has the

bellow of a  bull. Its horns are crooked,  turned inwards towards each other and  useless for purposes of

selfdefence; they are a span broad, or a  little more, and in volume  each horn would hold about three pints of

liquid; the black colour of  the horn is beautiful and bright. The tuft  of hair on the forehead  reaches down to

the eyes, so that the animal  sees objects on either  flank better than objects right in front. It  has no upper teeth,

as is  the case also with kine and all other horned  animals. Its legs are  hairy; it is clovenfooted, and the tail,

which resembles that of the  ox, seems not big enough for the size of  its body. It tosses up dust  and scoops out

the ground with its hooves,  like the bull. Its skin is  impervious to blows. Owing to the savour of  its flesh it is

sought for  in the chase. When it is wounded it runs  away, and stops only when  thoroughly exhausted. It

defends itself  against an assailant by  kicking and projecting its excrement to a  distance of eight yards;  this

device it can easily adopt over and over  again, and the excrement  is so pungent that the hair of huntingdogs

is burnt off by it. It is  only when the animal is disturbed or alarmed  that the dung has this  property; when the

animal is undisturbed it has  no blistering effect.  So much for the shape and habits of the  animal. When the

season comes  for parturition the mothers give birth  to their young in troops upon  the mountains. Before

dropping their  young they scatter their dung in  all directions, making a kind of  circular rampart around them;

for the  animal has the faculty of  ejecting excrement in most extraordinary  quantities. 

46

Of all wild animals the most easily tamed and the gentlest is  the  elephant. It can be taught a number of tricks,

the drift and  meaning  of which it understands; as, for instance, it can taught to  kneel in  presence of the king.

It is very sensitive, and possessed  of an  intelligence superior to that of other animals. When the male  has had

sexual union with the female, and the female has conceived,  the male  has no further intercourse with her. 

Some say that the elephant lives for two hundred years;  others,  for one hundred and twenty; that the female

lives nearly as  long as  the male; that they reach their prime about the age of  sixty, and that  they are sensitive

to inclement weather and frost. The  elephant is  found by the banks of rivers, but he is not a river  animal; he

can  make his way through water, as long as the tip of his  trunk can be  above the surface, for he blows with

his trunk and  breathes through  it. The animal is a poor swimmer owing to the heavy  weight of his  body. 

47

The male camel declines intercourse with its mother; if his keeper  tries compulsion, he evinces disinclination.

On one occasion, when  intercourse was being declined by the young male, the keeper covered  over the

mother and put the young male to her; but, when after the  intercourse the wrapping had been removed,

though the operation was  completed and could not be revoked, still by and by he bit his  keeper  to death. A

story goes that the king of Scythia had a  highlybred  mare, and that all her foals were splendid; that wishing

to mate the  best of the young males with the mother, he had him  brought to the  stall for the purpose; that the

young horse declined;  that, after the  mother's head had been concealed in a wrapper he, in  ignorance, had

intercourse; and that, when immediately afterwards  the wrapper was  removed and the head of the mare was

rendered visible,  the young horse  ran way and hurled himself down a precipice. 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

45 173



Top




Page No 181


48

Among the seafishes many stories are told about the dolphin,  indicative of his gentle and kindly nature, and

of manifestations of  passionate attachment to boys, in and about Tarentum, Caria, and other  places. The story

goes that, after a dolphin had been caught and  wounded off the coast of Caria, a shoal of dolphins came into

the  harbour and stopped there until the fisherman let his captive go free;  whereupon the shoal departed. A

shoal of young dolphins is always,  by  way of protection, followed by a large one. On one occasion a shoal  of

dolphins, large and small, was seen, and two dolphins at a little  distance appeared swimming in underneath a

little dead dolphin when it  was sinking, and supporting it on their backs, trying out of  compassion to prevent

its being devoured by some predaceous fish.  Incredible stories are told regarding the rapidity of movement of

this  creature. It appears to be the fleetest of all animals, marine and  terrestrial, and it can leap over the masts

of large vessels. This  speed is chiefly manifested when they are pursuing a fish for food;  then, if the fish

endeavours to escape, they pursue him in their  ravenous hunger down to deep waters; but, when the necessary

return  swim is getting too long, they hold in their breath, as though  calculating the length of it, and then draw

themselves together for an  effort and shoot up like arrows, trying to make the long ascent  rapidly in order to

breathe, and in the effort they spring right  over  the a ship's masts if a ship be in the vicinity. This same

phenomenon  is observed in divers, when they have plunged into deep  water; that  is, they pull themselves

together and rise with a speed  proportional  to their strength. Dolphins live together in pairs,  male and female.

It is not known for what reason they run themselves  aground on dry  land; at all events, it is said that they do

so at  times, and for no  obvious reason. 

49

Just as with all animals a change of action follows a change  of  circumstance, so also a change of character

follows a change of  action, and often some portions of the physical frame undergo a  change, occurs in the

case of birds. Hens, for instance, when they  have beaten the cock in a fight, will crow like the cock and

endeavour  to tread him; the crest rises up on their head and the tailfeathers  on the rump, so that it becomes

difficult to recognize that they are  hens; in some cases there is a growth of small spurs. On the death  of  a hen

a cock has been seen to undertake the maternal duties,  leading  the chickens about and providing them with

food, and so intent  upon  these duties as to cease crowing and indulging his sexual  propensities. Some

cockbirds are congenitally so feminine that they  will submit patiently to other males who attempt to tread

them. 

50

Some animals change their form and character, not only at  certain  ages and at certain seasons, but in

consequence of being  castrated;  and all animals possessed of testicles may be submitted  to this  operation.

Birds have their testicles inside, and oviparous  quadrupeds  close to the loins; and of viviparous animals that

walk  some have them  inside, and most have them outside, but all have them  at the lower end  of the belly.

Birds are castrated at the rump at  the part where the  two sexes unite in copulation. If you burn this  twice or

thrice with  hot irons, then, if the bird be fullgrown, his  crest grows sallow, he  ceases to crow, and foregoes

sexual passion;  but if you cauterize the  bird when young, none of these male  attributes propensities will come

to him as he grows up. The case is  the same with men: if you mutilate  them in boyhood, the  latergrowing

hair never comes, and the voice  never changes but  remains highpitched; if they be mutilated in early

manhood, the  late growths of hair quit them except the growth on the  groin, and  that diminishes but does not

entirely depart. The  congenital growths  of hair never fall out, for a eunuch never grows  bald. In the case  of all

castrated or mutilated male quadrupeds the  voice changes to the  feminine voice. All other quadrupeds when

castrated, unless the  operation be performed when they are young,  invariably die; but in the  case of boars, and

in their case only, the  age at which the  operation is performed produces no difference. All  animals, if

operated on when they are young, become bigger and better  looking than  their unmutilated fellows; if they be


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

48 174



Top




Page No 182


mutilated when  fullgrown,  they do not take on any increase of size. If stags be  mutilated, when,  by reason of

their age, they have as yet no horns,  they never grow  horns at all; if they be mutilated when they have  horns,

the horns  remain unchanged in size, and the animal does not  lose them. Calves  are mutilated when a year old;

otherwise, they turn  out uglier and  smaller. Steers are mutilated in the following way:  they turn the  animal

over on its back, cut a little off the scrotum at  the lower  end, and squeeze out the testicles, then push back the

roots  of them  as far as they can, and stop up the incision with hair to give  an  outlet to suppurating matter; if

inflammation ensues, they  cauterize  the scrotum and put on a plaster. If a fullgrown bull be  mutilated,  he

can still to all appearance unite sexually with the cow.  The  ovaries of sows are excised with the view of

quenching in them  sexual appetites and of stimulating growth in size and fatness. The  sow has first to be kept

two days without food, and, after being  hung  up by the hind legs, it is operated on; they cut the lower belly,

about the place where the boars have their testicles, for it is  there  that the ovary grows, adhering to the two

divisions (or horns)  of the  womb; they cut off a little piece and stitch up the incision.  Female  camels are

mutilated when they are wanted for war purposes, and  are  mutilated to prevent their being got with young.

Some of the  inhabitants of Upper Asia have as many as three thousand camels:  when  they run, they run, in

consequence of the length of their stride,  much  quicker than the horses of Nisaea. As a general rule, mutilated

animals grow to a greater length than the unmutilated. 

All animals that ruminate derive profit and pleasure from the  process of rumination, as they do from the

process of eating. It is  the animals that lack the upper teeth that ruminate, such as kine,  sheep, and goats. In

the case of wild animals no observation has  been  possible; save in the case of animals that are occasionally

domesticated, such as the stag, and it, we know, chews the cud. All  animals that ruminate generally do so

when lying down on the ground.  They carry on the process to the greatest extent in winter, and  stallfed

ruminants carry it on for about seven months in the year;  beasts that go in herds, as they get their food out of

doors, ruminate  to a lesser degree and over a lesser period. Some, also, of the  animals that have teeth in both

jaws ruminate; as, for instance, the  Pontic mice, and the fish which from the habit is by some called  'the

Ruminant', (as well as other fish). 

Longlimbed animals have loose faeces, and broadchested animals  vomit with comparative facility, and

these remarks are, in a general  way, applicable to quadrupeds, birds, and men. 

49B

A considerable number of birds change according to season the  colour of their plumage and their note; as, for

instance, the owsel  becomes yellow instead of black, and its note gets altered, for in  summer it has a musical

note and in winter a discordant chatter. The  thrush also changes its colour; about the throat it is marked in

winter with speckles like a starling, in summer distinctly spotted:  however, it never alters its note. The

nightingale, when the hills are  taking on verdure, sings continually for fifteen days and fifteen  nights;

afterwards it sings, but not continuously. As summer  advances  it has a different song, not so varied as before,

nor so  deep, nor so  intricately modulated, but simple; it also changes its  colour, and in  Italy about this season

it goes by a different name. It  goes into  hiding, and is consequently visible only for a brief period.  The

erithacus (or redbreast) and the socalled redstart change into  one  another; the former is a winter bird, the

latter a summer one, and  the  difference between them is practically limited to the coloration  of  their plumage.

In the same way with the beccafico and the blackcap;  these change into one another. The beccafico appears

about autumn, and  the blackcap as soon as autumn has ended. These birds, also, differ  from one another only

in colour and note; that these birds, two in  name, are one in reality is proved by the fact that at the period

when  the change is in progress each one has been seen with the change as  yet incomplete. It is not so very

strange that in these cases there is  a change in note and in plumage, for even the ringdove ceases to  coo  in

winter, and recommences cooing when spring comes in; in winter,  however, when fine weather has

succeeded to very stormy weather,  this  bird has been known to give its cooing note, to the  astonishment of

such as were acquainted with its usual winter silence.  As a general  rule, birds sing most loudly and most


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

49B 175



Top




Page No 183


diversely in the  pairing season.  The cuckoo changes its colour, and its note is not  clearly heard for a  short

time previous to its departure. It departs  about the rising of  the Dogstar, and it reappears from springtime  to

the rising of the  Dogstar. At the rise of this star the bird  called by some oenanthe  disappears, and reappears

when it is  setting: thus keeping clear at  one time of extreme cold, and at  another time of extreme heat. The

hoopoe also changes its colour and  appearance, as Aeschylus has  represented in the following lines: 

The Hoopoe, witness to his own distress,

Is clad by Zeus in variable dress:

Now a gay mountainbird, with knightly crest,

Now in the white hawk's silver plumage drest,

For, timely changing, on the hawk's white wing

He greets the apparition of the Spring.

Thus twofold form and colour are conferred,

In youth and age, upon the selfsame bird.

The spangled raiment marks his youthful days,

The argent his maturity displays;

And when the fields are yellow with ripe corn

Again his particoloured plumes are worn.

But evermore, in sullen discontent,

He seeks the lonely hills, in selfsought banishment.

Of birds, some take a dustbath by rolling in dust, some take  a  waterbath, and some take neither the one

bath nor the other.  Birds  that do not fly but keep on the ground take the dustbath, as  for  instance the hen, the

partridge, the francolin, the crested  lark, the  pheasant; some of the straighttaloned birds, and such as  live on

the  banks of a river, in marshes, or by the sea, take a  waterbath; some  birds take both the dustbath and the

waterbath, as  for instance the  pigeon and the sparrow; of the crookedtaloned  birds the greater part  take

neither the one bath nor the other. So  much for the ways of the  abovementioned, but some birds have a

peculiar habit of making a  noise at their hinder quarters, as, for  instance, the turtledove; and  they make a

violent movement of their  tails at the same time that they  produce this peculiar sound. 

THE END 


HISTORY OF ANIMALS

49B 176



Top





Bookmarks



1. Table of Contents, page = 3

2. HISTORY OF ANIMALS, page = 9

   3. by Aristotle, page = 9

4.  Book I, page = 14

   5.  1, page = 14

   6.  2, page = 17

   7.  3, page = 18

   8.  4, page = 18

   9.  5, page = 18

   10.  6, page = 20

   11.  7, page = 21

   12.  8, page = 21

   13.  9, page = 22

   14.  10, page = 22

   15.  11, page = 22

   16.  12, page = 24

   17.  13, page = 24

   18.  14, page = 24

   19.  15, page = 25

   20.  16, page = 26

   21.  17, page = 27

22.  Book II, page = 29

   23.  1, page = 29

   24.  2, page = 34

   25.  3, page = 34

   26.  4, page = 34

   27.  5, page = 34

   28.  6, page = 34

   29.  7, page = 35

   30.  8, page = 35

   31.  9, page = 35

   32.  10, page = 36

   33.  11, page = 36

   34.  12, page = 37

   35.  13, page = 38

   36.  14, page = 39

   37.  15, page = 39

   38.  16, page = 40

   39.  17, page = 41

40.  Book III, page = 43

   41.  1, page = 43

   42.  2, page = 46

   43.  3, page = 47

   44.  4, page = 49

   45.  5, page = 51

   46.  6, page = 51

   47.  7, page = 52

   48.  8, page = 53

   49.  9, page = 53

   50.  10, page = 53

   51.  11, page = 54

   52.  12, page = 55

   53.  13, page = 56

   54.  14, page = 56

   55.  15, page = 56

   56.  16, page = 57

   57.  17, page = 57

   58.  18, page = 57

   59.  19, page = 58

   60.  20, page = 59

   61.  21, page = 60

   62.  22, page = 61

63.  Book IV, page = 61

   64.  1, page = 61

   65.  2, page = 63

   66.  3, page = 66

   67.  4, page = 66

   68.  5, page = 69

   69.  6, page = 69

   70.  7, page = 70

   71.  8, page = 72

   72.  9, page = 74

   73.  10, page = 76

   74.  11, page = 77

75.  Book V, page = 78

   76.  1, page = 78

   77.  2, page = 79

   78.  3, page = 79

   79.  4, page = 79

   80.  5, page = 80

   81.  6, page = 81

   82.  7, page = 81

   83.  8, page = 81

   84.  9, page = 82

   85.  10, page = 83

   86.  11, page = 83

   87.  12, page = 84

   88.  13, page = 84

   89.  14, page = 85

   90.  15, page = 87

   91.  16, page = 89

   92.  17, page = 90

   93.  18, page = 91

   94.  19, page = 92

   95.  20, page = 94

   96.  21, page = 95

   97.  22, page = 95

   98.  23, page = 97

   99.  24, page = 97

   100.  25, page = 97

   101.  26, page = 97

   102.  27, page = 97

   103.  28, page = 98

   104.  29, page = 98

   105.  30, page = 98

   106.  31, page = 99

   107.  32, page = 100

   108.  33, page = 100

   109.  34, page = 101

110.  Book VI, page = 101

   111.  1, page = 101

   112.  2, page = 102

   113.  3, page = 103

   114.  4, page = 105

   115.  5, page = 105

   116.  6, page = 106

   117.  7, page = 106

   118.  8, page = 107

   119.  9, page = 107

   120.  10, page = 107

   121.  11, page = 109

   122.  12, page = 109

   123.  13, page = 110

   124.  14, page = 111

   125.  15, page = 112

   126.  16, page = 113

   127.  17, page = 114

   128.  18, page = 115

   129.  19, page = 117

   130.  20, page = 118

   131.  21, page = 119

   132.  22, page = 119

   133.  23, page = 121

   134.  24, page = 121

   135.  25, page = 122

   136.  26, page = 122

   137.  27, page = 122

   138.  28, page = 122

   139.  29, page = 123

   140.  30, page = 123

   141.  31, page = 124

   142.  32, page = 124

   143.  33, page = 124

   144.  34, page = 124

   145.  35, page = 125

   146.  36, page = 125

   147.  37, page = 125

148.  Book VII, page = 126

   149.  1, page = 126

   150.  2, page = 127

   151.  3, page = 128

   152.  4, page = 129

   153.  5, page = 131

   154.  6, page = 131

   155.  7, page = 132

   156.  8, page = 132

   157.  9, page = 133

   158.  10, page = 133

   159.  11, page = 134

   160.  12, page = 134

161.  Book VIII, page = 135

   162.  1, page = 135

   163.  2, page = 136

   164.  3, page = 139

   165.  4, page = 141

   166.  5, page = 141

   167.  6, page = 142

   168.  7, page = 142

   169.  8, page = 143

   170.  9, page = 143

   171.  10, page = 143

   172.  11, page = 144

   173.  12, page = 144

   174.  13, page = 145

   175.  14, page = 147

   176.  15, page = 147

   177.  16, page = 148

   178.  17, page = 148

   179.  18, page = 149

   180.  19, page = 149

   181.  20, page = 151

   182.  21, page = 151

   183.  22, page = 152

   184.  23, page = 152

   185.  24, page = 152

   186.  25, page = 153

   187.  26, page = 153

   188.  27, page = 153

   189.  28, page = 154

   190.  29, page = 155

   191.  30, page = 155

192.  Book IX, page = 156

   193.  1, page = 156

   194.  2, page = 159

   195.  3, page = 159

   196.  4, page = 160

   197.  5, page = 160

   198.  6, page = 161

   199.  7, page = 162

   200.  8, page = 162

   201.  9, page = 163

   202.  10, page = 164

   203.  11, page = 164

   204.  12, page = 164

   205.  13, page = 165

   206.  14, page = 165

   207.  15, page = 166

   208.  16, page = 166

   209.  17, page = 166

   210.  18, page = 166

   211.  19, page = 166

   212.  20, page = 167

   213.  21, page = 167

   214.  22, page = 167

   215.  23, page = 167

   216.  24, page = 167

   217.  25, page = 167

   218.  26, page = 168

   219.  27, page = 168

   220.  28, page = 168

   221.  29, page = 168

   222.  30, page = 168

   223.  31, page = 169

   224.  32, page = 169

   225.  33, page = 170

   226.  34, page = 170

   227.  35, page = 170

   228.  36, page = 170

   229.  37, page = 171

   230.  38, page = 173

   231.  39, page = 173

   232.  40, page = 174

   233.  41, page = 178

   234.  42, page = 179

   235.  43, page = 180

   236.  44, page = 180

   237.  45, page = 181

   238.  46, page = 181

   239.  47, page = 181

   240.  48, page = 182

   241.  49, page = 182

   242.  50, page = 182

   243.  49B, page = 183